Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
 
þ
  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
o
  Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from          to          .
 
Commission File Number: 1-31950
 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
  16-1690064
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
  Identification No.)
1550 Utica Avenue South, Suite 100,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
(Address of principal executive offices)
  55416
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
(952) 591-3000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value
  New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  o      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer  o
  Accelerated filer  þ   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
The market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the last sales price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange as of June 30, 2009, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $146.2 million.
 
82,694,964 shares of common stock were outstanding as of March 8, 2010.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Certain information required by Part III of this report is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting.
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
      Business     1  
        History and Development     1  
        Our Business     2  
        Our Segments     2  
        Global Funds Transfer Segment     2  
        Financial Paper Products Segment     4  
        Product and Infrastructure Development and Enhancements     4  
        Sales and Marketing     5  
        Competition     5  
        Regulation     5  
        Clearing and Cash Management Bank Relationships     8  
        Intellectual Property     8  
        Employees     9  
        Executive Officers of the Registrant     9  
        Available Information     10  
      Risk Factors     10  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     21  
      Properties     21  
      Legal Proceedings     21  
 
Item 4.
    [Reserved]     23  
 
PART II.
      Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     23  
      Selected Financial Data     25  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     26  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     62  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     62  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     62  
      Controls and Procedures     62  
      Other Information     62  
 
PART III.
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     63  
      Executive Compensation     63  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     63  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     63  
      Principal Accountant Fees and Services     63  
 
PART IV.
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     64  
      Signatures
      Exhibit Index
  EX-3.1
  EX-10.30
  EX-10.41
  EX-21
  EX-23
  EX-24
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
 
Item 1.   BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
MoneyGram International, Inc. (together with our subsidiaries, “MoneyGram,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our”) is a leading global payment services company. Our major products include global money transfers, bill payment solutions and money orders. We help people and businesses by providing affordable, reliable and convenient payment services.
 
The MoneyGram ® brand is recognized throughout the world. We offer more choices and more control for people separated from friends and family by distance or those with limited bank relationships to meet their financial needs. Our payment services are available at approximately 190,000 agent locations in approximately 190 countries and territories. Our services enable consumers throughout the world to transfer money and pay bills, helping them meet the financial demands of their daily lives. Our payment services also help businesses operate more efficiently and cost-effectively.
 
History and Development
 
We conduct our business primarily through our wholly owned subsidiary MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (“MPSI”). Through its predecessor, Travelers Express Company, Inc. (“Travelers Express”), MPSI has been in operation for nearly 70 years. Travelers Express acquired MPSI in 1998, adding the MoneyGram brand to our Company and adding international money transfer services to our payment service offerings. In 2005, we consolidated the operations of Travelers Express with MPSI to eliminate costs of operating the two businesses under separate corporate entities. This completed the transition of our business from the Travelers Express brand to the MoneyGram brand, and we retired the Travelers Express brand.
 
In 2006, our subsidiary MoneyGram Payment Systems Italy, S.r.l. acquired the assets of Money Express S.r.l., our former super-agent in Italy. We also developed a retail strategy in Western Europe to offer our services through Company-owned retail stores and kiosks in addition to our typical agent model. Our subsidiary in France, MoneyGram France S.A., became a licensed financial institution in September 2006. As of December 31, 2009, we operate 32 Company-owned retail stores or kiosks in France and 33 in Germany. In 2007, we completed the acquisition of PropertyBridge, Inc. (“PropertyBridge”), a provider of electronic payment processing services for the real estate management industry.
 
In March 2008, we completed a recapitalization pursuant to which we received an infusion of $1.5 billion of gross equity and debt capital. The equity component of the recapitalization consisted of the sale to affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) and affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman Sachs,” and collectively with THL, the “Investors”) in a private placement of 760,000 shares of Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “B Stock”) and Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “B-1 Stock,” and collectively with the B Stock, the “Series B Stock”) for an aggregate purchase price of $760.0 million. We also paid Goldman Sachs an investment banking advisory fee equal to $7.5 million in the form of 7,500 shares of B-1 Stock.
 
As part of the recapitalization, our wholly owned subsidiary, MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc. (“Worldwide”), issued Goldman Sachs $500.0 million of senior secured second lien notes with a 10-year maturity (the “Notes”). We also entered into a senior secured amended and restated credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”) as agent for a group of lenders, bringing the total facility to $600.0 million (the “Senior Facility”). The amended facility included $350.0 million in two term loan tranches and a $250.0 million revolving credit facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Recapitalization” for further information regarding the recapitalization.
 
In 2008, we completed the acquisition of MoneyCard World Express, S.A. (“MoneyCard”) and Cambios Sol, S.A., two money transfer super-agents located in Spain. Thereafter, we merged Cambios Sol, S.A. into MoneyCard and now maintain MoneyCard as our subsidiary. In 2009, we acquired the French assets of R. Raphaels & Sons PLC


1


Table of Contents

(“Raphaels Bank”). In January 2010, we acquired the assets of our agent in the Netherlands, Blue Dolphin Financial Services N.V. Finally, we sold FSMC, Inc. and continued the exit of our ACH Commerce business in 2009.
 
Our Business
 
Our global money transfer and bill payment services are our primary revenue drivers. Money transfers are transfers of funds between consumers from one location to another. The sender pays a fee based on the amount to be transferred and the location at which the funds are to be received. The transferred funds are made available for payment in cash to the designated recipient at any agent location. In select countries, the designated recipient may also receive the transferred funds via a deposit to the recipient’s bank account, mobile phone account or prepaid card. We typically pay both our “send” and “receive” agents a commission for the transaction.
 
We provide money transfer services through our worldwide network of agents and through Company-owned retail locations in the United States and Western Europe. We also offer our money transfer services on the Internet via our MoneyGram Online service. In Italy and the Philippines, we also offer our money transfer services via mobile phone and intend to expand our mobile phone money transfer network.
 
Our primary bill payment service offering is our ExpressPayment ® service, which is offered at all of our money transfer agent locations in the United States and at certain agent locations in select Caribbean countries. Our ExpressPayment service enables a consumer to pay cash at an agent location for bills and obtain same-day notification of credit to the consumer’s account with their biller. Our consumers can also use our ExpressPayment service to load and reload prepaid debit cards. Our ExpressPayment bill payment service is also available for payments to select billers via the Internet at www.moneygram.com .
 
We also derive revenue through our money order and official check services. We provide money orders through retail and financial institutions located throughout the United States and Puerto Rico, and we provide official check outsourcing services to financial institutions across the United States. Consumers use our money orders to make bill payments or in lieu of cash or personal checks. Official checks are used by consumers where a payee requires a check drawn on a bank and by financial institutions to pay their own obligations.
 
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, our 10 largest agents accounted for 48 percent, 44 percent and 36 percent, respectively, of our total company fee and investment revenue and 53 percent, 53 percent and 53 percent, respectively, of the fee and investment revenue of our Global Funds Transfer segment. Walmart Stores, Inc. (“Walmart”) is our only agent that accounts for more than 10 percent of our total company fee and investment revenue. In 2009, 2008 and 2007, Walmart accounted for 29 percent, 26 percent and 20 percent, respectively, of our total company fee and investment revenue, and 32 percent, 31 percent and 29 percent, respectively, of the fee and investment revenue of our Global Funds Transfer segment. Our contract with Walmart in the United States provides for Walmart’s sale of our money order and money transfer services, and real-time, urgent bill payment services at its retail locations on an exclusive basis. The term of our agreement with Walmart runs through January 2013.
 
Our Segments
 
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we revised our segment reporting to reflect changes in how we manage our business, review operating performance and allocate resources. We now manage our business primarily through two segments: Global Funds Transfer and Financial Paper Products. Following is a description of each segment.
 
Global Funds Transfer Segment
 
The Global Funds Transfer segment is our primary segment, providing money transfer and bill payment services to consumers, who are often “unbanked” or “underbanked.” “Unbanked consumers” are those consumers who do not have a traditional relationship with a financial institution. “Underbanked consumers” are consumers who, while they may have a savings account with a financial institution, do not have a checking account. Other consumers who use our services are “convenience users” and “emergency users” who may have a checking account with a financial institution, but prefer to use our services on the basis of convenience or to make emergency payments. We primarily offer services to consumers through third-party agents, including retail chains, independent retailers and financial institutions.


2


Table of Contents

In 2009, our Global Funds Transfer segment had total fee and investment revenue of $1,027.9 million. We continue to focus on the growth of our Global Funds Transfer segment outside of the United States. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, operations outside of the United States generated 27 percent, 25 percent and 21 percent, respectively, of our total company fee and investment revenue, and 31 percent of our Global Funds Transfer segment fee and investment revenue in all three years.
 
The Global Funds Transfer segment is managed as two geographical regions, the Americas and EMEAAP, to coordinate sales, agent management and marketing activities. The Americas region includes the United States, Canada, Mexico and Latin America (including the Caribbean). The EMEAAP region includes Europe, the Middle East, Africa and the Asia Pacific region. In 2009, we added 14,000 net locations to our global agent network.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had 66,000 agent locations in the Americas. We added 3,200 Canada Post locations to our network, making our money transfer services available coast to coast across Canada. The addition of agent locations in the United States and Canada were more than offset by numerous agent closures during the year. In Brazil, we added 1,000 Itau Unibanco locations, bringing money transfer services to the bank’s network of nearly 5,000 locations. We also added nearly 1,200 locations in Mexico, Ecuador, Colombia and the Dominican Republic.
 
In the EMEAAP region, we added 16,600 agent locations in several key markets. Through our agreement with M. Lhuillier Financial Services, Inc., we added 1,200 agent locations in the Philippines. In India, we have relationships with 18 banks and now have more than 22,000 agent locations. The Bank of China offers our services at all of its 200-plus locations in Beijing and is expanding its offering of our services into its full network of 10,000 locations across the mainland. In Saudi Arabia, National Commerce Bank now offers our money transfer services at its 1,400 ATM locations, creating one of the largest money transfer networks in Saudi Arabia. We also significantly expanded our agent locations in Kenya, Ethiopia, Angola, Morocco, Thailand, South Korea, Romania, Cyprus, Sweden and Serbia. As of December 31, 2009, we had 124,000 agent locations in the EMEAAP region, representing a 16 percent increase from December 31, 2008.
 
We provide Global Funds Transfer products and services utilizing a variety of proprietary point-of-sale platforms. Our platforms include AgentConnect ® , which is integrated into an agent’s point-of-sale system, and DeltaWorks ® and Delta T3 ® , which are separate software and stand-alone device platforms. Through our FormFree ® service, customers may contact our call center and a representative will collect transaction information over the telephone, entering it directly into our central data processing system. We also operate two customer care centers in the United States, and we contract for additional call center services in Bulgaria and the Dominican Republic. We provide call center services 24 hours per day, 365 days per year and provide customer service in over 30 languages.
 
Money Transfers.   We derive our money transfer revenues primarily from consumer transaction fees and the management of currency exchange spreads on money transfer transactions involving different “send” and “receive” currencies. We have corridor pricing capabilities that enable us to establish different consumer fees and foreign exchange rates for our money transfer services by location, for a broader segment such as defined ZIP code regions or for a widespread direct marketing area. We strive to maintain our money transfer consumer fees at a price point below our primary competitor and above the niche players in the market.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we offer money transfers to consumers in a choice of local currency, United States dollars or euros in 136 countries (“multi-currency”). Our multi-currency technology allows us to execute our money transfers directly between and among several different currencies. Where implemented, these capabilities allow our agents to settle with us in local currency and allow consumers to know the amount that will be received in the local currency of the receiving country, or in United States dollars or euros in certain countries.
 
As of December 31, 2009, our agent network consisted of approximately 190,000 money transfer agent locations in approximately 190 countries and territories worldwide. These agent locations are in the following geographic regions: 43,700 locations in Western Europe and the Middle East; 39,500 locations in North America; 26,700 locations in the Indian subcontinent; 26,500 locations in Latin America (including Mexico, which represents 12,900 locations); 25,800 locations in Eastern Europe; 19,800 locations in Asia Pacific; and 8,000 locations in Africa.
 
Bill Payment Services.   We derive our bill payment revenues primarily from transaction fees charged to consumers for each bill payment transaction completed. Our bill payment services allow consumers to make urgent payments or pay routine bills through our network to certain creditors (“billers”). We maintain relationships with billers in key


3


Table of Contents

industries (also referred to as “verticals”). These industries include the credit card, mortgage, auto finance, telecommunications, corrections, satellite, property management, prepaid card and collections industries.
 
Our bill payment services also enable consumers to load and reload prepaid debit cards. Consumers with any Visa ReadyLink ® -enabled prepaid card or any NetSpend ® prepaid debit card can add funds to their cards at any of our United States agent locations. We also offer our MoneyGram AccountNow ® Prepaid Visa card, which participates in the Visa ReadyLink, Interlink ® and Plus ® networks. The card can be used everywhere Visa is accepted and can be reloaded at any of our United States agent locations.
 
Our bill payment service also allows customers to make low-cost, in-person payments of non-urgent utility bills for credit to a biller, typically within two to three days. Through our PropertyBridge service, we offer a complete bill payment solution to the property rental industry, including the ability to electronically accept security deposits and rent payments.
 
Financial Paper Products Segment
 
Our Financial Paper Products segment provides money orders to consumers through our retail and financial institution agent locations in the United States and Puerto Rico, and provides official check services for financial institutions in the United States.
 
In 2009, our Financial Paper Products segment posted revenues of $122.8 million. Since early 2008, our investment portfolio has consisted of lower risk, highly liquid, short-term securities that produce a lower rate of return, which has resulted in lower revenues and profit margins in our Financial Paper Products segment.
 
Money Orders.   We generate revenue from money orders by charging per item and other fees, as well as from the investment of funds underlying outstanding money orders, which generally remain outstanding for fewer than 10 days. We sell money orders under the MoneyGram brand and on a private label or co-branded basis with certain of our large retail and financial institution agents in the United States.
 
In 2009, we issued approximately 204.7 million money orders through our network of 61,092 agent and financial institution locations in the United States and Puerto Rico. In 2008, we issued approximately 245.1 million money orders through our network of 73,030 agent and financial institution locations in the United States and Puerto Rico.
 
Official Check Outsourcing Services.   As with money orders, we generate revenue from our official check outsourcing services from per item and other fees and from the investment of funds underlying outstanding official checks, which generally remain outstanding for fewer than 3.5 days. In 2009, we restructured our official check business model by reducing the commissions we pay our financial institution customers and increasing per item and other fees. As of December 31, 2009, we provide official check outsourcing services at approximately 14,000 branch locations of more than 1,600 financial institutions. We issued 35.9 million and 42.4 million of official checks in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Product and Infrastructure Development and Enhancements
 
We focus our product development and enhancements on innovative ways to transfer money and pay bills. We continually seek to provide our customers with added flexibility and convenience to help them meet the financial demands of their daily lives. We also invest in our infrastructure to increase efficiencies and support our strategic initiatives.
 
In 2009, we began reaching new customers through alternate money transfer delivery channels. We now offer mobile phone money transfers through key agents in the Philippines and Italy. In January 2010, we launched the MoneyGram iPhone tm application, Mobile Companion, allowing consumers to search for agent locations, including the agent’s address, phone numbers and hours of operation. Mobile Companion also includes the convenience of a fee estimator that allows consumers to determine the fee for a transaction in advance.
 
We also introduced the convenience of cash-to-card services through key agents in the Philippines, which allows their customers to collect remittances on a card, which can then be used to pay for purchases at participating stores.


4


Table of Contents

We have made enhancements to our MoneyGram Online service and will continue to make further enhancements to provide a better consumer experience and efficiency in completing a transaction for our online customers, as well as more cost-effective transaction processing. We also enhanced our MoneyGram rewards program and now offer members the ability to receive a text message on their mobile phones informing them that the funds they transferred have been picked up by their receiver. We expanded our MoneyGram Rewards program to Canada, Italy, France, Germany and Spain in 2009, and will continue its international expansion during 2010 and beyond. Total MoneyGram Rewards membership grew 30 percent from 2008.
 
We continue to invest in our infrastructure to provide a better overall consumer and agent experience, reduce our costs and create efficiencies. We have made important infrastructure enhancements to our settlement and commission processing, data management, financial systems and regulatory and compliance reporting. We are continuing our efforts to enhance our agent on-boarding process, improving our speed to market for new agents.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We market our products and services through a number of dedicated sales and marketing teams, and we continually assess the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts. In the United States, a dedicated sales and marketing team markets our money transfer, money order and bill payment services. Dedicated sales and marketing teams also market our bill payment services directly to billers, including those in key verticals, and market our official check and money order services to financial institutions. In addition, we have sales and marketing teams that focus on strategic alliances and partnerships. Internationally, we have sales and marketing teams located in or near the following regions: Western Europe; Eastern Europe; Asia; Australia; the Middle East; Africa; Canada; Mexico; and Latin America.
 
Our sales and marketing efforts continue to be supported by a wide range of consumer advertising methods. A key component of our advertising and marketing is our global branding. Our global branding is a result of significant research and differentiates MoneyGram from other payment services providers. Signage continues to be a key method by which we build global awareness of our brand. We strive to ensure that our signs are displayed prominently at our agent locations and that our signage displays our brand consistently across the markets we serve. We also use traditional media methods to reach our consumers, including television, radio and print advertising, as well as advertising our services at community and cultural events throughout the world.
 
Our MoneyGram Rewards program continues to build loyalty and repeat usage with consumers around the world. The program includes features such as a discount structure based on a consumer’s use of our services, e-mail and/or text message notifications to the sender when the funds are picked up, and a more streamlined customer service experience.
 
Competition
 
While we are the second largest money transfer company in the world, the market for our money transfer and bill payment services remains very competitive. The market consists of a small number of large competitors and a large number of small, niche competitors. Our competitors include other large money transfer and electronic bill payment providers, banks and niche person-to-person money transfer service providers that serve select regions. As new technologies for money transfer and bill payment services emerge that allow consumers to send and receive money and to pay bills in a variety of ways, we face increasing competition. These emerging technologies include online payment services, card-based services such as ATM cards and stored-value cards, bank-to-bank money transfers and mobile telephone payment services.
 
We generally compete for money transfer agents on the basis of value, service, quality, technical and operational differences, price and commission. We compete for money transfer consumers on the basis of number and location of outlets, price, convenience, technology and brand recognition.
 
Regulation
 
Compliance with legal requirements and government regulations is a highly complex and integral part of our day-to-day operations. Our operations are subject to a wide range of laws and regulations that include international,


5


Table of Contents

federal and state anti-money laundering laws and regulations; money transfer and payment instrument licensing laws; escheatment laws; privacy laws; data protection and information security laws; and consumer disclosure and consumer protection laws. Failure to comply with any applicable laws and regulations could result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products and services, as well as the potential imposition of civil fines and possibly criminal penalties. See “Risk Factors” for additional discussion regarding potential impacts of failure to comply. We continually monitor and enhance our global compliance program to stay current with the most recent legal and regulatory changes. During 2009, we increased our compliance personnel headcount and made investments in our compliance-related technology and infrastructure.
 
Anti-Money Laundering Compliance.   Our money transfer services are subject to anti-money laundering laws and regulations of the United States, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, as well as the anti-money laundering laws and regulations in many of the countries in which we operate, particularly in the European Union. Countries in which we operate may require one or more of the following:
 
  •  reporting of large cash transactions and suspicious activity;
 
  •  screening of transactions against the government’s watch-lists, including but not limited to, the watch list maintained by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”);
 
  •  prohibition of transactions in, to or from certain countries, governments, individuals and entities;
 
  •  limitations on amounts that may be transferred by a consumer or from a jurisdiction at any one time or over specified periods of time, which require the aggregation of information over multiple transactions;
 
  •  consumer information gathering and reporting requirements;
 
  •  consumer disclosure requirements, including language requirements and foreign currency restrictions;
 
  •  notification requirements as to the identity of contracting agents, governmental approval of contracting agents or requirements and limitations on contract terms with our agents;
 
  •  registration or licensing of the Company or our agents with a state or federal agency in the United States or with the central bank or other proper authority in a foreign country; and
 
  •  minimum capital or capital adequacy requirements.
 
Anti-money laundering regulations are constantly evolving and vary from country to country. We continuously monitor our compliance with anti-money laundering regulations and implement policies and procedures to make our business practices flexible, so we can comply with the most current legal requirements.
 
We offer our money transfer services through third-party agents with whom we contract and do not directly control. As a money services business, the Company and its agents are required to establish anti-money laundering compliance programs that include: (i) internal policies and controls; (ii) designation of a compliance officer; (iii) ongoing employee training and (iv) an independent review function. We have developed an anti-money laundering training manual available in multiple languages and a program to assist with the education of our agents on the various rules and regulations. We also offer in-person and online training as part of our agent compliance training program and engage in various agent oversight activities.
 
Money Transfer and Payment Instrument Licensing.   The majority of United States states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands and Guam require us to be licensed to conduct business within their jurisdictions. In November 2009, our primary overseas operating subsidiary, MoneyGram International Ltd, became a licensed payment institution under the European Union Payment Services Directive. Licensing requirements generally include minimum net worth, provision of surety bonds, compliance with operational procedures, agent oversight and the maintenance of reserves or “permissible investments” in an amount equivalent to outstanding payment obligations, as defined by our various regulators. The types of securities that are considered “permissible investments” vary from state to state, but generally include cash and cash equivalents, United States government securities and other highly rated debt instruments. Most states and our other regulators require us to file reports on a quarterly or more frequent basis to verify our compliance with their


6


Table of Contents

requirements. Many states and other regulators also subject us to periodic examinations and require us and our agents to comply with anti-money laundering and other laws and regulations.
 
Escheatment Regulations.   Unclaimed property laws of every state, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands require that we track certain information on all of our payment instruments and money transfers and, if they are unclaimed at the end of an applicable statutory abandonment period, that we remit the proceeds of the unclaimed property to the appropriate jurisdiction. Statutory abandonment periods for payment instruments and money transfers range from three to seven years. Certain foreign jurisdictions also may have unclaimed property laws, though we do not have material amounts subject to any such law.
 
Privacy Regulations.   In the ordinary course of our business, we collect certain types of data which subjects us to certain privacy laws in the United States and abroad. In the United States, we are subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), which requires that financial institutions have in place policies regarding the collection, processing, storage and disclosure of information considered nonpublic personal information. We are also subject to privacy laws of various states. In addition, we are subject to the European Union Privacy Directive (the “Privacy Directive”). We abide by the United States Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor framework principles to assist in compliance with the Privacy Directive. In some cases, the privacy laws of a European Union member state may be more restrictive than the Privacy Directive and may impose additional duties with which we must comply. We also have confidentiality/information security standards and procedures in place for our business activities and with our third-party vendors and service providers. Privacy and information security laws, both domestically and internationally, evolve regularly and conflicting laws in the various jurisdictions where we do business pose challenges.
 
Banking Regulations.   We were recently informed by Goldman Sachs that the Company may be deemed a controlled subsidiary of a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”), as a result of Goldman Sachs’ status as a bank holding company and its equity interest in the Company. Affiliates of Goldman Sachs beneficially own all of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and may convert the B-1 stock into non-voting Series D Preferred Stock (the “D Stock”). While not convertible into common stock of the Company while beneficially owned by Goldman Sachs, the D Stock may be sold or transferred to a third party who may then convert the D Stock into common stock. As a result, Goldman Sachs has informed us that the Company may be considered a controlled non-bank subsidiary of Goldman Sachs for U.S. bank regulatory purposes. Companies that are deemed to be subsidiaries of a bank holding company are subject to the Bank Holding Company Act, and are thus subject to reporting to, and examination and supervision by, the Federal Reserve Board.
 
Bank holding companies may engage in the business of banking, managing and controlling banks, as well as closely related activities. Bank holding companies that are well-capitalized, well-managed and meet certain other conditions (referred to as “financial holding companies”) are allowed greater operational flexibility. The Federal Reserve Board has approved Goldman Sachs as a financial holding company, and Goldman Sachs may engage in additional activities that are deemed financial in nature, such as securities and insurance activities and certain merchant banking activities. The Federal Reserve Board, together with the U.S. Treasury Department, may periodically announce additional permissible activities for financial holding companies.
 
The businesses that we conduct are permissible activities for subsidiaries of financial holding companies under U.S. law, and we do not expect the limitations described above to adversely affect our current operations. It is possible, however, that these restrictions might limit our ability to enter other businesses that we may wish to engage in at some time in the future. It is also possible that these laws may be amended in the future, or new laws or regulations adopted, that adversely affect our ability to engage in our current or additional businesses.
 
In addition, a financial holding company that falls out of compliance with the well-managed, well-capitalized and other requirements applicable to financial holding companies must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to rectify the situation. The Federal Reserve Board may refuse to allow the financial holding company, including its subsidiaries, to engage in activities that are permissible for financial holding companies but not permissible for bank holding companies. Consequently, Goldman Sachs’ non-compliance with the requirements applicable to financial holding companies could have an impact on the Company.


7


Table of Contents

We have been in discussions with Goldman Sachs regarding this matter, and Goldman Sachs and the Company are each evaluating various alternatives pursuant to which the Company would not be deemed to be a subsidiary of a bank holding company and thus not subject to the Bank Holding Company Act. There can be no assurance of any particular outcome of such evaluations.
 
Other.   We sell our MoneyGram-branded prepaid card in the United States, in addition to loading prepaid cards of other card issuers through our ExpressPayment system. Prepaid card services are generally subject to federal and state laws and regulations, including laws related to consumer protection, licensing, escheat, anti-money laundering and the payment of wages. These laws are evolving, unclear and sometimes inconsistent. The extent to which these laws are applicable to us is uncertain and we are currently unable to determine the impact that any future clarification, changes or interpretation of these laws will have on our services.
 
Clearing and Cash Management Bank Relationships
 
Our business involves the movement of money. On average, we move over $1.0 billion daily to settle our payment instruments and make related settlements with our agents and financial institutions. We generally receive a similar amount on a daily basis from our agents and financial institutions in connection with our payment service obligations. We move money through a network of clearing and cash management banks, and our relationships with these clearing banks and cash management banks are a critical component of our ability to move funds on a global and timely basis.
 
We maintain contractual relationships with a variety of domestic and international cash management banks for automated clearing house (“ACH”) and wire transfer services for the movement of consumer funds and agent settlements. There are a limited number of international cash management banks with a network large enough to manage cash settlements for our entire agent base. During 2009, we converted to a new primary international cash management banking relationship. This relationship and our other banking relationships provide us with cash management services that are sufficient for our needs.
 
We rely on two banks to clear our retail money orders. We entered into a new five-year agreement with our secondary money order clearing bank in early 2009, and are in the process of negotiating a new agreement with our primary money order clearing bank. We currently have five official check clearing banks. We believe these relationships provide sufficient capacity for our money order and official check outsourcing services.
 
Intellectual Property
 
The MoneyGram brand is important to our business. We have registered our MoneyGram trademark in the United States and a majority of the other countries where we do business. We maintain a portfolio of other trademarks that are also important to our business, including our ExpressPayment, globe with arrows logo, MoneyGram Rewards, The Power is in Your Hands ® , The Power to Change the Way You Send Money ® , FormFree and AgentConnect marks. In addition, we maintain a portfolio of MoneyGram branded domain names.
 
We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and copyright laws, and trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements to protect our proprietary rights in products, services, know-how and information. Intellectual property rights in processing equipment, computer systems, software and business processes held by us and our subsidiaries provide us with a competitive advantage. Even though not all of these assets are protectable, we take appropriate measures to protect our intellectual property.
 
We own United States and foreign patents related to our money order and money transfer technology. Our United States patents have in the past given us competitive advantages in the marketplace, including a number of patents for automated money order dispensing systems and printing techniques, many of which have expired. We also have patent applications pending in the United States that relate to our money transfer, money order, PrimeLink and bill payment technologies and business methods. We anticipate that these applications, if granted, could give us continued competitive advantages in the marketplace. However, our competitors also actively patent their technology and business processes.


8


Table of Contents

 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 1,806 full-time employees in the United States and 591 full-time employees outside of the United States. In addition, we engage contractors to support various aspects of our business. None of our employees in the United States are represented by a labor union. We consider our employee relations to be good.
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
In September 2009, the Board of Directors announced that Pamela H. Patsley assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer, succeeding Anthony P. Ryan, who had assumed the role in January 2009. Ms. Patsley will continue her role as the Chairman of the Board as appointed in January 2009. In December 2009, we announced the January 2010 departure of Jeffrey R. Woods, who assumed the role of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer following the departure of David J. Parrin in the first quarter of 2009. Steven Piano was named as Executive Vice President of Human Resources in August 2009, following the departure of Cindy Stemper in May 2009. Timothy C. Everett assumed the role of Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in January 2010, following the retirement of Teresa H. Johnson in September 2009. In September 2009, Mary A. Dutra departed from her role as Executive Vice President, Global Payment Processing and Settlement. Mubashar Hameed, Chief Information Officer, departed in January 2010. The Company is in the process of identifying a Chief Financial Officer and a Head of Operations and Technology. Following is information regarding our executive officers:
 
Pamela H. Patsley , age 53, has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since September 2009. Ms. Patsley was appointed Executive Chairman in January 2009. Ms. Patsley also serves on the boards of directors of Texas Instruments, Inc. and Dr. Pepper Snapple Group, Inc. Ms. Patsley previously served as Senior Executive Vice President of First Data Corporation, a global payment processing company, from March 2000 to October 2007, and President of First Data International from May 2002 to October 2007. From 1991 to 2000, Ms. Patsley served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Paymentech, Inc., prior to its acquisition by First Data Corporation. Ms. Patsley also served as Chief Financial Officer of First USA, Inc.
 
Jean C. Benson , age 42, has served as Senior Vice President, Controller since May 2007. Ms. Benson previously served as Vice President, Controller from August 2001 to May 2007. From 1994 to 2001, Ms. Benson was with Metris Companies, Inc., a financial products and services company, serving as Corporate Controller and Executive Vice President of Finance from 1996 to 2001. From 1990 to 1994, Ms. Benson was an auditor with the accounting firm Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
Daniel J. Collins , age 46, has served as Senior Vice President, Treasurer since August 2008. Mr. Collins previously served as Vice President, Audit from June 2004 to August 2008. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Collins served as Controller of the investment firm of RBC Wealth Management. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Collins served as Division CFO, Consumer Products for U.S. Bank. Prior to that, Mr. Collins spent four years with the accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and six years with the accounting firm Ernst & Young, LLP, most recently as senior manager.
 
Timothy C. Everett, age 47 , has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since January 2010. Mr. Everett previously served as Vice President and Secretary of Kimberly-Clark Corporation, a multi-national consumer product company, from 2003 to 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Everett served in various roles of increasing responsibility at Kimberly-Clark from 1993 to 2003. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Everett was with the global law firm, Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, LLP. From 1984 to 1987, Mr. Everett was an auditor with the accounting firm Ernst & Young, LLP.
 
John Hempsey , age 57, has served as Executive Vice President of EMEAAP since December 2009. From May 2003 to December 2009, Mr. Hempsey served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company’s subsidiary, MoneyGram International Ltd. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Hempsey served as a non-executive board member of Travelex Group Limited, a payment services company. From 1982 to 2001, Mr. Hempsey was with Thomas Cook Global Financial Services prior its acquisition by Travelex Group, serving most recently as Chief Executive Officer. From 1974 to 1982, Mr. Hempsey was with the accounting firms KPMG LLP and Ernst & Young LLP.


9


Table of Contents

Theodore L. Hill , age 47, has served as Senior Vice President, Global Services and General Manager, Financial Paper Products since February 2010. From 2008 to February 2010, Mr. Hill served as Vice President, Global Services and General Manager, Financial Paper Products. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Hill served as Vice President, Global Services and from 2000 to 2007 served as Vice President, Customer Setup and Support. Mr. Hill had served as Senior Director, Customer Setup and Support from 1999 to 2000, Director, Global Client Services from 1995 to 1999 and Manager, Control Operations from 1989 to 1995. From 1984 to 1989, Mr. Hill was with Sears, Roebuck & Co.
 
Daniel J. O’Malley , age 45, has served as Executive Vice President of the Americas since December 2009. From April 2007 to December 2009, Mr. O’Malley served as Senior Vice President, Global Payment Systems/President Americas. Mr. O’Malley previously served as Vice President, Global Payment Systems/Americas from April 2003 to April 2007, Vice President, Customer Service from June 1999 to April 2003, Director, Operations from 1996 to 1999, Regulatory Project Manager from 1995 to 1996, Manager of the Southeast Processing Center from 1989 to 1995 and Coordinator of the Southeast Processing Center from 1988 to 1989. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. O’Malley held various operations positions at NCNB National Bank and Southeast Bank N.A. from 1983 to 1988.
 
Steven Piano , age 44, has served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources since August 2009. From January 2008 to August 2009, Mr. Piano served as Global Lead Human Resource Partner with National Grid, a multi-national utility company. From 1996 to January 2008, Mr. Piano held a variety of human resources positions with First Data Corporation, a global electronic payment processing company, serving most recently as Senior Vice President — First Data International. From 1987 to 1996, Mr. Piano held human resources positions with Citibank, Dun & Bradstreet — Nielsen Media Research and Lehman Brothers.
 
Available Information
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 1550 Utica Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55416 and our telephone number is (952) 591-3000. Our website address is www.moneygram.com. We make our reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, Section 16 reports on Forms 3, 4 and 5, and all amendments to those reports, available electronically free of charge in the Investor Relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
 
 
Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS
 
Various risks and uncertainties could affect our business. Any of the risks described below or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or our other filings with the SEC could have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
RISK FACTORS
 
Our increased debt service, significant debt covenant requirements and our credit rating could impair our financial condition and adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business.
 
We have substantial debt service obligations. Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and could have an adverse impact on our stockholders, including:
 
  •  our ability to obtain additional financing in the future may be impaired;
 
  •  a significant portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of interest and principal on our debt, which reduces the funds available to us for our operations, acquisitions, product development or other corporate initiatives;
 
  •  our debt agreements contain financial and restrictive covenants which could significantly impact our ability to operate our business and any failure to comply with them may result in an event of default, which could have a material adverse effect on us;
 
  •  our level of indebtedness increases our vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions;


10


Table of Contents

 
  •  our debt service obligations could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry;
 
  •  our debt service obligations could place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors who have less leverage relative to their overall capital structures;
 
• our debt service obligations may affect our ability to attract or retain agents on favorable terms;
 
  •  our ability to pay cash dividends to the holders of our common stock is significantly restricted, and no such dividends are contemplated for at least the next 12 months; and
 
  •  payment of cash dividends to the holders of the preferred stock in the future could reduce the funds available to us for our operations, acquisitions, product development or other corporate initiatives.
 
Our credit rating is non-investment grade. Together with our leverage, this rating adversely affects our ability to obtain additional financing and increases our cost of borrowing. A non-investment grade rating may also affect our ability to attract and retain certain customers.
 
Our recapitalization significantly diluted the interests of the common stockholders and grants other important rights to the Investors.
 
The Series B Stock issued to the Investors is convertible into shares of common stock or common equivalent stock at the price of $2.50 per common share (subject to anti-dilution rights), giving the Investors an initial equity interest in us of approximately 79 percent. Dividends payable on the Series B Stock have been accrued since inception. If we continue to accrue dividends in lieu of paying in cash, the ownership interest of the Investors will substantially increase and continue to dilute the interests of the common stockholders. With the accrual of dividends, the Investors had an equity interest of 82 percent as of December 31, 2009.
 
The holders of the B Stock vote as a class with the common stock and have a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable if all outstanding shares of B Stock were converted into common stock plus the number of shares of common stock issuable if all outstanding shares of B-1 Stock were converted into Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock and subsequently converted into common stock. As a result, holders of the B Stock are able to determine the outcome of matters put to a stockholder vote, including the ability to elect our directors, determine our corporate and management policies, including compensation of our executives, and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate action submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers, acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our Company and might reduce our share price. THL also has sufficient voting power to amend our organizational documents. We cannot provide assurance that the interests of the Investors will coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock.
 
In view of their significant ownership stake in the Company, THL, as holders of the B Stock, has appointed four members to our Board of Directors and Goldman Sachs, as holders of the B-1 Stock, has appointed two observers to our Board of Directors. The size of our Board has been set at nine directors, three of which are independent. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, as long as the Investors have a right to designate directors to our Board, Goldman Sachs shall have the right to designate one director who shall have one vote and THL shall have the right to designate two to four directors who shall each have equal votes and who shall have such number of votes equal to the number of directors as is proportionate to the Investors’ common stock ownership, calculated on a fully converted basis assuming the conversion of all shares of Series B Stock into common stock, minus the one vote of the director designated by Goldman Sachs. Therefore, each director designated by THL will have multiple votes and each other director will have one vote.


11


Table of Contents

Sustained financial market illiquidity could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The global capital and credit markets continue to experience illiquidity. As a result, we may face certain risks. In particular:
 
  •  We may be unable to liquidate short-term investments, including those held in money market funds that we need to settle our payment instruments, pay money transfers and make related settlements to agents. Any resulting need to access other sources of liquidity or short-term borrowing would increase our costs. Any delay or inability to settle our payment instruments, pay money transfers or make related settlements with our agents could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  •  Banks upon which we rely to conduct our official check, money order and money transfer businesses could fail. This could lead to our inability to access funds and/or to credit losses for us and could adversely impact our ability to conduct our official check, money order and money transfer businesses.
 
  •  Our revolving credit facility with a consortium of banks is one source of funding for corporate transactions and liquidity needs. If any of the banks participating in our credit facility were unable or unwilling to fulfill its lending commitment to us, our short-term liquidity and ability to engage in corporate transactions such as acquisitions could be adversely affected.
 
  •  We may be unable to borrow from financial institutions or institutional investors on favorable terms which could adversely impact our ability to pursue our growth strategy and fund key strategic initiatives, such as product development and acquisitions.
 
If current levels of market illiquidity worsen, there can be no assurance we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Continued weakness in economic conditions, in both the United States and global markets, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our money transfer business relies in part on the overall strength of global economic conditions as well as international migration patterns. Consumer money transfer transactions and migration patterns are affected by, among other things, employment opportunities and overall economic conditions. Our customers tend to have employment in industries such as construction, manufacturing and retail that tend to be more significantly impacted by weak economic conditions than other industries. This may result in reduced job opportunities for our customers in the United States or other countries that are important to our business which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, increases in employment opportunities may lag other elements of any economic recovery.
 
Our agents or billers may have reduced sales or business as a result of weak economic conditions. As a result, our agents could reduce their numbers of locations or hours of operation, or cease doing business altogether. Our billers may have fewer customers making payments to them, particularly billers in those industries that may be more affected by an economic downturn such as the automobile, mortgage and retail industries.
 
If general market softness in the United States or other national economies important to the Company’s business were to continue for an extended period of time or deteriorate further, the Company’s results of operations could be adversely impacted. Additionally, if our consumer transactions decline or migration patterns shift due to deteriorating economic conditions, we may be unable to timely and effectively reduce our operating costs or take other actions in response which could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
A material slow down or complete disruption in international migration patterns could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The money transfer business relies in part on migration patterns, as individuals move from their native countries to countries with greater economic opportunities or a more stable political environment. A significant portion of money transfer transactions are initiated by immigrants or refugees sending money back to their native countries. Changes in immigration laws that discourage international migration and political or other events (such as war,


12


Table of Contents

terrorism or health emergencies) that make it more difficult for individuals to migrate or work abroad could adversely affect our money transfer remittance volume or growth rate. Sustained weakness in global economic conditions could reduce economic opportunities for migrant workers and result in reduced or disrupted international migration patterns. Reduced or disrupted international migration patterns, particularly in the United States or Europe, are likely to reduce money transfer transaction volumes and therefore have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
If we lose key agents or are unable to maintain our Global Funds Transfer agent or biller networks, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Revenue from our money transfer and urgent bill payment services is derived from transactions conducted through our retail agent and biller networks. Many of our high volume agents are in the check cashing industry. There are risks associated with the check cashing industry that could cause this agent base to decline. We may not be able to retain all of our current retail agents or billers for other reasons, as the competition for retail agents and billers is intense. If agents or billers decide to leave our agent network, or if we are unable to add new agents or billers to our network, our revenue would decline.
 
Larger agents and billers in our Global Funds Transfer segment are increasingly demanding financial concessions and more information technology customization. The development, equipment and capital necessary to meet these demands could require substantial expenditures and there can be no assurance that we will have the available capital after paying dividends to the Investors and servicing our debt, or that we will be allowed to make such expenditures under the terms of our debt agreements. If we were unable to meet these demands, we could lose customers and our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.
 
A substantial portion of our transaction volume is generated by a limited number of key agents. During 2009 and 2008, our 10 largest agents accounted for 48 percent and 44 percent, respectively, of our total company fee and investment revenue and 53 percent and 53 percent, respectively, of the fee and investment revenue of our Global Funds Transfer segment. In 2009 and 2008, our largest agent, Walmart, accounted for 29 percent and 26 percent, respectively, of our total company fee and investment revenue and 32 percent and 31 percent, respectively, of the fee and investment revenue of our Global Funds Transfer segment. The term of our agreement with Walmart runs through January 2013. If any of our key agents were not to renew their contracts with us, or if such agents were to reduce the number of their locations, or cease doing business, we might not be able to replace the volume of business conducted through these agents, and our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.
 
Litigation or investigations involving MoneyGram or our agents, which could result in material settlements, fines or penalties, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are currently the subject of an informal SEC inquiry and stockholder litigation, including a securities class action lawsuit and one lawsuit under ERISA. While we believe the suits are without merit and intend to vigorously defend against such claims, the outcome of the lawsuits cannot be predicted at this time. The cost to defend the stockholder and ERISA litigation could be substantial, regardless of the outcome. In addition, we have been, and in the future may be, subject to allegations and complaints that individuals or entities have used our money transfer services for fraud-induced money transfers which may result in fines, settlements and litigation expenses.
 
Regulatory and judicial proceedings and potential adverse developments in connection with ongoing stockholder litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. There may also be adverse publicity associated with lawsuits and investigations that could decrease agent and customer acceptance of our services. Additionally, our business has been in the past, and may be in the future, the subject of class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and investigations and other general litigation. The outcome of class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and investigations is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs or regulatory agencies in these lawsuits, actions or investigations may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of these actions may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend or settle future lawsuits or investigations may be significant.


13


Table of Contents

We face credit risks from our retail agents and official check financial institution customers.
 
The vast majority of our Global Funds Transfer segment is conducted through independent agents that provide our products and services to consumers at their business locations. Our agents receive the proceeds from the sale of our payment instruments and money transfers and we must then collect these funds from the agents. If an agent becomes insolvent, files for bankruptcy, commits fraud or otherwise fails to remit money order or money transfer proceeds to us, we must nonetheless pay the money order or complete the money transfer on behalf of the consumer. Moreover, we have made, and may make in the future, secured or unsecured loans to retail agents under limited circumstances or allow agents to retain our funds for a period of time before remitting them to us. As of December 31, 2009, we had credit exposure to our agents of approximately $436.4 million in the aggregate spread across over 14,000 agents, of which five owed us in excess of $15.0 million.
 
Our official checks outsourcing business is conducted through financial institutions. Our official check financial institution customers issue official checks and money orders and remit to us the face amounts of those instruments the day after they are issued. MoneyGram is liable for payment on all of those instruments except cashier’s checks. As of December 31, 2009, we had credit exposure to our official check financial institution customers of approximately $482.0 million in the aggregate spread across 1,700 financial institutions, of which one owed us in excess of $15.0 million.
 
We monitor the creditworthiness of our agents and official check financial institution customers on an ongoing basis. There can be no assurance that the models and approaches we use to assess and monitor agent and official check financial institution customer creditworthiness will be sufficiently predictive, and we may be unable to detect and take steps to timely mitigate an increased credit risk.
 
In the event of an agent bankruptcy, we would generally be in the position of creditor, possibly with limited security or financial guarantees of performance, and we would therefore be at risk of a reduced recovery. We are not insured against credit losses, except in circumstances of agent theft or fraud. Significant credit losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We face fraud risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities such as paper instrument counterfeiting, fraud and identity theft. As we make more of our services available over the Internet and other unmanned media, we subject ourselves to new types of consumer fraud risk because requirements relating to customer authentication are more complex with Internet services. Certain former retail agents have also engaged in fraud against consumers or us, and existing agents could engage in fraud against consumers or us. We use a variety of tools to protect against fraud; however, these tools may not always be successful. Allegations of fraud may result in fines, settlements and litigation expenses.
 
Negative economic conditions may result in increased agent or consumer fraud. If consumer fraud levels involving our services were to rise, it could lead to regulatory intervention and reputational and financial damage. This, in turn, could reduce the use and acceptance of our services or increase our compliance costs and thereby have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
An inability of the Company or its agents to maintain adequate banking relationships may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We rely on domestic and international banks for international cash management, ACH and wire transfer services to pay money transfers and settle with our agents. We also rely on domestic banks to provide clearing, processing and settlement functions for our paper-based instruments, including official checks and money orders. The Company’s relationships with these banks are a critical component of our ability to conduct our official check, money order and money transfer businesses. An inability on our part to maintain existing or establish new banking relationships sufficient to enable us to conduct our official check, money order and money transfer businesses could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to establish and maintain adequate banking relationships.


14


Table of Contents

We rely on a primary international banking relationship for cash management, ACH and wire transfer services. Should we not be successful in maintaining a sufficient relationship with one of the limited number of large international banks that provide these services, we would be required to establish a global network of banks to provide us with these services. This could alter the pattern of settlement with our agents and result in our agent receivables and agent payables being outstanding for longer periods than the current remittance schedule thereby adversely impacting our cash flow and revenue. Maintaining a global network of banks, if necessary, may also increase our overall costs for banking services.
 
We and our agents are considered Money Service Businesses in the United States under the Bank Secrecy Act. The federal banking regulators are increasingly taking the stance that Money Service Businesses, as a class, are high risk. As a result, several financial institutions, which look to the federal regulators for guidance, have terminated their banking relationships with some of our agents. If our agents are unable to maintain existing or establish new banking relationships, they may not be able to continue to offer our services which could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
We may be unable to operate our official check and money order businesses profitably as a result of historically low interest rates and our revised pricing strategies.
 
Our revenues in the official check business are generated primarily by the investment of funds we receive from the sale of official checks. In turn, we pay commissions to our official check financial institution customers based on the outstanding balance produced by that customer’s sale of official checks, calculated at a rate based on short-term variable financial indices, such as the federal funds rate. Fluctuations in interest rates affect the revenue produced by our investment portfolio and the commissions that we pay our official check financial institution customers. There can be no assurance that interest rate fluctuations in our investments will align with the commission rates we pay to our official check financial institution customers. Both our investment revenue and the commissions we pay decrease when interest rates decline and increase when interest rates rise. However, because our commission rates reset more frequently than the rates earned on our investments, changes in investment revenue will lag changes in commission rates. A rising interest rate environment typically has a negative impact on our investment margin. In the past our investments included long-term and medium-term fixed income securities, a portion of which were asset-backed securities. Our investment portfolio now focuses on highly liquid, short-term securities that produce a lower rate of return. As a result, we have reduced the commissions we pay to our official check financial institution customers and have implemented and/or increased per-item and other fees for our official check services. Despite these changes, there can be no assurance that our official check business will operate profitably. Further, our official check financial institution customers have a right to terminate their agreements with us if they do not accept these pricing changes, and we have numerous agreements with these customers that will expire in 2010 and may not be renewed. There can be no assurance that we will retain those official check financial institution customers that we wish to retain.
 
Earnings in our money order business are generated in part by the investment of funds we receive from the sale of money orders. As a result of the composition of our investment portfolio, we earn a lower rate of return on the investment of funds we receive from the sale of money orders. The continued success of our money order business is dependent on our ability to increase money order fees paid to us by our agents.
 
Failure to maintain sufficient capital could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we do not have sufficient capital, we may not be able to pursue our growth strategy and fund key strategic initiatives, such as product development and acquisitions. We may not be able to meet new capital requirements introduced or required by our regulators. Given the leveraged nature of the Company and the significant restrictive covenants in our debt agreements, there can be no assurance that we will have access to sufficient capital. Failure to have such access could materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.


15


Table of Contents

Failure to attract and retain key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our success depends to a large extent upon our ability to attract and retain key employees. We are in a period of significant change in our executive management team, including vacancies of key positions, and we may face uncertainties in implementing our business strategies and goals as a result. A failure to attract and retain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
If we fail to successfully develop and timely introduce new and enhanced products and services or we make substantial investments in an unsuccessful new product, service or infrastructure change, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced methods of providing money transfer, money order, official check, bill payment and related services that keep pace with competitive introductions, technological changes and the demands and preferences of our agents, financial institution customers and consumers. Many of our competitors offer electronic payment mechanisms, including Internet-based and cellular phone payment services, that could be substituted for traditional forms of payment, such as the money order, bill payment and money transfer services that we offer. If these alternative payment mechanisms become widely substituted for our products and services, and we do not develop and offer similar alternative payment mechanisms successfully and on a timely basis, our business and prospects could be adversely affected. Additionally, we may make future investments or enter into strategic alliances to develop new technologies and services or to implement infrastructure change to further our strategic objectives, strengthen our existing businesses and remain competitive. Such investments and strategic alliances are inherently risky and we cannot guarantee that such investments or strategic alliances will be successful and if not successful, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we are unable to adequately protect our brand and the intellectual property rights related to our existing and any new or enhanced products and services, or if we are unable to avoid infringing on the rights of others, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
The MoneyGram ® brand is important to our business. We utilize trademark registrations in various countries and other tools to protect our brand. Our business would be harmed if we were unable to adequately protect our brand, and the value of our brand were to decrease as a result.
 
We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality and license agreements to protect the intellectual property rights related to our products and services. We also investigate the intellectual property rights of third parties to prevent our infringement of those rights. We may be subject to claims of third parties that we infringe their intellectual property rights or have misappropriated other proprietary rights. We may be required to spend resources to defend any such claims or to protect and police our own rights. Some of our intellectual property rights may not be protected by intellectual property laws, particularly in foreign jurisdictions. The loss of our intellectual property protection, the inability to secure or enforce intellectual property protection or to successfully defend against claims of intellectual property infringement could harm our business and prospects.
 
We face intense competition, and if we are unable to continue to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
 
The markets in which we compete are highly competitive, and we face a variety of competitors across our businesses, in particular our largest competitor, The Western Union Company. In addition, new competitors or alliances among established companies may emerge. With respect to our money transfer, urgent bill payment and money order businesses, our primary competition comes from our largest competitor. We cannot anticipate every effect that actions taken by our competitors will have on our business, or the money transfer and bill payment industry in general.
 
Money transfer, money order and bill payment services within our Global Funds Transfer segment compete in a concentrated industry, with a small number of large competitors and a large number of small, niche competitors. We also compete with banks and niche person-to-person money transfer service providers. The electronic bill payment services within our Global Funds Transfer segment compete in a highly fragmented consumer-to-business payment


16


Table of Contents

industry. Competitors in the electronic payments area include financial institutions, third parties that host financial institution and bill payment services, third parties that offer payment services directly to consumers and billers offering their own bill payment services.
 
Our official check business competes primarily with financial institutions that have developed internal processing capabilities or services similar to ours and do not outsource official check services. Financial institutions could also offer competing official check outsourcing services to our existing and prospective official check customers.
 
There can be no assurance that growth in consumer money transfer transactions, bill payment transactions and other payment products will continue. In addition, consolidation among payment services companies has occurred and could continue. If we are unable to continue to grow our existing products, while also growing newly developed and acquired products, we will be unable to compete effectively in the changing marketplace, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
 
MoneyGram and our agents are subject to a number of risks relating to United States and international regulatory requirements which could result in material settlements, fines or penalties or changes in our or their business operations that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our business is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations which vary from country to country. The money transfer business is subject to a variety of regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering and terrorism. We are subject to United States federal anti-money laundering laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the requirements of the OFAC, which prohibit us from transmitting money to specified countries or on behalf of prohibited individuals. Additionally, we are subject to the anti-money laundering laws in many countries where we operate, particularly in the European Union. We are also subject to financial services regulations, money transfer and payment instrument licensing regulations, consumer protection laws, currency control regulations, escheat laws, as well as privacy and data protection laws. Many of the laws to which we are subject are evolving, unclear and inconsistent across various jurisdictions, making compliance challenging.
 
Changes in laws, regulations or other industry practices and standards may increase our costs of operations and may disrupt our business as we develop new business and compliance models. For example, the European Union’s Payment Services Directive (“PSD”) has created a new framework of licensing and other regulations for our business operations in the European Union and imposes a number of new requirements on our business, including greater potential liability on us for the conduct of our agents and the commission of third party fraud utilizing our services. We have modified our business operations in the European Union in light of PSD and will likely experience increased costs of operating in the European Union. In the event we fail to comply with the PSD, our business, financial position and results of operations may be adversely impacted. Additionally, the United States and other countries periodically consider initiatives designed to lower costs of international remittances which, if implemented, may adversely impact our business, financial position and results of operations.
 
Changes in laws, regulations or other industry practices and standards, or interpretations of legal or regulatory requirements may reduce the market for or value of our products or services or render our products or services less profitable or obsolete and have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Changes in the laws affecting the kinds of entities that are permitted to act as money transfer agents (such as changes in requirements for capitalization or ownership) could adversely effect our ability to distribute our services and the cost of providing such services, both by us and our agents. Many of our high volume agents are in the check cashing industry. Any regulatory action that adversely affects check cashers could also cause this portion of our agent base to decline. If onerous regulatory requirements were imposed on our agents, the requirements could lead to a loss of agents, which, in turn, could lead to a loss of retail business.
 
Any intentional or negligent violation by us of the laws and regulations set forth above could lead to significant fines or penalties and could limit our ability to conduct business in some jurisdictions. Regulators in the United States and other jurisdictions are showing a greater inclination than they have in the past to hold money services businesses like ours to higher standards of agent training and monitoring for possible violations of laws and regulations by agents. Our systems, employees and processes may not be sufficient to detect and prevent an intentional or negligent violation of the laws and regulations set forth above by our agents, which could also lead to us being subject to significant fines or penalties. In addition to those direct costs, a failure by us or our agents to comply with applicable


17


Table of Contents

laws and regulations also could seriously damage our reputation and brands and result in diminished revenue and profit and increased operating costs.
 
Failure by us or our agents to comply with the laws and regulatory requirements of applicable regulatory authorities could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses or registrations, loss of approved status, termination of contracts with banks or retail representatives, administrative enforcement actions and fines, class action lawsuits, cease and desist orders and civil and criminal liability. The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We conduct money transfer transactions through agents in some regions that are politically volatile or, in a limited number of cases, are subject to certain OFAC restrictions.
 
We conduct money transfer transactions through agents in some regions that are politically volatile or, in a limited number of cases, are subject to certain OFAC restrictions. While we have instituted policies and procedures to protect against violations of law, it is possible that our money transfer service or other products could be used by wrong-doers in contravention of United States law or regulations. In addition to monetary fines or penalties that we could incur, we could be subject to reputational harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
A material breach of security of our systems could adversely affect our business.
 
We obtain, transmit and store confidential customer information in connection with certain of our services. Any significant security breaches in our computer networks, databases or facilities could harm our business and reputation, cause inquiries and fines or penalties from regulatory or governmental authorities and cause a loss of customers. We rely on a variety of technologies to provide security for our systems. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments, including improper acts by third parties, may result in a compromise or breach of the security measures we use to protect our systems. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. Third-party contractors also may experience security breaches involving the storage and transmission of our data. If users gain improper access to our or our contractor’s systems or databases, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify confidential customer information. A security breach could expose us to monetary liability, lead to reputational harm and make our customers less confident in our services.
 
Our business is particularly dependent on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer network systems and data centers.
 
Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer network systems and data centers. Our business involves the movement of large sums of money and the management of data necessary to do so. The success of our business particularly depends upon the efficient and error-free handling of transactions and data. We rely on the ability of our employees and our internal systems and processes to process these transactions in an efficient, uninterrupted and error-free manner.
 
In the event of a breakdown, catastrophic event (such as fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure or physical break-in), security breach, improper operation, improper action by our employees, agents, customer financial institutions or third party vendors or any other event impacting our systems or processes or our vendors’ systems or processes, we could suffer financial loss, loss of customers, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. The measures we have enacted, such as the implementation of disaster recovery plans and redundant computer systems, may not be successful. We may also experience problems other than system failures, including software defects, development delays and installation difficulties, which would harm our business and reputation and expose us to potential liability and increased operating expenses. Certain of our agent contracts, including our contract with Walmart, contain service level standards pertaining to the operation of our system, and give the agent a right to collect damages and in extreme situations a right of termination for system downtime exceeding agreed upon service levels. If we experience significant system interruptions or system failures, our business interruption insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses or damages that we may incur.


18


Table of Contents

If we are unable to effectively operate and scale our technology to match our business growth, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Our ability to continue to provide our services to a growing number of agents and consumers, as well as to enhance our existing services and offer new services, is dependent on our information technology systems. If we are unable to effectively manage the technology associated with our business, we could experience increased costs, reductions in system availability and loss of agents or consumers. Any failure of our systems in scalability, reliability and functionality could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The operation of retail locations and acquisition or start-up of businesses create risks and may adversely affect our operating results.
 
We operate Company-owned retail locations for the sale of our products and services. After substantial capital investment to open retail locations, it is uncertain whether these locations will be profitable. We may be subject to additional laws and regulations that are triggered by our ownership of retail locations and our employment of individuals who staff our retail locations. There are also certain risks inherent in operating any retail location, including theft, personal injury and property damage and long-term lease obligations.
 
We may, from time to time, acquire or start up businesses both inside and outside of the United States. The acquisition and integration of businesses, involve a number of risks. We may not be able to successfully integrate businesses that we acquire or open, including their facilities, personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general operating procedures. If we fail to successfully integrate acquisitions, we could experience increased costs and other operating inefficiencies, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. The diversion of capital and management’s attention from our core business that results from acquiring or opening new businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
There are a number of risks associated with our international sales and operations that could adversely affect our business.
 
We provide money transfer services between and among approximately 190 countries and territories and continue to expand in various international markets. Our ability to grow in international markets and our future results could be harmed by a number of factors, including:
 
  •  changes in political and economic conditions and potential instability in certain regions;
 
  •  changes in regulatory requirements or in foreign policy, including the adoption of foreign laws detrimental to our business;
 
  •  possible increased costs and additional regulatory burdens imposed on our business;
 
  •  burdens of complying with a wide variety of laws and regulations;
 
  •  possible fraud of theft losses, and lack of compliance by international representatives in foreign legal jurisdictions where collection and legal enforcement may be difficult or costly;
 
  •  reduced protection for our intellectual property rights;
 
  •  unfavorable tax rules or trade barriers;
 
  •  inability to secure, train or monitor international agents; and
 
  •  failure to successfully manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates, in particular with respect to the euro.
 
Unfavorable outcomes of tax positions we take could adversely affect our tax expense.
 
We file tax returns and take positions with respect to federal, state, local and international taxation, including positions that relate to our 2007 and 2008 net security losses, and our tax returns and tax positions are subject to review and audit by taxing authorities. An unfavorable outcome of a tax review or audit could result in higher tax expense, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. We establish reserves for material,


19


Table of Contents

known tax exposures. While we believe our reserves are adequate to cover material, known tax exposures, there can be no assurance that an actual taxation event would not exceed our reserves.
 
Because we may be deemed to be a subsidiary of a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, we may be limited in our ability to engage in other businesses.
 
Because Goldman Sachs is a registered bank holding company, the Federal Reserve Board has the authority to examine and supervise its operations, including the operations of its controlled subsidiaries. We may be deemed a controlled subsidiary of Goldman Sachs. As Goldman Sachs has been approved by the Federal Reserve Board as a financial holding company and because we may be deemed to be an indirect subsidiary of Goldman Sachs, our ability to engage in other businesses may be limited to those permissible for a financial holding company.
 
Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We are required to certify and report on our compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. In order to achieve effective internal controls we may need to enhance our accounting systems or processes which could increase our cost of doing business. Any failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We have significant overhang of salable convertible preferred stock relative to float.
 
The trading market for our common stock was first established in June 2004. The float in that market now consists of approximately 82,300,000 shares out of a total of 82,515,119 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009. The Series B Stock issued to the Investors is convertible into shares of common stock or common equivalent stock at the price of $2.50 per common share, subject to anti-dilution rights. Under the Registration Rights Agreement entered into between the Company and the Investors at the closing of the recapitalization, the Investors and other parties may require us to register for sale publicly (at times largely of their choosing) all of the Series B Stock that they hold, as well as any common stock or Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock into which the B-1 Stock may be converted. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, or the perception that significant sales could occur (particularly if sales are concentrated in time or amount), may depress the trading price of our common stock.
 
An agreement among the Investors and Walmart could prevent an acquisition of the Company.
 
Effective through March 17, 2010, the Investors and Walmart have an agreement that, among other things, prevents the Investors, without the prior written consent of Walmart, from voting in favor of, consenting to or selling or transferring their equity securities in a manner that would result in a change of control of the Company. The Investors collectively have a majority of the voting stock of the Company and Walmart, whose interests may differ from our stockholders’ interests, could prevent the Investors from agreeing to a sale of the Company under certain circumstances.
 
Our capital structure, charter documents, and Delaware law could delay or prevent an acquisition of the Company, which could inhibit your ability to receive a premium on your investment from a possible sale of the Company.
 
Our current capital structure and certain provisions of our charter documents may discourage third parties from seeking to acquire the Company. The holders of the B Stock would vote as a class with the common stockholders on any proposed business combination and would control the outcome. These matters and certain provisions of Delaware law relating to business combinations with interested stockholders may have the effect of delaying, deterring or


20


Table of Contents

preventing a merger or change in control of the Company. Some of these matters may discourage a future acquisition of the Company even if common stockholders would receive an attractive value for their shares or if a significant number of our common stockholders believed such a proposed transaction to be in their best interests. As a result, stockholders who desire to participate in such a transaction may not have the opportunity to do so.
 
If we cannot meet the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) continued listing requirements, the NYSE may delist our common stock.
 
Our common stock is currently listed on the NYSE. The NYSE requires us to maintain an average closing price of our common stock of $1.00 per share or higher over 30 consecutive trading days as well as to maintain average market capitalization and stockholders’ equity of at least $75 million.
 
If we are unable to maintain compliance with the NYSE criteria for continued listing, our common stock would be subject to delisting. A delisting of our common stock could negatively impact us by, among other things, reducing the liquidity and market price of our common stock; reducing the number of investors willing to hold or acquire our common stock, which could negatively impact our ability to raise equity financing; decreasing the amount of news and analyst coverage for the Company; and limiting our ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
 
 
Item 1B.   UNRESOLVED SEC COMMENTS
 
None.
 
 
Item 2.   PROPERTIES
 
                         
Location
  Use   Segment(s) Using Space   Square Feet   Lease Expiration
 
Minneapolis, MN
  Corporate Headquarters   Both     168,211       12/31/2015  
Brooklyn Center, MN
  Global Operations Center   Both     75,000       1/31/2012  
Brooklyn Center, MN
  Global Operations Center   Both     44,026       1/31/2012  
Lakewood, CO
  Call Center   Global Funds Transfer     114,240       3/31/2012  
 
Information concerning our material properties, all of which are leased, including location, use, approximate area in square feet and lease terms, is set forth above. We also have a number of other smaller office locations in Arkansas, California, Florida, New York, France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom, as well as small sales and marketing offices in Australia, China, Greece, Hong Kong, India, Italy, the Netherlands, Nigeria, Russia, South Africa, Spain, Ukraine and United Arab Emirates. We believe that our properties are sufficient to meet our current and projected needs.
 
 
Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
We are involved in various claims, litigations and government inquiries that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. All of these matters are subject to uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with certainty. We accrue for these matters as any resulting losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. Further, we maintain insurance coverage for many claims and litigations alleged. Management does not believe that after final disposition any of these matters is likely to have a material adverse impact on our financial position.
 
Federal Securities Class Actions — The Company and certain of its present and former officers and directors are defendants in a consolidated class action case in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota captioned In re MoneyGram International, Inc. Securities Litigation . The Consolidated Complaint was filed on October 3, 2008, and alleges against each defendant violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act and alleges against Company officers violations of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The Consolidated Complaint alleges failure to adequately disclose, in a timely manner, the nature and risks of the Company’s investments, as well as unrealized losses and


21


Table of Contents

other-than-temporary impairments related to certain of the Company’s investments. The Consolidated Complaint seeks recovery of losses incurred by stockholder class members in connection with their purchases of the Company’s securities. On February 24, 2010, the parties entered into a non-binding Memorandum of Understanding pursuant to which the parties agreed, subject to final approval of the parties and the court, to settle this action for a cash payment of $80 million, all but $20 million of which would be paid by the Company’s insurance carriers. On March 9, 2010, the parties entered into a Settlement Agreement to settle the case on terms consistent with the Memorandum of Understanding. On March 10, 2010, the Court issued an Order that preliminarily approved the settlement. The parties will seek final approval of the settlement at a hearing currently set for June 18, 2010.
 
Minnesota Stockholder Derivative Claims  — Certain of the Company’s present and former officers and directors are defendants in a consolidated shareholder derivative action in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota captioned In re MoneyGram International, Inc. Derivative Litigation . The Consolidated Complaint in this Action, which was filed on November 18, 2009 and arises out of the same matters at issue in the securities class action, alleges claims on behalf of the Company for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duties, unjust enrichment, abuse of control, and gross mismanagement. On February 24, 2010, the parties entered into a non-binding Memorandum of Understanding pursuant to which they agreed, subject to final approval of the parties and the court, to settle this action. The Memorandum of Understanding provides for changes to MoneyGram’s business, corporate governance and internal controls, some of which have already been implemented in whole or in part in connection with MoneyGram’s recent recapitalization. The Company also agreed to pay attorney fees and expenses to the plaintiff’s counsel in the amount of $1.3 million, with $1.0 million to be paid by the Company’s insurance carriers. The Memorandum of Understanding is subject to negotiation and execution of definitive settlement documents containing usual and customary settlement terms, notice to shareholders, and approval of the Court.
 
ERISA Class Action — On April 22, 2008, Delilah Morrison, on behalf of herself and all other MoneyGram 401(k) Plan participants, brought an action in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota. The complaint alleges claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), including claims that the defendants breached fiduciary duties by failing to manage the plan’s investment in Company stock, and by continuing to offer Company stock as an investment option when the stock was no longer a prudent investment. The complaint also alleges that defendants failed to provide complete and accurate information regarding Company stock sufficient to advise plan participants of the risks involved with investing in Company stock and breached fiduciary duties by failing to avoid conflicts of interests and to properly monitor the performance of plan fiduciaries and fiduciary appointees. Finally, the complaint alleges that to the extent that the Company is not a fiduciary, it is liable for knowingly participating in the fiduciary breaches as alleged. On August 7, 2008, plaintiff amended the complaint to add an additional plaintiff, name additional defendants and additional allegations. For relief, the complaint seeks damages based on what the most profitable alternatives to Company stock would have yielded, unspecified equitable relief, costs and attorneys’ fees. On March 25, 2009, the Court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to dismiss.
 
California Action  — On January 22, 2008, Russell L. Berney filed a complaint in Los Angeles Superior Court against the Company and its officers and directors, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., and PropertyBridge, Inc. and two of its officers, alleging false and negligent misrepresentation, violations of California securities laws and unfair business practices with regard to disclosure of the Company’s investments. The complaint also alleges derivative claims against the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Board’s oversight of disclosure of the Company’s investments and with regard to the Company’s negotiations with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Euronet Worldwide, Inc. The complaint seeks monetary damages, disgorgement, restitution or rescission of stock purchases, rescission of agreements with third parties, constructive trust and declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. In July 2008, an amended complaint was filed asserting an additional claim for declaratory relief. In September 2009, an amended complaint was filed alleging additional facts and naming additional defendants.
 
SEC Inquiry  — By letter dated February 4, 2008, the Company received notice from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that it is conducting an informal, non-public inquiry relating to the Company’s financial statements, reporting and disclosures related to the Company’s investment portfolio and offers and negotiations to sell the Company or its assets. The SEC’s notice states that it has not determined that any violations of the securities


22


Table of Contents

laws have occurred. On February 11, 2008 and November 5, 2008, the Company received additional letters from the SEC requesting certain information. The Company cooperated with the SEC on a voluntary basis.
 
Other Matters  — On September 25, 2009, the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin returned a jury verdict in a patent suit brought against the Company by Western Union, awarding $16.5 million to Western Union. The Company has appealed the verdict. In connection with its agreement with the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the Company is making enhancements to its consumer anti-fraud program and has paid $18.0 million into an FTC-administered fund to refund consumers who have been victimized through third-party fraud. The Company is continuing to cooperate with a government entity in a separate matter involving complaints that certain individuals or entities may have used our money transfer services for fraud-induced money transfers.
 
 
Item 4.   [RESERVED]
 
PART II
 
 
Item 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol MGI. No dividends on our common stock were declared by our Board of Directors in 2009 or 2008. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ Deficit” and Note 13 — Stockholders’ Deficit of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. As of March 8, 2010, there were 13,919 stockholders of record of our common stock.
 
The high and low sales prices for our common stock for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
 
                                 
    2009   2008
Fiscal Quarter   High   Low   High   Low
 
 
First
  $ 1.55     $ 1.00     $ 14.27     $ 1.57  
Second
  $ 1.78     $ 1.08     $ 2.03     $ 0.90  
Third
  $ 3.29     $ 1.83     $ 1.94     $ 0.98  
Fourth
  $ 3.25     $ 2.19     $ 1.60     $ 0.85  
 
The Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of a total of 12,000,000 shares. These authorizations were announced publicly in our press releases issued on November 18, 2004, August 18, 2005 and May 9, 2007. The repurchase authorization is effective until such time as the Company has repurchased 12,000,000 common shares. MoneyGram common stock tendered to the Company in connection with the exercise of stock options or vesting of restricted stock are not considered repurchased shares under the terms of the repurchase authorization. As of December 31, 2009, we have repurchased 6,795,000 shares of our common stock under this authorization and have remaining authorization to repurchase up to 5,205,000 shares. The Company has not repurchased any shares since July 2007, other than in connection with employees’ exercise of stock options. However, the Company may consider repurchasing shares from time-to-time, subject to limitations in our debt agreements.
 
We completed a recapitalization on March 25, 2008, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, as well as Note 2 — Recapitalization of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The terms of our debt agreements place significant limitations on the amount of restricted payments we may make, including dividends on our common stock. With certain exceptions, we may only make restricted payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million, subject to an incremental build-up based on our consolidated net income in future periods. As a result, our ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions to the stockholders of the Company’s common stock is materially limited at this time.


23


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE
 
The following graph compares the cumulative total return from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2009 for our common stock, our peer group index of payment services companies and the S&P 500 Index. The peer group index of payment services companies consists of: Euronet Worldwide Inc., Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., Fiserv, Inc., Global Payments Inc., MasterCard, Inc., Online Resources Corporation, Total System Services, Inc., Visa, Inc. and The Western Union Company (the “Peer Group Index”). We changed our peer group in 2009 to delete CSG Systems International, Inc., DST Systems, Inc. and Jack Henry & Associates, Inc. and to add MasterCard, Inc. and Visa, Inc. We believe the new peer group represents a more relevant group of companies in the global remittance market that we participate in. The graph assumes the investment of $100 in each of our common stock, our peer group indexes and the S&P 500 Index on December 31, 2004, and the reinvestment of all dividends as and when distributed.
 
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
S&P 500 INDEX AND PEER GROUP INDEX
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
                                                 
    12/2004   12/2005   12/2006   12/2007   12/2008   12/2009
 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
    100       123.73       149.60       74.01       4.91       13.87  
S&P 500 INDEX
    100       104.91       121.48       128.16       80.74       102.11  
OLD PEER GROUP INDEX
    100       109.24       125.51       136.30       83.68       112.65  
NEW PEER GROUP INDEX
    100       108.57       127.08       158.25       99.61       157.65  


24


Table of Contents

 
Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. For the basis of presentation of the information set forth below, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Basis of Presentation.”
                                             
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007     2006     2005      
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)                                  
 
Operating Results
                                           
Revenue
                                           
Global Funds Transfer segment
  $ 1,027,850     $ 1,013,154     $ 858,702     $ 671,459     $ 507,359      
Financial Paper Products segment
    122,783       238,192       470,126       472,239       447,674      
Other
    21,269       (324,228 )     (1,171,291 )     15,861       16,203      
 
 
Total revenue
    1,171,902       927,118       157,537       1,159,559       971,236      
Commissions expense
    (498,467 )     (604,609 )     (663,908 )     (563,659 )     (470,472 )    
 
 
Net revenue (losses)  (1)
    673,435       322,509       (506,371 )     595,900       500,764      
 
 
Expenses
    (695,757 )     (659,700 )     (486,896 )     (419,127 )     (354,388 )    
 
 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes  (2)
    (22,322 )     (337,191 )     (993,267 )     176,773       146,376      
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (20,416 )     (75,806 )     78,481       52,719       34,170      
 
 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
  $ (1,906 )   $ (261,385 )   $ (1,071,748 )   $ 124,054     $ 112,206      
 
 
(Loss) earnings per common share:
                                           
Basic
  $ (1.48 )   $ (4.19 )   $ (12.94 )   $ 1.47     $ 1.32      
Diluted
    (1.48 )     (4.19 )     (12.94 )     1.45       1.30      
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
                                           
Basic
    82,499       82,456       82,818       84,294       84,675      
Diluted
    82,499       82,456       82,818       85,818       85,970      
Financial Position
                                           
Excess (shortfall) of assets over payment service obligations  (3)
  $ 313,335     $ 391,031     $ (551,812 )   $ 358,924     $ 366,037      
Substantially restricted assets  (3)
    5,156,789       5,829,030       7,210,658       8,568,713       8,525,346      
Total assets
    5,929,663       6,642,296       7,935,011       9,276,137       9,175,164      
Payment service obligations
    4,843,454       5,437,999       7,762,470       8,209,789       8,159,309      
Long-term debt
    796,791       978,881       345,000       150,000       150,000      
Mezzanine equity  (4)
    864,328       742,212                        
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (883,013 )     (781,736 )     (488,517 )     669,063       624,129      
Other Selected Data
                                           
Capital expenditures
  $ 38,258     $ 40,357     $ 71,142     $ 81,033     $ 47,359      
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 57,091     $ 56,672     $ 51,979     $ 38,978     $ 32,465      
Cash dividends declared per share
  $     $     $ 0.20     $ 0.17     $ 0.07      
Average investable balances  (5)
  $ 4,246,507     $ 4,866,339     $ 6,346,442     $ 6,333,115     $ 6,726,790      
Net investment margin  (6)
    0.75 %     1.23 %     2.28 %     2.31 %     1.91 %    
Approximate number of countries and territories served
    190       190       180       170       170      
Number of money order locations  (7)
    49,000       59,000       59,000       55,000       53,000      
Number of money transfer locations  (7)
    190,000       176,000       143,000       110,000       89,000      
 
 
 
(1) Net revenue for 2008 includes net securities losses of $340.7 million from the realignment of the investment portfolio in the first quarter of 2008, other-than-temporary impairments and declines in the value of our trading investments. Net losses for 2007 of $1.2 billion relates to other-than-temporary impairments in the Company’s investment portfolio.


25


Table of Contents

 
(2) Loss from continuing operations before income taxes for 2009 includes $54.8 million of legal reserves relating to securities litigation, stockholder derivative claims, a patent lawsuit and a settlement with the FTC; $18.3 million of goodwill, intangible asset and corporate airplane impairments and a $14.3 million net curtailment gain on our benefit plans. Loss from continuing operations before income taxes for 2008 includes a $29.7 million net loss on the termination of swaps, a $26.5 million gain from put options on our trading investments, a $16.0 million non-cash valuation loss from changes in the fair value of embedded derivatives on our Series B Stock and a goodwill impairment of $8.8 million related to a component of our Other results for segment reporting purposes. Loss from continuing operations before income taxes for 2007 includes a goodwill impairment of $6.4 million related to a component of our Other results for segment reporting purposes.
 
(3) Assets in excess of payment service obligations are substantially restricted assets less payment service obligations as calculated in Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Substantially restricted assets are composed of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and investments.
 
(4) Mezzanine Equity relates to our Series B Stock issued in the recapitalization described in Note 2 — Recapitalization of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 12 — Mezzanine Equity of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the terms of the Series B Stock.
 
(5) Investable balances are composed of cash and cash equivalents and investments.
 
(6) Net investment margin is determined as net investment revenue (investment revenue less investment commissions) divided by daily average investable balances.
 
(7) Includes 28,000, 30,000, 18,000, 16,000, and 16,000 locations in 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, that offer both money order and money transfer services.
 
 
Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. MoneyGram’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated due to various factors discussed below under “Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” in Part I, Item 1A under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are presented on a consolidated basis and include the accounts of the Company and our subsidiaries. See Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding consolidation. References to “MoneyGram,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” are to MoneyGram International, Inc. and its subsidiaries and consolidated entities. Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
 
Components of Net Revenue  — Our net revenue consists of fee and other revenue, investment revenue and net securities gains and losses, less fee and investment commissions expense. We generate net revenue primarily by charging transaction fees in excess of third-party agent commissions, managing foreign currency exchange and managing our investments to provide returns in excess of commissions paid to financial institution customers.
 
We derive revenue primarily through service fees charged to consumers and through our investments. Fee and other revenue consists of transaction fees, foreign exchange and miscellaneous revenue. Transaction fees are fees earned on money transfer, money order, bill payment and official check transactions. Money transfer transaction fees vary based on the principal amount of the transaction, the originating location and the receiving location. Money order and bill payment transaction fees are fixed per transaction. Foreign exchange revenue is derived from the management of currency exchange spreads on money transfer transactions involving different “send” and “receive” currencies. Miscellaneous revenue primarily consists of processing fees on rebate checks and controlled disbursements, service charges on aged outstanding money orders and money order dispenser fees.


26


Table of Contents

Investment revenue consists of interest and dividends generated through the investment of cash balances received from the sale of official checks, money orders and other payment instruments. These cash balances are available to us for investment until the payment instrument is presented for payment. Investment revenue varies depending on the level of investment balances and the yield on our investments. Investment balances vary based on the number of payment instruments sold, the principal amount of those payment instruments and the length of time that passes until the instruments are presented for payment.
 
Net securities gains and losses consist of realized gains and losses from the sale, call or maturity of investments, other-than-temporary impairments of investments and unrealized gains and losses on trading investments and related put options.
 
We incur fee commissions on our money transfer products. In a money transfer transaction, both the agent initiating the transaction and the agent disbursing the funds receive a commission that is generally based on a percentage of the fee charged to the consumer. We generally do not pay commissions to agents on the sale of money orders. In certain limited circumstances for large agents, we may pay a fixed commission amount based on money order volumes transacted by that agent. Fee commissions expense also includes the amortization of capitalized agent signing bonus payments.
 
Investment commissions consist of amounts paid to financial institution customers based on short-term interest rate indices times the average outstanding cash balances of official checks sold by that financial institution. Through the second quarter of 2008, investment commissions expense included costs associated with interest rate swaps and the sale of receivables program. We historically used interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our variable rate commission payments to fixed rate payments, which hedged the interest rate risk associated with the variable rate commissions paid to our financial institution customers. In connection with the interest rate swaps, we paid a fixed amount to a counterparty and received a variable rate payment in return. To the extent that the fixed rate exceeded the variable rate, we incurred an expense related to the swap; if the variable rate exceeded the fixed rate, we recognized income related to the swap. In connection with the restructuring of the official check business in 2008, we terminated certain financial institution customer relationships. As a result, we terminated the swaps related to commission payments in June 2008. See further discussion of the termination of these swaps in Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Under our sale of receivables program, we historically sold certain of our agent receivables at a discount to accelerate our cash flow, with the discount recorded in investment commissions. In January 2008, we terminated our sale of receivables program and ceased selling receivables by March 2008. See further discussion on our sale of receivables program in Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Sale of Receivables of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Discontinued Operations  — During 2007, we paid $3.3 million in connection with the settlement of a contingency arising from the Sale and Purchase Agreement related to the continued operations of Game Financial Corporation with one casino. We recognized a loss from discontinued operations of $0.3 million in 2007 in the Consolidated Statements of Loss, representing the recognition of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance partially offset by the reversal of the remaining liability for contingencies that expired. The following discussion of our results of operations is focused on our continuing businesses.
 
Segment Reporting Changes  — During the fourth quarter of 2009, we revised our segment reporting to reflect changes in how we manage our business, review operating performance and allocate resources. We now manage our business primarily through two reporting segments: Global Funds Transfer, which is composed of the money transfer and bill payment products, and Financial Paper Products, which is composed of the official check and money order products. Prior year results have been revised for comparative purposes. See the Segment Performance section for further discussion of our reporting segments.


27


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Table 1 — Results of Operations
 
                                                         
                      2009
    2008
    2009
    2008
 
                      vs.
    vs.
    vs.
    vs.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
                      ($)     ($)     (%)     (%)  
(Amounts in thousands)                                          
 
Revenue:
                                                       
Fee and other revenue
  $ 1,130,893     $ 1,105,676     $ 949,059     $ 25,217     $ 156,617       2 %     17 %
Investment revenue
    33,219       162,130       398,234       (128,911 )     (236,104 )     (80 )%     (59 )%
Net securities gains (losses)
    7,790       (340,688 )     (1,189,756 )     348,478       849,068       NM       NM  
 
 
Total revenue
    1,171,902       927,118       157,537       244,784       769,581       26 %     489 %
Fee commissions expense
    497,105       502,317       410,301       (5,212 )     92,016       (1 )%     22 %
Investment commissions expense
    1,362       102,292       253,607       (100,930 )     (151,315 )     (99 )%     (60 )%
 
 
Total commissions expense
    498,467       604,609       663,908       (106,142 )     (59,299 )     (18 )%     (9 )%
 
 
Net revenue (losses)
    673,435       322,509       (506,371 )     350,926       828,880       109 %     NM  
 
 
Expenses:
                                                       
Compensation and benefits
    199,053       224,580       188,092       (25,527 )     36,488       (11 )%     19 %
Transaction and operations support
    284,277       219,905       191,066       64,372       28,839       29 %     15 %
Occupancy, equipment and supplies
    47,425       45,994       44,704       1,431       1,290       3 %     3 %
Interest expense
    107,911       95,020       11,055       12,891       83,965       14 %     760 %
Depreciation and amortization
    57,091       56,672       51,979       419       4,693       1 %     9 %
Valuation loss on embedded derivatives
          16,030             (16,030 )     16,030       NM       NM  
Debt extinguishment loss
          1,499             (1,499 )     1,499       NM       NM  
 
 
Total expenses
    695,757       659,700       486,896       36,057       172,804       5 %     35 %
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (22,322 )     (337,191 )     (993,267 )     314,869       656,076       93 %     66 %
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (20,416 )     (75,806 )     78,481       55,390       (154,287 )     73 %     NM  
 
 
Loss from continuing operations
  $ (1,906 )   $ (261,385 )   $ (1,071,748 )   $ 259,479     $ 810,363       99 %     76 %
 
 
 
 
NM = Not meaningful
 
Following is a summary of our operating results from continuing operations in 2009:
 
  •  Fee and other revenue increased 2 percent to $1,130.9 million in 2009 from $1,105.7 million in 2008, driven primarily by money transfer transaction volume growth of 6 percent. As compared to growth of 18 percent in 2008, money transfer transaction volume growth was lower in 2009 due primarily to the economic recession and our growing volume base.
 
  •  Investment revenue decreased $128.9 million, or 80 percent, in 2009 due to lower yields earned on our investment portfolio and a decline in average investable balances from the termination of certain official check financial institution customers and money order agents.
 
  •  Net securities gains in 2009 reflect a $7.6 million net gain from the call of two trading investments and the reversal of the related put options. Valuation gains of $4.3 million on the put option related to the remaining


28


Table of Contents

  trading investment were partially offset by $4.1 million of other-than-temporary impairments of other asset-backed securities. This is compared to net securities losses of $340.7 million recorded in 2008 from the realignment of the portfolio, other-than-temporary impairments of other asset-backed securities and unrealized losses on our trading investments, partially offset by valuation gains from the receipt of put options relating to our trading investments.
 
  •  Total commissions expense decreased $106.1 million, or 18 percent, in 2009. The decline in the federal funds rate and lower average investable balances reduced investment commissions expense by $73.2 million. In addition, investment commissions expense for 2008 included a $27.7 million net loss from the termination of interest rate swaps related to the official check business. Fee commissions expense decreased $5.2 million from lower average commission rates, the decline in the euro exchange rate and lower signing bonus amortization, partially offset by an increase in fee commissions from money transfer transaction volume growth.
 
  •  Interest expense increased to $107.9 million in 2009 from $95.0 million in 2008 due to higher average outstanding debt as a result of the recapitalization completed in the first quarter of 2008, partially offset by the repayment of $186.9 million of debt in 2009.
 
  •  Expenses increased $36.1 million, or 5 percent, in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily driven by: $54.8 million of legal reserves relating to securities litigation, stockholder derivative claims, a patent lawsuit and a settlement with the Federal Trade Commission; a $12.9 million increase in interest expense; a $10.5 million increase in stock-based compensation; and a $9.5 million increase in professional fees. These increases were offset by a $14.3 million net curtailment gain on our benefit plans, a $12.3 million decrease in executive severance and related costs and a $7.1 million decrease in incentive compensation. Expenses in 2009 also include $18.3 million of goodwill, intangible asset and corporate airplane impairments, as compared to $8.8 million of goodwill impairments in 2008. In addition, 2008 included a $16.0 million non-cash valuation loss on embedded derivatives in our preferred stock and $9.5 million of costs related to the recapitalization and restructuring of the official check business.
 
  •  A significant amount of our internationally originated transactions and settlements with international agents are conducted in the euro. In addition, operating expenses for most of our international subsidiaries are denominated in the euro. During 2009, the average euro to United States dollar exchange rate decreased to 1.39 from 1.47 in 2008. The decline in the euro exchange rate (net of hedging activities) reduced revenue by $10.9 million, commissions expense by $7.6 million and expenses by $4.9 million, for a net benefit to our operating results of $1.6 million.
 
  •  In 2009, we recognized a tax benefit of $20.4 million on a pre-tax loss of $22.3 million, reflecting the net reversal of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets relating to net securities losses in 2008 and 2007.
 
Following is a summary of significant actions taken by the Company and economic conditions during the year that impacted our operating results in 2009:
 
Global Economic Conditions  — Throughout 2009, worldwide economic conditions remained weak, as evidenced by growing unemployment rates, government assistance to citizens and businesses on a global basis, continued declines in asset values, restricted lending activity and low consumer confidence, among other factors. Historically, the money remittance industry has generally been resilient during times of economic softness as money transfers are deemed essential to many, with the funds used by the receiving party for food, housing and other basic needs. However, given the global reach and extent of the current economic recession, the growth of money transfer volumes and the average principal of money transfers were adversely impacted in 2009. In addition, bill payment products available in the United States are not as resilient as money transfers given the more discretionary nature of some items paid for by consumers using these products. Accordingly, the volume of bill payment transactions was adversely impacted in 2009, particularly in the auto and credit card sectors. While there have been some indicators of moderation and improvement in December 2009 and early 2010, we continue to have limited visibility into the future and believe growth rates will continue to be hampered in 2010.
 
Interest Rate Environment  — Interest rates remained at historical lows through 2009. Interest rates affect our business in several ways, but primarily through investment revenue, investment commission expense and interest expense. First, the majority of our investment portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents) is floating rate, causing investment revenue to decrease when rates decline and increase when rates rise. Second, the commissions


29


Table of Contents

we pay to our financial institution customers are variable rate and primarily based on the effective federal funds rate. Accordingly, our investment commissions expense decreases when rates decline and increases when rates rise. As discussed in “Results of Operations — Table 3 — Net Investment Revenue Analysis ,” our net investment margin is based on the spread between the yield earned on our investment portfolio and the commission rates paid to our financial institution customers. In a declining interest rate environment, our net investment margin will typically be benefited, while an increasing interest rate environment will typically have a negative impact on our net investment margin. This is due to the lag between when changes in interest rates impact the two components of the net investment margin, with commission rates resetting faster than our investment portfolio. In the current environment, the federal funds rate is so low that most of our financial institution customers are in a “negative” commission position, in that we do not owe any commissions to our customers. While the vast majority of our contracts require the financial institution customers to pay us for the negative commission amount, we have opted at this time to impose certain per-item and other fees rather than require payment. We continue to monitor the negative commissions and may decide to pursue payment at a future date. Finally, our Senior Facility is floating rate debt, and accordingly, our interest expense will decrease in a declining rate environment and increase when rates rise.
 
Official Check Restructuring and Repricing  — In the first quarter of 2008, we initiated the restructuring of our official check business by changing the commission structure and exiting certain large customer relationships, particularly our top 10 financial institution customers. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $1.9 billion of balances for the top 10 customers have run off, with the remaining balances expected to run off over the next 24 months as these customers cease issuing new official checks and old issuances are presented to us for payment. Effective June 1, 2008 for most customers and July 1, 2008 for our remaining customers, we reduced the commission rate paid to the majority of our official check financial institution customers. This repricing results in an average contractual payout rate of the effective federal funds rate less approximately 85 basis points.
 
Money Order Repricing and Review  — In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated the first phase of a repricing initiative for our money order product sold through retail agent locations. This initiative increases the per-item fee we receive for our money orders and reflects the impact of the realigned investment portfolio on the profitability of this product. A broader second phase of repricing was initiated in the second quarter of 2009. In addition, we continue to review our credit exposure to our agents and may terminate or otherwise revise our relationship with certain agents. As anticipated, money order volumes in 2009 declined from these initiatives. As we continue our repricing and review efforts, we expect volumes to further decline from the attrition of money order customers.
 
Table 2 — Fee Revenue and Fee Commissions Expense
 
                                         
                2009
  2008
                vs.
  vs.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009   2008   2007   2008   2007
 
(Amounts in thousands)                    
 
Fee and other revenue
  $ 1,130,893     $ 1,105,676     $ 949,059       2 %     17 %
Fee commissions expense
    (497,105 )     (502,317 )     (410,301 )     1 %     (22 )%
Fee commissions expense as a % of fee and other revenue
    44.0 %     45.4 %     43.2 %                
 
Fee and other revenue consists of fees on money transfer, bill payment, money order and official check transactions. In 2009, fee and other revenue increased $25.2 million, or 2 percent, compared to 2008, driven by money transfer transaction volume growth, partially offset by lower average money transfer fees, the decline in the euro exchange rate and a $6.6 million reduction in bill payment revenue. Money transfer transaction volume increased 6 percent, generating incremental revenue of $53.3 million. Average money transfer fees declined from lower average principal per transaction and corridor mix, reducing revenue by $20.7 million. The decline in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, reduced revenue by $10.9 million in 2009. In addition, money order and official check fee and other revenue increased $9.3 million and $5.6 million, respectively, primarily due to our repricing initiatives. Also, 2009 fee and other revenue declined $6.1 million from 2008 due to discontinued businesses and products.
 
In 2008, fee and other revenue increased $156.6 million, or 17 percent, compared to 2007, primarily driven by growth in money transfer. Money transfer fee and other revenue grew 19 percent in 2008, while money transfer transaction volume increased 18 percent. Money transfer transaction volume growth resulted in incremental fee and


30


Table of Contents

other revenue of $131.8 million in 2008, while average money transfer fees declined from lower principal per transaction and corridor mix, reducing revenue by $12.1 million in 2008. The increase in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, increased fee and other revenue by $20.7 million in 2008. Bill payment transaction volume growth of 13 percent in 2008 increased fee and other revenue by $19.1 million.
 
Fee commissions expense consists primarily of fees paid to our third-party agents for the money transfer and bill payment services. In 2009, fee commissions expense decreased $5.2 million, or 1 percent, from 2008 due to lower average money transfer commission rates, the decline in the euro exchange rate, lower bill payment volumes and lower signing bonus amortization, partially offset by money transfer volume growth. Incremental fee commissions of $16.1 million resulting from money transfer transaction volume growth was significantly offset by a decrease of $7.7 million from lower average commission rates and $7.6 million from the decline in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities. Bill payment volume declines reduced commissions expense by $3.8 million and signing bonus amortization decreased by $2.0 million as certain historical signing bonuses were fully amortized in the third quarter of 2009.
 
In 2008, fee commissions expense increased $92.0 million, or 22 percent, compared to 2007. Higher money transfer transaction volumes increased fee commissions expense $54.4 million, while higher average commissions per transaction, primarily from higher commissions paid to Walmart from new contract pricing, increased commissions $4.0 million. Amortization of signing bonuses increased $11.4 million in 2008 from the signing of several large agents in 2007 and one large agent in the first quarter of 2008. The change in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, increased fee commissions expense by $8.8 million. Bill payment fee commissions expense increased $11.3 million due to volume and $3.2 million due to rate.
 
Table 3 — Net Investment Revenue Analysis
 
                                         
                      2009
    2008
 
                      vs.
    vs.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands)                              
 
Investment revenue
  $ 33,219     $ 162,130     $ 398,234       (80 )%     (59 )%
Investment commissions expense (1)
    (1,362 )     (102,292 )     (253,607 )     99 %     60 %
 
 
Net investment revenue
  $ 31,857     $ 59,838     $ 144,627       (47 )%     (59 )%
 
 
Average balances:
                                       
Cash equivalents and investments
  $ 4,246,507     $ 4,866,339     $ 6,346,442       (13 )%     (23 )%
Payment service obligations (2)
    3,048,100       3,923,989       4,796,257       (22 )%     (18 )%
Average yields earned and rates paid (3) :
                                       
Investment yield
    0.78 %     3.33 %     6.27 %                
Investment commission rate
    0.04 %     2.61 %     5.29 %                
Net investment margin
    0.75 %     1.23 %     2.28 %                
 
 
(1) Investment commissions expense includes payments made to financial institution customers based on short-term interest rate indices times the outstanding balances of official checks sold by that financial institution. Through the second quarter of 2008, investment commissions expense also included costs associated with swaps and the sale of receivables program. See further discussion of the termination of swaps in Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments, and the termination of the sale of receivables program in Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) Commissions are paid to financial institution customers based on average outstanding balances generated by the sale of official checks only. The average balance in the table reflects only the payment service obligations for which commissions are paid and does not include the average balance of the sold receivables ($3.7 million and $349.9 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively) as these are not recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
(3) Average yields/rates are calculated by dividing the applicable amount of “Net investment revenue” by the applicable amount shown in the “Average balances” section. The “Net investment margin” is calculated by dividing “Net investment revenue” by the “Cash equivalents and investments” average balance.


31


Table of Contents

 
Investment revenue consists of interest and dividends generated through the investment of cash balances received from the sale of official checks, money orders and other payment instruments. Investment revenue in 2009 decreased $128.9 million, or 80 percent, compared to 2008 due to lower yields earned on our investment portfolio and a decline in average investable balances from the termination of certain official check financial institution customers. Lower interest rates earned on cash and cash equivalents resulted in a decrease of $110.0 million from 2008, while the decline in average investable balances resulted in a decrease of $20.7 million. Investment revenue in 2008 also included a $10.0 million recovery of a security that was fully impaired in 2007.
 
In 2008, investment revenue decreased $236.1 million, or 59 percent, compared to 2007 due to lower yields earned on our realigned investment portfolio and the decrease in average investable balances from the termination of certain official check financial institution customers and the termination of our sale of receivables program. With the realignment completed in the first quarter of 2008, our portfolio now primarily consists of lower yielding cash equivalents and government securities. Lower interest rates earned on cash and cash equivalents resulted in a decrease of $134.0 million from 2007, while the decline in average investable balances resulted in a decrease of $92.9 million. Also negatively impacting investment revenue in 2008 is the application of the cost recovery method of accounting for investments classified as “Other asset-backed securities.” Under cost recovery, interest proceeds are deemed to be recoveries of principal, with no recognition as investment revenue until the principal of the related security is fully recovered. See Note 6 — Investment Portfolio of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information related to the investment portfolio and the application of the cost recovery method. During 2008, we received interest proceeds of $26.9 million from our other asset-backed securities, with $10.7 million applied to reduce the book value of the related securities. The remaining $16.2 million of interest proceeds was recognized as investment revenue in 2008, including $10.0 million related to the recovery of a security that was fully impaired in 2007.
 
Investment commissions expense includes payments made to financial institution customers based on their average outstanding balances generated by the sale of official checks times short-term interest rate indices. Investment commission expense decreased $100.9 million, or 99 percent, compared to 2008. The decline in the federal funds rate resulted in a decrease of $49.7 million, while lower average investable balances resulted in a decrease of $23.4 million. In addition, investment commissions expense for 2008 included a $27.7 million net loss from the termination of interest rate swaps as a result of the termination of certain official check customers in 2008. See Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the interest rate swaps. The federal funds rate has been so low during 2009 that most of our financial institution customers are in a “negative” commission position, meaning we do not owe any commissions to our customers. While the majority of our contracts require that the financial institution customers pay us for the negative commission amount, we have opted at this time to impose certain per-item and other fees rather than require payment of the negative commission amount. We continue to monitor the negative commissions and may decide to require payment of negative commissions at a future date.
 
In 2008, investment commissions expense decreased $151.3 million, or 60 percent, compared to 2007. Lower commission rates from the official check repricing and the decline in the effective federal funds rate decreased commissions by $120.0 million, while lower average investable balances decreased commissions by $35.8 million. In addition, the termination of the sales of receivable program in the first quarter of 2008 reduced commissions expense by $20.2 million. See Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the sale of receivables program. Partially offsetting these benefits is the $27.7 million loss from the termination of interest rate swaps related to the official check business.
 
Net investment revenue decreased 47 percent in 2009 compared to 2008, reflecting the lower interest rate environment and lower average investable balances discussed above. The net investment margin of 0.75 percent for 2009 decreased 48 basis points from 1.23 percent in 2008, reflecting these same factors. Net investment revenue decreased 59 percent in 2008 as compared to 2007, reflecting the lower yields from the realigned portfolio, lower average investable balances and the termination loss on swaps, partially offset by the official check repricing initiative and the decline in the effective federal funds rate. The net investment margin decreased 105 basis points from 2007 to 1.23 percent for 2008 as a result of the same factors.


32


Table of Contents

Table 4 — Net Securities Gains (Losses)
 
                                         
                      2009
    2008
 
                      vs.
    vs.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands)                              
 
Gross realized gains
  $     $ 34,200     $ 5,611     $ (34,200 )   $ 28,589  
Gross realized losses
    (2 )     (290,498 )     (1,962 )     290,496       (288,536 )
Other-than-temporary impairments
    (4,069 )     (70,274 )     (1,193,210 )     66,204       1,122,936  
 
 
Net securities losses from available-for-sale investments
    (4,071 )     (326,572 )     (1,189,561 )     322,500       862,989  
Unrealized gains (losses) from trading investments and related put options
    4,304       (14,116 )     (195 )     18,421       (13,921 )
Realized gains from trading investments and related put options
    7,557                   7,557        
 
 
Net securities gains (losses)
  $ 7,790     $ (340,688 )   $ (1,189,756 )   $ 348,478     $ 849,068  
 
 
 
Net securities gains of $7.8 million for 2009 primarily reflects a $7.6 million net gain from the call of two trading investments in 2009. We recorded a valuation gain of $4.3 million on the put option related to the remaining trading investment, reflecting the passage of time. Other-than-temporary impairments on our other asset-backed securities were $4.1 million from continued declines in the fair value.
 
Net securities losses for 2008 reflect $256.3 million of net realized losses from the realignment of the investment portfolio in the first quarter of 2008, $70.3 million of other-than-temporary impairments on our other asset-backed securities and $40.6 million of unrealized losses from our trading investments, partially offset by a $26.5 million unrealized gain from put options received in the fourth quarter of 2008 related to the trading investments. The other-than-temporary impairments and unrealized losses were the result of continued deterioration in the mortgage markets, as well as continued illiquidity and uncertainty in the broader markets in 2008. The recapitalization completed on March 25, 2008 included funds to cover these losses. In December 2008, two of our three auction rate securities classified as trading investments had the embedded preferred put option exercised. As a result, one trading security converted to a perpetual preferred stock and the collateral of the other security was replaced with perpetual preferred stock. These actions resulted in a decline in fair value as preferred stock is viewed as less liquid and the discretionary income streams as more uncertain. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we opted into a buy-back program sponsored by the trading firm that sold us all of our trading investments. Under this program, we received the right to require the trading firm to redeem our trading investments at full par value beginning in June 2010 (the “put options”). The initial fair value and subsequent remeasurements are recognized as unrealized gains (losses) from trading investments. In general, the fair value of these put options should offset any realized and unrealized losses from our trading securities as they provide a known cash flow stream in the future, subject to the creditworthiness of the broker issuing the put options. See Note 6 — Investment Portfolio of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding these put options.
 
We had net securities losses of $1.2 billion in 2007, reflecting other-than-temporary impairments recorded in December 2007 as a result of the substantial market deterioration and our decision to realign the investment portfolio. See Note 6 — Investment Portfolio of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
 
Expenses
 
The following discussion relates to operating expenses, excluding commissions expense, as presented in Table 1 — Results of Operations .
 
Compensation and benefits  — Compensation and benefits includes salaries and benefits, management incentive programs and other employee related costs. Compensation and benefits decreased $25.5 million, or 11 percent, primarily from a $14.3 million net curtailment gain on benefit plans, a $12.3 million decrease in executive severance and related costs, a $7.1 million decrease in incentive compensation from accruing annual incentives at a


33


Table of Contents

lower tier and a $2.0 million decrease from the suspension of the discretionary profit sharing plan. Stock-based compensation increased $10.5 million from 2009 grants, partially offset by lower expense from historical grants that vested in the first quarter of 2009 and executive forfeitures. As reflected in each of the amounts discussed above, the change in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, decreased compensation and benefits by approximately $2.1 million in 2009.
 
Compensation and benefits increased $36.5 million, or 19 percent, in 2008 compared to 2007, primarily from a $19.5 million increase in executive severance and related costs, an $8.5 million increase from a 2 percent increase in headcount supporting the growth in the money transfer business and an $8.5 million increase in incentive compensation. Severance includes $16.5 million of costs related to our former chief executive officer. Salaries and benefits increased $8.5 million due to higher headcount. Incentive compensation increased $10.9 million from higher headcount and achieving a higher incentive tier than the prior year, partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense as no long-term stock-based incentives were offered during 2008 and several large stock-based awards were forfeited during the year due to terminations. As reflected in each of the amounts discussed above, the change in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, increased compensation and benefits by approximately $2.7 million in 2008.
 
Transaction and operations support  — Transaction and operations support expense includes marketing, professional fees and other outside services, telecommunications and agent forms related to our products. Transaction and operations support costs increased $64.4 million, or 29 percent, in 2009 compared to 2008. We recorded $54.8 million of legal reserves in 2009 relating to securities litigation, stockholder derivative claims, a patent lawsuit and a settlement with the Federal Trade Commission. Asset impairments of $18.3 million were recorded in 2009, an increase of $9.5 million over 2008. The 2009 impairments include a $7.0 million impairment charge related to the decision to sell our airplane, a $5.2 million impairment of goodwill and other assets from the decision to discontinue certain bill payment products and the sale of a non-core business, a $3.6 million impairment of intangible assets and a $2.5 million impairment of goodwill related to our money order product from continued declines in that business. Professional fees increased by $9.5 million in 2009, primarily due to litigation fees and the implementation of the European Union Payment Services Directive. Our provision for agent receivables increased by $9.0 million, primarily from the closure of an international agent during the year. As our agent base and transaction volumes continue to grow, we expect that provision for loss will increase; however, we expect this growth to be much slower than agent base and transaction growth due to our underwriting and credit monitoring processes. Marketing costs decreased $12.7 million in 2009 from controlled spending, partially offset by higher costs from agent location growth. In addition, $9.5 million of costs related to the recapitalization and restructuring of the official check business were recorded in 2008. As reflected in each of the amounts discussed above, the change in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, decreased transaction and operations support by approximately $1.7 million in 2009.
 
Transaction and operations support expense increased $28.8 million, or 15 percent, in 2008 compared to 2007. The recapitalization and restructuring of the official check business drove professional fees of $9.5 million in 2008. In addition, professional fees increased $5.1 million in 2008 for costs relating to the growth of the business and various business analyses initiated during the year. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $8.8 million related to our decision to wind down our external ACH Commerce business. Costs related to agent forms and supplies increased $2.8 million from our transaction and agent base growth. Our provision for loss increased $4.6 million in 2008 due to expected increases in uncollectible receivables from agent growth and the impact of current economic conditions. Marketing costs decreased $3.6 million in 2008 from controlled spending, partially offset by higher costs from agent location growth and a new marketing campaign to enhance our brand positioning. As reflected in each of the amounts discussed above, the change in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, increased transaction and operations support by approximately $1.9 million in 2008.
 
Occupancy, equipment and supplies  — Occupancy, equipment and supplies expense includes facilities rent and maintenance costs, software and equipment maintenance costs, freight and delivery costs and supplies. Expenses increased $1.4 million, or 3 percent, in 2009 compared to 2008. Software maintenance and office rent increased $2.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively, to support the growth of the business. The timing of the roll out of new agent locations and controlled spending resulted in a $2.8 million reduction of agent costs. As reflected in each of the amounts discussed above, the change in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, decreased occupancy, equipment and supplies expense by approximately $0.4 million in 2009.


34


Table of Contents

Occupancy, equipment and supplies expense increased $1.3 million, or 3 percent, in 2008 compared to 2007 from higher rent, software maintenance and building operating costs, partially offset by lower freight and supplies expense. Office rent increased $1.3 million in 2008 due to the expansion of our retail locations and normal annual increases under our lease agreements. Software maintenance expense increased $0.9 million in 2008 primarily from purchased licenses to support our growth. Additionally, disposal of fixed assets, building operating costs, maintenance and higher property taxes increased our expenses by $1.6 million. Partially offsetting these increases is a $2.2 million decline in freight and supplies expense due to lower shipments from the timing of the roll out of new agents.
 
Interest expense  — Interest expense increased to $107.9 million in 2009 from $95.0 million in 2008 due to higher average outstanding debt as a result of the recapitalization completed in the first quarter of 2008, partially offset by the repayment of $186.9 million of debt in 2009. In addition, interest expense in 2009 includes $2.7 million of expense from the write-off of a pro-rata portion of deferred financing costs and unamortized discount on Tranche B of our Senior Facility in connection with the repayment of debt in December 2009. Based on our outstanding debt balances and interest rates in effect at December 31, 2009 and the expectation that we will continue to pay all interest in cash, our interest expense will be approximately $87.0 million in 2010. This amount would be reduced by any prepayments of debt we may make in 2010.
 
Interest expense increased to $95.0 million in 2008 from $11.1 million in 2007 due to higher average outstanding debt resulting from the recapitalization, amortization of additional deferred financing costs related to the new debt, amortization of the debt discount on the Senior Facility and a $2.0 million net loss from the termination of interest rate swaps relating to our floating rate debt in the second quarter of 2008. Interest expense on our variable rate Senior Facility benefited from the declining interest rate environment.
 
Depreciation and amortization  — Depreciation and amortization expense includes depreciation on point of sale equipment, agent signage, computer hardware and software, capitalized software development costs, office furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements and amortization of intangible assets. Depreciation and amortization was flat in 2009 compared to 2008 as a $3.2 million increase in depreciation from capital investments in point of sale equipment, purchased software and other fixed assets to support the growth of the business was mostly offset by a $2.8 million decrease in amortization of capitalized software, intangible assets and other assets. As reflected in each of the amounts discussed above, the change in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, decreased depreciation and amortization expense by approximately $0.6 million in 2009.
 
Depreciation and amortization increased $4.7 million, or 9 percent, in 2008 compared to 2007. Our investment in agent equipment and signage, in connection with network growth, increased depreciation expense by $3.3 million, while our investment in computer hardware and capitalized software to enhance our support functions increased depreciation expense by $0.3 million. Amortization of leasehold improvements increased by $0.9 million primarily from build-outs at our main offices to support headcount additions and update aging facilities. As reflected in each of the amounts discussed above, the change in the euro exchange rate, increased depreciation and amortization by approximately $0.7 million in 2008.
 
We are developing a new system to provide improved connections between our agents and our marketing, sales, customer service and support functions. The new system and associated processes are intended to increase the flexibility of our back office and improve operating efficiencies. In 2009 and 2008, we capitalized software costs of approximately $2.9 million and $3.8 million, respectively, related to this project that will impact future depreciation and amortization.
 
Income taxes  — We had a tax benefit of $20.4 million in 2009, primarily reflecting a release of $17.6 million of valuation allowances on realized deferred tax assets. Our pre-tax net loss of $22.3 million, when adjusted for our estimated book to tax differences, results in taxable income, allowing us to release some valuation allowances on our tax loss carryovers. The book to tax differences included impairments on securities and other assets, as well as accruals related to separated employees, litigation and unrealized foreign exchange losses.
 
In 2008, we had a $75.8 million tax benefit, primarily reflecting the recognition of a $90.5 million benefit in the fourth quarter of 2008 upon the completion of an evaluation of the technical merits of tax positions with respect to part of the net securities losses in 2008 and 2007. The $90.5 million benefit relates to the amount of tax carry-back we were able to utilize to recover tax payments made for fiscal 2005 through 2007. We had tax expense of


35


Table of Contents

$78.5 million in 2007 on a pre-tax loss of $993.3 million, reflecting the tax treatment of the $1.2 billion of investment losses incurred in 2007.
 
In 2007, we determined it was appropriate to establish a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets relating to the full basis difference on our asset-backed securities. In 2008 and 2009, we continued to believe that it was appropriate to maintain a full valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets related to the full basis difference on these securities and our tax attributes. Essentially all of our deferred tax assets relate to the U.S. jurisdiction, where we are in a net deferred tax liability position, and we do not believe we have sufficient positive evidence to overcome the negative evidence. Changes in facts and circumstances in the future may cause us to record additional tax benefits as further deferred tax valuation allowances are released and carry-forwards are utilized. We continue to evaluate additional available tax positions related to the net securities losses in prior years.
 
Segment Performance
 
Our reporting segments are primarily organized based on the nature of products and services offered and the type of consumer served. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we revised our segment reporting to reflect changes in how we manage our business, review operating performance and allocate resources. We now manage our business primarily through two reporting segments, Global Funds Transfer and Financial Paper Products. The Global Funds Transfer segment provides global money transfers and bill payment services to consumers through a network of agents and, in select markets, company-operated locations. The Financial Paper Products segment provides money orders to consumers through our retail and financial institution locations in the United States and Puerto Rico, and provides official check services to financial institutions in the United States. Businesses which are not operated within these segments are categorized as “Other,” and primarily relate to discontinued products and businesses. Prior year results have been revised for comparative purposes.
 
The Global Funds Transfer segment is managed as two geographical regions, the Americas and EMEAAP, to coordinate sales, agent management and marketing activities. The Americas region includes the United States, Canada, Mexico and Latin America (including the Caribbean). The EMEAAP region includes Europe, the Middle East, Africa and the Asia Pacific region. We monitor performance and allocate resources at both a regional and reporting segment level. As the two regions routinely interact in completing money transfer transactions and share systems, processes and licenses, we view the Global Funds Transfer segment as one global network. The nature of the consumers and products offered is the same for each region, and the regions utilize the same agent network, systems and support functions. In addition, the regions have similar regulatory requirements and economic characteristics. Accordingly, we aggregate the two regions into one reporting segment.
 
Segment accounting policies are the same as those described in Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We manage our investment portfolio on a consolidated level, with no specific investment security assigned to a particular segment. However, investment revenue is allocated to each segment based on the average investable balances generated by that segment’s sale of payment instruments during the period. Net securities gains (losses) are not allocated to the segments as the investment portfolio is managed at a consolidated level. While the derivatives portfolio is also managed on a consolidated level, each derivative instrument is utilized in a manner that can be identified to a particular segment. Interest rate swaps historically used to hedge variable rate commissions were identified with the official check product in the Financial Paper Products segment, while forward foreign exchange contracts are identified with the money transfer product in the Global Funds Transfer segment. Any interest rate swaps related to our credit agreements are not allocated to the segments.
 
Also excluded from operating income for Global Funds Transfer and Financial Paper Products are interest and other expenses related to our credit agreements, items related to our preferred stock, operating income from businesses categorized as “Other,” certain pension and benefit obligation expenses, director deferred compensation plan expenses, executive severance and related costs, and certain legal and corporate costs not related to the performance of the segments. Unallocated expenses in 2009 include $20.3 million of legal reserves related to securities litigation and stockholder derivative claims, a net curtailment gain on benefit plans of $14.3 million, $7.0 million of asset impairments and $4.4 million of executive severance and related costs in addition to other net corporate costs of $13.0 million not allocated to the segments. Unallocated expenses in 2008 include $16.7 million of executive


36


Table of Contents

severance and related costs and $7.7 million of transaction costs related to the recapitalization in addition to other net corporate costs of $9.3 million not allocated to the segments. Following is a reconciliation of segment operating income to the consolidated operating results:
 
Table 5 — Segment Information
 
                         
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands)                  
 
Operating income:
                       
Global Funds Transfer
  $ 85,047     $ 139,428     $ 127,308  
Financial Paper Products
    27,372       30,169       93,283  
Other
    (4,316 )     (19,883 )     (11,374 )
 
 
Total segment operating income
    108,103       149,714       209,217  
Net securities gains (losses)
    7,790       (340,688 )     (1,189,756 )
Interest expense
    (107,911 )     (95,020 )     (11,055 )
Debt extinguishment loss
          (1,499 )      
Valuation loss on embedded derivatives
          (16,030 )      
Other unallocated
    (30,304 )     (33,668 )     (1,673 )
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (22,322 )   $ (337,191 )   $ (993,267 )
 
 
 
Table 6 — Global Funds Transfer Segment
 
                                         
                      2009
    2008
 
                      vs.
    vs.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands)                              
 
Money transfer revenue:
                                       
Fee and other revenue
  $ 893,076     $ 870,074     $ 731,390       3 %     19 %
Investment revenue
    163       1,873       5,190       (91 )%     (64 )%
 
 
Total money transfer revenue
    893,239       871,947       736,580       2 %     18 %
Bill payment revenue:
                                       
Fee and other revenue
    134,535       141,169       122,087       (5 )%     16 %
Investment revenue
    76       38       35       100 %     9 %
 
 
Total bill payment revenue
    134,611       141,207       122,122       (5 )%     16 %
Total Global Funds Transfer revenue:
                                       
Fee and other revenue
    1,027,611       1,011,243       853,477       2 %     18 %
Investment revenue
    239       1,911       5,225       (87 )%     (63 )%
 
 
Total Global Funds Transfer revenue
    1,027,850       1,013,154       858,702       1 %     18 %
 
 
Commissions expense
    (488,116 )     (491,932 )     (399,081 )     1 %     (23 )%
 
 
Net revenue
  $ 539,734     $ 521,222     $ 459,621       4 %     13 %
 
 
Operating income
  $ 85,047     $ 139,428     $ 127,308       (39 )%     10 %
Operating margin
    8.3 %     13.8 %     14.8 %                
 
2009 Compared to 2008
 
Total revenue for the Global Funds Transfer segment consists primarily of fees on money transfers and bill payment transactions. For 2009, Global Funds Transfer total revenue increased $14.7 million, or 1 percent, due primarily to money transfer fee revenue growth, partially offset by lower bill payment revenue and lower investment revenue.


37


Table of Contents

Investment revenue decreased $1.7 million due to lower yields earned on our investment portfolio. See Table 3 — Net Investment Revenue Analysis for further information regarding average investable balances and yields on the consolidated investment portfolio.
 
Money transfer fee and other revenue grew $23.0 million, or 3 percent, from 2008, driven by money transfer transaction volume growth, partially offset by lower average money transfer fees and the decline in the euro exchange rate. Money transfer transaction volume increased 6 percent, generating incremental revenue of $53.3 million. Volume growth was lower in 2009 compared to the prior year, reflecting the slowing economic conditions in 2009 and a growing volume base. Average money transfer fees declined from lower principal per transaction and corridor mix, reducing revenue by $20.7 million. The decline in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, reduced revenue by $10.9 million in 2009.
 
Through the third quarter of 2009, pricing on money transfers remained stable. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we implemented a low-fee promotion with our largest agent, reducing the average fee per transaction. We expect the competitive environment to remain high and potentially intensify in various geographic locations, which could impact our pricing in the future. We continue to evaluate the price-volume dynamic and will make further changes where deemed appropriate. In January 2008, we launched our MoneyGram Rewards loyalty program in the United States, which provides tiered discounts on transaction fees to our repeat consumers, less paperwork and notifications to the sender when the funds are received, among other features. In 2009, we rolled out MoneyGram Rewards in Canada, France, Germany, Spain and certain agent locations in Italy. Our MoneyGram Rewards program has positively impacted our transaction volumes, with membership in the program up 30 percent as of December 31, 2009 compared to 2008 and transaction volumes from members up 34 percent. We plan to launch the program in additional European markets in 2010.
 
Transactions and the related fee revenue are viewed as originating from the send side of a transaction. Accordingly, discussion of transactions by geographic location refers to the region originating a transaction. Money transfer transactions originated in the Americas increased 6 percent. Transactions originating in the United States, excluding transactions sent to Mexico, increased 9 percent due primarily to intra-United States remittances. Canada and Latin America saw transaction growth of 15 percent and 9 percent, respectively, from agent network growth. Transactions sent to Mexico declined 9 percent, reflecting the impact of the United States recession on our consumers. Mexico represented approximately 10 percent of our total transactions in 2009 as compared to 12 percent in 2008. Transactions originated in EMEAAP increased 6 percent despite a negative 9 percentage point impact from volume declines in Spain. EMEAAP transactions accounted for 24 percent of our volume in 2009 and 2008. The fastest growing regions in 2009 were South East and Central Africa, the Philippines and South Asia, which all had double-digit growth. The Middle East saw transaction growth of 9 percent, driven by send transactions from, and agent signings and renewals in, the United Arab Emirates. Our France retail business saw transaction growth of 155 percent, while the United Kingdom saw transaction growth of 6 percent primarily from sends to India and Eastern Europe, as well as growth from our three largest agents in the United Kingdom. Greece had transaction growth of 14 percent through its receive markets in Eastern Europe. Spain had volume declines of 24 percent from local economic conditions.
 
The money transfer agent base expanded 8 percent to approximately 190,000 locations in 2009, primarily due to expansion in the international markets. At December 31, 2009, the Americas had 66,000 locations, with 39,500 locations in North America and 26,500 locations in Latin America (including 12,900 locations in Mexico). At December 31, 2009, EMEAAP had 124,000 locations, with 39,600 locations in Western Europe, 26,700 locations in the Indian subcontinent, 25,800 locations in Eastern Europe, 19,800 locations in Asia Pacific, 8,000 locations in Africa and 4,100 locations in the Middle East.
 
Bill payment revenue decreased $6.6 million, or 5 percent, from 2008 from a 4 percent decrease in transaction volume. Lower bill payment volumes reduced revenue by $4.9 million, reflecting the departure of a large biller in the third quarter of 2008 and the impact of economic conditions on our bill payment customers. In addition, lower principal per transaction and biller vertical mix reduced revenue by $1.7 million in 2009.
 
Commissions expense consists primarily of fees paid to our third-party agents for the money transfer and bill payment services, including the amortization of capitalized agent signing bonuses. Commissions expense for 2009 decreased $3.8 million, primarily from lower commission rates and the decline in the euro exchange rate, partially


38


Table of Contents

offset by growth in money transfer transaction volume. Money transfer transaction volume growth resulted in incremental commissions expense of $16.1 million, while lower commission rates and the decline in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, reduced commissions expense by $7.7 million and $6.9 million, respectively. Bill payment fee commissions expense decreased $3.8 million due to volume declines, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase due to higher average rates. Commissions expense in 2009 also decreased by $2.5 million primarily from lower signing bonus amortization as certain historical signing bonuses were fully amortized in the third quarter of 2009.
 
The operating margin of 8.3 percent for 2009 decreased from 13.8 percent in 2008, due primarily to $34.5 million of legal reserves related to a patent lawsuit and a settlement agreement with the Federal Trade Commission, a $5.2 million increase in stock-based compensation, a $7.1 million increase in provision for loss and a $3.2 million charge to impair goodwill related to discontinued bill payment product offerings, partially offset by the higher fee revenue as discussed above.
 
2008 Compared to 2007
 
For 2008, Global Funds Transfer revenue increased $154.5 million, or 18 percent, compared to 2007. Fee and other revenue increased $157.8 million, or 18 percent, driven by the growth in money transfer and bill payment transaction volume, partially offset by a $3.3 million decrease in investment revenue from lower yields earned on the realigned portfolio. See Table 3 — Net Investment Revenue Analysis for further information.
 
Money transfer fee and other revenue grew $138.7 million, or 19 percent, in 2008, while money transfer transaction volume increased 18 percent. Money transfer transaction volume growth resulted in incremental fee and other revenue of $131.8 million in 2008, while average money transfer fees reduced revenue by $11.6 million from lower principal per transaction and corridor mix. The increase in the euro exchange rate, net of hedging activities, increased revenue by $20.2 million in 2008. The money transfer growth in 2008 was a result of our network expansion and continued targeted pricing initiatives to provide a strong consumer value proposition, supported by targeted marketing efforts. For money transfer, our Americas transactions increased 19 percent in 2008, while EMEAAP transactions increased 16 percent in 2008. Transaction volume to Mexico grew 2 percent in 2008 compared to 8 percent in 2007, reflecting slowing growth from the economic conditions in the United States. Mexico represented 12 percent of our total transactions in 2008 compared to 13 percent in 2007. Bill payment transaction volume growth of 13 percent from network expansion increased revenue by $18.8 million, while higher average fees from higher principal per transaction and vertical mix increased revenue by $0.3 million in 2008.
 
Commissions expense increased $92.9 million, or 23 percent, from 2007, primarily driven by higher money transfer and bill payment transaction volume, higher commission rates, amortization of signing bonuses and increases in the euro exchange rate. Higher money transfer transaction volumes increased fee commissions expense by $54.4 million, while higher average commissions per transaction, primarily from Walmart, increased commissions by $4.0 million. The extension of the current agreement with Walmart, our largest agent, through January 2013 includes certain commission increases over the term of the contract. The Walmart commission rate increased one percent effective March 25, 2008, but is not scheduled to increase again until 2011. Amortization of signing bonuses increased $11.6 million in 2008 from the signing of several large agents in 2007 and one large agent in the first quarter of 2008. The change in the euro exchange rate increased fee commissions expense by $8.8 million. Bill payment commissions expense increased $11.3 million due to volume growth and $3.2 million due to higher average rates.
 
Operating income of $139.4 million in 2008 increased from operating income of $127.3 million in 2007, reflecting a higher growth of fee revenue compared to commissions expense growth and investment revenue declines.


39


Table of Contents

Table 7 — Financial Paper Products Segment
 
                                         
                      2009
    2008
 
                      vs.
    vs.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands)                              
 
Money order revenue:
                                       
Fee and other revenue
  $ 69,296     $ 59,954     $ 62,520       16 %     (4 )%
Investment revenue
    5,584       26,357       92,871       (79 )%     (72 )%
 
 
Total money order revenue
    74,880       86,311       155,391       (13 )%     (44 )%
Official check revenue:
                                       
Fee and other revenue
    23,690       18,061       15,055       31 %     20 %
Investment revenue
    24,213       133,820       299,680       (82 )%     (55 )%
 
 
Total official check and payment processing revenue
    47,903       151,881       314,735       (68 )%     (52 )%
Total Financial Paper Products revenue:
                                       
Fee and other revenue
    92,986       78,015       77,575       19 %     1 %
Investment revenue
    29,797       160,177       392,551       (81 )%     (59 )%
 
 
Total Financial Paper Products revenue
    122,783       238,192       470,126       (48 )%     (49 )%
 
 
Commissions expense
    (8,295 )     (110,310 )     (262,684 )     92 %     58 %
 
 
Net revenue
  $ 114,488     $ 127,882     $ 207,442       (10 )%     (38 )%
 
 
Operating income
  $ 27,372     $ 30,169     $ 93,283       (9 )%     (68 )%
Operating margin
    22.3 %     12.7 %     19.8 %                
 
2009 Compared to 2008
 
Total revenue for the Financial Paper Products segment consists of investment revenue and per-item fees charged to our financial institution customers and retail agents. For 2009, Financial Paper Products total revenue decreased $115.4 million, or 48 percent, due primarily to a $130.4 million, or 81 percent, decrease in investment revenue from lower yields earned on our investment portfolio and a decline in average investable balances from the termination of certain official check financial customers. See Table 3 — Net Investment Revenue Analysis for further information. This decrease was partially offset by a $15.0 million increase in fee and other revenue for money order and official check products, primarily due to our repricing initiatives. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, we implemented a phased repricing initiative for money order, which includes remittance schedule changes focused on reducing our credit exposure and had an emphasis on agents that sell only our money order product. During 2009, money order volumes declined 17 percent. This decline is attributed to the anticipated attrition of agents due to the repricing initiative, consumer pricing increases as agents pass along fee increases, the continued migration to other payment methods and the general economic environment.
 
Commissions expense includes payments made to financial institution customers based on official check and money order average investable balance times short-term interest rate indices. Commissions expense decreased $102.0 million, or 92 percent, from 2008. Commissions expense for 2008 included a $27.7 million net loss due to the termination of interest rate swaps related to the official check business. See Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. Investment commissions paid to financial institution customers decreased in 2009 from the decline in the federal funds rate and lower investment balances upon which commissions were paid. See Table 3 — Net Investment Revenue Analysis for further information.
 
Operating margin increased to 22.3 percent in 2009 from 12.7 percent in 2008, reflecting the growth in fee revenue from repricing initiatives, the $27.7 million loss from the termination of swaps in 2008 and lower commissions expense from the decline in the federal funds rate and lower investment balances.


40


Table of Contents

2008 Compared to 2007
 
For 2008, total Financial Paper Products revenue decreased $231.9 million, or 49 percent, due primarily to a $232.4 million decline in investment revenue from lower yields earned on our realigned investment portfolio and the decrease in our investment balances from the termination of official check financial institution customers and the termination of our sale of receivables program. See Table 3 — Net Investment Revenue Analysis for further information.
 
For 2008 and 2007, commissions expense includes costs associated with interest rate swaps used to hedge our variable rate commission payments and costs related to the sale of receivables program which was terminated in the first quarter of 2008. In 2008, commissions expense decreased $152.4 million, or 58 percent, due primarily to lower average investable balances, lower commission rates from the official check repricing and the decline in the effective federal funds rate. See Table 3 — Net Investment Revenue Analysis for further information. In addition, commissions expense in 2007 included $22.3 million of expense related to the sale of receivables program, while minimal expense was incurred in 2008 as the program was terminated in the first quarter of 2008. Partially offsetting these benefits is a $27.7 million net loss resulting from the termination of interest rate swaps related to the official check business. See Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the terminations of the interest rate swaps.
 
Operating income for 2008 of $30.2 million decreased from operating income of $93.3 million in 2007 reflecting the decrease in revenue. The net investment margin of 1.20 percent in 2008 as compared to 2.21 percent in 2007 reflects the lower yields on our realigned portfolio, partially offset by lower commission rates from the repricing initiatives and the declining federal funds rate. As the lower commission rates did not go into effect until the second half of 2008, the lower yields on the portfolio offset the benefits of the repricing initiatives.
 
Trends Expected to Impact 2010
 
The discussion of trends expected to impact 2010 is based on information presently available and contains certain assumptions regarding future economic conditions. Differences in actual economic conditions during 2010 compared with our assumptions could have a material impact on our results. See “Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional factors that could cause results to differ materially from those contemplated by the following forward-looking statements.
 
Throughout 2009, global economic conditions remained weak. We cannot predict the duration or extent of severity of these economic conditions, nor the extent to which these conditions could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition. While the money remittance industry has generally been resilient during times of economic softness, the current global economic conditions have continued to adversely impact the demand for money remittances. Given the global economic uncertainty, we have less visibility to the future and believe growth rates could continue to be impacted by slow economic conditions. In addition, bill payment products available in the United States have not been as resilient as money transfers given the more discretionary nature of items paid for by consumers using these products.
 
While there is great uncertainty around when the global economy and the remittance industry will begin to improve, the World Bank, a key source of industry analysis for developing countries, is projecting flat to modest remittance growth in 2010. This is consistent with our expectations for modest money transfer volume growth. We expect this growth to be driven by agent expansion and increasing productivity in our existing agent locations through marketing support, customer acquisition and new product innovation. We believe these efforts will not only help to counteract the current global economic conditions, but position us for enhanced market share and strong growth when the economy begins to recover.
 
For our Financial Paper Products segment, we expect the decline in overall paper-based transactions to continue in 2010. Given the current interest rate environment, we expect our net investment margin to decline as our cash and cash equivalents will likely reset to lower rates. As described earlier, the effective federal funds rate was so low throughout 2009 that commissions to most of our financial institution customers were negative during the year. While we expect the effective federal funds rate to remain at their current historic lows throughout 2010, we do not expect any benefit to commission expense in 2010 to offset the likely decline in investment yields. Any increase in interest rates in 2010 will also negatively impact our investment margin due to the lagging impact of rising rates on our investment portfolio.


41


Table of Contents

We continue to see a trend among state, federal and international regulators toward enhanced scrutiny of anti-money laundering compliance, as well as consumer fraud prevention and education. In addition, we created a new licensed entity in connection with the November 2009 adoption of the European Union’s Payment Services Directive, which provides for a new licensing and regulatory framework for our services in the European Union. As we continue to add staff and enhance our technology systems to meet regulatory trends, our operating expenses for compliance will likely increase.
 
Acquisition and Disposal Activity
 
Acquisition and disposal activity is set forth in Note 4 — Acquisition and Disposal Activity of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Recapitalization
 
On March 25, 2008, we completed a series of transactions pursuant to which we received an infusion of $1.5 billion of gross equity and debt capital to support the long-term needs of the business and provide necessary capital due to the investment portfolio losses in late 2007 and the first quarter of 2008 (the “recapitalization”). The net proceeds of the recapitalization were used to invest in cash equivalents to supplement our unrestricted assets and to repay $100.0 million on our revolving credit facility. Following are the key terms of the equity and debt capital issued.
 
Equity Capital  — The equity component of the recapitalization consisted of the private placement of 760,000 shares, in aggregate, of B Stock and shares of non-voting B-1 Stock to affiliates of THL and affiliates of Goldman Sachs, respectively, for an aggregate purchase price of $760.0 million. After the issuance of the Series B Stock, the Investors had an equity interest of approximately 79 percent; this equity interest has increased to 82 percent as of December 31, 2009 from the accrual of dividends during the year. In connection with the recapitalization, we also paid Goldman Sachs an investment banking advisory fee equal to $7.5 million in the form of 7,500 shares of B-1 Stock. See Note 12 — Mezzanine Equity of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Series B Stock.
 
Debt Capital  — Our wholly owned subsidiary, Worldwide, entered into a Senior Facility of $600.0 million with various lenders and JPMorgan as Administrative Agent for the lenders. At the time of the recapitalization, the Senior Facility was composed of a $100.0 million tranche A term loan (“Tranche A”), a $250.0 million tranche B term loan (“Tranche B”) and a $250.0 million revolving credit facility. Tranche B was issued at a discount of 93.5 percent, for a $16.3 million discount. Worldwide also issued $500.0 million of Notes maturing in March 2018 to Goldman Sachs. See Note 10 — Debt of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Senior Facility and the Notes.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
We have various resources available to us for purposes of managing liquidity and capital needs, including our cash, cash equivalents, investments, credit facilities and letters of credit. We refer to our cash equivalents, trading investments and related put options and available-for-sale investments collectively as our “investment portfolio.” We utilize the assets in excess of payment service obligations measure shown below in various liquidity and capital assessments. While assets in excess of payment service obligations, as defined, is a capital measure, it also serves as the foundation for various liquidity analyses.


42


Table of Contents

Table 8 — Assets in Excess of Payment Service Obligations
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008  
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents (substantially restricted)
  $ 3,776,824     $ 4,077,381  
Receivables, net (substantially restricted)
    1,054,381       1,264,885  
Trading investments and related put options (substantially restricted)
    26,951       47,990  
Available-for-sale investments (substantially restricted)
    298,633       438,774  
 
 
      5,156,789       5,829,030  
Payment service obligations
    (4,843,454 )     (5,437,999 )
 
 
Assets in excess of payment service obligations
  $ 313,335     $ 391,031  
 
 
 
Liquidity
 
Our primary sources of liquidity include cash flows generated by the sale of our payment instruments, our cash and cash equivalent balances, credit capacity under our credit facilities and proceeds from our investment portfolio. Our primary operating liquidity needs relate to the settlement of payment service obligations to our agents and financial institution customers, as well as general operating expenses.
 
To meet our payment service obligations at all times, we must have sufficient highly liquid assets and be able to move funds globally on a timely basis. On average, we pay over $1.0 billion a day to settle our payment service obligations. We generally receive a similar amount on a daily basis for the principal amount of our payment instruments sold and the related fees. We use the incoming funds from sales of new payment instruments to settle our payment service obligations for previously sold payment instruments. This pattern of cash flows allows us to settle our payment service obligations through on-going cash generation rather than liquidating investments or utilizing our revolving credit facility. We have historically generated, and expect to continue generating, sufficient cash flows from daily operations to fund ongoing operational needs.
 
The timely remittance of funds by our agents and financial institution customers is an important component of our liquidity and allows for the pattern of cash flows described above. If the timing of the remittance of funds were to deteriorate, it would alter our pattern of cash flows and could require us to liquidate investments or utilize our revolving credit facility to settle payment service obligations. To manage this risk, we closely monitor the remittance patterns of our agents and financial institution customers and act quickly if we detect deterioration or alternation in remittance timing or patterns. If deemed appropriate, we have the ability to deactivate an agent’s equipment at any time, thereby preventing the initiation or issuance of further money transfers and money orders. See “Enterprise Risk Management —  Credit Risk” for further discussion of this risk and our mitigation efforts.
 
We also seek to maintain liquidity beyond our operating needs to provide a cushion through the normal fluctuations in our payment service assets and obligations and to invest in the infrastructure and growth of our business. While the assets in excess of payment service obligations, as shown in Table 8, would be available to us for our general operating needs and investment in the Company, we consider a portion of our assets in excess of payment service obligations as additional assurance that regulatory and contractual requirements are maintained. We believe we have sufficient assets and liquidity to operate and grow our business for the next 12 months. Should our liquidity needs exceed our operating cash flows, we believe that our external financing sources, including availability under our Senior Facility, will be sufficient to meet any liquidity needs.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — To ensure we maintain adequate liquidity to meet our operating needs at all times, we keep a significant portion of our investment portfolio in cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions rated Aa3 or better by Moody’s and AA- or better by S&P and in United States government money market funds rated Aaa by Moody’s and AAA by S&P. As of December 31, 2009, cash and equivalents totaled $3.8 billion, representing 92 percent of our total investment portfolio. Cash equivalents consisted of time deposits, certificates of deposit and money market funds that invest in United States government and government agency securities.
 
Clearing and Cash Management Banks — We move and receive money through a network of clearing and cash management banks. The relationships with these clearing banks and cash management banks are a critical


43


Table of Contents

component of our ability to move monies on a global and timely basis. We have agreements with nine clearing banks that provide clearing and processing functions for official checks, money orders and other draft instruments. We have eight official check clearing banks, of which three banks are currently operating under post-termination arrangements of their contracts. The remaining five active banks provide sufficient capacity for our official check business. We rely on two banks to clear our retail money orders and believe that these banks provide sufficient capacity for that business. One clearing bank contract has financial covenants that include the maintenance of total cash, cash equivalents, receivables and investments in an amount at least equal to total outstanding payment service obligations, as well as the maintenance of a minimum 103 percent ratio of total assets held at that bank to instruments estimated to clear through that bank. Financial covenants related to special purpose entities (“SPEs”) include the maintenance of specified ratios of greater than 100 percent of cash, cash equivalents and investments held in the SPE to outstanding payment instruments issued by the related financial institution.
 
We also maintain contractual relationships with a variety of domestic and international cash management banks for ACH and wire transfer services for the movement of consumer funds and agent settlements. There are a limited number of international cash management banks with a network large enough to manage cash settlements for our entire agent base. In addition, some large international banks have opted not to bank money service businesses. As a result, in addition to utilizing a large cash management bank, we also utilize regional or country-based banking partners. We do not anticipate that these in-country relationships will affect our liquidity or timing of remittances.
 
Special Purpose Entities — For certain of our financial institution customers, we established individual SPEs upon the origination of our relationship. Along with operational processes and certain financial covenants, these SPEs provide the financial institutions with additional assurance of our ability to clear their official checks. Under these relationships, the cash, cash equivalents, investments and payment service obligations related to the financial institution customer are all held by the SPE. In most cases, the fair value of the cash, cash equivalents and investments must be maintained in excess of the payment service obligations. As the financial institution customer sells our payment service instruments, the principal amount of the instrument and any fees are paid into the SPE. As payment service instruments issued by the financial institution customer are presented for payment, the cash and cash equivalents within the SPE are used to settle the instrument. As a result, cash and cash equivalents within SPEs are generally not available for use outside of the SPE. We remain liable to satisfy the obligations, both contractually and under the Uniform Commercial Code, as the issuer and drawer of the official checks regardless of the existence of the SPEs. Accordingly, we consolidate all of the assets and liabilities of these SPEs in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the individual assets and liabilities of the SPEs classified in a manner similar to our other assets and liabilities. Under limited circumstances, the financial institution customers that are beneficiaries of the SPEs have the right to either demand liquidation of the assets in the SPEs or to replace us as the administrator of the SPE. Such limited circumstances consist of material, and in most cases continued, failure to uphold our warranties and obligations pursuant to the underlying agreements with the financial institutions.
 
The combined SPEs hold 3 percent of our $4.1 billion portfolio as of December 31, 2009, as compared to 6 percent at December 31, 2008. As the SPEs relate to financial institution customers we terminated in connection with the restructuring of the official check business, we expect the SPEs to continue to decline as a percent of our portfolio as the outstanding instruments related to the financial institutions roll-off.
 
Credit Facilities — Our credit facilities consist of the Senior Facility and the Notes. During 2009, we repaid $186.9 million of outstanding debt, including the repayment of the full $145.0 million balance on our revolving credit line, a $40.0 million prepayment on Tranche B and $1.9 million of scheduled quarterly principal payments on


44


Table of Contents

Tranche B. We continue to evaluate further reductions of our outstanding debt ahead of scheduled maturities. Following is a summary of our outstanding debt at December 31:
 
Table 9 — Schedule of Credit Facilities
 
                                         
    Interest Rate
    Facility
    Outstanding     2010
 
(Amounts in thousands)   for 2009     Size     2009     2008     Interest  (1)  
   
 
Tranche A, due 2013
    5.75 %   $ 100,000     $ 100,000     $ 100,000     $ 5,750  
Tranche B, net of unamortized discount, due 2013
    7.25 %     250,000       196,791       233,881       14,953  
Revolving credit facility, due 2013
    5.75 %     250,000             145,000        
 
 
First lien senior secured debt
            600,000       296,791       478,881       20,703  
Second lien notes, due 2018
    13.25 %     500,000       500,000       500,000       66,250  
 
 
Total debt
          $ 1,100,000     $ 796,791     $ 978,881     $ 86,953  
 
 
 
 
(1) Reflects the interest that will be paid in 2010 using the rates in effect on December 31, 2009, assuming no prepayments of principal and the continued payment of interest on the Notes.
 
The revolving credit facility has $234.5 million of borrowing capacity as of December 31, 2009, reflecting $15.5 million of standby letters of credit issued under the facility. Amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility and Tranche A are due upon maturity in 2013. As a result of the $40.0 million prepayment of Tranche B in December 2009, no principal payments are due on Tranche B until maturity in 2013. We may elect an interest rate for the Senior Facility at each reset period based on either the United States prime bank rate or the Eurodollar rate, with a minimum rate of 250 basis points set for the Eurodollar option. The interest rate election may be made individually for each term loan and each draw under the revolving credit facility. For the revolving credit facility and Tranche A, the interest rate is either the United States prime bank rate plus 250 basis points or the Eurodollar rate plus 350 basis points. In addition, we incur fees of 50 basis points on the daily unused availability under the revolving credit facility. The interest rate for Tranche B can be set at either the United States prime bank rate plus 400 basis points or the Eurodollar rate plus 500 basis points. Through 2009 and as of the date of this filing, our interest rates have been set based on the United States prime bank rate.
 
The Notes mature in 2018, with principal due in full at that time. The interest rate on the Notes is 13.25 percent per year. Prior to March 25, 2011, we have the option to capitalize interest at a rate of 15.25 percent. If interest is capitalized, 0.50 percent of the interest is payable in cash and 14.75 percent is capitalized into the outstanding principal balance. We elected to pay the interest through December 31, 2009, and we anticipate that we will continue to pay the interest on the Notes for the foreseeable future.
 
Our borrowing facilities contain various financial and non-financial covenants. A violation of these covenants could negatively impact our liquidity by restricting our ability to borrow under the revolving credit facility and/or causing acceleration of amounts due under the credit facilities. The financial covenants in our credit facilities measure leverage, interest coverage and liquidity. Leverage is measured through a senior secured debt ratio calculated as consolidated indebtedness to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), adjusted for certain items such as net securities gains (losses), stock-based compensation expense, certain legal settlements and asset impairments, among other items (“adjusted EBITDA”). Interest coverage is calculated as adjusted EBITDA to net cash interest expense. Liquidity is measured as assets in excess of payment service obligations, as shown in Table 8, adjusted for various exclusions. We are in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2009.
 
The terms of our credit facilities also place restrictions on certain types of payments we may make, including dividends, acquisitions, and the funding of foreign subsidiaries, among others. We do not anticipate these restrictions to limit our ability to grow the business either domestically or internationally. In addition, we may only make dividend payments to common stockholders subject to an incremental build-up based on our


45


Table of Contents

consolidated net income in future periods. No dividends were paid on our common stock in 2009 and we do not anticipate declaring any dividends on our common stock during 2010.
 
Credit Ratings — As of December 31, 2009 our credit ratings from Moody’s, Standard & Poors and Fitch were B1, B+ and B+, respectively, with a negative outlook assigned by the three credit rating agencies. Our credit facilities, regulatory capital requirements and other obligations are not impacted by the level of our credit ratings. However, higher credit ratings could increase our ability to attract capital, minimize our weighted average cost of capital and obtain more favorable terms with our lenders, agents and clearing and cash management banks.
 
Mezzanine Equity — Our Series B Stock pays a cash dividend of 10 percent. At the Company’s option, we may accrue dividends at a rate of 12.5 percent through March 25, 2013 and 15.0 percent thereafter. We accrued dividends in 2008 and 2009, and anticipate accruing dividends for at least the next 12 months.
 
Contractual and Regulatory Capital
 
Regulatory Capital Requirements — We have capital requirements relating to government regulations in the United States and other countries where we operate. Such regulations typically require us to maintain certain assets in a defined ratio to our payment service obligations. In the United States, through our wholly owned subsidiary and licensed entity, MPSI, we are regulated by various state agencies that generally require us to maintain a pool of liquid assets and investments with a rating of A or higher in an amount generally equal to the regulatory payment service obligation measure, as defined by the state, for our regulated payment instruments, namely teller checks, agent checks, money orders and money transfers. The regulatory requirements do not require us to specify individual assets held to meet our payment service obligations, nor are we required to deposit specific assets into a trust, escrow or other special account. Rather, we must maintain a pool of liquid assets. Provided we maintain a total pool of liquid assets sufficient to meet the regulatory and contractual requirements, we are able to withdraw, deposit or sell our individual liquid assets at will, with no prior notice or penalty or limitations.
 
The regulatory requirements in the United States are similar to our internal measure of assets in excess of payment service obligations set forth in Table 8 — Assets in Excess of Payment Service Obligations . The regulatory payment service assets measure varies by state, but in all cases excludes investments rated below A-. The most restrictive states may also exclude assets held at banks that do not belong to a national insurance program, varying amounts of accounts receivable balances and/or assets held in one of the SPEs. The regulatory payment service obligation measure varies by state, but in all cases is substantially lower than our payment service obligations as disclosed in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as we are not regulated by state agencies for payment service obligations resulting from outstanding cashier’s checks or for amounts payable to agents and brokers. All states require MPSI to maintain positive net worth, with one state also requiring MPSI to maintain positive tangible net worth of $100.0 million.
 
We are also subject to regulatory requirements in various countries outside of the United States, which typically results in needing to either prefund agent settlements or hold minimum required levels of cash within the applicable country. The most material of these requirements is in the United Kingdom, where our licensed entity, MoneyGram International Limited, is required to maintain a cash balance equivalent to outstanding payment instruments issued in the European community. This amount will fluctuate based on our level of activity within the European Community and is likely to increase over time as our business expands in that region. Assets used to meet these regulatory requirements support our payment service obligations, but are not available to satisfy other liquidity needs. As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately $35.0 million of cash deployed internationally to meet regulatory requirements.
 
We were in compliance with all financial regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2009. We believe that our liquidity and capital resources will remain sufficient to ensure on-going compliance with all financial regulatory requirements.
 
Investment Portfolio — Our investment portfolio is composed of $298.6 million of available-for-sale investments and $27.0 million of trading investments and related put options. Available-for-sale investments consist of $276.5 million of United States government agency residential mortgage-backed securities and United States government agency debentures, as well as $22.1 million of other asset-backed securities. In completing our recapitalization, we contemplated that our other asset-backed securities and trading investments might decline further in value. Accordingly, the capital raised assumed a zero value for these securities. As a result, further unrealized losses and impairments on these securities are already funded and would not cause us to seek additional capital or financing.


46


Table of Contents

Other Funding Sources and Requirements
 
Contractual Obligations  — The following table includes aggregated information about the Company’s contractual obligations that impact its liquidity and capital needs. The table includes information about payments due under specified contractual obligations, aggregated by type of contractual obligation.
 
Table 10 — Contractual Obligations
 
                                         
    Payments due by period  
          Less than
                More than
 
(Amounts in thousands)   Total     1 year     1-3 years     4-5 years     5 years  
   
 
Debt, including interest payments
  $ 1,424,484     $ 88,743     $ 177,430     $ 443,919     $ 714,392  
Operating leases
    48,022       12,231       24,816       10,237       738  
Other obligations
    384       384                    
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 1,472,890     $ 101,358     $ 202,246     $ 454,156     $ 715,130  
 
 
 
Debt consists of amounts outstanding under our Senior Facility and the Notes as shown in Table 9 — Schedule of Credit Facilities, as well as related interest payments, facility fees and annual commitment fees. Included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2009 is $796.8 million of debt, net of unamortized discounts of $9.5 million, and $0.1 million of accrued interest on the debt. The above table reflects the principal and interest that will be paid through the maturity of the debt using the rates in effect on December 31, 2009 and assuming no prepayments of principal and the continued payment of interest on the Notes. Operating leases consist of various leases for buildings and equipment used in our business. Other obligations are unfunded capital commitments related to our limited partnership interests included in “Other asset-backed securities” in our investment portfolio. We have other commitments as described further below that are not included in Table 10 as the timing and/or amount of payments are difficult to estimate.
 
The Series B Stock has a cash dividend rate of 10 percent. At the Company’s option, dividends may be accrued through March 25, 2013 at a rate of 12.5 percent in lieu of paying a cash dividend. Due to restrictions in our debt agreements, we elected to accrue the dividends in 2009 and expect that dividends will be accrued for at least the next 12 months. While no dividends have been declared as of December 31, 2009, we have accrued dividends of $110.3 million in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as accumulated and unpaid dividends are included in the redemption price of the Series B Stock regardless of whether dividends have been declared.
 
We have a funded, noncontributory pension plan that is frozen to both future benefit accruals and new participants. Our funding policy has historically been to contribute the minimum contribution required by applicable regulations. We were not required to, and did not make, a contribution to the funded pension plan during 2009. We anticipate a minimum contribution of $3.0 million to the pension plan trust in 2010. We also have certain unfunded pension and postretirement plans that require benefit payments over extended periods of time. During 2009, we paid benefits totaling $4.3 million related to these unfunded plans. Benefit payments under these unfunded plans are expected to be $2.6 million in 2010. Expected contributions and benefit payments under these plans are not included in the above table as it is difficult to estimate the timing and amount of benefit payments and required contributions beyond the next 12 months. See “Critical Accounting Policies — Pension Obligations” for further discussion of these plans.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the liability for unrecognized tax benefits is $10.7 million. As there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future cash outflows associated with liabilities relating to this liability, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period in which these liabilities might be paid.


47


Table of Contents

In limited circumstances, we may grant minimum commission guarantees as an incentive to new or renewing agents for a specified period of time at a contractually specified amount. Under the guarantees, we will pay to the agent the difference between the contractually specified minimum commission and the actual commissions earned by the agent. As of December 31, 2009, the minimum commission guarantees had a maximum payment of $7.9 million over a weighted average remaining term of 1.3 years. The maximum payment is calculated as the contractually guaranteed minimum commission times the remaining term of the contract and, therefore, assumes that the agent generates no money transfer transactions during the remainder of its contract. As of December 31, 2009, the liability for minimum commission guarantees is $0.6 million. Minimum commission guarantees are not reflected in the table above.
 
Analysis of Cash Flows
 
Table 11 — Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
                         
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands)                  
 
Net loss
  $ (1,906 )   $ (261,385 )   $ (1,071,997 )
Total adjustments to reconcile net loss
    158,909       341,740       1,301,410  
 
 
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities before changes in payment service assets and obligations
    157,003       80,355       229,413  
 
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents (substantially restricted)
    300,557       (2,524,402 )     (563,779 )
Change in trading investments and related put options, net (substantially restricted)
    32,900             83,200  
Change in receivables, net (substantially restricted)
    186,619       128,752       342,681  
Change in payment service obligations
    (594,545 )     (2,324,486 )     (447,319 )
 
 
Net change in payment service assets and obligations
    (74,469 )     (4,720,136 )     (585,217 )
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities
  $ 82,534     $ (4,639,781 )   $ (355,804 )
 
 
 
Table 11 summarizes the net cash flows from operating activities. Operating activities provided net cash of $82.5 million in 2009. In addition to normal operating expenses, cash generated from operations was used to pay $186.9 million and $94.4 million of principal and interest, respectively, on our debt, $37.9 million of capital expenditures and $22.2 million for signing bonuses to new agents. We received an income tax refund of $43.5 million during 2009 and did not make any income tax payments. We also reinvested $141.0 million and $32.9 million of proceeds from our available-for-sale investments and trading investments, respectively, into cash and cash equivalents during 2009.
 
Operating activities used net cash of $4.6 billion in 2008. Besides normal operating activities, cash provided by continuing operations was used to pay $84.0 million of interest on our debt, $57.7 million for signing bonuses to new agents and $29.7 million to terminate our interest rate swaps. We also received an income tax refund of $24.7 million during 2008 and did not make any tax payments. During 2008, we used $4.7 billion of proceeds from the sale and normal maturity of available-for-sale securities and the recapitalization to invest in cash equivalents and settle payment service obligations for instruments sold by departing official check financial institution customers in connection with the official check restructuring.
 
Operating activities in 2007 used net cash of $355.8 million. Our payment service assets and obligations used $585.2 million of cash due to the normal fluctuations in the timing of settlements of outstanding payment service instruments and the receipt of collected funds from our agents, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of a trading investment for $83.2 million. Besides normal operating activities, cash provided by continuing operations was used to pay $33.1 million for signing bonuses to new agents, $16.0 million of income taxes and $11.6 million of interest on our debt.
 
To understand the cash flow activity of our business, the cash flows from operating activities relating to the payment service assets and obligations should be reviewed in conjunction with the cash flows from investing activities related to our investment portfolio.


48


Table of Contents

Table 12 — Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
                         
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands)                  
 
Net investment activity
  $ 140,999     $ 3,389,331     $ 318,716  
Purchases of property and equipment
    (37,948 )     (38,470 )     (70,457 )
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (3,210 )     (2,928 )     (29,212 )
Proceeds from sale of business
    4,500              
 
 
Net cash provided by investing activities
  $ 104,341     $ 3,347,933     $ 219,047  
 
 
 
Table 12 summarizes the net cash flows from investing activities, primarily consisting of activity within our investment portfolio. Investing activities provided cash of $104.3 million in 2009. For 2009, investing activities relate primarily to $141.0 million of proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale investments. For 2008, investing activities relate primarily to $2.9 billion of proceeds from the realignment of the investment portfolio and $493.3 million of proceeds from the normal maturity of available-for-sale investments. These proceeds in both 2009 and 2008 were reinvested in cash and cash equivalents. Net investment activity in 2007 represents $1.1 billion of proceeds from normal maturities and sales of investments, of which $758.9 million was reinvested into the long-term portfolio. The excess proceeds of $318.7 million in 2007 were reinvested in cash and cash equivalents.
 
Other investing activity consisted of capital expenditures of $37.9 million, $38.5 million and $70.5 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for agent equipment, signage and infrastructure to support the growth of the business and development of software related to our continued investment in the money transfer platform and compliance activities. Included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under “Accounts payable and other liabilities” and “Property and equipment” is $1.2 million of property and equipment received by the Company, but not paid as of December 31, 2009. These amounts were paid in January 2010. We expect our total capital expenditures in 2010 to range from approximately $40.0 million to $65.0 million as we continue to invest in our technology infrastructure and agent network to support future growth and address regulatory trends. In 2008, we acquired two of our super-agents in Spain, MoneyCard and Cambios Sol, for $2.9 million (net of cash acquired of $5.5 million). In 2007, we acquired PropertyBridge for $28.1 million and also paid the remaining $1.1 million of purchase price for ACH Commerce, which was to be paid upon the second anniversary of the acquisition.
 
Table 13 — Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
                         
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands)                  
 
Net proceeds from the issuance of debt
  $     $ 685,945     $  
Payment on debt
    (41,875 )     (1,875 )      
Net (payments on) proceeds from credit facilities
    (145,000 )     (100,000 )     195,000  
Net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock
          707,778        
Proceeds and tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                7,674  
Purchase of treasury stock
                (45,992 )
Cash dividends paid
                (16,625 )
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
  $ (186,875 )   $ 1,291,848     $ 140,057  
 
 
 
Table 13 summarizes the net cash flows from financing activities. In 2009, we made payments totaling $145.0 million to pay down our revolving credit facility and payments of $41.9 million on Tranche B, consisting of a $40.0 million prepayment and $1.9 million of quarterly payments. In 2008, financing activities generated $1.4 billion of cash from the recapitalization, net of $100.0 million of related transaction costs. From these proceeds, we paid $101.9 million toward the Senior Facility; the remaining proceeds were invested in cash and cash equivalents as shown in Table 11 — Cash Flows from Operating Activities . In 2007, we borrowed $195.0 million under our Senior Facility. There were no proceeds received from the exercise of options or release of restricted stock, purchases of treasury stock or payment of dividends in 2009 and 2008. We generated $7.7 million of proceeds in 2007 from the exercise of stock options and release of restricted stock, including related tax benefits of


49


Table of Contents

$1.1 million. We purchased $46.0 million of treasury stock during 2007 and paid dividends on our common stock of $16.6 million.
 
Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ Deficit
 
Mezzanine Equity  — See Note 12 — Mezzanine Equity of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the mezzanine equity.
 
Stockholders’ Deficit  — On May 9, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a 5,000,000 share increase in our current authorization to purchase shares of common stock for a total authorization of 12,000,000 shares. In 2007, we repurchased 1,620,000 shares of our common stock under this authorization at an average cost of $28.39 per share. We suspended the buyback program in the fourth quarter of 2007. As of December 31, 2009, we had repurchased a total of 6,795,000 shares of our common stock under this authorization and have remaining authorization to purchase up to 5,205,000 shares.
 
Under the terms of the equity instruments and debt issued in connection with the recapitalization, we are limited in our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. No dividends were paid on our common stock in 2009 and we do not anticipate declaring any dividends on our common stock during 2010.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Through December 31, 2007, we had an agreement to sell undivided percentage ownership interests in certain receivables, primarily from our money order agents, in an amount not to exceed $400.0 million. These receivables were sold to commercial paper conduits (trusts) sponsored by a financial institution and represented a small percentage of the total assets in these conduits. Our rights and obligations were limited to the receivables transferred, and were accounted for as sales. As a result, the assets and liabilities associated with these conduits, including our sold receivables, were not recorded or included in our financial statements. The business purpose of this agreement was to accelerate cash flow for investment. The receivables were sold at a discount based upon short-term interest rates. In December 2007, we decided to cease selling receivables through a gradual reduction in the balances sold each period. In January 2008, we terminated the facility. The agreement included a 5 percent holdback provision of the purchase price of the receivables and is included in the Consolidated Statements of Loss in “Investment commissions expense.” There was no expense recorded in 2009 related to the sales of receivable, while expenses totaled $0.2 million and $23.3 million during 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT
 
Risk is an inherent part of any business. Our most prominent risk exposures are credit, interest rate, foreign currency exchange and operational risk. See Part 1, Item 1A “Risk Factors” for a description of the principal risks to our business. Appropriately managing risk is important to the success of our business and the extent to which we properly and effectively manage each of the various types of risk is critical to our financial condition and profitability. Our risk management objective is to monitor and control risk exposures to produce steady earnings growth and long-term economic value.
 
Management implements policies approved by our Board of Directors that cover our investment, capital, credit and foreign currency policies and strategies. The Board receives periodic reports regarding each of these areas and approves significant changes to policy and strategy. An Asset/Liability Committee, composed of senior management, routinely reviews investment and risk management strategies and results. A Credit Committee, composed of senior management, routinely reviews credit exposure to our agents.
 
Following is a discussion of the strategies we use to manage and mitigate the risks we have deemed most critical to our business. While containing forward-looking statements related to risks and uncertainties, this discussion and related analyses are not predictions of future events. MoneyGram’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated due to various factors discussed under “Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”


50


Table of Contents

Credit Risk
 
Credit risk, or the potential risk that we may not collect amounts owed to us, affects our business primarily through receivables, investments and derivative financial instruments. In addition, the concentration of our cash, cash equivalents and investments at large financial institutions exposes us to credit risk.
 
Financial Institution Risk  — Our cash, cash equivalents and investments are concentrated at a few large financial institutions. These institutions act as custodians for our asset accounts, serve as counterparties to our foreign currency transactions and conduct cash transfers on our behalf for the purpose of clearing our payment instruments and related agent receivables and agent payables. Through certain check clearing agreements and other contracts, we are required to utilize several of these financial institutions; in certain cases, we are required to maintain pre-defined levels of cash, cash equivalents and investments at these financial institutions overnight. As a result of the credit market crisis, several financial institutions have faced capital and liquidity issues which led them to restrict credit exposure.
 
We manage financial institution risk by entering into clearing and cash management agreements with only major financial institutions and regularly monitoring the credit ratings of these financial institutions. Our financial institution risk is further mitigated as the majority of our cash equivalents and investments held by these institutions are invested in securities issued by United States government agencies or money market instruments collateralized by United States government agencies, which have the implicit or explicit guarantee of the United States government depending upon the issuing agency. Our non-interest bearing cash held at our domestic clearing and cash management banks is covered under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) as those banks opted in to the program. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) has created the TLGP program to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system by guaranteeing newly issued senior unsecured debt of banks, thrifts and certain holding companies and providing full coverage of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts, regardless of dollar amount. In addition, official checks issued by our financial institution customers are treated as deposits under the TLGP. Components of TLGP have been extended into 2010. With respect to our credit union customers, our credit exposure is partially mitigated by National Credit Union Administration insurance. However, as our credit union customers are not insured by a TLGP-equivalent program, we have required certain credit union customers to provide us with larger balances on deposit and/or to issue cashier’s checks only. While the value of these assets are not at risk in a disruption or collapse of a counterparty financial institution, the delay in accessing our assets could adversely affect our liquidity and potentially our earnings depending upon the severity of the delay and corrective actions we may need to take. Corrective actions could include draws upon our Senior Facility to provide short-term liquidity until our assets are released, reimbursements of costs or payment of penalties to our agents and higher banking fees to transition banking relationships in a short timeframe.
 
At December 31, 2009, we held $1.7 billion, or 41 percent of our investment portfolio, in cash accounts at 11 financial institutions with a rating of BBB or better, time deposits at two financial institutions with a rating of AA or better and a certificate of deposit at one financial institution with a rating of AA or better. We held another $1.9 billion, or 47 percent of our investment portfolio, in cash equivalents collateralized by securities issued by United States government agencies at eight financial institutions. Our trading and available-for-sale investments totaling $325.6 million, or 8 percent of our investment portfolio, are held at three financial institutions with a rating of AA or better. The remaining $171.7 million, or 4 percent, of our investment portfolio is composed of cash and cash equivalents held at foreign banks for use by our international subsidiaries and branches or to comply with local requirements.
 
Receivables  — Credit risk related to receivables is the risk that we are unable to collect the funds owed to us by our agents and financial institution customers who have collected the principal amount and fees associated with the sale of our payment instruments from the consumer on our behalf. Substantially all of the business conducted by our Global Funds Transfer segment is conducted through independent agents, while the business conducted by the Financial Paper Products segment is conducted through both independent financial institution customers and agents. Our agents and financial institution customers receive the principal amount and fees related to the sale of our payment instruments, and we must then collect these funds from them. As a result, we have credit exposure to our agents and financial institution customers. Agents typically have from one to three days to remit the funds, with longer remittance schedules granted to international agents and certain domestic agents. As of December 31, 2009, we had credit exposure to our agents of $436.4 million in the aggregate spread across over 14,000 agents, of which


51


Table of Contents

five owed us in excess of $15.0 million each. As of December 31, 2009, we had a credit exposure to our official check financial institution customers of approximately $482.0 million in the aggregate spread across 1,700 financial institutions, of which one owed us in excess of $15.0 million.
 
Our strategy in managing credit risk related to receivables is to ensure that the revenue generation from an agent or financial institution customer is sufficient to provide for an appropriate level of credit risk and to reduce concentrations of risk through diversification, termination of agents or financial institution customers with poor risk-reward ratios or other means. Management’s decision during the fourth quarter of 2008 to terminate its ACH Commerce business was based primarily on a review of the credit risk associated with that business.
 
As our official checks are issued solely through financial institution customers, we do not consider our credit exposure related to receivables to be significant for official checks. Due to the larger average principal amount of money orders, we consider our credit exposure from money orders to be of higher risk than exposure due to money transfers. However, in the current macroeconomic environment and as a result of our international growth, credit risk related to our money transfer products is increasing. While the extent of credit risk may vary by product, the process for mitigating risk is substantially the same. We assess the creditworthiness of each potential agent before accepting them into our distribution network. This underwriting process includes not only a determination of whether to accept a new agent, but also the remittance schedule and volume of transactions that the agent will be allowed to perform in a given timeframe. We actively monitor the credit risk of our existing agents by conducting periodic comprehensive financial reviews and cash flow analyses of our agents that average high volumes of transactions and monitoring remittance patterns versus reported sales on a daily basis. In the current macroeconomic environment, we have tightened our underwriting requirements and have initiated earlier action against agents with a pattern of delayed or late remittances. We also utilize software embedded in our money transfer and retail money order point of sale equipment which provides credit risk management abilities. First, this software allows us to control both the number and dollar amount of transactions that can be completed by both agent and location in a particular timeframe. Second, this software allows us to monitor for suspicious transactions or volumes of sales, which assists us in uncovering irregularities such as money laundering, fraud or agent self-use. Finally, the software allows us to remotely disable the point of sale equipment to prevent agents from transacting if suspicious activity is noted or remittances are not received according to the agent’s contract. The point of sale software requires each location to be re-authorized on a daily basis for transaction processing. Where appropriate, we will also require bank-issued lines of credit to support our receivables and guarantees from the owners or parent companies, although such guarantees are often unsecured.
 
The risk related to official checks is mitigated by only selling these products through financial institution customers, who have never defaulted on their remittances to us and have had only rare instances of delayed remittances. Substantially all of our financial institution customers have a next-day remit requirement, which reduces the build-up of credit exposure at each financial institution. In addition, the termination of our top 10 financial institution customers in connection with the restructuring of our official check business in 2008 has resulted in less credit exposure at a relatively small number of financial institutions.
 
Agents who sell money orders only typically have longer remit timeframes than other agents; in addition, the per transaction revenue tends to be smaller for money orders than for money transfers. As part of our review of the money order business, we evaluated our money order only agents to identify agents where the credit risk outweighs the revenue potential. The Company considered various mitigation actions for the identified agents, including termination of relationships, reductions in permitted transaction volumes and dollars, repricing the fees charged to the agent and prefunding by the agent of average remittances.
 
Investment Portfolio  — Credit risk from the investment portfolio relates to the risk that we are unable to collect the interest or principal owed to us under the legal terms of the various securities. Losses due to credit risk would be reflected as “Net securities gains (losses)” and negatively impact our net revenue. We manage credit risk related to our investment portfolio by investing in short-term assets and in issuers with strong credit ratings. Our investment policy permits the investment of funds only in cash, cash equivalents and securities issued by United States government agencies with a maturity of 13 months or less. This policy relates to both cash generated from our operations and the reinvestment of proceeds from the investment portfolio. As shown below, approximately


52


Table of Contents

99 percent of our investment portfolio is composed of cash, cash equivalents and securities issued by, or collateralized by securities issued by, United States government agencies at December 31, 2009:
 
                 
          Percent of
 
    Fair
    Investment
 
(Amounts in thousands)   Value     Portfolio  
   
 
Cash, time deposits and certificates of deposit held at large financial institutions
  $ 1,671,335       40.8 %
Money markets collateralized by U.S. government agencies
    1,933,764       47.1 %
Securities issued by or collateralized by U.S. government agencies
    276,545       6.7 %
Cash held at international banks
    171,725       4.2 %
Other investments
    49,039       1.2 %
                 
Total investment portfolio
  $ 4,102,408       100.0 %
                 
 
Our credit risk primarily relates to the concentration of our investment portfolio in financial institutions and United States government agencies. We primarily hold assets at major financial institutions and manage the risk of concentration at these financial institutions by regularly monitoring their credit ratings. While the credit market crisis and recession have affected all financial institutions, those holding our assets are well capitalized and, to date, there have been no significant concerns as to their ability to honor all obligations related to our holdings. The concentration in United States government agencies includes agencies placed under conservatorship by the United States government in 2008 and extended unlimited lines of credit from the United States Treasury. The implicit guarantee of the United States government and its actions to date support our belief that the United States government will honor the obligations of its agencies if the agencies are unable to do so themselves.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments  — Credit risk related to our derivative financial instruments relates to the risk that we are unable to collect amounts owed to us by the counterparties to our derivative agreements. With the termination of our interest rate swaps in the second quarter of 2008, our derivative financial instruments are used solely to manage exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. If the counterparties to any of our derivative financial instruments were to default in payments or experience credit rating downgrades, the value of the derivative financial instruments would decline and adversely impact our operating income. We manage credit risk related to derivative financial instruments by entering into agreements with only major financial institutions and regularly monitoring the credit ratings of these financial institutions. We also only enter into agreements with financial institutions that are experienced in the foreign currency upon which the agreement is based.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Interest rate risk represents the risk that our operating results are negatively impacted and our investment portfolio declines in value due to changes in interest rates. Given the nature of the realigned investment portfolio, including the high credit rating of financial institutions holding or issuing our cash and cash equivalents and the implicit guarantee of the United States government backing our money markets and majority of available-for-sale investments, we believe there is a low risk that the value of these securities would decline such that we would have a material adverse change in our stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2009, the Company’s “Other asset-backed securities” are priced on average at four cents on the dollar for a total fair value of $22.1 million. While the Company does believe its “Other asset-backed securities” are at a high risk of further decline, the recapitalization completed on March 25, 2008 included funds to cover all losses on these securities, as well as the trading investments. Accordingly, any resulting adverse movement in our stockholders’ equity or assets in excess of payment service obligations from further declines in investments would not result in regulatory or contractual compliance exceptions. At December 31, 2009, the combined fair value of the trading investment and related put option was $27.0 million as compared to the $29.4 million par value of the trading investment. The remaining auction rate security with related put option was called at par on February 12, 2010.
 
Our operating results are primarily impacted by interest rate risk through our net investment margin, which is investment revenue less commissions expense and interest expense. As the money transfer business is not materially affected by investment revenue and pays commissions that are not tied to an interest rate index, interest rate risk has the most impact on our money order and official check businesses. After the portfolio realignment, we are invested


53


Table of Contents

primarily in interest-bearing cash accounts and United States government money market funds. These types of investment have minimal risk of declines in fair value from changes in interest rates. Our commissions paid to financial institution customers are variable rate, based primarily on the federal funds effective rate and reset daily. Accordingly, both our investment revenue and our investment commissions expense will decrease when rates decline and increase when rates rise. However, as commission rates reset more frequently than our investments, the changes in investment revenue will lag changes in investment commissions expense. In a declining rate environment, our net investment margin will typically be benefited by this lag, while an increasing rate environment will typically have a negative impact on our net investment margin. In addition, the investment portfolio and commission interest rates differ, resulting in basis risk. We do not currently employ any hedging strategies to address the basis risk between our commission rates and our investment portfolio, nor do we currently expect to employ such hedging strategies. As a result, our net investment margin may be adversely impacted if changes in the commission rate move by a larger percentage than the yield on our investment portfolio.
 
In the second quarter of 2008, we repriced our official check product to an average of federal funds effective rate less 85 basis points to better match our investment commission rate with our lower yield realigned portfolio. In the current environment, the federal funds effective rate is so low that most of our financial institution customers are in a “negative” commission position, in that we do not owe any commissions to our customers. While many of our contracts require the financial institution customers to pay us the negative commission amount, we have opted not to require such payment at this time. As the revenue earned by our financial institution customers from the sale of our official checks primarily comes from the receipt of their investment commissions from us, the negative commissions reduce the revenue our financial institution customers earn from our product. Accordingly, our financial institution customers may sharply reduce their issuances of official checks if the negative commission positions continue. A substantial decline in the amount of official checks sold would reduce our investment balances, which would in turn result in lower investment revenue for us. As official checks are still required for many financial transactions, including home closings and vehicle purchases, we believe that risk is naturally mitigated in part. We continue to assess the potential impact of negative commissions on our official check business. While there are currently no plans for changes to our business as a result of the negative commissions, we may elect in the future to change some portion of our compensation structure for select financial institution customers to mitigate the risk of substantial declines in our investment balances.
 
The Senior Facility is floating rate debt, resulting in decreases to interest expense in a declining rate environment and increases to interest expense when rates rise. The Company may elect an interest rate for the Senior Facility at each reset period based on the United States prime bank rate or the Eurodollar rate. For the revolving credit facility and Tranche A, the interest rate is either the United States prime bank rate plus 250 basis points or the Eurodollar rate plus 350 basis points. As of December 31, 2009 the Company has no outstanding balance related to the revolving credit facility. For Tranche B, the interest rate is either the United States prime bank rate plus 400 basis points or the Eurodollar rate plus 500 basis points. Under the terms of the Senior Facility, the interest rate determined using the Eurodollar index has a minimum rate of 2.50 percent. Through 2008, the Company paid interest using the Eurodollar rate. Effective with its first interest payment in 2009, the Company elected to use the United States prime bank rate as its basis. Elections are based on the index which is believed will yield the lowest interest rate until the next reset date. Interest rate risk is managed in part through index election.
 
The income statement simulation analysis below incorporates substantially all of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities, together with forecasted changes in the balance sheet and assumptions that reflect the current interest rate environment. This analysis assumes the yield curve increases gradually over a one-year period. Components of our pre-tax loss which are interest rate sensitive include “Investment revenue,” “Investment commissions expense” and “Interest expense.” As a result of the current federal funds rate environment, the outcome of the income statement simulation analysis on “Investment commissions expense” in a declining rate scenario is not meaningful as we have no downside risk. In the current federal funds rate environment, the worst case scenario is that we would not owe any commissions to our financial institution customers as the commission rate would decline to zero or become negative. Accordingly, we have not presented the impact of the simulation in a declining rate


54


Table of Contents

environment for “Investment commissions expense.” The following table summarizes the changes to affected components of the income statement under various scenarios.
 
                                                     
    Basis Point Change in Interest Rates    
    Down
  Down
  Down
  Up
  Up
  Up
   
(Amounts in thousands)   200   100   50   50   100   200    
 
 
Interest income
  $ (1,666 )   $ (1,666 )   $ (1,666 )   $ 8,424     $ 16,864     $ 33,795      
Percent change
    (10.4 )%     (10.4 )%     (10.4 )%     52.7 %     105.6 %     211.6 %    
Investment commissions expense
    NM       NM       NM     $ (359 )   $ (717 )   $ (1,435 )    
Percent change
    NM       NM       NM       (57.5 )%     (114.9 )%     (230.0 )%    
Interest expense
  $ 263     $ 263     $ 263     $ (569 )   $ (1,138 )   $ (2,276 )    
Percent change
    0.3 %     0.3 %     0.3 %     (0.6 )%     (1.3 )%     (2.5 )%    
Pre-tax loss from continuing operations
    NM       NM       NM     $ 7,496     $ 15,008     $ 30,084      
Percent change
    NM       NM       NM       10.0 %     20.1 %     40.2 %    
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
We are exposed to foreign currency risk in the ordinary course of business given we offer our products and services through a network of agents and financial institutions with locations in approximately 190 countries and have subsidiaries in 11 countries. This risk may have an adverse effect on our earnings and equity, so we hedge material transactional exposures when feasible using forward or option contracts. Translation risk, generated from consolidation of foreign currency-denominated earnings into United States dollars for reporting purposes, is not hedged as this is not considered an economic exposure. In 2009, the decline of the euro exchange rate (net of hedging activities) resulted in a net benefit to our operating results of $1.6 million over 2008. Additionally, by policy, we do not speculate in foreign currencies; all currency trades relate to underlying transactional exposures.
 
Our primary source of transactional currency risk is the money transfer business whereby funds are frequently transferred cross-border and we settle with agents in multiple currencies. Although this risk is somewhat limited due to the fact that these transactions are short-term in nature, we currently manage some of this risk with forward contracts to protect against potential short-term market volatility. Additionally, we buy and sell in the spot market daily to settle transactions. The primary currency pairs traded against the dollar in the spot and forward markets, based on volume, include the European euro, Mexican peso, British pound and Indian rupee. The duration of forward contracts is typically less than one month.
 
Realized and unrealized gains or losses on hedges and any associated revaluation of balance sheet exposures are recorded in “Transaction and operations support” in the Consolidated Statement of Loss. The fair market value of any open hedges at period end are recorded in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The net effect of changes in foreign exchange rates and the related forward contracts for the year ended December 31, 2009 was a loss of $5.3 million. We do not currently have any forward contracts that are designated as hedges for accounting purposes.
 
Counterparty risk on currency trades is managed through careful selection and ongoing evaluation of the financial institutions utilized as counterparties.
 
Had the euro appreciated/depreciated relative to the United States dollar by 20 percent from actual exchange rates for 2009, pre-tax operating income would have increased/decreased $11.5 million for the year. This sensitivity analysis does not consider the impact of our hedging program.
 
Operational Risk
 
Operational risk represents the potential for loss resulting from our operations. This may include, but is not limited to the risk of fraud by employees or external parties, business continuation and disaster recovery, errors related to transaction processing and technology, unauthorized transactions and breaches of information security and compliance requirements. This risk may also include the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Management has


55


Table of Contents

direct responsibility for identifying, controlling and monitoring operational risks within their business. Business managers maintain a system of controls to provide transaction authorization and execution, safeguarding of assets from misuse or theft, and to ensure the quality of financial and other data. Our Business Resiliency group works with each business function to develop plans to support business resumption activities including technology, networks and data centers. Our internal audit function tests the system of internal controls through risk-based audit procedures and reports on the effectiveness of internal controls to executive management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On a regular basis, management reviews its accounting policies, assumptions and estimates to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. See Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a comprehensive list of our accounting policies.
 
Critical accounting policies are those policies that management believes are most important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations, and that require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Based on these criteria, management has identified and discussed with the Audit Committee the following critical accounting policies and estimates, including the methodology and disclosures related to those estimates.
 
Fair Value of Investment Securities  — We hold investment securities classified as trading and available-for-sale. Trading securities are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. Available-for-sale securities are also recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ deficit.
 
We measure fair value as an “exit price,” or the exchange price that would be received for an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy has been established for fair value measurements based upon the observability of the inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability, and requires that the use of observable inputs be maximized and the use of unobservable inputs be minimized. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.
 
The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of an investment is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market parameters. Fair value for the majority of our investments is estimated using quoted market prices in active markets for similar securities, broker quotes or industry-standard models that utilize independently sourced market parameters.
 
We receive prices from an independent pricing service for the vast majority of the fair value of our investment securities. We verify these prices through periodic internal valuations, as well as through comparison to comparable securities, any broker quotes received and liquidation prices. The independent pricing service will only provide a price for an investment if there is sufficient observable market information to obtain objective pricing. We receive prices from an independent pricing service for all investments classified as residential mortgage-backed securities and United States government agencies, as well as certain other asset-backed securities.
 
For investments that are not actively traded, or for which there is not sufficient observable market information, we estimate fair value using broker quotes when available. When such quotes are not available, and to verify broker quotes received, we estimate fair value using industry-standard pricing models that utilize independently sourced market observable parameters, discount margins for comparable securities adjusted for differences in our security, risk and liquidity premiums observed in the market place, default rates, prepayment speeds, loss severity and information specific to the underlying collateral to the investment. We maximize the use of market observable information to the extent possible, and make our best estimate of the assumptions that a similar market participant would make. Our other asset-backed securities are primarily valued through the use of broker quotes or internal valuations.


56


Table of Contents

The use of different market assumptions or valuation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. Due to the subjective nature of these assumptions, the estimates determined may not be indicative of the actual exit price if the investment was sold at the measurement date. In the current market, the most subjective assumptions include the default rate of collateral securities and loss severity as it relates to our other asset-backed securities. As of December 31, 2009, we continue to hold investments classified as other asset-backed securities with a fair value of $22.1 million. Using the highest and lowest prices received as part of the valuation process described above, the range of fair value for these securities was $21.7 million to $35.7 million. At December 31, 2009, $16.4 million, or less than 1 percent, of our total investment portfolio was valued using internal pricing information. Had we used the third party price to value these internally priced securities, the value of these investments would have been $16.8 million.
 
Goodwill  — We perform impairment testing of our goodwill balances on an annual basis and whenever an impairment indicator is identified. The testing is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of our reporting units to their carrying values. The fair value of our reporting units is estimated based on expected future cash flows discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital rate (the “discount rate”). Our discount rate is based on our debt and equity balances, adjusted for current market conditions and investor expectations of return on our equity. In addition, an assumed terminal value is used to project future cash flows beyond base years. Assumptions used in our impairment testing, such as forecasted growth rates and the discount rate, are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. The estimates and assumptions regarding expected cash flows, terminal values and the discount rate require considerable judgment and are based on historical experience, financial forecasts and industry trends and conditions.
 
As a result of impairment indicators, we recognized two goodwill impairment charges during 2009. In connection with the sale of FSMC, Inc., we recorded a charge of $0.6 million in the second quarter of 2009 to impair goodwill assigned to that reporting unit. We also impaired $3.2 million of goodwill in connection with the decision to discontinue certain bill payment products in the second quarter of 2009.
 
In connection with the annual impairment test for 2009, we assessed the following reporting units: Global Funds Transfer, Retail Money Order, Financial Institution Money Order, Official Check and ACH Commerce. The Global Funds Transfer reporting unit had assigned goodwill of $425.6 million and the Retail Money Order reporting unit had assigned goodwill of $2.5 million. No goodwill is assigned to the other reporting units. As a result of the annual impairment test, we recorded a $2.5 million charge to fully impair the goodwill assigned to the Retail Money Order reporting unit, reflecting our expectations for the money order business as discussed in “Trends Expected to Impact 2010.” The annual impairment test indicated a fair value for the Global Funds Transfer reporting unit that was substantially in excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value. This excess is consistent with our expectations for the reporting unit and market indicators. Accordingly, we believe the goodwill assigned to the Global Funds Transfer reporting unit is not impaired. If the discount rate for the Global Funds Transfer reporting unit increases by 50 basis points from the rate used in our fair value estimate, fair value would be reduced by approximately $79.5 million, assuming all other components of the fair value estimate remain unchanged. If the growth rate for the Global Funds Transfer reporting unit decreases by 50 basis points from the rate used in our fair value estimate, fair value would be reduced by approximately $26.6 million, assuming all other components of the fair value estimate remain unchanged. Our estimated fair value for the Global Funds Transfer reporting unit would continue to be substantially in excess under either scenario.
 
Pension obligations  — Through our qualified pension plan and various supplemental executive retirement plans, collectively referred to as our “pension” plans, we provide defined benefit pension plan coverage to certain of our employees and former employees of Viad. Our pension obligations under these plans are measured as of December 31 (the “measurement date”). Pension benefits and the related expense are based upon actuarial projections using assumptions regarding mortality, discount rates, long-term return on assets and other factors. Following are the


57


Table of Contents

weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in calculating the benefit obligation as of each measurement date and the net periodic benefit cost for the year ended December 31:
 
                         
    2009   2008   2007
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost:
                       
Discount rate
    6.30%       6.50%       5.70%  
Expected return on plan assets
    8.00%       8.00%       8.00%  
Rate of compensation increase
    5.75%       5.75%       5.75%  
Projected benefit obligation:
                       
Discount rate
    5.80%       6.30%       6.50%  
Rate of compensation increase
    5.75%       5.75%       5.75%  
 
At each measurement date, the discount rate is based on the then current interest rates for high-quality, long-term corporate debt securities with maturities comparable to our obligations. The rate of compensation increase is based on historical compensation patterns for the plan participants and management’s expectations for future compensation patterns. Effective December 31, 2009, benefit accruals under all of the supplemental executive retirement plans are frozen. Accordingly, the rate of compensation increase will not impact pension obligations measured subsequent to December 31, 2009, nor will it impact net periodic benefit cost subsequent to the year ending December 31, 2010.
 
Our pension assets are primarily invested in marketable securities that have readily determinable current market values. Our investments are periodically realigned in accordance with the investment guidelines. The expected return on pension plan assets is based on our historical market experience, our pension plan investment strategy and our expectations for long-term rates of return. We also consider peer data and historical returns to assess the reasonableness and appropriateness of our expected return. Our pension plan investment strategy is reviewed annually and is based upon plan obligations, an evaluation of market conditions, tolerance for risk and cash requirements for benefit payments. At December 31, 2009, the pension assets are composed of approximately 56 percent in United States domestic and international equity stock funds, approximately 35 percent in fixed income securities such as global bond funds and corporate obligations, approximately 5 percent in a real estate limited partnership interest and approximately 4 percent in other securities.
 
The actual rate of return on average pension assets in 2009 was 4.5 percent, as compared to a 26 percent decline in 2008 from the substantial disruption in the market and the global economic conditions. We believe the 2009 returns indicate some stabilization in the markets, and anticipate a return to historical long-term norms in the future. This is consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate greater long-term returns and the historical cyclicality of the investment markets. Accordingly, we do not believe that the actual return for 2009 is significantly different from the long-term expected return used to estimate the benefit obligation. In addition, the participants of our plans are relatively young, providing the plan assets with sufficient time to recover to historical return rates.
 
Our assumptions reflect our historical experience and management’s best judgment regarding future expectations. Certain of the assumptions, particularly the discount rate and expected return on plan assets, require significant judgment and could have a material impact on the measurement of our pension obligation. Changing the discount rate by 50 basis points would have increased/decreased 2009 pension expense by $0.3 million. Changing the expected rate of return by 50 basis points would have increased/decreased 2008 pension expense by $0.6 million.
 
Income Taxes  — We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. In determining taxable income, income or losses before taxes are adjusted for various differences between local tax laws and generally accepted accounting principles. The determination of taxable income in any jurisdiction requires the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events, such as the amount, timing and character of deductions and the sources and character of income and tax credits. Changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties, foreign currency exchange restrictions or our level of operations or profitability in each taxing jurisdiction could have an impact on the amount of income taxes that we provide during any given year.


58


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences that exist between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, and operating loss and tax credit carry-backs and carry-forwards on a taxing jurisdiction basis. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted statutory tax rates that will apply in the years in which we expect the temporary differences to be recovered or paid.
 
We establish valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets based on a more likely than not threshold. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be realized. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is deemed more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we establish or maintain a valuation allowance. We weigh the positive and negative evidence commensurate with the extent it may be objectively verified. It is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income, exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences, to outweigh objective negative evidence, particularly cumulative losses. Our assessment of whether a valuation allowance is required or should be adjusted requires judgment and is completed on a taxing jurisdiction basis. We consider, among other matters: the nature, frequency and severity of any cumulative financial reporting losses; the ability to carry back losses to prior years; future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences; tax planning strategies; and projections of future taxable income. The accounting treatment of our deferred taxes represents our best estimate of these items. A valuation allowance established or revised as a result of our assessment is recorded through “Income tax (benefit) expense” in our Consolidated Statements of Loss. Changes in our current estimates due to unanticipated events, or other factors, could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We account for our liability for unrecognized tax benefits using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon audit by the tax authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. Our tax filings for various periods are subject to audit by various tax authorities. Actual tax amounts may be materially different from amounts accrued based upon the results of audits by the tax authorities. The amount of income tax or benefit recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Loss includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate based on current information and management’s best estimate, as well as any applicable related net interest and penalties.
 
Prior to our June 2004 spin-off from Viad, income taxes were determined on a separate return basis as if we had not been eligible to be included in the consolidated income tax return of Viad and its affiliates. We are considered the divesting entity in the spin-off and treated as the “accounting successor” to Viad, with the continuing business of Viad is referred to as “New Viad.” As part of the spin-off, we entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with Viad which provides for, among other things, the allocation between MoneyGram and New Viad of federal, state, local and foreign tax liabilities and tax liabilities resulting from the audit or other adjustment to previously filed tax returns. Although we believe that we have appropriately proportioned such taxes between MoneyGram and Viad, subsequent adjustments may occur upon filing of amended returns or resolution of audits by various taxing authorities.
 
Recent Accounting Developments
 
Recent accounting developments are set forth in Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference herein may contain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operation, plans, objectives, future performance and business of MoneyGram International, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Statements preceded by, followed by or that include words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “continue,” “estimate,” “project,” “believes” or similar expressions are intended to identify some of the forward-looking statements within the meaning of the


59


Table of Contents

Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are included, along with this statement, for purposes of complying with the safe harbor provisions of that Act. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements due to, among others, the risks and uncertainties described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those described below and under Part I, Item 1A titled “Risk Factors,” and in the documents incorporated by reference herein. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by federal securities law.
 
  •  Substantial Debt Service and Dividend Obligations.   Our substantial debt service and our covenant requirements may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing and to operate and grow our business and may make us more vulnerable to negative economic conditions.
 
  •  Significant Dilution to Stockholders and Control of New Investors.   The Series B Stock issued to the Investors at the closing of the recapitalization, dividends accrued on the Series B Stock post-closing and potential special voting rights provided to the Investors’ designees on the Company’s Board of Directors significantly dilute the interests of our existing stockholders and give the Investors control of the Company.
 
  •  Sustained Financial Market Disruptions.   Disruption in global capital and credit markets may adversely affect our liquidity, our agents’ liquidity, our access to credit and capital, our agents’ access to credit and capital and our earnings on our investment portfolio.
 
  •  Sustained Negative Economic Conditions.   Negative economic conditions generally and in geographic areas or industries that are important to our business may cause a decline in our transaction volume, and we may be unable to timely and effectively reduce our operating costs or take other actions in response to a significant decline in transaction volume.
 
  •  International Migration Patterns.   A material slow down or complete disruption of international migration patterns could adversely affect our money transfer volume and growth rate.
 
  •  Retention of Global Funds Transfer Agents and Billers.   We may be unable to maintain retail agent or biller relationships or we may experience a reduction in transaction volume from these relationships.
 
  •  Stockholder Litigation and Related Risks.   Stockholder lawsuits and other litigation or government investigations of the Company or its agents could result in material settlements, fines, penalties or legal fees.
 
  •  Credit Risks.   If we are unable to manage credit risks from our retail agents and official check financial institution customers, which risks may increase during negative economic conditions, our business could be harmed.
 
  •  Fraud Risks.   If we are unable to manage fraud risks from consumers or certain agents, which risks may increase during negative economic conditions, our business could be harmed.
 
  •  Maintenance of Banking Relationships.   We may be unable to maintain existing or establish new banking relationships, including the Company’s domestic and international clearing bank relationships, which could adversely affect our business, results of operation and our financial condition.
 
  •  Interest Rate Fluctuations.   Fluctuations in interest rates may negatively affect the net investment margin of our Official Check and Money Order businesses.
 
  •  Repricing of our Official Check and Money Order Businesses.   We may be unable to operate our official check and money order businesses profitably as a result of our revised pricing strategies.
 
  •  Failure to Maintain Sufficient Capital.   We may be unable to maintain sufficient capital to pursue our growth strategy, fund key strategic initiatives, and meet evolving regulatory requirements.
 
  •  Failure to Attract and Retain Key Employees.   We may be unable to attract and retain key employees.


60


Table of Contents

 
  •  Development of New and Enhanced Products and Related Investment.   We may be unable to successfully and timely implement new or enhanced technology and infrastructure, delivery methods and product and service offerings and to invest in new products or services and infrastructure.
 
  •  Intellectual Property.   If we are unable to adequately protect our brand and other intellectual property rights and avoid infringing on third-party intellectual property rights, our business could be harmed.
 
  •  Competition.   We may be unable to compete against our large competitors, niche competitors or new competitors that may enter the markets in which we operate.
 
  •  United States and International Regulation.   Failure by us or our agents to comply with the laws and regulatory requirements in the United States and abroad, or changes in laws, regulations or other industry practices and standards could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
  •  Operation in Politically Volatile Areas.   Offering money transfer services through agents in regions that are politically volatile or, in a limited number of cases, are subject to certain OFAC restrictions could cause contravention of United States law or regulations by us or our agents, subject us to fines and penalties and cause us reputational harm.
 
  •  Network and Data Security.   A significant security or privacy breach in our facilities, networks or databases could harm our business.
 
  •  Systems Interruption.   A breakdown, catastrophic event, security breach, improper operation or other event impacting our systems or processes or the systems or processes of our vendors, agents and financial institution customers could result in financial loss, loss of customers, regulatory sanctions and damage to our brand and reputation.
 
  •  Technology Scalability.   We may be unable to scale our technology to match our business and transactional growth.
 
  •  Company Retail Locations and Acquisitions.   If we are unable to manage risks associated with running Company-owned retail locations and acquiring businesses, our business could be harmed.
 
  •  International Risks.   Our business and results of operation may be adversely affected by political, economic or other instability in countries that are important to our business.
 
  •  Tax Matters.   An unfavorable outcome with respect to the audit of our tax returns or tax positions, or a failure by us to establish adequate reserves for tax events, could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
  •  Status as a Bank Holding Company Subsidiary.   If we are deemed to be a subsidiary of a bank holding company, our ability to engage in other businesses may be limited to those permissible for a bank holding company.
 
  •  Internal Controls.   Our inability to maintain compliance with the internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
  •  Overhang of Convertible Preferred Stock to Float.   Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or the perception that significant sales could occur, may depress the trading price of our common stock.
 
  •  Change of Control Restrictions.   Through March 17, 2010, an Agreement between the Investors and Wal-Mart could prevent an acquisition of the Company.
 
  •  Anti-Takeover Provisions.   Our capital structure, our charter documents or specific provisions of Delaware law may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a merger or change of control of our Company.
 
  •  NYSE Delisting.   We may be unable to continue to satisfy the NYSE criteria for listing on the exchange.
 
  •  Other Factors.   Additional risk factors may be described in our other filings with the SEC from time to time.
 
Actual results may differ materially from historical and anticipated results. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made, and we undertake no obligation to update such statements to reflect events or circumstances arising after such date.


61


Table of Contents

 
 
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Market risk disclosure is discussed under “Enterprise Risk Management” in Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
The information called for by Item 7 is found in a separate section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K on pages F-1 through F-54. See the “Index to Financial Statements” on page F-1.
 
 
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None.
 
 
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
As of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Interim Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
 
No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2009 has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is provided on page F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, regarding the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is provided on page F-3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.


62


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
 
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The information contained in the sections titled “Proposal 2: Election of Directors,” “Board of Directors and Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference. Under the section of our definitive Proxy Statement incorporated by reference herein titled “Board of Directors and Governance — Board Committees — Audit Committee,” we identify the financial expert who serves on the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Information regarding our executive officers is contained in “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
All of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions (the “Principal Officers”), are subject to our Code of Ethics and our Always Honest policy. Our directors are also subject to our Code of Ethics and our Always Honest policy. These documents are posted on our website at www.moneygram.com in the Investor Relations section, and are available in print free of charge to any stockholder who requests them at the address set forth below. We will disclose any amendments to, or waivers of, our Code of Ethics and our Always Honest Policy for directors or Principal Officers on our website.
 
 
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The information contained in the sections titled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “2009 Director Compensation,” “Human Resources and Nominating Committee Report” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
The information contained in the sections titled “Security Ownership of Management,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Proposal 1: Amendments to the MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan — Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
The information contained in the section titled “Board of Directors and Governance” under the captions “Director Independence,” “Policy and Procedures Regarding Transactions with Related Persons” and “Transactions with Related Persons” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information contained in the section titled “Information Regarding Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.


63


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
 
Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) (1)  The financial statements listed in the “Index to Financial Statements and Schedules” are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
  (2)  All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto listed in the “Index to Financial Statements.”
 
  (3)  Exhibits are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference as listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index.


64


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
     
    MoneyGram International, Inc.
(Registrant)
     
Date: March 15, 2010          
 
By: 
/s/   Pamela H. Patsley

Pamela H. Patsley
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 15, 2010.
 
     
     
/s/  Pamela H. Patsley

Pamela H. Patsley
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Jean C. Benson

Jean C. Benson
  Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer and Interim Principal Financial Officer)
     
*

Thomas M. Hagerty
  Director
     
*

Jess T. Hay
  Director
     
*

Scott L. Jaeckel
  Director
     
*

Seth W. Lawry
  Director
     
*

Othón Ruiz Montemayor
  Director
     
*

Pamela H. Patsley
  Director
     
*

Ganesh B. Rao
  Director
     
*

Albert M. Teplin
  Director
     
/s/  Timothy C. Everett

Timothy C. Everett
*As attorney-in-fact
  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary


65


Table of Contents

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  2 .1   Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, by and among Viad Corp, MoneyGram International, Inc., MGI Merger Sub, Inc. and Travelers Express Company, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2004).
  * 3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MoneyGram International, Inc., as amended.
  3 .2   Bylaws of MoneyGram International, Inc., as amended and restated September 10, 2009 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 16, 2009).
  4 .1   Form of Specimen Certificate for MoneyGram Common Stock (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Registrant’s Form 10 filed on June 14, 2004).
  4 .2   Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2004).
  4 .3   Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  4 .4   Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  4 .5   Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  4 .6   Indenture, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee and collateral agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  4 .7   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and among the several Investor parties named therein and MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  4 .8   Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .1   Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, by and among Viad Corp, MoneyGram International, Inc. and Travelers Express Company, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2004).
  10 .2   Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, by and between Viad Corp and MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2004).
  †10 .3   MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended February 17, 2005 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2005).
  †10 .4   MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended February 17, 2010 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2010).
  †10 .5   Form of Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Indemnification Agreement between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Non-Employee Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 13, 2009).


66


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  †10 .6   Form of Employee Director Indemnification Agreement between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Employee Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.03 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 13, 2009).
  †10 .7   MoneyGram International, Inc. Performance Bonus Plan, as amended and restated February 17, 2010 (formerly known as the MoneyGram International, Inc. Management and Line of Business Incentive Plan) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 1010).
  10 .8   Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between MoneyGram International, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .9   Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between PropertyBridge, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .10   Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between PropertyBridge, Inc., as grantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent for the secured parties (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .11   Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between MoneyGram International, Inc., as grantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent for the secured parties (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .12   Amended and Restated Patent Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between MoneyGram International, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 to Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .13   Patent Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 to Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .14   Second Priority Patent Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., as grantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent for the secured parties (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 to Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .15   Second Priority Patent Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between MoneyGram International, Inc., as grantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent for the secured parties (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.17 to Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  †10 .16   Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2004).
  †10 .17   Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Viad Corp, as amended August 19, 2004 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 12, 2004).
  †10 .18   Viad Corp Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended August 19, 2004 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 12, 2004).
  †10 .19   MoneyGram International, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated August 16, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2007).
  †10 .20   2005 Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc., as amended and restated March 24, 2008 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 9, 2008).
  †10 .21   MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (Tier I), as amended and restated August 16, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.03 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2007).

67


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  †10 .22   First Amendment of the Amended and Restated MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (Tier I) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.20 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  †10 .23   MoneyGram International, Inc. Special Executive Severance Plan (Tier I) dated March 25, 2008 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  †10 .24   MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (Tier II), as amended and restated August 16, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.04 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2007).
  †10 .25   First Amendment of the Amended and Restated MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (Tier II) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  †10 .26   MoneyGram International, Inc. Special Executive Severance Plan (Tier II) dated March 25, 2008 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  †10 .27   MoneyGram Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated December 28, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2008).
  †10 .28   Description of MoneyGram International, Inc. Director’s Charitable Matching Program (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2004).
  †10 .29   Viad Corp Director’s Charitable Award Program (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 3 to Registrant’s Form 10 filed on June 3, 2004).
  *+ 10 .30   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually and as letter of credit issuer, swing line lender, administrative agent and collateral agent and the other lenders party thereto.
  10 .31   Security Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., FSMC, Inc., CAG Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., PropertyBridge, Inc., MoneyGram of New York LLC, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.03 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2008).
  10 .32   Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., FSMC, Inc., CAG Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., PropertyBridge, Inc., MoneyGram of New York LLC, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .33   Second Priority Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., FSMC, Inc., CAG Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., PropertyBridge, Inc., MoneyGram of New York LLC, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .34   Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., FSMC, Inc., CAG Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., PropertyBridge, Inc., MoneyGram of New York LLC, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .35   Second Priority Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., FSMC, Inc., CAG Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., PropertyBridge, Inc., MoneyGram of New York LLC, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).

68


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .36   Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc. and the several Investor parties named therein (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2008).
  10 .37   Amended and Restated Fee Arrangement Letter, dated March 17, 2008, between THL Managers VI, LLC and MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 18, 2008).
  10 .38   Amended and Restated Fee Arrangement Letter, dated March 17, 2008, between Goldman, Sachs & Co. and MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2008).
  10 .39   Fee Arrangement Letter, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between the Investor parties named therein, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and MoneyGram International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .40   Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and between MoneyGram International, Inc. and The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  *+ 10 .41   Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., MoneyGram International, Inc., GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., and THL Managers VI, LLC.
  10 .42   Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., MoneyGram International, Inc., GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2008).
  10 .43   Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., and THL Managers VI, LLC (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2008).
  10 .44   MoneyGram Employee Equity Trust, effective as of June 30, 2004 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2004).
  †10 .45   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement, as amended February 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.5 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2005).
  †10 .46   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, as amended February 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.6 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2005).
  †10 .47   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.7 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2005).
  †10 .48   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement, effective June 30, 2005 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2005).
  †10 .49   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement, effective August 17, 2005 (US Version) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.7 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2005).
  †10 .50   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement, effective August 17, 2005 (UK Version) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.9 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2005).
  †10 .51   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, effective August 17, 2005 (US Version) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.6 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2005).

69


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  †10 .52   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, effective August 17, 2005 (UK Version) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.8 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2005).
  †10 .53   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, effective February 15, 2006 (US version) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.41 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2006).
  †10 .54   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, effective February 15, 2006 (UK Version) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.42 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2006).
  †10 .55   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, effective May 8, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.04 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2007).
  †10 .56   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, effective August 11, 2009 (version 1) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2009).
  †10 .57   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, effective August 11, 2009 (version 2) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2009).
  †10 .58   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors, effective August 17, 2005 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2005).
  †10 .59   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors, effective February 15, 2006 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2006).
  †10 .60   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 1, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Pamela H. Patsley (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 4, 2009).
  †10 .61   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated January 21, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Pamela H. Patsley (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 22, 2009).
  †10 .62   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated May 12, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Pamela H. Patsley (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2009).
  †10 .63   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated August 31, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Pamela H. Patsley (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 4, 2009).
  †10 .64   Amendment to Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements, dated August 31, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Pamela H. Patsley (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.03 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 4, 2009).
  †10 .65   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated August 11, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Daniel J. O’Malley (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2009).
  †10 .66   Employee Trade Secret, Confidential Information and Post-Employment Restriction Agreement, dated August 11, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Daniel J. O’Malley (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.03 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2009).
  †10 .67   Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims, dated as of June 18, 2008, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Philip W. Milne (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2008).

70


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  †10 .68   Confidential Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims, dated as of April 7, 2008, by and between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Long Lake Partners, L.P. and William J. Putney (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2008).
  †10 .69   Independent Consulting Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2008, by and between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., including all of its parent organizations, holding companies, predecessors, divisions, affiliates, related companies and joint ventures, business units and subsidiaries, and William J. Putney (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2008).
  †10 .70   Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims, dated as of March 20, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and David J. Parrin (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 20, 2009).
  †10 .71   Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims, dated as of March 25, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Mary A. Dutra (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 27, 2009).
  †10 .72   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated May 6, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Anthony P. Ryan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2009).
  †10 .73   Severance Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Anthony P. Ryan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2009).
  †10 .74   Employee Trade Secret, Confidential Information and Post-Employment Restriction Agreement, dated May 6, 2009, between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and Anthony P. Ryan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.03 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2009).
  †10 .75   Agreement and Release, dated May 6, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Anthony P. Ryan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.04 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2009).
  †10 .76   Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims, dated October 21, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Anthony P. Ryan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 22, 2009).
  †10 .77   Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims, dated as of July 16, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Teresa H. Johnson (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2009).
  †10 .78   Offer Letter, dated July 28, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Jeffrey R. Woods (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2009).
  †10 .79   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated August 11, 2009, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Jeffrey R. Woods (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2009).
  †10 .80   Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims, dated as of January 15, 2010, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Jeffrey R. Woods (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 19, 2010).
  †10 .81   MoneyGram International, Inc. Performance Unit Incentive Plan, as amended and restated May 9, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2007).
  †10 .82   Summary of Compensation for Non-Management Directors effective January 1, 2009 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.02 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 9, 2008).
  †10 .83   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Compensation Trust Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2005).

71


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .84   First Amendment to the MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Compensation Trust Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.01 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2006).
  10 .85   The MoneyGram International, Inc. Outside Directors’ Deferred Compensation Trust (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.05 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2005).
  +10 .86   Money Services Agreement between Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. dated February 1, 2005 as amended (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.71 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2008).
  10 .87   Form of Employee Trade Secret, Confidential Information and Post-Employment Restriction Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2008).
  10 .88   MoneyGram International, Inc. Severance Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.03 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 22, 2010).
  *21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  *23     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  *24     Power of Attorney
  *31 .1   Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
  *31 .2   Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
  *32 .1   Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
  *32 .2   Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this report.
 
+ Confidential information has been omitted from this Exhibit and has been filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2.

72


Table of Contents

MoneyGram International, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K
Items 8 and 15(a)

Index to Financial Statements
 
         
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
    F-8  
    F-9  
    F-10  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Management’s Responsibility Statement
 
The management of MoneyGram International, Inc. is responsible for the integrity, objectivity and accuracy of the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The consolidated financial statements are prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America using, where appropriate, management’s best estimates and judgments. The financial information presented throughout the Annual Report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Management is also responsible for maintaining a system of internal controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that the books and records reflect the transactions of the Company and that assets are protected against loss from unauthorized use or disposition. Such a system is maintained through accounting policies and procedures administered by trained Company personnel and updated on a continuing basis to ensure their adequacy to meet the changing requirements of our business. The Company requires that all of its affairs, as reflected by the actions of its employees, be conducted according to the highest standards of personal and business conduct. This responsibility is reflected in our Code of Ethics.
 
To test compliance with the Company’s system of internal controls and procedures, the Company carries out an extensive audit program. This program includes a review for compliance with written policies and procedures and a comprehensive review of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control system. Although control procedures are designed and tested, it must be recognized that there are limits inherent in all systems of internal control and, therefore, errors and irregularities may nevertheless occur. Also, estimates and judgments are required to assess and balance the relative cost and expected benefits of the controls. Projection of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of outside directors, meets quarterly with management, internal audit and the independent registered public accounting firm to discuss internal accounting control, auditing and financial reporting matters, as well as to determine that the respective parties are properly discharging their responsibilities. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and internal auditors have had and continue to have unrestricted access to the Audit Committee without the presence of management.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in its Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company designed and maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.
 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has been engaged to audit our financial statements and the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting. Their reports are included on pages F-3 and F-4 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
     
/s/   Pamela H. Patsley
 
/s/   Jean C. Benson
Pamela H. Patsley
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  Jean C. Benson
Senior Vice President and Controller
(Interim Principal Financial Officer)


F-2


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MoneyGram International, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of MoneyGram International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Responsibility Statement. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 of the Company and our report dated March 15, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
 
/s/   Deloitte & Touche LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 15, 2010


F-3


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MoneyGram International, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MoneyGram International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of loss, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and stockholders’ (deficit) equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MoneyGram International, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   Deloitte & Touche LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 15, 2010


F-4


Table of Contents

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                     
AT DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008      
 
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)            
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $      
Cash and cash equivalents (substantially restricted)
    3,776,824       4,077,381      
Receivables, net (substantially restricted)
    1,054,381       1,264,885      
Trading investments and related put options (substantially restricted)
    26,951       47,990      
Available-for-sale investments (substantially restricted)
    298,633       438,774      
Property and equipment
    127,972       156,263      
Intangible assets
    7,680       14,548      
Goodwill
    425,630       434,337      
Other assets
    211,592       208,118      
 
 
Total assets
  $ 5,929,663     $ 6,642,296      
 
 
                     
LIABILITIES                    
Payment service obligations
  $ 4,843,454     $ 5,437,999      
Debt
    796,791       978,881      
Pension and other postretirement benefits
    119,170       130,900      
Accounts payable and other liabilities
    188,933       134,040      
 
 
Total liabilities
    5,948,348       6,681,820      
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 16)
                   
MEZZANINE EQUITY
                   
Participating Convertible Preferred Stock-Series B, $0.01 par value, 800,000 shares authorized, 495,000 shares issued and outstanding
    539,084       458,408      
Participating Convertible Preferred Stock-Series B-1, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, 272,500 shares issued and outstanding
    325,244       283,804      
 
 
Total mezzanine equity
    864,328       742,212      
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
                   
Preferred shares, $0.01 par value, none issued
               
Common shares, $0.01 par value, 1,300,000,000 shares authorized, 88,556,077 shares issued
    886       886      
Additional paid-in capital
          62,324      
Retained loss
    (694,914 )     (649,254 )    
Unearned employee benefits
    (8 )     (424 )    
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (35,671 )     (42,707 )    
Treasury stock: 6,040,958 and 5,999,175 shares in 2009 and 2008
    (153,306 )     (152,561 )    
 
 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (883,013 )     (781,736 )    
 
 
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 5,929,663     $ 6,642,296      
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


F-5


Table of Contents

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF LOSS
 
                         
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007  
   
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)              
 
REVENUE
                       
Fee and other revenue
  $ 1,130,893     $ 1,105,676     $ 949,059  
Investment revenue
    33,219       162,130       398,234  
Net securities gains (losses)
    7,790       (340,688 )     (1,189,756 )
 
 
Total revenue
    1,171,902       927,118       157,537  
Fee commissions expense
    497,105       502,317       410,301  
Investment commissions expense
    1,362       102,292       253,607  
 
 
Total commissions expense
    498,467       604,609       663,908  
 
 
Net revenue (losses)
    673,435       322,509       (506,371 )
 
 
EXPENSES
                       
Compensation and benefits
    199,053       224,580       188,092  
Transaction and operations support
    284,277       219,905       191,066  
Occupancy, equipment and supplies
    47,425       45,994       44,704  
Interest expense
    107,911       95,020       11,055  
Depreciation and amortization
    57,091       56,672       51,979  
Valuation loss on embedded derivatives
          16,030        
Debt extinguishment loss
          1,499        
 
 
Total expenses
    695,757       659,700       486,896  
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (22,322 )     (337,191 )     (993,267 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (20,416 )     (75,806 )     78,481  
 
 
Loss from continuing operations
    (1,906 )     (261,385 )     (1,071,748 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
                (249 )
 
 
NET LOSS
  $ (1,906 )   $ (261,385 )   $ (1,071,997 )
 
 
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (1.48 )   $ (4.19 )   $ (12.94 )
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                 
 
 
Net loss per common share
  $ (1.48 )   $ (4.19 )   $ (12.94 )
 
 
Net loss available to common stockholders:
                       
Loss from continuing operations
  $ (1,906 )   $ (261,385 )   $ (1,071,748 )
Accrued preferred stock dividends
    (110,279 )     (76,593 )      
Accretion recognized on preferred stock
    (10,213 )     (7,736 )      
 
 
Net loss available to common stockholders from continuing operations
    (122,398 )     (345,714 )     (1,071,748 )
 
 
Loss allocated to common stockholders from discontinued operations, net of tax
                (249 )
 
 
Net loss available to common stockholders
  $ (122,398 )   $ (345,714 )   $ (1,071,997 )
 
 
Weighted-average outstanding common shares
    82,499       82,456       82,818  
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


F-6


Table of Contents

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                             
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007      
 
(Amounts in thousands)                  
 
NET LOSS
  $ (1,906 )   $ (261,385 )   $ (1,071,997 )    
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
                           
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities:
                           
Net holding gains (losses) arising during the period, net of tax expense (benefit) of $0, $(134,570) and $(450,924)
    3,107       (219,561 )     (735,717 )    
Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included
in net loss, net of tax benefit of $0, $124,097 and $452,033
    4,071       202,475       737,528      
 
 
      7,178       (17,086 )     1,811      
 
 
Net unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments:
                           
Net holding gains (losses) arising during the period, net of tax expense (benefit) of $1,329 and $(14,299)
          2,168       (23,333 )    
Reclassification adjustment for net unrealized (gains) losses included in net loss, net of tax (expense) benefit of $(478),$11,006 and ($4,510)
    (780 )     17,957       (7,357 )    
 
 
      (780 )     20,125       (30,690 )    
 
 
Pension and postretirement benefit plans:
                           
Reclassification of prior service costs for pension and postretirement benefit plans recorded to net loss, net of tax benefit of $106, $38 and $72
    173       62       117      
Reclassification of net actuarial loss for pension and postretirement benefit plans recorded to net loss, net of tax benefit of $2,785, $1,679 and $1,668
    4,543       2,740       2,649      
Valuation adjustment for pension and postretirement benefit plans, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(2,251), ($17,409) and $9,152
    (3,672 )     (28,405 )     14,372      
Unrealized foreign currency translation (losses) gains, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(249), $1,863 and $(2,257)
    (406 )     3,039       (3,682 )    
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    7,036       (19,525 )     (15,423 )    
 
 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
  $ 5,130     $ (280,910 )   $ (1,087,420 )    
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


F-7


Table of Contents

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                             
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   2009     2008     2007      
 
(Amounts in thousands)                  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                           
Net loss
  $ (1,906 )   $ (261,385 )   $ (1,071,997 )    
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities:
                           
Net loss from discontinued operations
                249      
Provision for deferred income taxes
    (14,915 )     (425 )     37,637      
Depreciation and amortization
    57,091       56,672       51,979      
Other-than-temporary impairment charges
    4,069       70,274       1,193,210      
Net (gain) loss on sales and maturities of investments
    (7,555 )     256,299       (3,649 )    
Unrealized losses on trading investments
          40,620       195      
Valuation gain on put options related to trading investments
    (4,304 )     (26,505 )          
Net amortization of investment premiums and discounts
    740       735       (15,752 )    
Valuation loss on embedded derivative
          16,030            
Impairment of goodwill
    6,245       8,809       6,355      
Asset impairments and adjustments
    11,983             850      
Signing bonus amortization
    35,280       37,261       25,815      
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs
    12,765       7,484       197      
Debt extinguishment loss
          1,499            
Provision for uncollectible receivables
    21,432       12,396       8,532      
Non-cash compensation and pension expense
    9,608       12,596       14,177      
Other non-cash items, net
    4,650       11,709       (28,088 )    
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
    (406 )     3,039       (3,682 )    
Change in other assets
    27,860       (71,131 )     5,401      
Change in accounts payable and other liabilities
    (5,634 )     (95,622 )     7,984      
 
 
Total adjustments
    158,909       341,740       1,301,410      
Change in cash and cash equivalents (substantially restricted)
    300,557       (2,524,402 )     (563,779 )    
Change in trading investments and related put options, net (substantially restricted)
    32,900             83,200      
Change in receivables, net (substantially restricted)
    186,619       128,752       342,681      
Change in payment service obligations
    (594,545 )     (2,324,486 )     (447,319 )    
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities
    82,534       (4,639,781 )     (355,804 )    
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                           
Proceeds from sales of investments classified as available-for-sale
          2,896,011       321,693      
Proceeds from maturities of investments classified as available-for-sale
    140,999       493,320       755,921      
Purchases of investments classified as available-for-sale
                (758,898 )    
Purchases of property and equipment
    (37,948 )     (38,470 )     (70,457 )    
Proceeds from sale of business
    4,500                  
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (3,210 )     (2,928 )     (29,212 )    
 
 
Net cash provided by investing activities
    104,341       3,347,933       219,047      
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                           
Proceeds from issuance of debt
          733,750            
Transaction costs for issuance and amendment of debt
          (47,805 )          
Payment on debt
    (41,875 )     (1,875 )          
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
                197,000      
Payment on revolving credit facility
    (145,000 )     (100,000 )     (2,000 )    
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
          760,000            
Transaction costs for issuance of preferred stock
          (52,222 )          
Proceeds and tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                7,674      
Purchase of treasury stock
                (45,992 )    
Cash dividends paid
                (16,625 )    
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (186,875 )     1,291,848       140,057      
 
 
CASH FLOWS OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
                           
Investing cash flows
                (3,300 )    
 
 
Net cash used in discontinued operations
                (3,300 )    
 
 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                     
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period
                     
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period
  $     $     $      
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


F-8


Table of Contents

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
 
                                                             
                            Accumulated
                 
          Additional
    Retained
    Unearned
    Other
                 
    Common
    Paid-In
    (Loss)
    Employee
    Comprehensive
    Treasury
           
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)   Stock     Capital     Income     Benefits     Loss     Stock     Total      
 
 
December 31, 2006
  $ 886     $ 71,900     $ 723,106     $ (17,185 )   $ (6,292 )   $ (103,352 )   $ 669,063      
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48
                    (21,963 )                             (21,963 )    
Net loss
                    (1,071,997 )                             (1,071,997 )    
Dividends ($0.20 per share)
                    (16,625 )                             (16,625 )    
Employee benefit plans
            1,177               13,905               (662 )     14,420      
Treasury shares acquired
                                            (45,992 )     (45,992 )    
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
                                    1,811               1,811      
Net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments
                                    (30,690 )             (30,690 )    
Amortization of prior service cost for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                    117               117      
Amortization of unrealized losses on pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                    2,649               2,649      
Valuation adjustment for pension and postretirement benefit plans, net of tax
                                    14,372               14,372      
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustment
                                    (3,682 )             (3,682 )    
 
 
December 31, 2007
    886       73,077       (387,479 )     (3,280 )     (21,715 )     (150,006 )     (488,517 )    
Cumulative adjustment for SFAS No. 158- change of measurement date
                    (390 )             (1,467 )             (1,857 )    
Net loss
                    (261,385 )                             (261,385 )    
Reclassification of embedded derivative liability
            70,827                                       70,827      
Dividends on preferred stock
            (76,593 )                                     (76,593 )    
Accretion on preferred stock
            (7,736 )                                     (7,736 )    
Employee benefit plans
            2,749               2,856               (2,555 )     3,050      
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
                                    (17,086 )             (17,086 )    
Net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments
                                    20,125               20,125      
Amortization of prior service cost for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                    62               62      
Amortization of unrealized losses on pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                    2,740               2,740      
Valuation adjustment for pension and postretirement benefit plans, net of tax
                                    (28,405 )             (28,405 )    
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustment
                                    3,039               3,039      
 
 
December 31, 2008
    886       62,324       (649,254 )     (424 )     (42,707 )     (152,561 )     (781,736 )    
Net loss
                    (1,906 )                             (1,906 )    
Dividends on preferred stock
            (66,525 )     (43,754 )                             (110,279 )    
Accretion on preferred stock
            (10,213 )                                     (10,213 )    
Employee benefit plans
            14,414               416               (745 )     14,085      
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
                                    7,178               7,178      
Reclassification of unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments, net of tax
                                    (780 )             (780 )    
Amortization of prior service cost for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                    173               173      
Amortization of unrealized losses on pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                    4,543               4,543      
Valuation adjustment for pension and postretirement benefit plans, net of tax
                                    (3,672 )             (3,672 )    
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustment
                                    (406 )             (406 )    
 
 
December 31, 2009
  $ 886     $     $ (694,914 )   $ (8 )   $ (35,671 )   $ (153,306 )   $ (883,013 )    
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


F-9


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
Note 1 — Description of the Business
 
MoneyGram International, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (“MoneyGram”) offers products and services under its two reporting segments: Global Funds Transfer and Financial Paper Products. The Global Funds Transfer segment provides global money transfer services and bill payment services to consumers through a network of agents. The Financial Paper Products segment provides payment processing services, primarily official check outsourcing services, and money orders through financial institutions and agents. The Company’s headquarters are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota, United States of America. References to “MoneyGram,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” are to MoneyGram International, Inc. and its subsidiaries and consolidated entities.
 
MoneyGram was incorporated on December 18, 2003 in the state of Delaware as a subsidiary of Viad Corp (“Viad”) to effect the spin-off of Viad’s payment services business operated by Travelers Express Company, Inc. (“Travelers”) to its stockholders (the “spin-off”). On June 30, 2004 (the “Distribution Date”), Travelers was merged with a subsidiary of MoneyGram and Viad then distributed 88,556,077 shares of MoneyGram common stock in a tax-free distribution (the “Distribution”). Stockholders of Viad received one share of MoneyGram common stock for every share of Viad common stock owned on the record date of June 24, 2004. Due to the relative significance of MoneyGram to Viad, MoneyGram is the divesting entity and treated as the “accounting successor” to Viad for financial reporting purposes. Effective December 31, 2005, the entity that was formerly Travelers was merged into MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (“MPSI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MoneyGram, with MPSI remaining as the surviving corporation.
 
 
Note 2 — Recapitalization
 
On March 25, 2008, the Company completed a recapitalization, pursuant to which the Company received $1.5 billion of gross equity and debt capital to support the long-term needs of the business and provide necessary capital due to the Company’s investment portfolio losses as described in Note 6 —  Investment Portfolio . The equity component of the recapitalization consisted of the sale in a private placement of Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “B Stock”) and Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “B-1 Stock,” and collectively with the B Stock, the “Series B Stock”). The debt component of the recapitalization consisted of a senior secured amended and restated credit agreement entered into with a group of lenders (the “Senior Facility”) and the issuance of senior secured second lien notes (the “Notes”). See Note 10 — Debt and Note 12 — Mezzanine Equity for further information regarding the equity and debt components.
 
Participation Agreement between the Investors and Walmart Stores, Inc. — On February 11, 2008, the affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) and affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman Sachs,” and collectively with THL, the “Investors”) entered into a Participation Agreement (as amended on March 17, 2008) with Walmart Stores, Inc. (“Walmart”) in connection with the recapitalization. The Company is not a direct party to the Participation Agreement, which was negotiated solely between the Investors and Walmart. Under the terms of the Participation Agreement, the Investors are obligated to pay Walmart certain percentages of accumulated cash payments received by the Investors in excess of the Investors’ original investment in the Company. Cash payments include dividends paid by the Company to the Investors and any cash payments received by the Investors in connection with the sale of any shares of the Company’s stock to an unaffiliated third party or upon redemption by the Company. Walmart, in its sole discretion, may elect to receive payments in cash or equivalent shares of stock held by the Investors. In addition, through March 17, 2010, the Investors must receive Walmart’s consent prior to voting in favor of, consenting to, or selling shares in a transaction that would cause a change in control of the Company, as defined by the Participation Agreement.
 
The Company has no obligation to Walmart or additional obligations to the Investors under the terms of the Participation Agreement. However, as the Company indirectly benefited from the agreement, the Company will recognize the Participation Agreement in its consolidated financial statements as if the Company itself entered into


F-10


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
the agreement with Walmart. As Walmart may elect to receive any payments under the Participation Agreement in cash, the agreement is accounted for as a liability award. The Company will recognize a liability equal to the fair value of the Participation Agreement through a charge to the Consolidated Statements of Loss based upon the probability that certain performance conditions will be met. The liability will be remeasured each period until settlement, with changes in fair value recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. Walmart’s ability to earn the award under the Participation Agreement is conditioned upon the Investors receiving cash payments related to the Company’s preferred stock in excess of the Investors’ original investment in the Company. While it is probable that performance conditions will be met at December 31, 2009, the fair value of the liability is zero at this time as the Company’s discount rate, based on its debt interest rates and credit rating, exceeds the dividend rate on the preferred stock.
 
 
Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation  — The consolidated financial statements of MoneyGram are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Consolidated Balance Sheets are unclassified due to the short-term nature of the settlement obligations, contrasted with the ability to invest cash awaiting settlement in long-term investment securities.
 
During 2009, the Company reclassified its put options related to trading investments from “Other assets” to “Trading investments and related put options (substantially restricted)” in its Consolidated Balance Sheets to reflect the interaction of the two assets. Consistent with its classification of current tax positions, during 2009 the Company reclassified its net deferred tax positions into “Other assets” or “Accounts payable and other liabilities” depending on the net position. The balances as of December 31, 2008 have been revised to conform to the current presentation. These reclassifications were not material and had no impact on net loss, net cash flows from continuing operating activities or stockholders’ deficit as previously reported.
 
Principles of Consolidation  — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MoneyGram International, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Inter-company profits, transactions and account balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company participates in various trust arrangements (special purpose entities or “SPEs”) related to official check processing agreements with financial institutions and structured investments within the investment portfolio.
 
Working in cooperation with certain financial institutions, the Company historically established separate consolidated SPEs that provided these financial institutions with additional assurance of its ability to clear their official checks. The Company maintains control of the assets of the SPEs and receives all investment revenue generated by the assets. The Company remains liable to satisfy the obligations of the SPEs, both contractually and by operation of the Uniform Commercial Code, as issuer and drawer of the official checks. As the Company is the primary beneficiary and bears the primary burden of any losses, the SPEs are consolidated in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The assets of the SPEs are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in a manner consistent with the assets of the Company based on the nature of the asset. Accordingly, the obligations have been recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under “Payment service obligations.” The investment revenue generated by the assets of the SPEs is allocated to the Financial Paper Products segment in the Consolidated Statement of Loss. For the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s SPEs had cash and cash equivalents of $143.6 million and $281.2 million, respectively, and payment service obligations of $115.3 million and $239.8 million, respectively.
 
In connection with the SPEs, the Company must maintain certain specified ratios of greater than 100 percent of segregated assets to outstanding payment instruments. These specified ratios require the Company to contribute additional assets if the fair value of the segregated assets is less than the outstanding payment instruments at any time. The segregated assets consist solely of cash and cash equivalents; therefore, the Company does not anticipate a need to contribute additional assets in the future to maintain the specified ratios as required by the SPEs. Under


F-11


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
certain limited circumstances, the related financial institution customers have the right to either demand liquidation of the segregated assets or to replace the Company as the administrator of the SPE. Such limited circumstances consist of material (and in most cases continued) failure of MoneyGram to uphold its warranties and obligations pursuant to its underlying agreements with the financial institution customers.
 
Certain structured investments owned by the Company represent beneficial interests in grantor trusts or other similar entities. These trusts typically contain an investment grade security, generally a United States Treasury strip, and an investment in the residual interest in a collateralized debt obligation, or in some cases, a limited partnership interest. For certain of these trusts, the Company owns a percentage of the beneficial interests which results in the Company absorbing a majority of the expected losses. Therefore, the Company consolidates these trusts by recording and accounting for the assets of the trust separately in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Management Estimates  — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Substantially Restricted  — The Company’s licensed entity MPSI is regulated by various state agencies that generally require the Company to maintain a pool of assets with an investment rating of A or higher (“permissible investments”) in an amount generally equal to the payment service obligations, as defined by each state, for those regulated payment instruments, namely teller checks, agent checks, money orders and money transfers. The regulatory payment service assets measure varies by state, but in all cases excludes investments rated below A-. The most restrictive states may also exclude assets held at banks that do not belong to a national insurance program, varying amounts of accounts receivable balances and/or assets held in one of the SPEs. The regulatory payment service obligations measure varies by state, but in all cases is substantially lower than the Company’s payment service obligations as disclosed in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the Company is not regulated by state agencies for payment service obligations resulting from outstanding cashier’s checks or for amounts payable to agents and brokers.
 
In connection with the credit facilities, one clearing bank agreement and the SPEs, the Company also has certain financial covenants that require it to maintain pre-defined ratios of certain assets to payment service obligations. The financial covenants under the credit facilities are described in Note 10 — Debt. One clearing bank agreement has financial covenants that include the maintenance of total cash, cash equivalents, receivables and investments in an amount at least equal to payment service obligations, as disclosed in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as the maintenance of a minimum 103 percent ratio of total assets held at that bank to instruments estimated to clear through that bank. Financial covenants related to the SPEs include the maintenance of specified ratios of cash, cash equivalents and investments held in the SPE to the outstanding payment instruments issued by the related financial institution customer.
 
The regulatory and contractual requirements do not require the Company to specify individual assets held to meet its payment service obligations, nor is the Company required to deposit specific assets into a trust, escrow or other special account. Rather, the Company must maintain a pool of liquid assets sufficient to comply with the requirements. No third party places limitations, legal or otherwise, on the Company regarding the use of its individual liquid assets. The Company is able to withdraw, deposit or sell its individual liquid assets at will, with no prior notice or penalty, provided the Company maintains a total pool of liquid assets sufficient to meet the regulatory and contractual requirements.
 
The Company is not regulated by state agencies for payment service obligations resulting from outstanding cashier’s checks; however, the Company restricts a portion of the funds related to these payment instruments due to contractual arrangements and Company policy. Assets restricted for regulatory or contractual reasons are not available to satisfy working capital or other financing requirements. Consequently, the Company considers a significant amount of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and investments to be restricted to satisfy the liability to pay the principal amount of regulated payment service obligations upon presentment. Cash and cash equivalents,


F-12


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
receivables and investments exceeding payment service obligations are generally available; however, management considers a portion of these amounts as providing additional assurance that business needs and regulatory requirements are maintained during the normal fluctuations in the value of the Company’s payment service assets and obligations. The following table shows the amount of assets in excess of payment service obligations at December 31:
 
                     
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008      
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents (substantially restricted)
  $ 3,776,824     $ 4,077,381      
Receivables, net (substantially restricted)
    1,054,381       1,264,885      
Trading investments and related put options (substantially restricted)
    26,951       47,990      
Available-for-sale investments (substantially restricted)
    298,633       438,774      
 
 
      5,156,789       5,829,030      
Payment service obligations
    (4,843,454 )     (5,437,999 )    
 
 
Assets in excess of payment service obligations
  $ 313,335     $ 391,031      
 
 
 
Regulatory requirements also require MPSI to maintain positive net worth, with one state requiring that MPSI maintain positive tangible net worth. In its most restrictive state, the Company had excess permissible investments of $315.3 million over the state’s payment service obligations measure at December 31, 2009, with substantially higher excess permissible investments for all other states. The Company was in compliance with its contractual and financial regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2009.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents (substantially restricted)  — The Company defines cash and cash equivalents as cash on hand and all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less at the purchase date which the Company does not intend to rollover.
 
Receivables, net (substantially restricted)  — The Company has receivables due from financial institutions and agents for payment instruments sold. These receivables are outstanding from the day of the sale of the payment instrument until the financial institution or agent remits the funds to the Company. The Company provides an allowance for the portion of the receivable estimated to become uncollectible as determined based on known delinquent accounts and historical trends. Receivables are generally considered past due one day after the contractual remittance schedule, which is typically one to three days after the sale of the underlying payment instrument. Receivables are evaluated for collectibility by examining the facts and circumstances surrounding each customer where an account is delinquent and a loss is deemed possible. Receivables are generally written off against the allowance one year after becoming past due. Following is a summary of activity within the allowance for losses:
 
                             
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007      
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 16,178     $ 8,019     $ 6,824      
Charged to expense
    21,432       12,396       8,532      
Write-offs, net of recoveries
    (13,075 )     (4,237 )     (7,337 )    
 
 
Ending balance
  $ 24,535     $ 16,178     $ 8,019      
 
 
 
Sale of Receivables  — The Company had an agreement to sell undivided percentage ownership interests in certain receivables, primarily from its money order agents. The Company sold receivables under this agreement to accelerate the cash flow available for investment. The receivables were sold without recourse to two commercial paper conduit trusts and represented a small percentage of the total assets in each trust. The Company’s rights and obligations were limited to the receivables transferred and the transactions were accounted for as sales. The assets and liabilities associated with the trusts, including the sold receivables, were not recorded or consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. In January 2008, the Company terminated the facility. The agreement included a


F-13


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
5 percent holdback provision of the purchase price of the receivables, with the related cost included in the Consolidated Statements of Loss in “Investment commissions expense.” The expense recorded in 2008 and 2007 was $0.2 million and $23.3 million, respectively.
 
Investments (substantially restricted)  — The Company classifies securities as trading or available-for-sale in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has no securities classified as held-to-maturity. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of resale in the near term are classified as trading securities. The Company records trading securities at fair value, with gains or losses reported in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. Securities held for indefinite periods of time, including any securities that may be sold to assist in the clearing of payment service obligations or in the management of the investment portfolio, are classified as available-for-sale securities. These securities are recorded at fair value, with the net after-tax unrealized gain or loss recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses and other-than-temporary impairments are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
Interest income on “Residential mortgage-backed securities” and “Other asset-backed securities” for which risk of credit loss is deemed remote is recorded utilizing the level yield method. Changes in estimated cash flows, both positive and negative, are accounted for with retrospective changes to the carrying value of investments in order to maintain a level yield over the life of the investment. Interest income on mortgage-backed and other asset-backed investments for which risk of credit loss is not deemed remote is recorded under the prospective method as adjustments of yield. Starting in the second quarter of 2008, interest income for “Other asset-backed securities” has been recorded under the prospective method as the risk of credit loss is not deemed remote.
 
During the second quarter of 2008, the Company began applying the cost recovery method of accounting for interest to its investments categorized as “Other asset-backed securities.” The cost recovery method accounts for interest on a cash basis and treats any interest payments received as deemed recoveries of principal, reducing the book value of the related security. When the book value of the related security is reduced to zero, interest payments are then recognized as income upon receipt. The Company began applying the cost recovery method of accounting as it believes it is probable that the Company will not recover all, or substantially all, of its principal investment and interest for its “Other asset-backed securities” given the sustained deterioration in the market, the collapse of many asset-backed securities and the low levels to which the securities have been written down.
 
Securities with gross unrealized losses at the Consolidated Balance Sheet date are subject to a process for identifying other-than-temporary impairments. Securities that the Company deems to be other-than-temporarily impaired are written down to fair value in the period the impairment occurs. The assessment of whether such impairment has occurred is based on management’s evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value on an individual security basis. The Company considers a wide range of factors about the security and uses its best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and the prospects for recovery. The Company considers an investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired when it is deemed probable that the Company will not receive all of the cash flows contractually stipulated for the investment. The Company evaluates mortgage-backed and other asset-backed investments rated A and below for which risk of credit loss is deemed more than remote for impairment. When an adverse change in expected cash flows occurs, and if the fair value of a security is less than its carrying value, the investment is written down to fair value through a permanent reduction to its amortized cost. Any impairment charges are included in the Consolidated Statements of Loss under “Net securities gains (losses).”
 
Payment Service Obligations  — Payment service obligations primarily consist of: outstanding payment instruments; amounts owed to financial institutions for funds paid to the Company to cover clearings of official check payment instruments, remittances and clearing adjustments; amounts owed to agents for funds paid to consumers on behalf of the Company; commissions owed to financial institution customers and agents for instruments sold; amounts owed to investment brokers for purchased securities; and unclaimed instruments owed to various states. These obligations are recognized by the Company at the time the underlying transactions occur.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments  — Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, investments, derivatives, receivables, payment service obligations, accounts payable and debt. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and payment service obligations approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of the Company’s Senior Facility approximates fair value as interest related to the debt is variable rate. The carrying value of the Company’s fixed-rate Notes also approximates fair value as the contractual interest rate is comparable to debt with similar maturities issued by companies with similar credit qualities. See Note 5 — Fair Value Measurement for information regarding the principles and processes used to estimate the fair value of investments and derivatives.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments  — The Company recognizes derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. For a derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge, the Company recognizes the change in fair value in earnings in the period of change, together with the offsetting change in the hedged item. For a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge, the Company initially reports the effective portion of the derivative’s change in fair value in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and subsequently reclassifies the net change in fair value into earnings when the hedged exposure affects earnings.
 
The Company evaluates the hedge effectiveness of its derivatives designated as cash flow hedges at inception and on an on-going basis. Hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is recorded in earnings on the same line as the underlying transaction risk. When a derivative is no longer expected to be highly effective, hedge accounting is discontinued. Any gain or loss on derivatives designated as hedges that are terminated or discontinued is recorded in the “Net securities gains (losses)” component in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. For a derivative instrument that does not qualify, or is not designated, as a hedge, the change in fair value is recognized in “Transaction and operations support” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
Cash flows resulting from derivative financial instruments are classified in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged. The Company does not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
 
Property and Equipment  — Property and equipment includes agent equipment, communication equipment, computer hardware, computer software, leasehold improvements, office furniture and equipment, land and signs, and is stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment, with the exception of land, is depreciated using a straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives or lease term. Land is not depreciated. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or disposed of are removed from the financial statements, with the resulting gain or loss, if any, recognized under the caption “Occupancy, equipment and supplies” in the Consolidated Statement of Loss. Estimated useful lives by major asset category are generally as follows:
 
     
Agent equipment
  3 years
Communication equipment
  5 years
Computer hardware
  3 years
Computer software
  Lesser of the license term or 5 years
Leasehold improvements
  Lesser of the lease term or 10 years
Office furniture and equipment
  Lesser of the lease term or 7 years
Signage
  3 years
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, software development costs of $9.8 million and $10.9 million, respectively, were capitalized. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, there is $35.5 million and $37.6 million, respectively, of unamortized software development costs included in property and equipment.
 
Tenant allowances for leasehold improvements are capitalized as leasehold improvements upon completion of the improvement and depreciated over the shorter of the remaining term of the lease or 10 years.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Intangible Assets and Goodwill  — Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations and is assigned to the reporting unit in which the acquired business will operate. Intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition or at cost if internally developed. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are instead subject to impairment testing. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using a straight-line method over their respective useful lives as follows:
 
     
Customer lists
  3-15 years
Patents
  15 years
Non-compete agreements
  3 years
Trademarks
  36-40 years
Developed technology
  5 years
 
Intangible assets and goodwill are tested for impairment annually in November of each fiscal year, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment using a fair-value based approach, and is assessed at the reporting unit level, or the lowest level for which discrete financial condition and operating results are available. The carrying value of the reporting unit is compared to its estimated fair value, with any excess of carrying value over fair value deemed to be an impairment. Intangible and other long-lived assets are tested for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the assets to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset. If an impairment is determined to exist for goodwill and intangible assets, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to the estimated fair value.
 
Payments on Long-Term Contracts  — The Company makes payments to certain agents and financial institution customers as an incentive to enter into long-term contracts. The payments, or signing bonuses, are generally required to be refunded pro rata in the event of nonperformance under, or cancellation of, the contract by the customer. For contracts requiring payments to be refunded, the signing bonuses are capitalized and amortized over the life of the related contract as such costs are recoverable through future operations or, in the case of early termination, through penalties or refunds. Amortization of signing bonuses on long-term contracts is recorded in “Fee commissions expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. The carrying values of the signing bonuses are reviewed annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Signing bonuses for contracts that do not require a refund in the event of nonperformance or cancellation are expensed upon payment in “Fee commissions expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
Income Taxes  — The provision for income taxes is computed based on the pre-tax loss included in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities and their respective tax-reporting basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.
 
The Company adopted accounting guidance that addresses accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007. The cumulative effect of applying this guidance was reported as a $22.0 million reduction to the opening balance of retained income. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits is recorded as a non-cash item in “Accounts payable and other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company records interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits in “Income tax (benefit) expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. See Note 15 — Income Taxes for further discussion.
 
Treasury Stock  — Repurchased common stock is stated at cost and is presented as a separate reduction of stockholders’ deficit. See Note 13 — Stockholders’ Deficit for further discussion.
 
Foreign Currency Translation  — The Company converts assets and liabilities of foreign operations to their United States dollar equivalents at rates in effect at the balance sheet dates, recording the translation adjustments


F-16


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Income statements of foreign operations are translated from the operation’s functional currency to United States dollar equivalents at the average exchange rate for the month. Foreign currency exchange transaction gains and losses are reported in “Transaction and operations support” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
Revenue Recognition  — The Company derives revenue primarily through service fees charged to consumers and its investing activity. A description of these revenues and recognition policies is as follows:
 
  •  Fee and other revenues primarily consist of transaction fees and foreign exchange revenue.
 
  –  Transaction fees consist primarily of fees earned on money transfer, money order, bill payment and official check transactions. The money transfer transaction fees vary based on the principal value of the transaction and the locations in which these money transfers originate and to which they are sent. The money order and bill payment transaction fees are fixed fees charged on a per item basis. Transaction fees are recognized at the time of the transaction or sale of the product.
 
  –  Foreign exchange revenue is derived from the management of currency exchange spreads on money transfer transactions involving different “send” and “receive” currencies. Foreign exchange revenue is recognized at the time the exchange in funds occurs.
 
  –  Other revenue consists of processing fees on rebate checks and controlled disbursements, service charges on aged outstanding money orders, money order dispenser fees and other miscellaneous charges. These fees are recognized in earnings in the period the item is processed or earned.
 
  •  Investment revenue is derived from the investment of funds generated from the sale of payment instruments, primarily official checks and money orders, and consists of interest income, dividend income and amortization of premiums and discounts. Interest and dividends are recognized as earned, with the exception of interest related to available-for-sale investments classified as “Other asset-backed securities.” For “Other asset-backed securities,” interest is recognized using the cost recovery method as described under the accounting policy for “Investments (substantially restricted).” Premiums and discounts on investments are amortized using a straight-line method over the life of the investment.
 
  •  Securities gains and losses are recognized upon the sale, call or maturity of securities using the specific identification method to determine the cost basis of securities sold. Impairments are recognized in the period the security is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of trading investments and put options related to trading investments are recognized in the period in which the change occurs.
 
Fee Commissions Expense  — The Company pays fee commissions to third-party agents for money transfer and bill payment services. In a money transfer transaction, both the agent initiating the transaction and the agent disbursing the funds receive a commission that is generally based on a percentage of the fee charged to the customer. The Company generally does not pay commissions to agents on the sale of money orders. Fee commissions are recognized at the time of the transaction. Fee commissions expense also includes the amortization of capitalized signing bonuses.
 
Investment Commissions Expense  — Investment commissions expense includes amounts paid to financial institution customers based upon average outstanding balances generated by the sale of official checks, as well as costs associated with interest rate swaps hedging commission payments and the sale of receivables program. The Company terminated its interest rate swaps in the second quarter of 2008 as described in Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments and terminated its sale of receivable program in the first quarter of 2008. Commissions paid to financial institution customers generally are variable based on short-term interest rates. Investment commissions are recognized each month based on the average outstanding balances of each financial institution customer and their contractual variable rate for that month.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Marketing & Advertising Expense  — Marketing and advertising costs are expensed as incurred or at the time the advertising first takes place. Marketing and advertising expense was $40.2 million, $52.9 million and $56.5 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Stock-Based Compensation  — All stock-based compensation awards are measured at fair value at the date of grant and expensed over their vesting or service periods. For awards meeting the criteria for equity treatment, expense is recognized using the straight-line method. For awards meeting the criteria for liability treatment, the fair value is remeasured at each period and the pro-rata portion of the expense is recognized using the straight-line method. See Note 14 — Stock-Based Compensation for further discussion of the Company’s stock-based compensation.
 
Earnings Per Share  — The Company utilizes the two-class method for computing basic earnings per common share, which reflects the amount of undistributed earnings allocated to the common stockholders using the participation percentage of each class of stock. Undistributed earnings is determined as the Company’s net loss less dividends declared or accumulated on preferred stock less any preferred stock accretion. The undistributed earnings allocated to the common stockholders are divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period to compute basic earnings per common share. Diluted earnings per common share reflects the potential dilution that could result if securities or incremental shares arising out of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans and the outstanding shares of Series B Stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Diluted earnings per common share assumes the exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method and the conversion of the Series B Stock using the if-converted method.
 
Potential common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share when the effect would be anti-dilutive. All potential common shares are anti-dilutive in periods of net loss available to common stockholders. Stock options are anti-dilutive when the exercise price of these instruments is greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the period. The Series B Stock is anti-dilutive when the incremental earnings per share of Series B Stock on an if-converted basis is greater than the basic earnings per common share. Following are the potential common shares excluded from diluted earnings per common share as their effect would be anti-dilutive:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Shares related to stock options
    21,636       3,577       1,495  
Shares related to restricted stock
    28       127       249  
Shares related to preferred stock
    381,749       337,637        
 
 
Shares excluded from the computation
    403,413       341,341       1,744  
 
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements  — In April 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance to make the other-than-temporary impairments guidance more operational and to improve the presentation of other-than-temporary impairments in the financial statements. This guidance replaces the existing requirement that the entity’s management assert it has both the intent and ability to hold an impaired debt security until recovery with a requirement that management assert it does not have the intent to sell the security and that it is more likely than not management will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. This guidance requires increased disclosure about the credit and noncredit components of impaired debt securities that are not expected to be sold, as well as increased disclosures regarding expected cash flows, credit losses and an aging of securities with unrealized losses. The Company adopted the guidance effective for the interim period ending June 30, 2009, with no material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements as the Company has the intent to sell its securities which generated other-than-temporary impairments in 2009.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance which amends previously issued derecognition guidance for financial transfers of assets, eliminates the exemption from consolidation for qualifying SPEs and amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities. This guidance will be effective for any financial transfers completed by the Company after January 1, 2010, and for consolidated financial statements prepared subsequent


F-18


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
to December 31, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
Note 4 — Acquisitions and Disposals
 
Blue Dolphin Financial Services N.V.  — On February 5, 2010, the Company acquired Blue Dolphin Financial Services N.V. (“Blue Dolphin”), a former super-agent in the Netherlands, for a purchase price of $1.4 million and an earn-out potential of $1.4 million. The acquisition of Blue Dolphin provides the Company with the opportunity for further network expansion in the Netherlands and Belgium under the European Union Payment Services Directive and additional control over sales and marketing activities.
 
R. Raphaels & Sons PLC  — On February 2, 2009, the Company acquired the French assets of R. Raphaels & Sons PLC (“Raphaels Bank”) for a purchase price of $3.2 million. The acquisition of Raphaels Bank provided the Company with five money transfer stores in and around Paris, France that have been integrated into its French retail operations.
 
The preliminary purchase price allocation as of December 31, 2009 includes $2.0 million of goodwill assigned to the Company’s Global Funds Transfer segment. The purchase price allocation is preliminary pending the completion of the valuation of fixed assets, intangible assets and deferred taxes and will be completed in the first quarter of 2010. The Company incurred $0.2 million of transaction costs related to this acquisition in 2008 which are included in the “Transaction and operations support” line in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. The operating results of Raphaels Bank subsequent to the acquisition date are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Loss. The financial impact of the acquisition is not material to the Consolidated Balance Sheets or Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
FSMC, Inc. — On May 15, 2009, the Company’s subsidiary FSMC, Inc. (“FSMC”), entered into an asset purchase agreement with Solutran, Inc. to sell certain assets and rights for a price of $4.5 million. As a result of the sale, which was completed in the third quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.6 million to write off goodwill associated with FSMC. This impairment charge is recorded in the “Transaction and operations support” line in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. The operating results of FSMC are not material to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Loss and the assets and liabilities are not material to the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. FSMC is included in the Company’s “Other” results for segment reporting purposes.
 
ACH Commerce — After evaluating the Company’s market opportunity for certain of its electronic payment services, the Company announced a decision in December 2008 to exit the ACH Commerce business. In connection with this decision, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $8.8 million to write off the goodwill associated with ACH Commerce. In the third quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1.4 million on its proprietary software related to ACH Commerce. The impairment charge was recorded in the “Transaction and operations support” line in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. ACH Commerce is not material to the Consolidated Statements of Loss or the Consolidated Balance Sheets. ACH Commerce is included in the Company’s “Other” results for segment reporting purposes.
 
MoneyCard World Express, S.A. and Cambios Sol S.A . — In July 2008, the Company acquired MoneyCard World Express, S.A. (“MoneyCard”) and Cambios Sol S.A. (“Cambios Sol”), two of its former super-agents in Spain, for purchase prices of $3.4 million and $4.5 million, respectively, including cash acquired of $1.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The acquisition of these money transfer entities provided the Company with a money transfer license in Spain, as well as the opportunity for further network expansion and more control over marketing and promotional activities in the region.
 
In 2009, the Company finalized its purchase price allocation, resulting in goodwill of $4.3 million assigned to the Company’s Global Funds Transfer segment and $1.4 million of intangible assets. The intangible assets consist primarily of customer lists and developed technology and are being amortized over useful lives ranging from three


F-19


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
to five years. In addition, the Company recognized an indefinite life intangible asset of $0.6 million relating to the money transfer license. The purchase price allocation includes $0.5 million of transaction costs. The operating results of MoneyCard and Cambios Sol subsequent to the acquisition dates are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Loss. The financial impact of the acquisitions is not material to the Consolidated Balance Sheets or Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
PropertyBridge, Inc.  — On October 1, 2007, the Company acquired PropertyBridge, Inc. (“PropertyBridge”) for $28.1 million. PropertyBridge is a provider of electronic payment processing services for the real estate management industry and offers a complete solution to the resident payment cycle, including the ability to electronically accept security deposits and rent payments. Residents can pay rent online, by phone or in person and set up recurring payments. PropertyBridge is a component of the Company’s Global Funds Transfer segment.
 
In 2007, the Company finalized its purchase price allocation, resulting in goodwill of $24.1 million assigned to the Company’s Global Funds Transfer segment and intangible assets of $6.0 million, consisting primarily of customer lists, developed technology and a non-compete agreement. The intangible assets are being amortized over useful lives ranging from three to 15 years. The potential earn-out payment of up to $10.0 million contingent on PropertyBridge’s performance during 2008 was not achieved. The purchase price allocation included $0.2 million of transaction costs. The operating results of PropertyBridge subsequent to October 1, 2007 are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Loss. The financial impact of the acquisition is not material to the Consolidated Balance Sheets or Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
Game Financial Corporation  — During 2007, the Company paid $3.3 million in connection with the settlement of a contingency in the Sales and Purchase Agreement related to the continued operations of Game Financial Corporation, which was sold in 2004, with one casino. The Company recognized a loss from discontinued operations of $0.3 million in the Consolidated Statements of Loss in 2007, representing the recognition of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance, partially offset by the reversal of the remaining liability.
 
Other Disposals  — During 2009, the Company decided to sell its corporate airplane. In connection with this decision, the Company recognized a $7.0 million impairment in the “Transaction and operations support” line in the Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
 
Note 5 — Fair Value Measurement
 
The Company records certain of its assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, or the exit price, in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy is used for fair value measurements based upon the observability of the inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Under the hierarchy, the highest priority is given to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1), followed by observable inputs (Level 2) and unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s level within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Following is a description of the Company’s valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value:
 
Investments — For United States government agencies and residential mortgage-backed securities collateralized by United States government agency securities, fair value measures are generally obtained from independent sources, including a pricing service. As market quotes are generally not readily available or accessible for these specific securities, the pricing service generally measures fair value through the use of pricing models and observable inputs for similar assets and market data. Accordingly, these securities are classified as Level 2 financial instruments. The Company periodically corroborates the valuations provided by the pricing service through internal valuations utilizing externally developed cash flow models, comparison to actual transaction prices for any sold securities and any broker quotes received on the same security.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
For other asset-backed securities, investments in limited partnerships and trading investments, market quotes are generally not available. If available, the Company will utilize a fair value measurement from a pricing service. The pricing service utilizes a pricing model based on market observable data and indices, such as quotes for comparable securities, yield curves, default indices, interest rates and historical prepayment speeds. If a fair value measurement is not available from the pricing service, the Company will utilize a broker quote if available. Due to a general lack of transparency in the process that the brokers use to develop prices, most valuations that are based on brokers’ quotes are classified as Level 3. If no broker quote is available, or if such quote cannot be corroborated by market data or internal valuations, the Company will perform internal valuations utilizing externally developed cash flow models. These pricing models are based on market observable spreads and, when available, observable market indices. The pricing models also use inputs such as the rate of future prepayments and expected default rates on the principal, which are derived by the Company based on the characteristics of the underlying structure and historical prepayment speeds experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the underlying collateral. The pricing models for certain asset-backed securities also include significant non-observable inputs such as internally assessed credit ratings for non-rated securities, combined with externally provided credit spreads. Observability of market inputs to the valuation models used for pricing certain of the Company’s investments deteriorated with the disruption to the credit markets as overall liquidity and trading activity in these sectors has been substantially reduced. Accordingly, securities valued using a pricing model have consistently been classified as Level 3 financial instruments.
 
Derivatives  — Derivatives consist of interest rate swaps, foreign currency forward contracts and embedded derivatives contained in the Series B Stock. As the Company’s derivative agreements are not exchange traded, the valuations are determined using pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or that can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. The Company’s derivative agreements related to interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts are well-established products, allowing the use of pricing models that are widely accepted in the industry. These models reflect the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and market-based parameters such as the price of the Company’s common stock, interest rates, volatility, credit spreads and the credit quality of the counterparty. For the interest rate swaps and forward contracts, these models do not contain a high level of subjectivity as the methodologies used in the models do not require significant judgment and the inputs are readily observable. Accordingly, the Company has classified its interest rate swaps and forward contracts as Level 2 financial instruments. The fair value of the embedded derivatives is estimated using a partial differential equation methodology and, to the extent possible, market observable or market corroborated data. However, certain assumptions, particularly the future volatility of the Company’s common stock price, are subjective as market data is either unobservable or may not be available on a consistent basis. Given the significance of the future volatility to the fair value estimate, the Company has classified its embedded derivatives as Level 3 financial instruments.
 
Other Financial Instruments  — Other financial instruments consist of put options related to trading investments. The fair value of the put options is estimated using the expected cash flows from the instruments assuming their exercise in June 2010. These cash flows are discounted at a rate corroborated by market data for a financial institution comparable to the put option counter-party, as well as the Company’s interest rate on its Notes. The discounted cash flows of the put options are then reduced by the estimated fair value of the related trading investments. Given the subjectivity of the discount rate and the estimated fair value of the trading investments, the Company has classified its put options related to trading investments as Level 3 financial instruments. The fair value of the put options is remeasured each period, with the change in fair value recognized in earnings.
 
Debt  — Debt is carried at amortized cost; however, the Company estimates the fair value of debt for disclosure purposes. The fair value of debt is estimated using market quotations, where available, credit ratings, observable market indices and other market data. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of Tranche A and Tranche B under the Senior Facility is estimated at $94.7 million and $199.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of the Second Lien Notes is estimated at $492.5 million.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company had no financial liabilities recorded at fair value as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Following are the Company’s financial assets recorded at fair value by hierarchy level as of December 31:
 
                                 
    2009  
(Amounts in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
   
 
Trading investments and related put options (substantially restricted)
  $      —     $     $ 26,951     $ 26,951  
Available-for-sale investments (substantially restricted):
                               
United States government agencies
          7,715             7,715  
Residential mortgage-backed securities — agencies
          268,830             268,830  
Other asset-backed securities
                22,088       22,088  
 
 
Total financial assets
  $     $ 276,545     $ 49,039     $ 325,584  
 
 
 
                                 
    2008  
(Amounts in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
   
 
Trading investments and related put options (substantially restricted)
  $      —     $     $ 47,990     $ 47,990  
Available-for-sale investments (substantially restricted):
                               
United States government agencies
          17,449             17,449  
Residential mortgage-backed securities — agencies
          391,797             391,797  
Other asset-backed securities
                29,528       29,528  
 
 
Total financial assets
  $     $ 409,246     $ 77,518     $ 486,764  
 
 


F-22


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The table below provides a roll-forward of the financial assets classified in Level 3 which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
    Trading
          Total
    Trading
          Total
 
    Investments
    Other
    Level 3
    Investments
    Other
    Level 3
 
    and Related
    Asset-Backed
    Financial
    and Related
    Asset-Backed
    Financial
 
(Amounts in thousands)   Put Options     Securities     Assets     Put Options     Securities     Assets  
   
 
Beginning balance
  $ 47,990     $ 29,528     $ 77,518     $ 62,105     $ 2,478,832     $ 2,540,937  
Issuance of put options
                      24,114             24,114  
Sales and settlements
                            (2,355,014 )     (2,355,014 )
Realized gains
    7,557             7,557                    
Realized losses
          (2 )     (2 )           (13,760 )     (13,760 )
Principal paydowns
    (32,900 )     (6,417 )     (39,317 )           (16,073 )     (16,073 )
Other-than-temporary impairments
          (4,069 )     (4,069 )           (70,274 )     (70,274 )
Unrealized gains — instruments still held at the reporting date
    4,304       4,557       8,861       2,391       5,817       8,208  
Unrealized losses — instruments still held at the reporting date
          (1,509 )     (1,509 )     (40,620 )           (40,620 )
 
 
Ending balance
  $ 26,951     $ 22,088     $ 49,039     $ 47,990     $ 29,528     $ 77,518  
 
 
 
There were no financial liabilities classified in Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The table below provides a roll-forward for the year ended December 31, 2008 of the financial liabilities classified in Level 3.
 
                         
    2008  
                Total
 
    Embedded
    Derivative
    Level 3
 
    Derivatives in
    Financial
    Financial
 
(Amounts in thousands)   Preferred Stock     Instruments     Liabilities  
   
 
Beginning balance
  $     $ 28,723     $ 28,723  
Issuance of preferred stock
    54,797             54,797  
Valuation losses
    16,030       973       17,003  
Cash settlement of derivatives upon termination
          (29,696 )     (29,696 )
Reversal of liability to Additional paid-in capital
    (70,827 )           (70,827 )
 
 
Ending balance
  $     $     $  
 
 


F-23


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
 
Note 6 — Investment Portfolio
 
The Company’s portfolio is invested in cash and cash equivalents, trading investments and available-for-sale investments, all of which are substantially restricted as described in Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . Components of the investment portfolio as of December 31, were as follows:
 
                 
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008  
   
 
Cash
  $ 1,243,060     $ 1,575,601  
Money markets
    1,933,764       1,626,788  
Time deposits
    400,000       874,992  
Certificate of deposit
    200,000        
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
    3,776,824       4,077,381  
Trading investments and related put options
    26,951       47,990  
Available-for-sale investments
    298,633       438,774  
 
 
Total investment portfolio
  $ 4,102,408     $ 4,564,145  
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents  — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money-market securities, time deposits and a certificate of deposit. Cash primarily consists of interest-bearing deposit accounts and non-interest bearing transaction accounts. The Company’s money-market securities are invested in eight funds, all of which are AAA rated and consist of United States Treasury bills, notes or other obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government and its agencies, as well as repurchase agreements secured by such instruments. The time deposits have maturities of six months or less and are issued from financial institutions that are rated AA as of the date of this filing. The certificate of deposit has a maturity of one year and is issued from an institution that is rated AA as of the date of this filing.
 
Trading Investments and Related Put Options  — As of December 31, 2008, trading investments consisted of three securities: an auction rate security collateralized by commercial paper with a rating of A-1/P-1 and original maturities of less than 28 days; an auction rate security collateralized by perpetual preferred stock issued by the monoline insurer and paying a discretionary dividend; and perpetual preferred stock of a monoline insurer paying a discretionary dividend. The Company also held three put options which, beginning in June 2010, allow the Company to put each trading security back at par to the trading firm that originally sold the security to the Company. Under the November 2008 buy-back program that generated the put options, the trading firm also had the right to call the related security at any time at par plus accrued interest. The Company has received all contractual interest payments, including the penalty rate payments, related to its trading investments.
 
Two trading investments were called at par during 2009, resulting in a $7.6 million gain recorded in “Net securities gains (losses)”, net of the reversal of the related put options. The fair value of the remaining trading investment is $11.8 million on a par value of $29.4 million as of December 31, 2009, which is unchanged from the prior year. The fair value of the related put option is $15.2 million, reflecting a valuation gain of $4.3 million from the passage of time. The put option will continue to be remeasured each period through earnings. In February 2010, the remaining trading investment was called at par.
 
The fair value of the trading investments as of December 31, 2008 was $21.5 million on a par value of $62.3 million. The fair value of the put options was $26.5 million as of December 31, 2008. The Company recorded a net valuation loss on its trading investments and related put options of $14.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 due to market concerns regarding the capital position of the monoline insurers and their intent to pay dividends on their preferred stock.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Available-for-sale Investments  — Available-for-sale investments consist of mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and agency debenture securities. After other-than-temporary impairment charges, the amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale investments are as follows at December 31:
 
                                         
    2009  
          Gross
    Gross
          Net
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Average
 
(Amounts in thousands, except net average price)   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Price  
   
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities — agencies
  $ 259,563     $ 9,296     $ (29 )   $ 268,830     $ 104.13  
Other asset-backed securities
    15,706       6,382             22,088       3.74  
United States government agencies
    6,854       861             7,715       85.72  
 
 
Total
  $ 282,123     $ 16,539     $ (29 )   $ 298,633     $ 34.84  
 
 
 
                                         
    2008  
          Gross
    Gross
          Net
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Average
 
(Amounts in thousands, except net average price)   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Price  
   
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities — agencies
  $ 385,276     $ 6,523     $ (2 )   $ 391,797     $ 102.37  
Other asset-backed securities
    27,703       1,825             29,528       4.43  
United States government agencies
    16,463       986             17,449       91.84  
 
 
Total
  $ 429,442     $ 9,334     $ (2 )   $ 438,774     $ 41.05  
 
 
 
Gains and Losses and Other-Than-Temporary Impairments  — At December 31, 2009 and 2008, net unrealized gains of $16.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss.” No deferred tax liability is currently recognized for the net unrealized gains due to the deferred tax position described in Note 15 — Income Taxes . During 2009, 2008 and 2007, losses of $4.1 million, $326.6 million and $1,189.6 million, respectively, were reclassified from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” to earnings in connection with the sale, maturity or pay-down of the underlying securities and other-than-temporary impairments recognized during the year. Net securities gains (losses) were as follows for the year ended December 31:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Gross realized gains
  $     $ 34,200     $ 5,611  
Gross realized losses
    (2 )     (290,498 )     (1,962 )
Other-than-temporary impairments
    (4,069 )     (70,274 )     (1,193,210 )
 
 
Net securities losses from available-for-sale investments
    (4,071 )     (326,572 )     (1,189,561 )
Unrealized gains (losses) from trading investments and related put options
    4,304       (14,116 )     (195 )
Realized gains from trading investments and related put options
    7,557              
 
 
Net securities gains (losses)
  $ 7,790     $ (340,688 )   $ (1,189,756 )
 
 
 
The Company realigned its investment portfolio during the first quarter of 2008, resulting in the sale of securities with a fair value of $3.2 billion (after other-than-temporary impairment charges) for proceeds of $2.9 billion and a net realized loss of $256.3 million. The net realized loss was the result of further deterioration in the markets during the first quarter of 2008 and the short timeframe over which the Company sold its securities. Proceeds from the sales were reinvested in cash and cash equivalents to supplement the Company’s assets in excess of payment service


F-25


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
obligations. Other-than-temporary impairment charges of $70.3 million during 2008 were the result of further deterioration in the markets. The Company continues to have the intent to sell its investments classified as “Other asset-backed securities.”
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately 93 percent of the available-for-sale portfolio is invested in debentures of United States government agencies or securities collateralized by United States government agency debentures. These securities have always had the implicit backing of the United States government. During 2008, the United States government took action to place certain agencies under conservatorship and provide unlimited lines of credit through the United States Treasury. These actions served to provide greater comfort to the market regarding the intent of the United States government to back the securities issued by its agencies. The Company expects to receive full par value of the securities upon maturity or pay-down, as well as all interest payments. The “Other asset-backed securities” continue to have market exposure. The Company has factored this risk into its fair value estimates, with the average price of an asset-backed security at $0.04 per dollar of par at December 31, 2009.
 
Investment Ratings  — In rating the securities in its investment portfolio, the Company uses ratings from Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poors (“S&P”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”). If the rating agencies have split ratings, the Company uses the highest rating from either Moody’s or S&P for disclosure purposes. Securities issued or backed by United States government agencies are included in the AAA rating category. Investment grade is defined as a security having a Moody’s equivalent rating of Aaa, Aa, A or Baa or an S&P or Fitch equivalent rating of AAA, AA, A or BBB. The Company’s investments at December 31 consisted of the following ratings:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
    Number of
    Fair
    Percent of
    Number of
          Percent of
 
(Dollars in thousands)   Securities     Value     Investments     Securities     Fair Value     Investments  
   
 
AAA, including United States agencies
    34     $ 276,215       92 %     42     $ 409,672       94 %
AA
                0 %     3       5,064       0 %
A
    1       415       0 %     5       2,919       1 %
BBB
    1       1,842       1 %     2       543       0 %
Below investment grade
    69       20,161       7 %     68       20,576       5 %
 
 
Total
    105     $ 298,633       100 %     120     $ 438,774       100 %
 
 
 
Had the Company used the lowest rating from either Moody’s or S&P in the information presented above, investments rated A or better would have remained the same as of December 31, 2009 and been reduced by $3.5 million as of December 31, 2008.
 
Contractual Maturities  — The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations, sometimes without call or prepayment penalties. Maturities of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities depend on the repayment characteristics and experience of the underlying obligations.
 
                                 
    2009     2008  
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
 
(Amounts in thousands)   Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
   
 
After one year through five years
  $ 6,854     $ 7,715     $ 1,003     $ 1,073  
After five years through ten years
                15,460       16,376  
Mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities
    275,269       290,918       412,979       421,325  
 
 
Total
  $ 282,123     $ 298,633     $ 429,442     $ 438,774  
 
 
 
Fair Value Determination — The Company uses various sources of pricing for its fair value estimates of its available-for-sale portfolio. The percentage of the portfolio for which the various pricing sources were used is as


F-26


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
follows at December 31, 2009 and 2008: 91 percent and 93 percent, respectively, used a third party pricing service; 4 percent and 3 percent, respectively, used broker pricing; and 5 percent and 4 percent, respectively, used internal pricing.
 
Assessment of Unrealized Losses — At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had nominal unrealized losses in its available-for-sale portfolio, with no unrealized losses aged 12 months or more, after the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment charges.
 
 
Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company uses forward contracts to hedge income statement exposure to foreign currency exchange risk arising from its assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. While these contracts economically hedge foreign currency risk, they are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. The “Transaction and operations support” line in the Consolidated Statements of Loss reflects losses of $5.3 million, $5.5 million and $1.5 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, from the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated receivables and payables, which is net of a loss of $5.2 million, a gain of $4.3 million and a loss of $8.3 million from the related forward contracts for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had $59.4 million and $98.4 million, respectively, of outstanding notional amounts relating to its forward contracts.
 
At December 31, the Company reflects the following fair values of derivative forward contract instruments in its Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
                                     
    Balance Sheet
  Derivative Assets   Derivative Liabilities
(Amounts in thousands)   Location   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
 
Forward contracts
  Other assets   $ 5,361     $ 3,765     $ 29     $ 2,512  
 
 
 
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by counterparties to its derivative contracts. Collateral generally is not required of the counterparties or of the Company. In the unlikely event a counterparty fails to meet the contractual terms of the derivative contract, the Company’s risk is limited to the fair value of the instrument. The Company actively monitors its exposure to credit risk through the use of credit approvals and credit limits, and by selecting major international banks and financial institutions as counterparties. The Company has not had any historical instances of non-performance by any counterparties, nor does it anticipate any future instances of non-performance.
 
Historically, the Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts of 12 months to hedge forecasted foreign currency money transfer transactions. The Company designated these forward contracts as cash flow hedges. The Company recognized a $2.4 million gain and a $2.8 million loss for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in the “Fee and other revenue” line of the Consolidated Statements of Loss, including $0.8 million of unrealized gains and $2.2 million of unrealized losses reclassified from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” upon the final settlement of these cash flow hedges for the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $0.8 million of unrealized gains on its cash flow hedges recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The notional amount of outstanding cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2008 was $18.1 million, all of which matured in 2009. There were no outstanding cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2009.
 
The Company historically used interest rate swaps to hedge the variability of cash flows from its floating rate debt, as well as its floating rate commission payments to financial institution customers in the Financial Paper Products segment, primarily relating to the official check product. In connection with its restructuring of the official check business in 2008, the Company terminated certain of its financial institution customer relationships. The termination of the relationships led the Company to discontinue hedge accounting treatment in 2008 as the forecasted


F-27


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
transaction would no longer occur. The commission swaps were terminated in 2008, resulting in a $27.7 million loss being recognized in “Investment commissions expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. Additionally, as described in Note 10 — Debt , the Company’s Senior Facility was deemed extinguished as a result of the modifications made to the Senior Facility in connection with the recapitalization. As a result, the Company discontinued hedge accounting treatment of its debt swap and terminated the swap in 2008. As a result of the swap termination, the Company recognized a $2.0 million loss in “Interest expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
As described in Note 12 — Mezzanine Equity , the B Stock contains a conversion option allowing the stockholder to convert the B Stock into shares of common stock. As the Certificate of Designation for the B Stock does not explicitly state that a net-cash settlement is not required in the event the Company has insufficient shares of common stock to effect a conversion, guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) requires the Company to presume a net-cash settlement would be required. As a result, the conversion option met the definition of an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and liability accounting treatment to the extent the Company did not have sufficient shares to effect a full conversion. As of March 31, 2008 and June 30, 2008, the Company had a shortfall of committed and authorized common stock, requiring the Company to recognize an embedded derivative. On August 11, 2008, the Investors and the Company formally clarified that the provisions of the B Stock do not allow the Investors to require the Company to net-cash settle the conversion option if the Company does not have sufficient shares of common stock to effect a conversion. Effective with this agreement, the B Stock conversion option no longer met the criteria for an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and liability accounting treatment. Accordingly, the Company remeasured the liability through August 11, 2008 and then recorded the liability to “Additional paid-in capital” in the third quarter of 2008. The increase in the fair value of the liability from the issuance of the B Stock through August 11, 2008 of $16.0 million was recognized in the “Valuation loss on embedded derivatives” line in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. There will be no further impact to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Loss as no further remeasurement of the conversion option is required.
 
The Series B Stock also contains a change of control redemption option which, upon exercise, requires the Company to cash settle the par value of the Series B Stock and any accumulated unpaid dividends at a 1 percent premium. As the cash settlement is made at a premium, the change of control redemption option meets the definition of an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and liability accounting treatment. The fair value of the change of control redemption option was de minimus as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
 
Note 8 — Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31:
 
                 
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008  
   
 
Land
  $ 2,907     $ 2,907  
Office furniture and equipment
    38,871       45,053  
Leasehold improvements
    21,378       18,522  
Agent equipment
    78,973       92,124  
Signage
    51,584       46,808  
Computer hardware and software
    186,601       179,408  
 
 
      380,314       384,822  
Accumulated depreciation
    (252,342 )     (228,559 )
 
 
Total property and equipment
  $ 127,972     $ 156,263  
 
 


F-28


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31 is as follows:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Office furniture and equipment
  $ 4,600     $ 4,055     $ 4,131  
Leasehold improvements
    3,526       2,593       1,728  
Agent equipment
    11,449       10,393       8,585  
Signage
    10,891       11,558       9,814  
Computer hardware and software
    23,351       23,692       23,415  
 
 
Total depreciation expense
  $ 53,817     $ 52,291     $ 47,673  
 
 
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, there was $1.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively, of property and equipment that had been received by the Company and included in “Accounts payable and other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
The Company recognized a $7.0 million impairment charge in 2009 in connection with its decision to sell its corporate airplane. The Company also fully impaired $1.4 million of software related to its ACH Commerce business based on changes in its exit plan. During 2008 and 2007, the Company decided to discontinue certain software development projects and recognized an impairment charge of $0.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively. All impairment charges are included in the “Transaction and operations support” line in the Consolidated Statement of Loss.
 
 
Note 9 — Intangible Assets and Goodwill
 
Intangible assets at December 31 consist of the following:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
    Gross
          Net
    Gross
          Net
 
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
 
(Amounts in thousands)   Value     Amortization     Value     Value     Amortization     Value  
   
 
Amortized intangible assets:
                                               
Customer lists
  $ 15,307     $ (9,130 )   $ 6,177     $ 29,465     $ (17,486 )   $ 11,979  
Non-compete agreements
    200       (150 )     50       3,417       (2,840 )     577  
Trademarks and license
    597       (1 )     596       981       (150 )     831  
Developed technology
    1,519       (662 )     857       1,519       (358 )     1,161  
 
 
Total intangible assets
  $ 17,623     $ (9,943 )   $ 7,680     $ 35,382     $ (20,834 )   $ 14,548  
 
 
 
In 2009, the Company recorded impairment charges of $3.6 million related to customer lists and trademarks associated with its retail money order business. Intangible impairment charges are included in the “Transaction and operations support” line of the Consolidated Statements of Loss. No impairments of intangible assets were identified during 2008 and 2007. In connection with the acquisitions of MoneyCard and Cambios Sol in 2008, the Company recorded intangible assets of $1.4 million for customer lists, developed technology and a money transfer license.
 
Intangible asset amortization expense for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $3.3 million, $4.4 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The estimated future intangible asset amortization expense is $2.3 million, $1.2 million, $0.7 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million for 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Following is a roll-forward of goodwill by reporting segment:
 
                                                 
    Global Funds Transfer     Financial Paper Products     Other  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
   
 
Balance at beginning of year:
                                               
Goodwill
  $ 426,794     $ 422,487     $ 2,487     $ 2,487     $ 20,220     $ 20,220  
Accumulated impairment charges
                            (15,164 )     (6,355 )
 
 
      426,794       422,487       2,487       2,487       5,056       13,865  
Goodwill acquired
    2,012       4,307                          
Impairment charge
    (3,176 )           (2,487 )           (582 )     (8,809 )
Divestitures
                            (4,474 )      
 
 
Balance at end of year:
                                               
Goodwill
    428,806       426,794       2,487       2,487       15,746       20,220  
Accumulated impairment charges
    (3,176 )           (2,487 )           (15,746 )     (15,164 )
 
 
    $ 425,630     $ 426,794     $     $ 2,487     $     $ 5,056  
 
 
 
Goodwill acquired in 2009 relates to the acquisition of Raphaels Bank. Goodwill acquired in 2008 relates to the acquisitions of MoneyCard and Cambios Sol. Goodwill related to these acquisitions is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
In connection with the sale of FSMC in 2009, the Company recorded a charge of $0.6 million to impair goodwill that was in excess of the final sale price. In addition, goodwill was reduced by $4.5 million from the sale of FSMC. The Company also impaired $3.2 million of goodwill in 2009 in the Global Funds Transfer segment associated with a decision to discontinue certain bill payment product offerings. In 2008, the Company decided to wind-down the customer-facing operations of the business formerly known as ACH Commerce after evaluating the market opportunity for certain of its electronic payment services. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $8.8 million in 2008 for the full amount of goodwill related to the ACH Commerce reporting unit. The FSMC and ACH Commerce reporting units are not components of the Global Funds Transfer and Financial Paper Products segments.
 
The Company performed an annual assessment of goodwill during the fourth quarters of 2009, 2008 and 2007. As a result of the 2009 annual assessment, it was determined that the fair value of the retail money order reporting unit, a component of the Financial Paper Products segment, was fully impaired. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $2.5 million to the Financial Paper Products segment in 2009, which was calculated as the excess of the implied fair value of the retail money order reporting unit over the carrying amount of goodwill. There were no impairments recognized in 2008 as a result of the annual impairment test. As a result of the 2007 annual assessment, it was determined that the fair value of the FSMC reporting unit was impaired. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $6.4 million to the FSMC reporting segment in 2007, which was calculated as the excess of the implied fair value over the carrying amount of goodwill. Goodwill impairment charges are included in the “Transaction and operations support” line of the Consolidated Statements of Loss.


F-30


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
 
Note 10 — Debt
 
Following is a summary of the outstanding debt at December 31:
 
                                 
    2009     2008  
          Weighted-
          Weighted-
 
          Average
          Average
 
(Amounts in thousands)   Amount     Interest Rate     Amount     Interest Rate  
   
 
Senior Tranche A Loan, due 2013
  $ 100,000       5.75 %   $ 100,000       6.33 %
Senior Tranche B Loan, net of unamortized discount, due 2013
    196,791       7.25 %     233,881       7.78 %
Senior revolving credit facility, due 2013
                145,000       6.27 %
Second lien notes, due 2018
    500,000       13.25 %     500,000       13.25 %
 
 
Total debt
  $ 796,791             $ 978,881          
 
 
 
Senior Facility  — On March 25, 2008, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc. (“Worldwide”) entered into a senior secured amended and restated credit agreement of $600.0 million with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”) as Administrative Agent for a group of lenders (the “Senior Facility”). The Senior Facility was composed of a $100.0 million tranche A term loan (“Tranche A”), a $250.0 million tranche B term loan (“Tranche B”) and a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, each of which matures in March 2013. Tranche B was issued by the Company at a discount of 93.5 percent, or $16.3 million, which was recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of Tranche B and is being amortized over the life of the debt using the effective interest method. A portion of the proceeds from the issuance of Tranche B was used to repay $100.0 million of the revolving credit facility on March 25, 2008.
 
The Company may elect an interest rate for the Senior Facility at each reset period based on the United States prime bank rate or the Eurodollar rate. The interest rate election may be made individually for each term loan and each draw under the revolving credit facility. For Tranche A and the revolving credit facility, the interest rate is either the United States prime bank rate plus 250 basis points or the Eurodollar rate plus 350 basis points. For Tranche B, the interest rate is either the United States prime bank rate plus 400 basis points or the Eurodollar rate plus 500 basis points. Under the terms of the Senior Facility, the interest rate determined using the Eurodollar index has a minimum rate of 2.50 percent. Fees on the daily unused availability under the revolving credit facility are 50 basis points. Substantially all of the Company’s non-financial assets are pledged as collateral for the loans under the Senior Facility, with the collateral guaranteed by the Company’s material domestic subsidiaries. The non-financial assets of the material domestic subsidiaries are pledged as collateral for these guarantees.
 
During 2009, the Company elected the United States prime bank rate as its interest basis, as compared to the Eurodollar rate in 2008. In 2009, the Company repaid the full $145.0 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has $234.5 million of availability under the revolving credit facility, net of $15.5 million of outstanding letters of credit which reduce the amount available under the revolving credit facility. In addition to $1.9 million of mandatory quarterly payments, the Company prepaid $40.0 million of its Tranche B loan in December 2009. With this prepayment, all mandatory quarterly Tranche B payments have been fully prepaid through maturity. Amortization of the debt discount on Tranche B of $4.8 million and $2.0 million during 2009 and 2008, respectively, is recorded in “Interest expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. The 2009 amortization includes a pro-rata write-off of $1.9 million as a result of the Tranche B prepayment.
 
Second Lien Notes  — As part of the recapitalization, Worldwide issued $500.0 million of senior secured second lien notes to Goldman Sachs (the “Notes”), which will mature in March 2018. The interest rate on the Notes is 13.25 percent per year. Prior to March 25, 2011, the Company has the option to capitalize interest at a rate of 15.25 percent. If interest is capitalized, 0.50 percent of the interest is payable in cash and 14.75 percent is capitalized


F-31


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
into the outstanding principal balance. The Company paid the interest through December 31, 2009 and anticipates that it will continue to pay the interest on the Notes for the foreseeable future.
 
Prior to the fifth anniversary, the Company may redeem some or all of the Notes at a price equal to 100 percent of the principal, plus any accrued and unpaid interest plus a premium equal to the greater of 1 percent or an amount calculated by discounting the sum of (a) the redemption payment that would be due upon the fifth anniversary plus (b) all required interest payments due through such fifth anniversary using the treasury rate plus 50 basis points. Starting with the fifth anniversary, the Company may redeem some or all of the Notes at prices expressed as a percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, starting at approximately 107 percent on the fifth anniversary, decreasing to 100 percent on or after the eighth anniversary. Upon a change of control, the Company is required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price equal to 101 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company is also required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes with proceeds of certain asset sales that have not been reinvested in accordance with the terms of the Notes or have not been used to repay certain debt.
 
Inter-creditor Agreement  — In connection with the above financing arrangements, the lenders under both the Senior Facility and the Notes entered into an inter-creditor agreement under which the lenders have agreed to waive certain rights and limit the exercise of certain remedies available to them for a limited period of time, both before and following a default under the financing arrangements.
 
364-Day Facility  — On November 15, 2007, the Company entered into a $150.0 million revolving credit facility (the “364-Day Facility”) with JPMorgan. The Company did not borrow under the 364-Day Facility in 2007 or 2008. In connection with the recapitalization on March 25, 2008, the Company terminated the 364-Day Facility.
 
Debt Covenants and other restrictions  — Borrowings under the Company’s debt agreements are subject to various covenants that limit the Company’s ability to: incur additional indebtedness; effect mergers and consolidations; sell assets or subsidiary stock; pay dividends and other restricted payments; invest in certain assets; and effect loans, advances and certain other transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Facility has a covenant that places limitations on the use of proceeds from borrowings under the facility.
 
Both the Senior Facility and the Notes contain a financial covenant requiring the Company to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of at least 1:1 for certain assets to outstanding payment service obligations. The Senior Facility also has two financial covenants referred to as the interest coverage ratio and senior secured debt ratio. The Company must maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio of 1.5:1 through September 30, 2010, 1.75:1 from December 31, 2010 through September 30, 2012 and 2:1 from December 31, 2012 through maturity. The senior secured debt ratio is not permitted to exceed 6:1 through September 30, 2010, 5.5:1 from December 31, 2010 through September 30, 2011, 5:1 from December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012 and 4.5:1 from December 31, 2012 through maturity. At December 31, 2009, the Company is in compliance with its financial covenants.
 
Deferred Financing Costs  — In connection with the waivers obtained on the Senior Facility and the 364-Day Facility during the first quarter of 2008, the Company capitalized financing costs of $1.5 million. The Company also capitalized $19.6 million and $33.4 million of financing costs for the amendment and restatement of the Senior Facility and the issuance of the Notes, respectively. These costs were capitalized in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are being amortized over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method.
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs recorded in “Interest expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $8.0 million, $5.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Amortization during 2009 includes $0.9 million for the write-off of a pro rata portion of deferred financing costs in connection with the prepayment on Tranche B. In connection with the modification of the Senior Facility in 2008, the Company recognized a debt extinguishment loss of $1.5 million, reducing deferred financing costs. In addition, the Company expensed $0.4 million of unamortized deferred financing costs upon the termination of the 364-Day Facility in 2008.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Interest Paid in Cash  — The Company paid $94.4 million, $84.0 million and $11.6 million of interest in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Maturities  — Debt totaling $306.3 million will mature in 2013.
 
 
Note 11 — Pensions and Other Benefits
 
Pension Benefits  — The Pension Plan is a frozen non-contributory funded defined benefit pension plan under which no new service or compensation credits are accrued by the plan participants. Cash accumulation accounts continue to be credited with interest credits until participants withdraw their money from the Pension Plan. It is the Company’s policy to fund the minimum required contribution each year.
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans  — The Company has obligations under various Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERPs”), which are unfunded non-qualified defined benefit pension plans providing postretirement income to their participants. Prior to 2009, all but one SERP was frozen to new participants and new benefits. Following a December 2009 amendment to two plans, all SERPs are now frozen. It is the Company’s policy to fund the SERPs as benefits are paid.
 
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions  — The Company has unfunded defined benefit postretirement plans that provide medical and life insurance for its participants. The Company amended the postretirement benefit plan to close it to new participants as of December 31, 2009. Current enrolled retirees, as well as three former employees who are eligible to enroll after their COBRA coverage ends, will remain eligible for coverage. The Company has determined that its postretirement benefit plan is actuarially equivalent to the Medicare Act and its application for determination of actuarial equivalence has been approved by the Medicare Retiree Drug Subsidy program. The Company’s funding policy is to make contributions to the postretirement benefits plans as benefits are paid.
 
Actuarial Valuation Assumptions  — The measurement date for the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, SERPs and postretirement benefit plans is December 31. Following are the weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in calculating the benefit obligation and net benefit cost as of and for the years ended December 31:
 
                                                 
    Pension and SERPs   Postretirement Benefits
    2009   2008   2007   2009   2008   2007
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost:
                                               
Discount rate
    6.30 %     6.50 %     5.70 %     6.30 %     6.50 %     5.70 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.00 %     8.00 %     8.00 %                  
Rate of compensation increase
    5.75 %     5.75 %     5.75 %                  
Initial healthcare cost trend rate
                      8.50 %     9.00 %     9.50 %
Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate
                      5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %
Year ultimate healthcare cost trend rate is reached
                      2013       2013       2013  
Projected benefit obligation:
                                               
Discount rate
    5.80 %     6.30 %     6.50 %     5.80 %     6.30 %     6.50 %
Rate of compensation increase
    5.75 %     5.75 %     5.75 %                  
Initial healthcare cost trend rate
                      9.50 %     8.50 %     9.00 %
Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate
                      5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %
Year ultimate healthcare cost trend rate is reached
                      2019       2013       2013  
 
The Company utilizes a building-block approach in determining the long-term expected rate of return on plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term historical relationships between equity securities and fixed income securities are preserved consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors, such as inflation and interest rates, are


F-33


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return also takes proper consideration of diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed for reasonableness and appropriateness.
 
The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care trends would have the following effects for 2009:
 
                 
    One Percentage
  One Percentage
(Amounts in thousands)   Point Increase   Point Decrease
 
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
  $ 329     $ (254 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
    489       (403 )
 
Pension Assets  — The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income securities are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income securities. Furthermore, equity securities are diversified across United States and non-United States stocks, as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. Other assets, such as real estate and cash, are used judiciously to enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification. The Company strives to maintain an equity and fixed income securities allocation mix of approximately 60 percent and 40 percent, respectively. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews and annual liability measurements.
 
The Company’s weighted-average asset allocation for the defined benefit pension plan by asset category at the measurement date of December 31 is as follows:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
   
 
Equity securities
    55.6 %     57.8 %
Fixed income securities
    35.0 %     32.9 %
Real estate
    5.5 %     5.1 %
Other
    3.9 %     4.2 %
 
 
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 
 
 
The Company records its pension assets at fair value as described in Note 5 — Fair Value Measurement.   Following are the Company’s financial assets recorded at fair value by hierarchy level as of December 31:
 
                                 
    2009  
(Amounts in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
   
 
Equity securities
  $     $ 57,244     $     $ 57,244  
Fixed income
    5,008       30,978             35,986  
Real estate
                5,688       5,688  
Other
    2,298       1,692             3,990  
 
 
Total financial assets
  $ 7,306     $ 89,914     $ 5,688     $ 102,908  
 
 
 


F-34


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    2008  
(Amounts in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
   
 
Equity securities
  $     $ 55,202     $     $ 55,202  
Fixed income
    12,661       18,790             31,451  
Real estate
                4,835       4,835  
Other
    2,175       1,888             4,063  
 
 
Total financial assets
  $ 14,836     $ 75,880     $ 4,835     $ 95,551  
 
 
 
The Company’s pension plan assets include one security that the Company considers to be a Level 3 asset for valuation purposes. This security is an investment in a real estate joint venture and requires the use of unobservable inputs in its fair value measurement. The fair value of this asset as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $5.7 million and $4.8 million, respectively. The change in fair value of this asset resulted in an unrealized gain on the fair value of $0.9 million for 2009, with no change in fair value for 2008.
 
Plan Financial Information  — Net periodic benefit expense (income) for the defined benefit pension plan and SERPs and postretirement benefit plans includes the following components for the years ended December 31:
 
                                                 
    Pension and SERPs     Postretirement Benefits  
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Service cost
  $ 894     $ 1,069     $ 2,298     $ 572     $ 543     $ 697  
Interest cost
    12,659       12,678       11,900       837       822       837  
Expected return on plan assets
    (9,403 )     (10,275 )     (10,083 )                  
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
    346       414       483       (352 )     (352 )     (294 )
Recognized net actuarial loss
    3,777       2,528       4,226                   90  
Curtailment (gain) loss
    (1,535 )     658             (12,804 )            
 
 
Net periodic benefit expense (income)
  $ 6,738     $ 7,072     $ 8,824     $ (11,747 )   $ 1,013     $ 1,330  
 
 
 
On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted a change in measurement date for its defined benefit pension plan and SERPs and the defined benefit postretirement benefit plans in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The change in measurement date was adopted using the transition method of measuring its plan assets and benefit obligations as of January 1, 2008. Net periodic costs of $0.4 million for the period from the Company’s previous measurement date of November 30, 2007 through January 1, 2008 were recognized as a separate adjustment to “Retained loss,” net of tax. Changes in the fair value of the plan assets and benefit obligation for this period were recognized as an adjustment of $1.5 million to the opening balance of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in 2008.
 
The Company recognized a net $1.5 million curtailment gain in 2009 from the amendment of two SERPs and accumulated participant terminations. The amendment of the postretirement benefit plan resulted in a curtailment gain of $12.8 million in 2009. During 2008, the Company recorded a curtailment loss of $0.7 million under the SERPs related to the departure of the Company’s former chief executive officer and another executive officer. The postretirement benefits expense for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was reduced by less than $0.4 million due to subsidies received under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003. Subsidies to be received under the Medicare Act in 2010 are not expected to be material.

F-35


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and net periodic benefit expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
                 
    Pension and
    Postretirement
 
    SERPs     Benefits  
   
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 2,837     $ 3,086  
Amortization of net actuarial loss
    (3,777 )      
Amortization of prior service (cost) credit
    (346 )     352  
Curtailment (gain) loss
               
Prior service costs
    (2,124 )     1,839  
Net actuarial (gain) loss
    (2,577 )     (973 )
 
 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (5,987 )   $ 4,304  
 
 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit expense (income)
  $ 6,738     $ (11,747 )
 
 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit expense (income) and other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 751     $ (7,443 )
 
 
 
The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plan and SERPs that will be amortized from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” into “Net periodic benefit expense” during 2010 is $4.8 million ($3.0 million net of tax) and $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of tax), respectively. For the postretirement benefit plans, there will be no costs amortized from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” into “Net periodic benefit expense” during 2010 as all plans are frozen.
 
The benefit obligation and plan assets, changes to the benefit obligation and plan assets, and the funded status of the defined benefit pension plan and SERPs and the postretirement benefit plans as of and for the year ended December 31 are as follows:
 
                                 
    Pension and SERPs     Postretirement Benefits  
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2009     2008  
   
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
  $ 207,454     $ 199,728     $ 13,416     $ 12,680  
Service cost
    894       1,069       572       543  
Interest cost
    12,659       12,678       837       822  
Actuarial loss (gain)
    9,352       6,280       2,018       (442 )
Plan amendments
    (6,236 )           (11,937 )      
Adjustment for change in measurement date
          490             68  
Medicare Part D reimbursements
                3       8  
Benefits paid
    (12,507 )     (12,790 )     (388 )     (263 )
 
 
Benefit obligation at the end of the year
  $ 211,616     $ 207,455     $ 4,521     $ 13,416  
 
 


F-36


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    Pension and SERPs     Postretirement Benefits  
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2009     2008  
   
 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year
  $ 95,551     $ 135,997     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    15,918       (30,626 )            
Employer contributions
    3,946       3,636       388       263  
Adjustment for change in measurement date
          (666 )            
Benefits paid
    (12,507 )     (12,790 )     (388 )     (263 )
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year
  $ 102,908     $ 95,551     $     $  
 
 
Unfunded status at the end of the year
  $ (108,708 )   $ (111,904 )   $ (4,521 )   $ (13,416 )
 
 
 
The pension plan’s unfunded status decreased by approximately 3 percent despite an increase in the benefit obligation as the fair value of the pension plan assets increased $7.4 million during the year. The unfunded status of the defined benefit pension plan was $43.0 million and the unfunded status of the SERPs was $65.7 million at December 31, 2009.
 
Following are the components recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets relating to the defined benefit pension plan and SERPs and the postretirement benefit plans at December 31:
 
                                 
    Pension and SERPs   Postretirement Benefits
(Amounts in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
 
Components recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
                               
Pension and other postretirement benefits liability
  $ (108,708 )   $ (111,904 )   $ (4,521 )   $ (13,416 )
Deferred tax asset (liability)
    34,691       36,966       264       (474 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:
                               
Unrealized losses (gains) for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
    56,378       58,559       542       (791 )
Prior service cost (credit) for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
    223       1,754             (1,335 )
 
The projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan, SERPs and the postretirement benefit plans are in excess of the fair value of plan assets as shown below:
 
                                                 
    Pension Plan   SERPs   Postretirement Benefits
(Amounts in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 145,933     $ 139,080     $ 65,683     $ 68,375     $ 4,521     $ 13,416  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    145,933       139,080       65,683       68,375              
Fair value of plan assets
    102,909       95,551                          
 
Estimated future benefit payments for the defined benefit pension plan and SERPs and the postretirement benefit plans are as follows:
 
                                                 
(Amounts in thousands)   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   2015-19
 
 
Pension and SERPs
  $ 13,815     $ 13,886     $ 14,249     $ 13,946     $ 17,543     $ 79,514  
Postretirement benefits
    315       315       313       329       339       1,608  

F-37


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company has a minimum required contribution of approximately $2.6 million for the defined benefit pension plan in 2010, and will continue to make contributions to the SERPs and the postretirement benefit plans to the extent benefits are paid. Aggregate benefits paid for the unfunded plans are expected to be $4.4 million in 2010.
 
Employee Savings Plan  — The Company has an employee savings plan that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Contributions to, and costs of, the 401(k) defined contribution plan totaled $3.7 million, $3.7 million and $3.4 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. MoneyGram does not have an employee stock ownership plan.
 
Deferred Compensation Plans  — Under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc., non-employee directors were allowed to defer all or part of their retainers, fees and stock awards in the form of stock units or cash prior to 2009. In 2007, the plan was amended to require that a portion of the retainer received by non-employee directors be deferred in stock units. In 2008, the plan was amended to state that directors who join the Board on or after March 24, 2008 shall not be eligible to participate in the plan. Effective January 1, 2009, voluntary deferrals of director fees and stock unit retainers under the plan were permanently discontinued. Deferrals made prior to 2009 will remain in the plan until such amounts become distributable in accordance with the Director’s deferral elections. Under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Management, certain employees may defer their base compensation and incentive pay in the form of cash. In addition, the Company makes contributions to the participants’ accounts for profit sharing contributions beyond the IRS qualified plan limits. Management deferred accounts are generally payable on the deferral date based upon the timing and method elected by the participant. Deferred stock unit accounts are credited quarterly with dividend equivalents and will be adjusted in the event of a change in the Company’s capital structure from a stock split, stock dividend or other change. Deferred cash accounts are credited quarterly with interest at a long-term, medium-quality bond rate. Both deferred compensation plans are unfunded and unsecured, and the Company is not required to physically segregate any assets in connection with the deferred accounts. The Company has rabbi trusts associated with each deferred compensation plan which are funded through voluntary contributions by the Company. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a liability related to the deferred compensation plans of $2.8 million and $2.6 million, respectively, recorded in the “Accounts payable and other liabilities” component in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The rabbi trusts had a market value of $10.0 million and $9.2 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, recorded in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
 
Note 12 — Mezzanine Equity
 
Preferred Stock  — In connection with the recapitalization, the Company issued 495,000 shares of B Stock and 265,000 shares of B-1 Stock to the Investors for a purchase price of $495.0 million and $265.0 million, respectively. As a result of the issuance of the Series B Stock, the Investors had an equity interest of approximately 79 percent on March 25, 2008. With the accrual of dividends, the Investors had an equity interest of approximately 82 percent and 80 percent on December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In addition, the Company capitalized $107.5 million of transaction costs, including $7.5 million paid through the issuance of 7,500 shares of B-1 Stock to Goldman Sachs. The B Stock is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at a price of $2.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The B-1 Stock is convertible into B Stock by any stockholder other than Goldman Sachs. While held by Goldman Sachs, the B-1 Stock is convertible into Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D Stock”), which is a non-voting common equivalent stock.
 
The Series B Stock pays a cash dividend of 10 percent. At the Company’s option, dividends may be accrued through March 25, 2013 at a rate of 12.5 percent in lieu of paying a cash dividend. If the Company is unable to pay the dividends in cash after March 25, 2013, dividends will accrue at a rate of 15 percent. The Company anticipates that it will accrue dividends on the Series B Stock for at least the next 12 months. While no dividends have been declared as of December 31, 2009, the Company has accrued dividends through a charge to “Additional paid-in capital” as


F-38


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
accumulated and unpaid dividends are included in the redemption price of the Series B Stock. The Series B Stock also participates in any dividends declared on the common stock on an as-converted basis.
 
The Series B Stock may be redeemed at the option of the Company after March 25, 2013 if the common stock trades above $15.00, subject to adjustment, for a period of thirty consecutive trading days. The Series B Stock will be redeemable at the option of the Investors after March 25, 2018 or upon a change of control. As of December 31, 2009, the Company believes that it is not probable that the Series B Stock will become redeemable as (a) the contingencies for the change of control redemption option and the optional redemption by the Company are not met, and (b) these two contingencies may occur prior to the ability of the Investors to exercise their option to redeem. The B Stock votes as a class with the common stock of the Company and has a number of votes equal to (i) the number of shares of common stock issuable if all outstanding shares of B Stock were converted plus (ii) the number of shares of common stock issuable if all outstanding shares of B-1 Stock were converted into B Stock and subsequently converted into common stock.
 
The Series B Stock is recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Mezzanine Equity” as it has redemption features not solely within the Company’s control. The conversion feature in the B Stock met the definition of an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation during a portion of 2008. The change of control redemption option contained in the Series B Stock meets the definition of an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation. The original fair value of the embedded derivatives of $54.8 million was recognized as a reduction of “Mezzanine equity.” See Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments for further discussion of the embedded derivatives in the Series B Stock. The Company capitalized transaction costs totaling $37.6 million and $17.2 million relating to the issuance of the B Stock and B-1 Stock, respectively, through a reduction of “Mezzanine Equity.” As it is probable the Series B Stock will become redeemable in 2018, these transaction costs, along with the discount recorded in connection with the embedded derivatives, will be accreted to the Series B Stock redemption value of $767.5 million plus any accumulated but unpaid dividends over a 10-year period using the effective interest method. Following is a summary of mezzanine equity activity:
 
                         
                Series
 
(Amounts in thousands)   B Stock     B-1 Stock     B Stock  
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $     $     $  
Issuance of shares
    495,000       272,500       767,500  
Bifurcation of embedded derivative
    (54,797 )           (54,797 )
Transaction costs related to the issuance of shares
    (37,648 )     (17,172 )     (54,820 )
Dividends accrued
    49,399       27,194       76,593  
Accretion
    6,454       1,282       7,736  
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    458,408       283,804       742,212  
Dividends accrued
    71,124       39,155       110,279  
Accretion
    8,539       1,674       10,213  
Tax benefit on transaction costs
    1,013       611       1,624  
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 539,084     $ 325,244     $ 864,328  
 
 
 
Registration Rights  — As part of the recapitalization, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the Investors. Under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, after a specified holding period, the Company must promptly file a shelf registration statement with the SEC relating to securities held by the Investors. The Company is generally obligated to keep the shelf registration statement effective for up to 15 years or, if earlier, until all the securities owned by the Investors have been sold. The Investors are also entitled to five demand registrations and unlimited piggyback registrations.


F-39


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
 
Note 13 — Stockholders’ Deficit
 
Rights Agreement  — In connection with the spin-off, MoneyGram adopted a rights agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as the rights agent. The preferred share purchase rights (the “rights”) issuable under the Rights Agreement were attached to the shares of MoneyGram common stock distributed in the spin-off. In addition, pursuant to the Rights Agreement, one right was issued with each share of MoneyGram common stock issued after the spin-off.
 
As part of the recapitalization, the Company amended the Rights Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as rights agent to exempt the issuance of the Series B Stock from the Rights Agreement. On November 3, 2008, the Company amended the Rights Agreement, accelerating the expiration date to November 10, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the Rights Agreement is no longer in effect.
 
Preferred Stock  — The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for the issuance of up to 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock that may be issued in one or more series, with each series to have certain rights and preferences as shall be determined by unlimited discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, including, without limitation, voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had the following designations of preferred shares: 2,000,000 shares of Series A junior participating preferred stock (“Series A Stock”); 800,000 shares of B Stock; 500,000 shares of B-1 Stock; and 200,000 shares of Series D Stock. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, no Series A Stock or Series D Stock is issued or outstanding. See Note 12 — Mezzanine Equity for further information on the B Stock, B-1 Stock and Series D Stock.
 
Common Stock  — The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for the issuance of up to 1,300,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01. In connection with the spin-off, MoneyGram was recapitalized such that there were 88,556,077 shares of MoneyGram common stock issued. The holders of MoneyGram common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by its stockholders. The holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The determination to pay dividends on common stock will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, prospects and such other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant. No dividends were paid in 2009. Under the terms of the equity securities and debt issued in connection with the recapitalization, the Company’s ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions to the stockholders of the Company’s common stock is severely limited. The following is a summary of common stock issued and outstanding at December 31:
 
                 
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008  
   
 
Common shares issued
    88,556       88,556  
Treasury stock
    (6,041 )     (5,999 )
 
 
Common shares outstanding
    82,515       82,557  
 
 
 
Treasury Stock  — The Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of a total of 12,000,000 shares. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has repurchased 6,795,000 shares of common stock under this authorization and


F-40


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
has remaining authorization to repurchase up to 5,205,000 shares. There were no shares repurchased during 2008 or 2009. Following is a summary of treasury stock share activity:
 
         
    Treasury Stock
 
(Amounts in thousands)   Shares  
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    5,911  
Submission of shares for withholding taxes upon release of restricted stock and
forfeiture of shares of restricted stock
    88  
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    5,999  
Submission of shares for withholding taxes upon release of restricted stock and
forfeiture of shares of restricted stock
    42  
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2009
    6,041  
 
 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  — The components of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” at December 31 include:
 
                 
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008  
   
 
Net unrealized gains on securities classified as available-for-sale
  $ 16,510     $ 9,332  
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments
          780  
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments
    4,962       5,368  
Prior service cost for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
    (223 )     (419 )
Unrealized losses on pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
    (56,920 )     (57,768 )
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (35,671 )   $ (42,707 )
 
 
 
 
Note 14 — Stock-Based Compensation
 
In connection with the spin-off, each holder of a Viad stock option was issued a stock option for MoneyGram common stock. The exercise price of each MoneyGram stock option issued in connection with the spin-off equals the exercise price of the Viad stock option times a fraction, the numerator of which was the closing price of a share of MoneyGram common stock on the first trading day subsequent to the date of spin-off and the denominator of which was that price plus the closing price of a share of Viad common stock on the first trading day subsequent to the date of spin-off (divided by four to reflect the post-spin Viad reverse stock split). These MoneyGram options are considered to have been issued under the MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan. MoneyGram will take all tax deductions relating to the exercise of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock held by employees and former employees of MoneyGram, and Viad will take the deductions arising from options and restricted stock held by its employees and former employees.
 
On May 10, 2005, the Company’s stockholders approved the MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which authorizes the issuance of awards of up to 7,500,000 shares of common stock. Effective upon the approval of the 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, no new awards may be granted under the 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for the following types of awards to officers, directors and certain key employees: (a) incentive and nonqualified stock options; (b) stock appreciation rights; (c) restricted stock and restricted stock units; (d) dividend equivalents; (e) performance based awards; and (f) stock and other stock-based awards. Shares related to forfeited and cancelled awards become available for new grants, as well as shares that are withheld for full or partial payment to the Company of the exercise price of awards. Shares that are withheld as satisfaction of tax obligations relating to an award, as well as previously issued shares used for payment of the


F-41


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
exercise price or satisfaction of tax obligations relating to an award, become available for new grants through May 10, 2015. The Company plans to satisfy stock option exercises and vesting of awards through the issuance of treasury stock. On May 12, 2009, the stockholders of the Company approved a modification of the 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan to increase the authorization for the issuance of awards from 7,500,000 shares of common stock to 47,000,000 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has remaining authorization to issue awards of up to 12,587,461 shares of common stock.
 
Stock Options  — Prior to 2009, option awards were generally granted with an exercise price equal to the average of the high and low market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Beginning in 2009, option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. No stock options were granted in 2008. Stock options granted in 2007 become exercisable over a three-year period in an equal number of shares each year and have a term of 10 years. All outstanding stock options contain certain forfeiture and non-compete provisions.
 
Pursuant to the terms of all options granted in 2009, 50 percent of the options awarded become exercisable through the passage of time (the “Time-based Tranche”) and 50 percent of the options awarded become exercisable upon the achievement of certain conditions (the “Performance-based Tranche”). The Time-based Tranche generally becomes exercisable over a five-year period in either (a) an equal number of shares each year or (b) a tranched vesting schedule whereby 15 percent of the Time-based Tranche vests immediately and then at rates of 10 to 20 percent each year. The Time-based Tranche for options granted to the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer becomes exercisable over a four-year period in an equal number of shares each year. The Performance-based Tranche becomes exercisable upon the achievement within five years of grant of the earlier of (a) a pre-defined common stock price for any period of 20 consecutive trading days, (b) a change in control of the Company resulting in a pre-defined per share consideration or (c) in the event the Company’s common stock does not trade on a United States exchange or trading market, a public offering resulting in the Company’s common stock meeting pre-defined equity values. All options granted in 2009 have a term of 10 years. Options granted to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, as well as the Company’s former chief executive officer, contain certain forfeiture provisions, including the continuation of vesting terms for the 12-month period immediately following termination by the Company without cause or voluntary termination for good reason, as defined by the award agreements. The Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer was granted an option award on August 31, 2009 for 6,300,000 shares, of which 2,000,000 shares will not vest and are subject to forfeiture if the stockholders of the Company do not approve certain amendments to the MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan. On August 31, 2009, options granted to the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in January and May 2009 were modified to extend the timeframe under which the Performance-based Tranche may vest to August 31, 2014, provided employment is maintained through August 31, 2013. There was no incremental expense resulting from this modification.
 
For purposes of determining the fair value of stock option awards, the Company uses the Black-Scholes single option pricing model for the Time-based Tranches and a combination of Monte-Carlo simulation and the Black-Scholes single option pricing model for the Performance-based Tranches. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock since the spin-off on June 30, 2004. The Company used the simplified method to estimate the expected term of the award and historical information to estimate the forfeiture rate. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding, while the forfeiture rate represents the number of options that will be forfeited by grantees due to termination of employment. In addition, the Company considers any expectations regarding future activity which could impact the expected term and forfeiture rate. The risk-free rate for the Black-Scholes model is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods within the expected term of the option, while the risk-free rate for the Monte-Carlo simulation is based on the five-year United States Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. Compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, is recognized using a straight-line method over the vesting or service period. The following table provides weighted-average grant-date fair value and assumptions utilized to


F-42


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
estimate the grant-date fair value of the options granted during the years ended December 31. No stock options were granted in 2008.
 
         
    2009   2007
 
 
Expected dividend yield
  0.0%   0.7%
Expected volatility
  72.8%-76.9%   29.1%
Risk-free interest rate
  2.3%-3.2%   4.6%
Expected life
  5.3-6.5 years   6.5 years
Weighted-average grant-date fair value per option
  $1.49   $11.47
 
 
 
Following is a summary of stock option activity for 2009:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
    Aggregate
 
          Average
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Value
 
    Shares     Price     Term     ($000)  
   
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2008
    2,970,126     $ 20.49                  
Granted
    43,250,000       2.18                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited/Expired
    (8,074,712 )     3.38                  
 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2009
    38,145,414     $ 3.35       8.38 years     $ 22,307  
 
 
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009
    36,101,090     $ 3.41       8.39 years     $ 21,074  
 
 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2009
    3,969,596     $ 12.21       5.64 years     $ 1,302  
 
 
 
Restricted Stock and Performance-Based Restricted Stock  — The Company has granted both restricted stock and performance-based restricted stock. The vesting of restricted stock is typically three years from the date of grant. All performance-based restricted stock awards have vested as of December 31, 2009.
 
Restricted stock awards were valued at the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and expensed using the straight-line method over the vesting or service period of the award. Following is a summary of restricted stock activity for 2009:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
    Total
    Average
 
    Shares     Price  
   
 
Restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2008
    91,671     $ 28.25  
Vested
    (56,117 )     27.62  
Forfeited
    (25,880 )     29.26  
 
 
Restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2009
    9,674     $ 29.26  
 
 


F-43


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Following is a summary of pertinent information related to the Company’s stock-based awards:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Expense recognized related to options
  $ 14,459     $ 3,274     $ 3,852  
Expense recognized related to restricted stock
    (307 )     417       2,247  
Intrinsic value of options exercised
                3,582  
Cash received from option exercises
                6,606  
Tax benefit realized for tax deductions from option exercises
                1,068  
 
                 
(Amounts in thousands)   Options   Restricted Stock
 
 
Unrecognized compensation expense
  $ 42,749     $ 8  
Remaining weighted-average vesting period
    1.5 years       0.1 years  
 
 
 
 
Note 15 — Income Taxes
 
The components of loss from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows for the year ended December 31:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
United States
  $ (19,975 )   $ (345,063 )   $ (993,273 )
Foreign
    (2,347 )     7,872       6  
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (22,322 )   $ (337,191 )   $ (993,267 )
 
 
 
International income consists of statutory income and losses from the Company’s international subsidiaries. Most of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries recognize revenue based solely on services agreements with MPSI. Income tax (benefit) expense related to continuing operations is as follows for the year ended December 31:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ (8,172 )   $ (55,980 )   $ 35,445  
State
    669       (8,064 )     3,999  
Foreign
    2,002       (13,938 )     1,400  
 
 
Current income tax (benefit) expense
    (5,501 )     (77,982 )     40,844  
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
    (14,915 )     2,176       37,637  
 
 
Income tax (benefit) expense
  $ (20,416 )   $ (75,806 )   $ 78,481  
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a net income tax receivable of $1.3 million and $35.9 million, respectively, recorded in the “Other assets” line in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company received a $43.5 million federal income tax refund in 2009 and a $24.7 million federal income tax refund in 2008. Income tax expense totaling $1.9 million in 2007 is included in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. Federal and state taxes paid were $2.2 million, $1.7 million and $16.0 million for


F-44


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. A reconciliation of the expected federal income tax at statutory rates for year ended to the actual taxes provided is as follows:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Income tax at statutory federal income tax rate
  $ (7,813 )   $ (118,017 )   $ (347,643 )
Tax effect of:
                       
State income tax, net of federal income tax effect
    2,051       1,634       3,606  
Valuation allowance
    (16,090 )     44,639       434,446  
Non-taxable loss on embedded derivatives
          5,611        
Decrease in tax reserve
    (2,469 )     (7,761 )      
Other
    3,905       (1,186 )     (152 )
 
 
      (20,416 )     (75,080 )     90,257  
Tax-exempt income
          (726 )     (11,776 )
 
 
Income tax (benefit) expense
  $ (20,416 )   $ (75,806 )   $ 78,481  
 
 
 
We had a tax benefit of $20.4 million in 2009, primarily reflecting the release of $17.6 million of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets. Our pre-tax net loss of $22.3 million, when adjusted for our estimated book to tax differences, results in taxable income, allowing us to release some valuation allowances on our tax loss carryovers. These book to tax differences include impairments on securities and other assets and accruals related to separated employees, litigation and unrealized foreign exchange losses. The decrease in tax reserve in 2009 was driven by the favorable settlement or closing of years subject to state audit. Included in “Other” for 2009 is $1.6 million of expense for the reversal of tax benefits upon the forfeiture of share-based awards and $2.3 million of expense on asset impairments. Changes in facts and circumstances in the future may cause us to record additional tax benefits as further deferred tax valuation allowances are released and carry-forwards are utilized. The Company continues to evaluate additional available tax positions related to the net securities losses.
 
In 2008, we had a $75.8 million tax benefit, primarily reflecting the recognition of a $90.5 million benefit in the fourth quarter of 2008 upon the completion of an evaluation of the technical merits of tax positions with respect to part of the net securities losses in 2008 and 2007. The $90.5 million benefit relates to the amount of tax carry-back we were able to utilize to recover tax payments made for fiscal 2005 through 2007. We had tax expense of $78.5 million in 2007 on a pre-tax loss of $993.3 million, reflecting the tax treatment of the $1.2 billion of investment losses incurred in 2007.
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences that exist between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, and operating loss and tax credit carry-backs and carry-forwards on a taxing jurisdiction basis. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted statutory tax rates that will apply in the years in which we expect the temporary differences to be recovered or paid. Our ability to realize our deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carry-back or carry-forward periods provided for in the tax law. We establish valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets based on a more likely than not threshold. To the extent management believes that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is established in the period in which the


F-45


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
determination is made. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are composed of the following:
 
                 
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008  
   
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Postretirement benefits and other employee benefits
  $ 49,145     $ 52,133  
Tax loss carryovers
    319,005       308,870  
Tax credit carryovers
    46,577       45,394  
Basis difference in revalued investments
    114,708       126,341  
Bad debt and other reserves
    8,990       5,977  
Other
    22,703       7,126  
Valuation allowance
    (496,149 )     (494,310 )
 
 
Total deferred tax asset
    64,979       51,531  
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    (61,520 )     (63,507 )
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments
          (478 )
 
 
Gross deferred tax liability
    (61,520 )     (63,985 )
 
 
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
  $ 3,459     $ (12,454 )
 
 
 
Net deferred tax asset positions are reflected in the “Other assets” line in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, while net deferred tax liability positions are included in the “Accounts payable and other liabilities” line in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our deferred tax assets increased in 2009 from estimated timing adjustments, finalizing the 2008 tax return and the affect of tax audit adjustments, primarily related to positions taken on the Company’s investment losses. The valuation allowance in 2009 increased from these additional deferred tax assets, substantially offset by the release of $17.6 million of valuation allowance, as described above. For 2008 and 2009, we believe a full valuation allowance is appropriate for the deferred tax assets related to the basis difference on investments and our tax attributes. Essentially all of our deferred tax assets relate to the U.S. jurisdiction, where we are in a net deferred tax liability position, and we do not believe we have sufficient positive evidence to overcome the negative evidence. Changes in facts and circumstances in the future may cause us to record additional tax benefits as further deferred tax valuation allowances are released and carry-forwards are utilized. We continue to evaluate additional available tax positions related to the net securities losses in prior years.
 
The amount and expiration dates of tax loss carry-forwards (not tax effected) and credit carry-forwards as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
                 
    Expiration
       
(Amounts in thousands)   Date     Amount  
   
 
United States federal and state loss carry-forwards
    2012 - 2028     $ 865,561  
United States federal tax credit carry-forwards
    2012 - 2028       29,037  
United States federal tax credit carry-forwards
    Indefinite       17,540  
 
The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to foreign or United States federal, state and local income tax examinations for years prior to 2005. The Company is subject to foreign, United States federal and certain state income tax examinations for 2005 through 2008, with a United States federal income tax examination for 2005 through 2007 currently in process.


F-46


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in “Accounts payable and other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits for 2009 is as follows:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Beginning balance
  $ 13,089     $ 33,669     $ 33,351  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    832       5,711       4,527  
Settlements
    (1,029 )           (1,965 )
Lapse in statute of limitations
    (2,181 )     (479 )     (3,399 )
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
          (19,204 )     (748 )
Foreign currency translation
          (6,608 )     1,903  
 
 
Ending balance
  $ 10,711     $ 13,089     $ 33,669  
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2009, the liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $10.7 million, of which $4.2 million could impact the effective tax rate if recognized. The Company accrues interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits through “Income tax (benefit) expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company accrued approximately $0.6 million, $2.8 million and $3.5 million in interest and penalties in its Consolidated Statements of Loss, respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a liability of $1.7 million and $3.6 million for interest and penalties related to its unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax positions over the next 12 months.
 
The Company does not consider its earnings in its foreign entities to be permanently reinvested. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, a deferred tax liability of $6.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively, was recognized for the unremitted earnings of its foreign entities.
 
Prior to the Company’s spin-off from Viad, income taxes were determined on a separate return basis as if MoneyGram had not been eligible to be included in the consolidated income tax return of Viad and its affiliates. Subsequent to the spin-off, MoneyGram is considered the divesting entity and treated as the “accounting successor” to Viad and the continuing business of Viad is referred to as “New Viad.” As part of the Distribution, the Company entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with Viad which provides for, among other things, the allocation between MoneyGram and New Viad of federal, state, local and foreign tax liabilities and tax liabilities resulting from the audit or other adjustment to previously filed tax returns. The Tax Sharing Agreement provides that through the Distribution Date, the results of MoneyGram and its subsidiaries’ operations are included in Viad’s consolidated United States federal income tax returns. In general, the Tax Sharing Agreement provides that MoneyGram will be liable for all federal, state, local, and foreign tax liabilities, including such liabilities resulting from the audit of or other adjustment to previously filed tax returns, that are attributable to the business of MoneyGram for periods through the Distribution Date, and that Viad will be responsible for all other of these taxes.
 
 
Note 16 — Commitments and Contingencies
 
Operating Leases  — The Company has various non-cancelable operating leases for buildings and equipment that terminate through 2017. Certain of these leases contain rent holidays and rent escalation clauses based on pre-determined annual rate increases. The Company recognizes rent expense under the straight-line method over the term of the lease. Any difference between the straight-line rent amounts and amounts payable under the leases are recorded as deferred rent in “Accounts payable and other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash or lease incentives received under certain leases are recorded as deferred rent when the incentive is received and amortized as a reduction to rent over the term of the lease using the straight-line method. Incentives received relating to tenant improvements are capitalized as leasehold improvements and depreciated over the shorter of the remaining term of the lease or 10 years. At December 31, 2009, the deferred rent liability relating to these incentives was $2.1 million.


F-47


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Rent expense under operating leases was $13.8 million, $12.7 million and $11.4 million during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Minimum future rental payments for all non-cancelable operating leases with an initial term of more than one year are (amounts in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 12,230  
2011
    11,218  
2012
    7,755  
2013
    5,843  
2014
    5,315  
Thereafter
    5,661  
 
 
Total
  $ 48,022  
 
 
 
Legal Proceedings  — We are involved in various claims, litigations and government inquiries that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. All of these matters are subject to uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with certainty. We accrue for these matters as any resulting losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. Further, we maintain insurance coverage for many claims and litigations alleged. Management does not believe that after final disposition any of these matters is likely to have a material adverse impact on our financial position.
 
Federal Securities Class Actions — The Company and certain of its present and former officers and directors are defendants in a consolidated class action case in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota captioned In re MoneyGram International, Inc. Securities Litigation . The Consolidated Complaint was filed on October 3, 2008, and alleges against each defendant violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act and alleges against Company officers violations of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The Consolidated Complaint alleges failure to adequately disclose, in a timely manner, the nature and risks of the Company’s investments, as well as unrealized losses and other-than-temporary impairments related to certain of the Company’s investments. The Consolidated Complaint seeks recovery of losses incurred by stockholder class members in connection with their purchases of the Company’s securities. On February 24, 2010, the parties entered into a non-binding Memorandum of Understanding pursuant to which the parties agreed, subject to final approval of the parties and the court, to settle this action for a cash payment of $80 million, all but $20 million of which would be paid by the Company’s insurance carriers. On March 9, 2010, the parties entered into a Settlement Agreement to settle the case on terms consistent with the Memorandum of Understanding. On March 10, 2010, the Court issued an Order that preliminarily approved the settlement. The parties will seek final approval of the settlement at a hearing currently set for June 18, 2010. The Company recorded an $80.0 million liability for the settlement and a $60.0 million receivable from the insurance carriers, resulting in a $20.0 million net charge to the Consolidated Statements of Loss in 2009.
 
Minnesota Stockholder Derivative Claims  — Certain of the Company’s present and former officers and directors are defendants in a consolidated shareholder derivative action in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota captioned In re MoneyGram International, Inc. Derivative Litigation . The Consolidated Complaint in this Action, which was filed on November 18, 2009 and arises out of the same matters at issue in the securities class action, alleges claims on behalf of the Company for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duties, unjust enrichment, abuse of control, and gross mismanagement. On February 24, 2010, the parties entered into a non-binding Memorandum of Understanding pursuant to which they agreed, subject to final approval of the parties and the court, to settle this action. The Memorandum of Understanding provides for changes to MoneyGram’s business, corporate governance and internal controls, some of which have already been implemented in whole or in part in connection with MoneyGram’s recent recapitalization. The Company also agreed to pay attorney fees and expenses to the plaintiff’s counsel in the amount of $1.3 million, with $1.0 million to be paid by the Company’s insurance carriers. The Memorandum of Understanding is subject to negotiation and execution of definitive settlement documents containing usual and customary settlement terms, notice to shareholders and approval of the Court. The


F-48


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Company recorded a $1.3 million liability and a $1.0 million receivable from the Company’s insurance carriers, resulting in a net charge of $0.3 million to the Consolidated Statements of Loss in 2009.
 
ERISA Class Action — On April 22, 2008, Delilah Morrison, on behalf of herself and all other MoneyGram 401(k) Plan participants, brought an action in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota. The complaint alleges claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), including claims that the defendants breached fiduciary duties by failing to manage the plan’s investment in Company stock, and by continuing to offer Company stock as an investment option when the stock was no longer a prudent investment. The complaint also alleges that defendants failed to provide complete and accurate information regarding Company stock sufficient to advise plan participants of the risks involved with investing in Company stock and breached fiduciary duties by failing to avoid conflicts of interests and to properly monitor the performance of plan fiduciaries and fiduciary appointees. Finally, the complaint alleges that to the extent that the Company is not a fiduciary, it is liable for knowingly participating in the fiduciary breaches as alleged. On August 7, 2008, plaintiff amended the complaint to add an additional plaintiff, name additional defendants and additional allegations. For relief, the complaint seeks damages based on what the most profitable alternatives to Company stock would have yielded, unspecified equitable relief, costs and attorneys’ fees. On March 25, 2009, the Court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to dismiss.
 
California Action  — On January 22, 2008, Russell L. Berney filed a complaint in Los Angeles Superior Court against the Company and its officers and directors, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., and PropertyBridge, Inc. and two of its officers, alleging false and negligent misrepresentation, violations of California securities laws and unfair business practices with regard to disclosure of the Company’s investments. The complaint also alleges derivative claims against the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Board’s oversight of disclosure of the Company’s investments and with regard to the Company’s negotiations with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Euronet Worldwide, Inc. The complaint seeks monetary damages, disgorgement, restitution or rescission of stock purchases, rescission of agreements with third parties, constructive trust and declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. In July 2008, an amended complaint was filed asserting an additional claim for declaratory relief. In September 2009, an amended complaint was filed alleging additional facts and naming additional defendants.
 
SEC Inquiry  — By letter dated February 4, 2008, the Company received notice from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that it is conducting an informal, non-public inquiry relating to the Company’s financial statements, reporting and disclosures related to the Company’s investment portfolio and offers and negotiations to sell the Company or its assets. The SEC’s notice states that it has not determined that any violations of the securities laws have occurred. On February 11, 2008 and November 5, 2008, the Company received additional letters from the SEC requesting certain information. The Company cooperated with the SEC on a voluntary basis.
 
Other Matters  — On September 25, 2009, the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin returned a jury verdict in a patent suit brought against the Company by Western Union, awarding $16.5 million to Western Union. The Company has appealed the verdict. In connection with its agreement with the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the Company is making enhancements to its consumer anti-fraud program and has paid $18.0 million into an FTC-administered fund to refund consumers who have been victimized through third-party fraud. The Company is continuing to cooperate with a government entity in a separate matter involving complaints that certain individuals or entities may have used our money transfer services for fraud-induced money transfers.
 
Credit Facilities  — At December 31, 2009, the Company has overdraft facilities through its Senior Facility consisting of $15.5 million of letters of credit to assist in the management of investments and the clearing of payment service obligations. All of these letters of credit are outstanding as of December 31, 2009. These overdraft facilities reduce amounts available under the Senior Facility. Fees on the letters of credit are paid in accordance with the terms of the Senior Facility described in Note 10 — Debt.


F-49


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Other Commitments  — The Company has agreements with certain co-investors to provide funds related to investments in limited partnership interests. As of December 31, 2009, the total amount of unfunded commitments related to these agreements was $0.4 million. The Company has entered into a debt guarantee for $1.7 million on behalf of a money order and transfer agent. This debt guarantee will be reduced as the agent makes payments on its debt. The term of the debt guarantee is for an indefinite period. The Company accrued a liability of $0.3 million for the fair value of this debt guarantee. A corresponding deferred asset was recorded and was fully amortized as of March 2009. The amortization expense was recognized as part of “Transaction and operations support” expense in the Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
Minimum Commission Guarantees  — In limited circumstances as an incentive to new or renewing agents, the Company may grant minimum commission guarantees for a specified period of time at a contractually specified amount. Under the guarantees, the Company will pay to the agent the difference between the contractually specified minimum commission and the actual commissions earned by the agent. Expense related to the guarantee is recognized in the “Fee commissions expense” line in the Consolidated Statements of Loss.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the liability for minimum commission guarantees is $1.7 million and the maximum amount that could be paid under the minimum commission guarantees is $7.9 million over a weighted average remaining term of 1.3 years. The maximum payment is calculated as the contractually guaranteed minimum commission times the remaining term of the contract and, therefore, assumes that the agent generates no money transfer transactions during the remainder of its contract. However, under the terms of certain agent contracts, the Company may terminate the contract if the projected or actual volume of transactions falls beneath a contractually specified amount. With respect to minimum commission guarantees expiring in 2009 and 2008, the Company paid $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, or 18 percent and 15 percent, respectively, of the estimated maximum payment for the year.
 
 
Note 17 — Segment Information
 
The Company’s reporting segments are primarily organized based on the nature of products and services offered and the type of consumer served. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company revised its segment reporting to reflect changes in how it manages its business, reviews operating performance and allocates resources. The Company now manages its business primarily through two reporting segments, Global Funds Transfer and Financial Paper Products. The Global Funds Transfer segment provides bill payment services and global money transfers to consumers through a network of agents and, in select markets, company-operated locations. The Financial Paper Products segment provides official check services to financial institutions in the United States and money orders to consumers through agent and financial institution locations in the United States and Puerto Rico. One agent of both the Global Funds Transfer segment and the Financial Paper Products segment accounted for 29 percent, 26 percent and 20 percent of total fee and investment revenue in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Businesses which are not operated within these segments are categorized as “Other,” and primarily relate to discontinued products and businesses. Prior year results have been revised for comparative purposes.
 
The Global Funds Transfer segment is managed as two regions, the Americas and EMEAAP, to coordinate sales, agent management and marketing activities. The Americas region is composed of the United States, Canada, Mexico, Caribbean and Latin America. EMEAAP is composed of Europe, Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific. We monitor performance and allocate resources at both a regional and reporting segment level. As the two regions routinely interact in completing money transfer transactions and share systems, processes and licenses, we view the Global Funds Transfer segment as one global network. The nature of the consumers and products offered is the same for each region, and the regions utilize the same agent network, systems and support functions. In addition, the regions have similar regulatory requirements and economic characteristics. Accordingly, we aggregate the two regions into one reporting segment.


F-50


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Segment accounting policies are the same as those described in Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company manages its investment portfolio on a consolidated level, with no specific investment security assigned to a particular segment. However, investment revenue is allocated to each segment based on the average investable balances generated by that segment’s sale of payment instruments during the period. Net securities gains (losses) are not allocated to the segments as the investment portfolio is managed at a consolidated level. While the derivatives portfolio is also managed on a consolidated level, each derivative instrument is utilized in a manner that can be identified to a particular segment. Interest rate swaps historically used to hedge variable rate commissions were identified with the official check product in the Financial Paper Products segment, while forward foreign exchange contracts are identified with the money transfer product in the Global Funds Transfer segment. Any interest rate swaps related to the Company’s credit agreements are not allocated to the segments.
 
Also excluded from operating income for Global Funds Transfer and Financial Paper Products are interest and other expenses related to the Company’s credit agreements, items related to the Company’s preferred stock, operating income from businesses categorized as “Other,” certain pension and benefit obligation expenses, director deferred compensation plan expenses, executive severance and related costs, and certain legal and corporate costs not related to the performance of the segments. Unallocated expenses in 2009 include $20.3 million of legal reserves related to securities litigation and stockholder derivative claims, a net curtailment gain on benefit plans of $14.3 million, $7.0 million of asset impairments and $4.4 million of executive severance and related costs. Unallocated expenses in 2008 include $16.7 million of executive severance and related costs and $7.7 million of transaction costs related to the recapitalization.


F-51


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following tables set forth operating results, depreciation and amortization, capital expenditures and assets by segment for the year ended December 31:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Revenue
                       
Global Funds Transfer:
                       
Money transfer
  $ 893,239     $ 871,947     $ 736,580  
Bill payment
    134,611       141,207       122,122  
 
 
Total Global Funds Transfer
    1,027,850       1,013,154       858,702  
Financial Paper Products:
                       
Money order
    74,880       86,311       155,391  
Official check
    47,903       151,881       314,735  
 
 
Total Financial Paper Products
    122,783       238,192       470,126  
Other
    21,269       (324,228 )     (1,171,291 )
 
 
Total revenue
  $ 1,171,902     $ 927,118     $ 157,537  
 
 
Segment operating income:
                       
Global Funds Transfer
  $ 85,047     $ 139,428     $ 127,308  
Financial Paper Products
    27,372       30,169       93,283  
Other
    (4,316 )     (19,883 )     (11,374 )
 
 
Total segment operating income
    108,103       149,714       209,217  
Net securities gains (losses)
    7,790       (340,688 )     (1,189,756 )
Interest expense
    (107,911 )     (95,020 )     (11,055 )
Valuation loss on embedded derivatives
          (16,030 )      
Debt extinguishment loss
          (1,499 )      
Other unallocated expenses
    (30,304 )     (33,668 )     (1,673 )
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (22,322 )   $ (337,191 )   $ (993,267 )
 
 
 


F-52


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
Depreciation and amortization:
                       
Global Funds Transfer
  $ 43,512     $ 44,540     $ 32,851  
Financial Paper Products
    12,590       11,132       18,310  
Other
    989       1,000       818  
 
 
Total depreciation and amortization
  $ 57,091     $ 56,672     $ 51,979  
 
 
Capital expenditures:
                       
Global Funds Transfer
  $ 32,236     $ 35,352     $ 42,679  
Financial Paper Products
    6,005       5,005       28,448  
Other
    17             15  
 
 
Total capital expenditures
  $ 38,258     $ 40,357     $ 71,142  
 
 
Assets:
                       
Global Funds Transfer
  $ 497,929     $ 570,463     $ 571,630  
Financial Paper Products
    4,838,054       5,430,779       7,329,085  
Other
    593,680       641,054       34,296  
 
 
Total assets
  $ 5,929,663     $ 6,642,296     $ 7,935,011  
 
 
 
Geographic areas  — International operations are located principally in Europe. International revenues are defined as revenues generated from money transfer transactions originating in a country other than the United States. Long-lived assets are principally located in the United States. The table below presents revenue by major geographic area for the year ended December 31:
 
                         
(Amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     2007  
   
 
United States
  $ 799,413     $ 544,885     $ (142,766 )
International
    372,489       382,233       300,303  
 
 
Total revenue
  $ 1,171,902     $ 927,118     $ 157,537  
 
 

F-53


Table of Contents

 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
 
Note 18 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
The summation of quarterly earnings per share may not equate to the calculation for the full year as quarterly calculations are performed on a discrete basis.
 
2009 Fiscal Quarters
 
                                 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)   First     Second (1)     Third (1)     Fourth (1)  
   
 
Revenues
  $ 279,891     $ 291,181     $ 304,450     $ 296,380  
Commissions expense
    118,943       122,118       128,727       128,679  
 
 
Net revenue
    160,948       169,063       175,723       167,701  
Operating expenses, excluding commissions expense
    148,544       172,653       194,427       180,133  
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 12,404     $ (3,590 )   $ (18,704 )   $ (12,432 )
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 11,841     $ (3,317 )   $ (18,304 )   $ 7,874  
 
 
Loss per common share
                               
Basic and diluted
  $ (0.20 )   $ (0.40 )   $ (0.60 )   $ (0.29 )
 
2008 Fiscal Quarters
 
                                 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)   First (2)     Second (2)     Third (2)     Fourth (2)  
   
 
Revenues
  $ 17,062     $ 286,088     $ 304,999     $ 318,969  
Commissions expense
    214,121       123,713       141,365       125,409  
 
 
Net (losses) revenue
    (197,059 )     162,375       163,634       193,560  
Operating expenses, excluding commissions expense
    146,056       138,955       202,098       172,592  
 
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
  $ (343,115 )   $ 23,420     $ (38,464 )   $ 20,968  
 
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (360,855 )   $ 15,161     $ (38,552 )   $ 122,861  
 
 
(Loss) earnings per common share
                               
Basic
  $ (4.40 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.80 )   $ 0.23  
Diluted
  $ (4.40 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.80 )   $ 0.22  
 
 
(1) Operating expenses in the second and third quarters of 2009 include legal accruals of $12.0 million and $22.5 million, respectively. Operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2009 include $20.3 million of legal accruals and a $15.5 million curtailment gain on the Company’s benefit plans.
 
(2) Revenue in the first quarter of 2008 includes $256.3 million of net realized losses from the realignment of the investment portfolio, $45.3 million of other-than-temporary impairments and $5.7 million of unrealized losses on trading investments. Revenue in the second quarter of 2008 includes $21.2 million of unrealized losses on trading investments and $9.1 million of other than temporary impairments. Revenue in the third quarter of 2008 includes $8.4 million of other-than-temporary impairments and $4.9 million of unrealized losses on trading investments. Revenue in the fourth quarter of 2008 includes a $26.5 million gain from put options relating to trading investments, $8.8 million of unrealized losses on trading investments and $7.5 million of other-than-temporary impairments.


F-54

Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
     1. The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the Corporation) is “MoneyGram International, Inc.”
     2. The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 18, 2003.
     3. A Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 28, 2004.
     4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly proposed by resolutions adopted and declared advisable by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, duly adopted by written consent of the sole stockholder of the Corporation in lieu of a meeting and vote and duly executed and acknowledged by the officers of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 103, 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and, upon filing with the Secretary of State in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall thenceforth supercede the original Certificate of Incorporation and shall, as it may thereafter be amended in accordance with its terms and applicable law, be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.
     5. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
Article I
     The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”) is:
MoneyGram International, Inc.
Article II
     The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
Article III
     The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”).

 


 

Article IV
     (A)  Authorized Stock . The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred and fifty-seven million (257,000,000), consisting of (i) two hundred and fifty million (250,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock ”) and (ii) seven million (7,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as “ Preferred Stock ”).
     (B)  Preferred Stock . Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series and, by filing a certificate pursuant to the GCL (hereinafter, along with any similar designation relating to any other class of stock that may hereafter be authorized, referred to as a “ Preferred Stock Designation ”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
          (i) The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title.
          (ii) The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).
          (iii) The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative.
          (iv) Dates on which dividends, if any, shall be payable.
          (v) The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series.
          (vi) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series.
          (vii) The amounts payable on and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
          (viii) Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series of such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made.
          (ix) Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.
          (x) The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series.
     (C)  Common Stock . The Common Stock shall be subject to the express terms of the Preferred Stock and any series thereof. Each shares of Common Stock shall be equal to each

2


 

other share of Common Stock. Except as may be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or in a Preferred Stock Designation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share upon all questions presented to the stockholders.
     (D)  Vote . Except as may be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or in a Preferred Stock Designation, or as may be required by applicable law, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, and holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of stockholders at which they are not entitled to vote.
     (E)  Record Holders . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.
Article V
     The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation, rights entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the Corporation shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any other corporation. The times at which and the terms upon which such rights are to be issued will be determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in the contracts or instruments that evidence such rights. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to such rights shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
     (A) The initial purchase price per share or other unit of the stock or other securities or property to be purchased upon exercise of such rights.
     (B) Provisions relating to the times at which and the circumstances under which such rights may be exercised or sold or otherwise transferred, either together with or separately from, any other stock or other securities of the Corporation.
     (C) Provisions that adjust the number or exercise price of such rights or amount or nature of the stock or other securities or property receivable upon exercise of such rights in the event of a combination, split or recapitalization of any stock of the Corporation, a change in ownership of the Corporation’s stock or other securities or a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other occurrence relating to the Corporation or any stock of the Corporation, and provisions restricting the ability of the Corporation to enter into any such transaction absent an assumption by the other party or parties thereto of the obligations of the Corporation under such rights.
     (D) Provisions that deny the holder of a specified percentage of the outstanding stock or other securities of the Corporation the right to exercise such rights and/or cause the rights held by such holder to become void.
     (E) Provisions that permit the Corporation to redeem or exchange such rights.
     (F) The appointment of a rights agent with respect to such rights.

3


 

Article VI
     (A) In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers conferred by applicable law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered:
          (i) to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided , however , that the Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors under the powers hereby conferred may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders having voting power with respect thereto, provided further that in the case of amendments by stockholders, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws; and
          (ii) from time to time to determine whether and to what extent, and at what times and places, and under what conditions and regulations, the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders; and, except as so determined, or as expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or in any Preferred Stock Designation, no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account, book or document of the Corporation other than such rights as may be conferred by applicable law.
     (B) The Corporation may in its Bylaws confer powers upon the Board of Directors in addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, and in addition to approval by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with paragraph (A)(i) of this Article VI. For the purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, “ Voting Stock ” shall mean the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
Article VII
     Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such stockholders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, and in addition to approval by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with this Article VII.
Article VIII
     (A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Bylaws of the Corporation and may be increased or decreased from time to time in such a manner as may be prescribed by the Bylaws.
     (B) Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

4


 

     (C) The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible. One class of directors shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005, another class shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006, and another class shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation commencing with the 2005 annual meeting, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.
     (D) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock, as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. Directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
     (E) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.
     (F) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, and in addition to approval by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with this Article VIII.
Article IX
     (A)  Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations .
          (i) Higher Vote for Certain Business Combinations . In addition to any affirmative vote required by applicable law or this Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in paragraph (B) of this Article IX:
          (a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (1) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or (2) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) that is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or
          (b) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Stockholder, including

5


 

all Affiliates of the Interested Stockholder, of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of $10,000,000 or more; or
          (c) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder, including all Affiliates of the Interested Stockholder, in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10,000,000 or more; or
          (d) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or any Affiliates of an Interested Stockholder; or
          (e) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not an Interested Stockholder is a party thereto) that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary that are directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder or one or more Affiliates of the Interested Stockholder;
shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, including the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock not owned directly or indirectly by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder, unless the requirement of such vote is not permitted under applicable law. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be permitted, by applicable law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.
          (ii) Definition of Business Combination . The term “ Business Combination ” as used in this Article IX shall mean any transaction described in any one or more of clauses (a) through (e) of paragraph (A)(i) of this Article IX.
     (B)  When Higher Vote is Not Required . The provisions of paragraph (A) of this Article IX shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by applicable law or any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, if the conditions specified in either of the following paragraphs (B)(i) or (ii) of this Article IX are met:
          (i) Approval by Continuing Directors . The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined).
          (ii) Price and Procedure Requirements . All of the following conditions shall have been met:
          (a) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash, to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination, shall be at least equal to the highest of the following:
          (1) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested

6


 

Stockholder for any shares of Common Stock acquired by it (x) within the two-year period immediately prior to the first public announcement of the proposal of such Business Combination (the “ Announcement Date ”), or (y) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher;
          (2) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder (the “ Determination Date ”), whichever is higher; and
          (3) (if applicable) the price per share equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock determined pursuant to paragraph (B)(ii)(a)(2) of this Article IX, multiplied by the ratio of (x) the highest per
share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares of Common Stock acquired by it within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date to (y) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the first day in such two-year period upon which the Interested Stockholder acquired any shares of Common Stock.
          (b) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any other class, other than Common Stock or Excluded Preferred Stock, of outstanding Voting Stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended that the requirements of this paragraph (B)(ii)(b) shall be required to be met with respect to every such class of outstanding Voting Stock whether or not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):
          (1) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by it (x) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date, or (y) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher;
          (2) (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
          (3) the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher; and
          (4) (if applicable) the price per share equal to the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock determined pursuant to paragraph (B)(ii)(b)(3) of this Article IX, multiplied by the ratio of (x) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by it within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date to (y) the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on the first day in such two-year period upon which the Interested Stockholder acquired any shares of such class of Voting Stock.
          (c) The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common Stock and other than Excluded Preferred Stock) shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Stockholder has previously paid for shares of

7


 

such class of Voting Stock. If the Interested Stockholder has paid for shares of any class of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.
          (d) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination: (1) there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding Preferred Stock, except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; (2) there shall have been no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; (3) there shall have been an increase in the annual rate of dividends as necessary fully to reflect any recapitalization (including any reverse stock split), reorganization or any similar reorganization that has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (4) such Interested Stockholder shall not have become the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Stock except as part of the transaction that results in such Interested Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder.
          (e) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.
          (f) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to stockholders of the Corporation at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).
     (C)  Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article IX:
          (i) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.
          (ii) “ Interested Stockholder ” shall mean any Person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) that:
          (a) itself, or along with its Affiliates, is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or
          (b) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was itself, or along with its Affiliates, the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or
          (c) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any Voting Stock that was at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have

8


 

occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.
          (iii) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date hereof. In addition, a Person shall be the “ Beneficial Owner ” of any Voting Stock that such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (a) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, provided that, in the case of rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement between the Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as rights agent, dated as of June 30, 2004, or any successor rights agreement, once such rights are exercisable, a holder thereof shall not be deemed to be a “ Beneficial Owner ” for purposes of this provision of the shares of Voting Stock issuable pursuant to such rights unless and until such holder, on or after the date that such rights become exercisable, acquires any additional such rights or shares of Voting Stock, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but neither such Person nor any such Affiliate or Associate shall be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of any shares of Voting Stock solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, and with respect to which shares neither such Person nor any such Affiliate or Associate is otherwise deemed the Beneficial Owner).
          (iv) For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder pursuant to paragraph (C)(ii) of this Article IX, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of paragraph (C)(iii) of this Article IX but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.
          (v) “ Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date hereof.
          (vi) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any share of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in paragraph (C)(ii) of this Article IX, the term “ Subsidiary ” shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each share of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.
          (vii) “ Continuing Director ” shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors or who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors.
          (viii) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean (x) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange listed stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such

9


 

stock during the thirty (30) day period preceding the date in question on the NASDAQ Stock Market or any system then in use in its stead, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with paragraph (D) of this Article IX; and (y) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with paragraph (D) of this Article IX.
          (ix) In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation survives, the phrase “ other consideration to be received ” as used in paragraphs (B)(ii)(a) and (b) of this Article IX shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of such shares.
          (x) “ Excluded Preferred Stock ” means any series of Preferred Stock with respect to which a majority of the Continuing Directors have approved a Preferred Stock Designation creating such series that expressly provides that the provisions of this Article IX shall not apply.
     (D) The Continuing Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article IX, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance with this Article IX, including, without limitation (i) whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (iii) whether a Person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (iv) whether the applicable conditions set forth in paragraph (B)(ii) of this Article IX have been met with respect to any Business Combination, (v) the Fair Market Value of stock or other property in accordance with paragraph (C)(viii) of this Article IX, and (vi) whether the assets that are the subject of any Business Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10,000,000 or more.
     (E)  No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Stockholders . Nothing contained in this Article IX shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by applicable law.
     (F)  Amendment, Repeal, etc. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be permitted by applicable law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class of the Voting Stock required by applicable law or this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding Voting Stock voting together as a single class, including the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock not owned directly or indirectly by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article IX of this Certificate of Incorporation.
Article X
     Each person who is or was or had agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or each such person who is or was serving or who had agreed to serve at the request of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation as a director, officer or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including the heirs, executor, administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified by the Corporation, in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by the GCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law

10


 

permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect. The Corporation may, by action of the Board of Directors or through the adoption of Bylaws, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation, and to persons serving as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the request of the Corporation, with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify any person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors or is a proceeding to enforce such person’s claim to indemnification pursuant to the rights granted by this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise by the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article X shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time; provided , however , that if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such a person in his or her capacity as such a director or officer of the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article X or otherwise. Without limiting the generality or the effect of the foregoing, the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with any person that provide for indemnification greater or different than that provided in this Article X. Any amendment or repeal of this Article X shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
Article XI
     To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any amendment or repeal of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
Article XII
     Except as may be expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Designation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein or by applicable law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XII; provided , however , that any amendment or repeal of Article X or Article XI of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal; and provided further that no Preferred Stock Designation shall be amended after the issuance of any shares of the series of Preferred Stock created thereby, except in accordance with the terms of such Preferred Stock Designation and the requirements of applicable law; and provided further that paragraph (C) of Article IV shall not be amended except in accordance with the terms thereof and the requirements of applicable law.

11


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said MoneyGram International, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer and has caused its corporate seal to be affixed, this 28th day of June, 2004.
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Philip W. Milne    
    Name:   Philip W. Milne   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   

12


 

         
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          It is hereby certified that:
          1. The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the Corporation) is “MoneyGram International, Inc.”
          2. Clause (A) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:
Article IV
          (A) Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one billion three hundred and seven million (1,307,000,000), consisting of (i) one billion three hundred million (1,300,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock ”) and (ii) seven million (7,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as “ Preferred Stock ”).
          3. Clauses (C) and (D) of Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:
Article VIII
          (C) The directors shall be elected annually at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Directors elected at the 2009 annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall commence their term of office upon the effectiveness of this Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”) for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders, with each such director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
          (D) Subject to the rights of the holders of our Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”) or any other series or class of stock, as set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. Directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
          4. Article XIII is hereby added to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as follows:

 


 

Article XIII
          (A) At any time the investors that are party to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) or their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Investors ”) have the right pursuant to Section 4.1(b) of the Purchase Agreement to appoint individuals to be nominated for election to the Board of Directors (“ Board Representatives ”) to serve as directors of the Corporation, affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“ Goldman Sachs ”) (or its permitted successors or assigns) shall have the right to designate one (1) Board Representative (the “ GS Board Representative ”), which such Board Representative, if elected as a director, shall have one (1) vote, and affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“ THL ”) (or its permitted successors or assigns) shall have the right to designate two (2) to four (4) Board Representatives (the “ THL Board Representatives ”), which THL Board Representatives, if elected as directors, together shall be authorized to vote (with each THL Board Representative having equal votes) on all matters occasioning action by the Board of Directors a total number of votes equal to (x) the number of directors that the Investors would be entitled to designate pursuant to Section 4.1(b) of the Purchase Agreement in order to have Proportional Representation (as defined below) on the Board of Directors in the absence of this Article XIII, minus (y) the one (1) vote of the GS Board Representative. Each director other than the THL Board Representatives shall have one (1) vote. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “ Proportional Representation” shall mean the number of Board Representatives (rounded to the nearest whole number) that the Investors would need to appoint (in the absence of this Article XIII) in order for the number of Board Representatives appointed by the Investors as compared to the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors to be proportionate to the Investors’ common stock ownership, calculated on a fully-converted basis (assuming all shares of Series B Stock are converted into common stock). For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the “ Purchase Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, between the Corporation and the purchasers named therein, including all schedules and exhibits thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.
          (B) At any time the right of the Investors to appoint Board Representatives pursuant to this Article XIII is in effect, all references in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation and any other charter document of the Corporation, each as may be amended from time to time, to “a majority of the directors,” “a majority of the remaining directors,” “a majority of the Whole Board,” “a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies” and similar phrases shall give effect to the proportional voting provisions of this Article XIII such that the references to a “majority” shall mean a “majority of the votes of the directors.
          5. The amendments of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified have been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said MoneyGram International, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary this 12th day of May, 2009.
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By   /s/ Teresa H. Johnson    
    Teresa H. Johnson   
    Executive Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary 
 
 

2

Exhibit 10.30
Execution Version
 
 
$600,000,000
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF MARCH 25, 2008
AMONG
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.,
THE LENDERS,
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
 
 
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
AS LEAD ARRANGER AND SOLE BOOK RUNNER

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
 
           
ARTICLE I
  DEFINITIONS     1  
Section 1.1
  Definitions     1  
Section 1.2
  Terms Generally     35  
Section 1.3
  Rounding     35  
Section 1.4
  Times of Day     35  
Section 1.5
  Timing of Payment or Performance     35  
Section 1.6
  Accounting     35  
Section 1.7
  Pro Forma Calculations     36  
 
           
ARTICLE II
  THE CREDITS     37  
Section 2.1
  Term Loans     37  
Section 2.2
  Term Loan Repayment     37  
Section 2.3
  Revolving Credit Commitments     38  
Section 2.4
  Other Required Payments     38  
Section 2.5
  Ratable Loans     38  
Section 2.6
  Types of Advances     38  
Section 2.7
  Swing Line Loans     38  
Section 2.8
  Commitment Fee; Reductions and Increases in Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment     40  
Section 2.9
  Minimum Amount of Each Advance     42  
Section 2.10
  Optional and Mandatory Principal Payments     42  
Section 2.11
  Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for New Advances     44  
Section  2.12
  Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances     45  
Section  2.13
  Changes in Interest Rate, etc.     45  
Section  2.14
  Rates Applicable After Default     46  
Section  2.15
  Method of Payment     46  
Section  2.16
  Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness     46  
Section  2.17
  Telephonic Notices     47  
Section  2.18
  Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis     47  
Section  2.19
  Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and Revolving Credit Commitment Reductions     47  
Section  2.20
  Lending Installations     48  
Section  2.21
  Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent     48  
Section  2.22
  Letters of Credit     48  
Section 2.23
  Replacement of Lender     53  
Section 2.24
  Pro Rata Treatment; Intercreditor Agreements     54  
 
           
ARTICLE III
  YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES     56  
Section 3.1
  Yield Protection     56  
Section 3.2
  Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations     57  
Section 3.3
  Availability of Types of Advances     57  
Section 3.4
  Funding Indemnification     58  
Section 3.5
  Taxes     58  
Section 3.6
  Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity     61  

i


 

             
        Page  
 
           
 
           
ARTICLE IV
  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT     61  
Section 4.1
  Effectiveness and Closing Conditions     61  
Section 4.2
  Each Subsequent Credit Extension     65  
 
           
ARTICLE V
  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     65  
Section 5.1
  Existence and Standing     65  
Section 5.2
  Authorization and Validity     65  
Section 5.3
  No Conflict: Government Consent     66  
Section 5.4
  Financial Statements     67  
Section 5.5
  Material Adverse Change     67  
Section 5.6
  Taxes     67  
Section 5.7
  Litigation     67  
Section 5.8
  Subsidiaries; Capitalization     67  
Section 5.9
  ERISA; Labor Matters     67  
Section 5.10
  Accuracy of Information     68  
Section 5.11
  Regulation U     69  
Section 5.12
  Compliance With Laws     69  
Section 5.13
  Ownership of Properties     69  
Section 5.14
  Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions     69  
Section 5.15
  Environmental Matters     69  
Section 5.16
  Investment Company Act     69  
Section 5.17
  Solvency     69  
Section 5.18
  Intellectual Property     70  
Section 5.19
  Collateral     70  
 
           
ARTICLE VI
  COVENANTS     71  
Section 6.1
  Financial Reporting     71  
Section 6.2
  Use of Proceeds     73  
Section 6.3
  Notice of Default     73  
Section 6.4
  Conduct of Business     73  
Section 6.5
  Taxes     73  
Section 6.6
  Insurance     73  
Section 6.7
  Compliance with Laws     74  
Section 6.8
  Maintenance of Properties     74  
Section 6.9
  Inspection     74  
Section 6.10
  Restricted Payments     74  
Section 6.11
  Indebtedness     78  
Section 6.12
  Merger     82  
Section 6.13
  Sale of Assets     84  
Section 6.14
  Investments and Acquisitions     85  
Section 6.15
  Liens     88  
Section 6.16
  Affiliates     91  
Section 6.17
  Amendments to Agreements; Prepayments of Second Lien Debt     92  
Section 6.18
  Inconsistent Agreements     93  
Section 6.19
  Financial Covenants     94  
Section 6.20
  Minimum Liquidity Ratio     96  
Section 6.21
  Subsidiary Guarantees     96  

ii


 

             
        Page  
 
           
Section  6.22
  Collateral     97  
Section 6.23
  Holdco Covenant     97  
 
           
ARTICLE VII
  DEFAULTS     97  
Section 7.1
  Representation or Warranty     98  
Section 7.2
  Non-Payment     98  
Section 7.3
  Specific Defaults     98  
Section 7.4
  Other Defaults     98  
Section 7.5
  Cross-Default     98  
Section 7.6
  Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings     98  
Section 7.7
  Involuntary Proceedings     99  
Section 7.8
  Judgments     99  
Section 7.9
  Unfunded Liabilities; Reportable Event     99  
Section 7.10
  Change in Control     99  
Section 7.11
  Withdrawal Liability     99  
Section 7.12
  Guaranty     99  
Section 7.13
  Collateral Documents     99  
Section 7.14
  Events Not Constituting Default     99  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII
  ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES     101  
Section 8.1
  Acceleration     101  
Section 8.2
  Amendments     101  
Section 8.3
  Replacement Loans     102  
Section 8.4
  Errors     103  
Section 8.5
  Preservation of Rights     103  
 
           
ARTICLE IX
  GENERAL PROVISIONS     104  
Section 9.1
  Survival of Representations     104  
Section 9.2
  Governmental Regulation     104  
Section 9.3
  Headings     104  
Section 9.4
  Entire Agreement     104  
Section 9.5
  Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement     104  
Section 9.6
  Expenses; Indemnification     104  
Section 9.7
  Severability of Provisions     105  
Section 9.8
  Nonliability of Lenders     105  
Section 9.9
  Confidentiality     106  
Section 9.10
  Nonreliance     107  
Section 9.11
  Disclosure     107  
Section 9 12
  USA PATRIOT Act     107  
Section 9.13
  Amendment and Restatement; Prior Defaults     107  
 
           
ARTICLE X
  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT     108  
Section 10.1
  Appointment; Nature of Relationship     108  
Section 10.2
  Powers     108  
Section 10.3
  General Immunity     108  
Section 10.4
  No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc.     108  
Section 10.5
  Action on Instructions of Lenders     109  

iii


 

             
        Page  
 
           
Section 10.6
  Employment of Administrative Agents and Counsel     109  
Section 10.7
  Reliance on Documents; Counsel     109  
Section 10.8
  Administrative Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification     109  
Section 10.9
  Notice of Default     110  
Section 10.10
  Rights as a Lender     110  
Section 10.11
  Lender Credit Decision     110  
Section 10.12
  Successor Administrative Agent     111  
Section 10.13
  Administrative Agent and Arranger Fees     111  
Section 10.14
  Delegation to Affiliates     112  
Section 10.15
  Co-Documentation Agents, Co-Syndication Agents, etc.     112  
Section 10.16
  Appointment of Collateral Agent     112  
Section 10.17
  Certain Releases of Collateral and Guarantors     112  
Section 10.18
  Intercreditor Agreement     112  
 
           
ARTICLE XI
  SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS     113  
Section 11.1
  Setoff     113  
Section 11.2
  Ratable Payments     113  
 
           
ARTICLE XII
  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS     113  
Section 12.1
  Successors and Assigns     113  
Section 12.2
  Dissemination of Information     118  
Section 12.3
  Tax Treatment     118  
 
           
ARTICLE XIII
  NOTICES     118  
Section 13.1
  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication     118  
 
           
ARTICLE XIV
  COUNTERPARTS; INTEGRATION; EFFECTIVENESS; ELECTRONIC EXECUTION     120  
Section 14.1
  Counterparts; Effectiveness     120  
Section 14.2
  Electronic Execution of Assignments     120  
 
           
ARTICLE XV
  CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL     120  
Section 15.1
  CHOICE OF LAW     120  
Section 15.2
  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION     120  
Section 15.3
  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL     121  

iv


 

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
Schedules
Commitment Schedule
         
Schedule 1
    Scheduled Restricted Investments (Section 1.1)/Specified Securities (Section 1.1)
Schedule 2.22
    Outstanding Letters of Credit (Section 2.22)
Schedule 5.8
    Subsidiaries (Section 5.8)
Schedule 5.13
    Ownership of Properties (Section 5.13)
Schedule 6.11
    Existing Indebtedness (Section 6. 11)
Schedule 6.13
    Investment Writedowns (Section 6.13)
Schedule 6.14(viii)
    Existing Investments (Section 6.14(viii))
Schedule 6.14(xx)
    Certain Acquisitions (Section 6.14(xx))
Schedule 6.15
    Existing Liens (Section 6.15)
Schedule 6.16
    Existing Affiliate Transactions (Section 6.16)
 
       
Exhibits
 
       
Exhibit A
    Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B-l
    Form of Term A Note
Exhibit B-2
    Form of Term B Note
Exhibit C
    Form of Swing Line Note
Exhibit D
    Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit E
    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F
    Form of Intercreditor Agreement

v


 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, is among MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdco ”), MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as LC Issuer, as the Swing Line Lender, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.
RECITALS
     A. Holdco, the Administrative Agent and the financial institutions so designated on the Commitment Schedule (the “ Existing Lenders” ) are party to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2005 (as previously amended, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”).
     B. Holdco, the Administrative Agent and the Existing Lenders wish to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth below to extend the Facility Termination Date, to add a new tranche of term loans, and to make the other changes evidenced hereby.
     C. MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc. wishes to become a party to this Agreement as the “Borrower” hereunder and to accept and assume all of the rights and the obligations of the “Borrower”. Each financial institution so designated on the Commitment Schedule wishes to become a Lender party to this Agreement and to accept and assume all the rights and obligations of a “Lender” with a Term B Loan.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements made herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Holdco, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby agree, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, that the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement:
     “ Accounts Receivable ” means net accounts receivable as reflected on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any firm, corporation or limited liability company, or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (ii) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a coiporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than

1


 

securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage or voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company.
     “ Act ” is defined in Section 9.12.
     “ Administrative Agent ” means JPMCB in its capacity as administrative agent of the Lenders pursuant to Article X, and not in its individual capacity as a Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Article X.
     “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
     “ Advance ” means an advance of funds hereunder, (i) made by the applicable Lenders on the same Borrowing Date, or (ii) converted or continued by the applicable Lenders on the same date of conversion or continuation, consisting, in either case, of the aggregate amount of the several Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, for the same Interest Period. The term “Advance” shall include Swing Line Loans unless otherwise expressly provided.
     “ Affected Lender ” is defined in Section 2.23.
     “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person owns 10% or more of any class of voting securities (or other ownership interests) of the controlled Person or possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, whether through ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise; provided , that, in no event shall any of GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. (“ GSMP ”) and their Subsidiaries and other Persons engaged primarily in the investment of mezzanine securities that directly or indirectly are controlled by, or under common control with, the same investment adviser as GSMP (collectively, “ GS Mezzanine Entities ”) or THL Credit Partners, L.P. or its Affiliates (collectively, the “ THL Credit Entities ”), solely in the capacity of such GS Mezzanine Entity or THL Credit Entity as a holder of Second Lien Indebtedness, be deemed to control Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries for any purposes under this Credit Agreement.
     “ Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure of all the Lenders.
     “ Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment ” means the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders, as reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment as of the date hereof is $250,000,000.
     “ Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment ” means the aggregate of the Term B Loan Commitments of all the Lenders. The Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment is $250,000,000.

2


 

     “ Agreement ” means this credit agreement, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.
     “ Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate of interest per annum equal to the higher of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (ii) the sum of the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 1/2% per annum. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
     “ Applicable Margin ” means (i) with respect to any Revolving Credit Advance which is a Floating Rate Advance and any portion of the Term A Loan which bears interest at the Floating Rate, 2.50% per annum, (ii) with respect to any portion of the Term B Loan which bears interest at the Floating Rate, 4.00% per annum, (iii) with respect to any Revolving Credit Advance which is a Eurodollar Advance and any portion of the Term A Loan which bears interest at the Eurodollar Rate, 3.50% per annum, (iv) with respect to any portion of the Term B Loan which bears interest at the Eurodollar Rate, 5.00% per annum and (v) with respect to any Swing Line Loan, 2.50% per annum.
     “ Approved Fund ” is defined in Section 12.1(ii).
     “ Arranger ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and its successors, in its capacities as Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner.
     “ Assignee ” is defined in Section 12.1(ii)(A).
     “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.1) and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit D or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
     “ Authorized Officer ” means any of the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller of the Borrower, acting singly.
     “ Basket Amount ” means, at any time, the sum of:
     (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the first fiscal quarter following the Effective Date to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at such time or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit (it being understood that gains from the sale or other disposition of Specified Securities are disregarded in the computation of Consolidated Net Income); plus
     (ii) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash contributed to the common equity capital of the Borrower following the Effective Date (other than by a Borrower Subsidiary); plus

3


 

     (iii) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount received in cash by the Borrower after the Effective Date as a result of the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary) of, or by way of dividend, distribution or loan repayments on, Investments made pursuant to Section 6.14(xiv) by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries after the Effective Date or (y) the initial amount of such Investments made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement after the Effective Date.
     “ Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficial Ownership” and “Beneficially Own” have a corresponding meaning.
     “ Borrower ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns.
     “ Borrower Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
     “ Borrowing Date ” means a date on which a Credit Extension is made hereunder.
     “ Borrowing Notice ” is defined in Section 2.11.
     “ Business Combination ” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving Holdco with any Person or (ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition by Holdco of all or substantially all of its assets.
     “ Business Day ” means (i) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate selection of Eurodollar Advances, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in Chicago and New York City for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities, interbank wire transfers can be made on the Fedwire system and dealings in United States dollars are carried on in the London interbank market and (ii) for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in Chicago and New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and interbank wire transfers can be made on the Fedwire system.
     “ Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person other than a corporation and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). The Purchase Agreement Equity shall be Capital Stock, whether or not classified as indebtedness for purposes of GAAP.
     “ Capitalized Lease ” of a Person means any lease of Property by such Person as lessee which would be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

4


 

     “ Capitalized Lease Obligations ” of a Person means the amount of the obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases which would be shown as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (i) U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars;
     (ii) (x) euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or (y) such local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (iii) Government Securities;
     (iv) securities issued by any agency of the United States or government-sponsored enterprise (such as debt securities or mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Banks and other government-sponsored enteiprises), which may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within three months or less and rated Aal or better by Moody’s and AA+ or better by S&P;
     (v) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, banker’s acceptances with maturities not exceeding 13 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 in the case of a domestic bank and $250,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of a foreign bank;
     (vi) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above;
     (vii) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (viii) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi) above;
     (ix) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
     (x) Scheduled Restricted Investments.
Change ” is defined in Section 3.2.
Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

5


 

     (i) any Person (other than the Sponsors) acquires Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of Holdco entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock ”);
     (ii) the consummation of a Business Combination pursuant to which either (A) the Persons that were the Beneficial Owners of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a company that, as a result of such transaction, owns Holdco or all or substantially all of Holdco’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries), or (B) any Person (other than the Sponsors) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;
     (iii) the failure by Holdco to directly own 100% of the Capital Stock of the Borrower;
     (iv) the failure by the Borrower to own 100% of the Capital Stock of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation; or
     (v) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation of Holdco or the Borrower.
     “ Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Advance, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Advance, are Revolving Loans, Term A Loans, Term B Loans or Swing Line Loans.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Collateral ” means all property with respect to which any security interests have been granted (or purported to be granted) to the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document.
     “ Collateral Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in the capacity of collateral agent for the Lenders and the other Secured Parties named in the Collateral Documents.
     “ Collateral Documents” means each security agreement, pledge agreement, mortgage and other document or instrument pursuant to which security is granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Obligations, including without limitation that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement, Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement and Amended and Restated Patent Security Agreement, in each case dated as of the date hereof and made between the Borrower, Holdco and one or more other Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent.

6


 

     “ Commitment ” means a Revolving Credit Commitment or Term B Loan Commitment.
     “ Commitment Schedule ” means the Schedule attached hereto identified as such.
     “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis.
     “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
     (i) increased (without duplication) to the extent deducted in computing the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period by:
     (A) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains of such Person and its Subsidiaries (including any tax sharing arrangements); plus
     (B) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person (including costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense); plus
     (C) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person; plus
     (D) any fees and expenses incurred, or any amortization thereof regardless of how characterized by GAAP, in connection with the Transactions, any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the date hereof and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred as a result of any such transaction; plus
     (E) other non-cash charges reducing the Consolidated Net Income of such Person, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; plus
     (F) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person (less the amount of any cash dividends or distributions paid to the holders of such minority interests); plus
     (G) non-recurring or unusual losses or expenses (including costs and expenses of litigation included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income) and severance, legal settlement, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves deducted, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with

7


 

acquisitions, costs related to the closure, opening and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, spin-off costs, transition costs associated with transferring operations offshore and other transition costs, signing, retention and completion bonuses, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing and amortization of signing bonuses; plus
     (H) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets in connection with a Receivables Transaction;
     (ii) to the extent deducted or added in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, increased or decreased by (without duplication) any non-cash net loss or gain resulting from currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any non-cash net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk); and
     (iii) decreased (without duplication) to the extent included in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period by:
     (A) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period; plus
     (B) non-recurring or unusual gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries.
     “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (i) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (A) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees, expenses and original issue discount resulting from the issuance of indebtedness at less than par, (B) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (C) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Rate Management Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 — “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Rate Management Activities”), (D) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (E) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Rate Management Obligations with respect to Indebtedness); plus
     (ii) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued.
     For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance

8


 

with GAAP. For purposes of clarity, no obligations in respect of Purchase Agreement Equity, whether or not classified as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP, shall constitute interest expense.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis for such period; provided , however , that:
     (i) to the extent included in Net Income for such period and without duplication:
     (A) there shall be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income (x) all extraordinary gains and (y) all extraordinary losses;
     (B) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles or policies during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application in each case in accordance with GAAP;
     (C) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (D) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded;
     (E) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary thereof or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
     (F) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 6.10(viii), the Net Income or loss for such period of any Subsidiary of such Person will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived or such income has been dividended or distributed to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries without such restriction (in which case the amount of such dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) to the referent Person in respect of such period shall be included in Net Income); provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, any restrictions based solely

9


 

on (1) financial maintenance requirements imposed as a matter of state regulatory requirements or (2) the type of restriction set forth in Section 6.15 (xvii) or excluded from the definition of Liens pursuant to clause (ii) or (iv) of the definition thereof shall not result in the exclusion of Net Income (loss); and provided , further , that any net loss of any Subsidiary of such Person shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (F);
     (G) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Rate Management Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (H) any Net Income (loss) for such period will be excluded to the extent it relates to the impairment or appreciation of, or it is realized out of the income (or loss) generated by, or from the sale or disposition of, any assets included in the Scheduled Restricted Investments;
     (I) any Net Income (loss) for such period will be excluded to the extent it relates to the impairment or appreciation of, or it is realized out of the income (or loss) generated by, or from the sale or disposition of, any Specified Security or any asset included in the Restricted Investment Portfolio;
     (J) any impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” or Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141 “Business Combinations” will be excluded;
     (K) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any non-cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Capital Stock by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in connection with Transactions shall be excluded; and
     (L) any non-cash items included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower as a result of an agreement of the Sponsors in respect of any equity participation shall be excluded; and
     (ii) to the extent not already deducted from Net Income for such period, any costs associated with any operational expenses or litigation costs or expenses (including any judgment or settlement) made by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in respect of which the Borrower has made a Restricted Payment pursuant to Sections 6.10(iv) or (v) shall be deducted from Net Income.
     For purposes of clarity, any impact in respect of Purchase Agreement Equity, whether or not classified as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income.

10


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 6.10 only and in order to avoid double counting, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Investments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Investments from the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances that constitute Investments by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, in each case to the extent such amounts increase clause (iii) of the definition of Basket Amount.
     “ Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness ” means, at any time, the sum of indebtedness for borrowed money that is secured by Liens and Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case of any Person and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis as of such time. For purposes of clarity, (i) the Second Lien Indebtedness shall constitute Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness and (ii) no obligations in respect of Purchase Agreement Equity, whether or not classified as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP, shall constitute Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness.
     “ Contingent Obligation ” is defined in the definition of Indebtedness.
     “ Contract ” is defined in Section 5.3
     “ Controlled Group ” means all members of a controlled group of corporations or other business entities and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
     “ Conversion/Continuation Notice ” is defined in Section 2.12.
     “ Credit Extension ” means the making of an Advance or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit.
     “ Credit Extension Date ” means the Borrowing Date for an Advance or the date of the issuance, amendment (to the extent it increases the amount available for draw thereunder), renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit.
     “ D&T Deliverables ” means the Satisfactory Audit Opinion and Deloitte & Touche LLP’s consent to file the Satisfactory Audit Opinion in Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     “ Default ” means an event described in Article VII.
     “ Disgorged Recovery ” means the portion, if any, of any payment or other distribution received by a Lender in satisfaction of Obligations of a Loan Party to such Lender, that is required in any Insolvency Proceedings or otherwise to be disgorged, turned over or otherwise paid to such Loan Party, such Loan Party’s estate or creditors of such Loan Party, whether because the transfer of such payment or other property is avoided or otherwise, including, without limitation, because it was determined to be a fraudulent or preferential transfer.
     “ Disqualified Institutions ” means those banks, financial institutions and other Persons that are competitors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates of such competitors and

11


 

are identified as such to the Administrative Agent on the date hereof and additional competitors or Affiliates thereof identified to the Administrative Agent from time to time; provided that if such identified Person is a commercial bank, the global funds transfer or payment services activities of which are merely incidental to its primary business (an “ Incidental Competitor ”) and which is not an Affiliate of a competitor of the Borrower (other than an Incidental Competitor), the inclusion of such Person as a Disqualified Institution shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
     “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale) in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the Facility Termination Date; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdco or its Subsidiaries (or their direct or indirect parent) or by any such plan to such employees, directors, managers, consultants (or their respective estates, heirs, beneficiaries, transferees, spouses or former spouses), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdco or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any Disqualified Stock shall be equal to its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference.
     “ Dollars ” means lawful currency of the United States of America.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is (i) organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes the sole assets of which are Capital Stock of Subsidiaries that are not organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
     “ Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.1 have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 8.2) and the Term B Loan is funded, which is the date hereof.
     “ Effective Date MAE ” means any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, (a) is material and adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) would materially impair the ability of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) would materially impair the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents, taken as a whole, or (d) would materially impair the ability of Holdco to perform its obligations under the Equity Purchase Agreement or otherwise materially threaten or materially impede the consummation of the Purchase (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) and the other transactions contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement; provided , however , that the impact of the following matters shall be disregarded: (i) changes in general economic, financial market, credit market, regulatory or political conditions (whether resulting from acts of war or terrorism, an escalation of hostilities

12


 

or otherwise) generally affecting the U.S. economy, foreign economies or the industries in which Holdco or its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) changes in generally accepted accounting principles, (iii) changes in laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Entities (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), (iv) any change in Holdco’s stock price or trading volume, in and of itself, or any failure, in and of itself, by Holdco to meet revenue or earnings guidance published or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders ( provided that any fact, condition, circumstance, event, change, development or effect underlying any such failure or change, other than any of the foregoing that is otherwise excluded pursuant to clauses (i) through (viii) hereof, may be taken into account in determining whether an Effective Date MAE has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur), (v) losses resulting from any change in the valuations of Holdco’s portfolio of securities or sales of such securities and any effect resulting from such changes or sales, (vi) actions or omissions of Holdco or the Sponsors taken as required by the Equity Purchase Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (vii) public announcement, in and of itself, by a third party not affiliated with Holdco of any proposal to acquire the outstanding securities or all or substantially all of the assets of Holdco and (viii) the public announcement of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby (provided that this clause (viii) shall not apply with respect to Sections 1.2(c)(v), 2.2(d), 2.2(h) and 2.2(k) of the Equity Purchase Agreement); provided further , however , that Effective Date MAE shall be deemed not to include the impact of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in each case only insofar and to the extent that such circumstances, events, changes, developments or effects described in such clauses do not have a disproportionate effect on Holdco and its Subsidiaries (exclusive of its payments systems business) relative to other participants in the industry.
     “ EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
     “ Environmental Laws ” means any Laws relating to pollution, the environment or natural resources.
     “ Equity Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, among Holdco and the several “Investors” named therein, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any applicable rule or regulation issued thereunder.
     “ Eurodollar Advance ” means an Advance which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.14, bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
     “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits

13


 

with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Base Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Advance for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
     “ Eurodollar Loan ” means a Loan which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.14, bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
     “ Eurodollar Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Eurodollar Base Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) and (y) 2.5% per annum.
     “ Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any fiscal year of Holdco, the excess, if any, of:
     (i) the sum, without duplication, for such period of:
     (A) Consolidated EBITDA (it being understood, for avoidance of doubt, that any Specified Equity Contribution shall not increase Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of this definition);
     (B) foreign currency translation gains received in cash related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net cash gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk), to the extent not otherwise included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
     (C) net cash gains resulting in such period from Rate Management Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective pronouncements and interpretations, to the extent not otherwise included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, including pursuant to clause (ii) of EBITDA;
     (D) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring cash gains (other than gains on asset sales in the ordinary course of business, including Portfolio Securities), to the extent not otherwise included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA; and
     (E) to the extent not otherwise included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, cash gains from any sale or disposition outside the ordinary course of business (excluding gains from Prepayment Events to the extent an amount equal to the Net Proceeds therefrom was applied to the prepayment of Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(ii));
minus
     (ii) the sum, without duplication, for such period of:

14


 

     (A) the amount of any taxes, including taxes based on income, profits or capital, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes (to the extent added in calculating Consolidated EBITDA), and including penalties and interest on any of the foregoing, in each case, payable in cash by Holdco and its Subsidiaries (to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA), including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Holdco, its Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent of Holdco (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of Holdco and its Subsidiaries);
     (B) Consolidated Interest Expense, including costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities (to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), to the extent payable in cash and not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
     (C) foreign currency translation losses paid in cash related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net cash loss resulting from hedge agreements for currency risk), to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
     (D) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to this clause (D) or clause (P) below in respect of a prior fiscal year, capital expenditures of Holdco and its Subsidiaries made in cash prior to the date the applicable Excess Cash Flow prepayment is required to be made pursuant to Section 2.10(iii);
     (E) repayments of long-term Indebtedness (including (i) payments of the principal component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) the repayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.10 (but excluding prepayments of Loans deducted pursuant to clause (B) of Section 2.10(iii)), (iii) the repayment of indebtedness with respect to any Receivables Transaction and (iv) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalties paid in connection with any such repayments of Indebtedness, made by Holdco and its Subsidiaries, but only to the extent that, in each case, such repayments (x) by their terms cannot be reborrowed or redrawn and (y) are not financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness)) and increases in Consolidated Net Income due to a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or condemnation or similar proceeding) but not in excess of the amount of such increase;
     (F) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to this clause (F) or clause (P) below in respect of a prior fiscal year, the amount of Investments permitted by Section 6.14 (other than Investments in (x) Cash Equivalents and (y) Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries) made by Holdco and its Subsidiaries in cash prior to the date the applicable Excess Cash Flow prepayment is required to be made pursuant to Section 2.10(iii);

15


 

     (G) letter of credit fees paid in cash, to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EB1TDA;
     (H) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring cash charges, to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EB1TDA;
     (I) cash fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, asset sale, the issuance or repayment of any Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the date hereof and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any cash charges or cash non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction or other early extinguishment of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement (in each case, whether or not consummated);
     (J) cash charges or losses added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clauses (F), (G) and (H) and to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (i) (B), (G), (H), (I), (J) or clause (ii);
     (K) the amount of Restricted Payments made by Holdco to the extent permitted by clause (iii), (iv), (v), (vii), (ix) or (x) of Section 6.10;
     (L) cash expenditures in respect of Rate Management Obligations (including net cash losses resulting in such period from Rate Management Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective pronouncements and interpretations), to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, including pursuant to clause (ii) or Consolidated EBITDA;
     (M) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income, cash losses from any sale or disposition outside the ordinary course of business;
     (N) cash payments by Holdco and its Subsidiaries in respect of long-term liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of Holdco and its Subsidiaries;
     (O) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by Holdco and its Subsidiaries in cash (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed and signing bonus expenditures;
     (P) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in respect of a prior fiscal year, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Holdco and its Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such fiscal year relating to Investments permitted by Section 6.14 (other than Investments in (x) Cash Equivalents and (y) Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries) or capital expenditures to

16


 

be consummated or made plus cash restructuring expenses to be incurred, in each case, during the period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdco following the end of such fiscal year; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount actually utilized to finance such capital expenditures or Investments during such period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters;
     (Q) interest which is accrued and paid in kind or as an addition to the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Indebtedness in lieu of the payment of interest in cash; and
     (R) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income, Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds.
     “ Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds ” means, in the case of Specified Securities listed under “C-2” on Schedule 1, the excess, if any, of the aggregate Net Proceeds received by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary from the sale or other disposition of, or any payment of principal of, or return on investment in respect of, such Specified Securities listed under “C-2” after February 29, 2008 over $34,000,000 and, in the case of Specified Securities listed under “C-3” on Schedule 1, the aggregate Net Proceeds received by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary from the sale or other disposition of, or any payment of principal of, or return on investment in respect of, such Specified Securities listed under “C-3” after February 29, 2008.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Excluded Taxes ” means, in the case of each Lender, LC Issuer or applicable Lending Installation and the Administrative Agent, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes and branch profits taxes imposed on it, by (i) the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender, LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent is incorporated or organized or (ii) the jurisdiction in which the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s or LC Issuer’s principal executive office or such Lender’s or LC Issuer’s applicable Lending Installation is located.
     “ Existing Credit Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals hereto.
     “ Existing Lenders” is defined in the Recitals hereto.
     “ Facility Termination Date ” means the earlier of (i) March 25, 2013 and (ii) with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitment only, any earlier date on which the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment is reduced to zero or otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.
     “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received

17


 

by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
     “ Final 10-K ” shall mean Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, in a form identical to a form that shall have been provided to each of the Lenders and the Investors not less than one day prior to the Effective Date, which shall be in a form acceptable to each of the Lenders and the Investors in its respective sole judgment and discretion, in compliance with all applicable rules promulgated under the Exchange Act, excluding any rules related to filing deadlines, which such Final 10-K does not disclose or identify any material weakness in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect Holdco’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data.
     “ Financial Condition ” means, for any date, (i) prior to the Sell Down Date, the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Indenture) for the Borrower’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date would be less than 3.50 to 1.00, and (ii) on or after the Sell Down Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Indenture) for the Borrower’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date would be at least 2.00 to 1.00, in each case determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds of any Indebtedness incurred on such date, as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
     “ Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, the controller, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer or any other officer with responsibilities customarily performed by such officers.
     “ Floating Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate for such day, in each case changing when and as the Alternate Base Rate changes.
     “ Floating Rate Advance ” means an Advance which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11, bears interest at the Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
     “ Floating Rate Loan ” means a Loan which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.14, bears interest at the Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
     “ Foreign Plan ” is defined in Section 5.9(iv).
     “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States.
     “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

18


 

     (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of the principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of the principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
     “ Governmental Entity ” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, any regulatory agency, commission, court, body, entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
     “ Guarantors ” means Holdco, MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, FSMC, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, MoneyGram Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, PropertyBridge, Inc., a Delaware corporation, MoneyGram of New York LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, any Person which becomes a Guarantor pursuant to the last sentence of Section 6.21, and each other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary which, after the date hereof, becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, and its successors and assigns, other than an SPE.
     “ Guaranty ” means that certain Amended and Restated Guaranty dated as of the date hereof executed by each Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Secured Parties, as it may be amended or modified (including by joinder agreement) and in effect from time to time.
     “ Hazardous Materials ” means (i) petroleum and petroleum by-products, asbestos that is friable, radioactive materials, medical or infectious wastes or polychlorinated biphenyls and (ii) any other material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by Environmental Law because of its hazardous, toxic or deleterious properties or characteristics.
     “ Holdco ” means MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the parent corporation of the Borrower.
     “ Holdco Patents ” means all patents and patent applications currently owned by Holdco and its Subsidiaries that are material to the business of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted.
     “ Indebtedness ” of a Person means, without duplication, such Person’s (i) obligations for borrowed money, (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (iii) to the

19


 

extent not otherwise included in this definition, Indebtedness of another Person whether or not assumed, secured by Liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from Property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, (iv) obligations (or, without double counting, reimbursement obligations in respect thereof) which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other similar instruments to the extent not collateralized with Cash and Cash Equivalents or banker’s acceptances, (v) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (vi) letters of credit or similar instruments which are issued upon the application of such Person or upon which such Person is an account party to the extent not collateralized with Cash and Cash Equivalents or banker’s acceptances, (vii) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation (each, a “ Contingent Obligation ”) by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person, other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, (viii) Rate Management Obligations, (ix) Receivables Transaction Attributed Indebtedness and (x) any other obligation for borrowed money or other financial accommodation which in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person. For the purposes hereof, the amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. In respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of the fair market value of such assets at the date of determination and the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person secured by such asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness: (i) obligations under Repurchase Agreements, (ii) Payment Services Obligations, (iii) obligations to repay Payment Instruments Funding Amounts, (iv) Rate Management Obligations (to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes), (v) Purchase Agreement Equity, (vi) ordinary course contractual obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts and (vii) Receivables Transactions Attributed Indebtedness so long as the aggregate outstanding amount thereof at the time of determination is not in excess of $300,000,000 (but any excess amount thereof over $300,000,000 shall constitute Indebtedness).
     “ Indenture ” means that certain Indenture, to be dated as of and effective as of the Effective Date, among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, in the form attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase Agreement or as amended after the Effective Date from time to time in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Infringe ” means, in relation to Intellectual Property, infringing upon, misappropriating or violating the rights of any third party.
     “ Insolvency Proceedings ” means, with respect to any Person, any case or proceeding with respect to such Person under U.S. federal bankruptcy laws or any other state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or other similar laws, or the appointment, whether at common law, in equity or otherwise, of any trustee, custodian, receiver, liquidator or the like for all or any material portion of the property of such Person.

20


 

     “ Intellectual Property ” means the following and all rights pertaining thereto: (i) patents, patent applications, provisional patent applications and statutory invention registrations (including all utility models and other patent rights under the Laws of all countries), (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, service names, corporate names, domain names and other brand identifiers, registrations and applications for registration thereof, (iii) copyrights, databases, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (iv) confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets, and know-how and (v) all similar rights, however denominated, throughout the world.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of and effective as of the Effective Date, among the Collateral Agent, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent for the Second Priority Secured Parties (as defined therein), the Borrower, Holdco and the other Guarantors in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto.
     “ Interest Period ” means, with respect to a Eurodollar Advance, a period of one, two, three or six months (or, if available to all relevant Lenders, nine or twelve months or a period shorter than one month) commencing on a Business Day selected by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement. Such Interest Period shall end on the day which corresponds numerically to such date one, two, three or six months (or other applicable period) thereafter, provided , however , that if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such next, second, third or sixth (or other corresponding) succeeding month, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such next, second, third or sixth (or other corresponding) succeeding month. If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, provided , however , that if said next succeeding Business Day falls in a new calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day.
     “ Investment ” of a Person means all investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of any loan, advance (other than commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), extension of credit (other than accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business on terms customary in the trade), contribution of capital by such Person or Capital Stock, bonds, mutual funds, notes, debentures or other securities of such other Person.
     “ Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in its individual capacity, and its successors.
     “ Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, code, order, injunction, arbitration award, writ, decree, agency requirement, license or permit of any Governmental Entity.
     “ LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the LC Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit which has not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower.

21


 

     “ LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total LC Exposure at such time.
     “ LC Fee ” is defined in Section 2.22(xi).
     “ LC Issuer ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and each other Lender that agrees in writing with the Borrower to issue Letters of Credit (provided that notice of such agreement is given to the Administrative Agent), in each case, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.22(ix). Each LC Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such LC Issuer, in which case the term “LC Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. With respect to any Letter of Credit, “LC Issuer” shall mean the issuer thereof.
     “ Lenders ” means the lending institutions listed on the signature pages of this Agreement, any Person which becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 2.8(iii) and their respective successors and assigns. Unless otherwise specified, the term “Lenders” includes a Lender in its capacity as the Swing Line Lender.
     “ Lending Installation ” means, with respect to a Lender or the Administrative Agent, the office, branch, subsidiary or affiliate of such Lender or the Administrative Agent listed on the signature pages hereof or on a Schedule or otherwise selected by such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.20.
     “ Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement (including any Outstanding Letter of Credit).
     “ Letter of Credit Application ” means a letter of credit application or agreement entered into or submitted by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.22(ii).
     “ Lien ” means any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance or preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale, Capitalized Lease or other title retention agreement). For the purposes hereof, none of the following shall be deemed to be Liens: (i) setoff rights or statutory liens arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) restrictive contractual obligations with respect to assets comprising the Payment Instruments Funding Amounts or Payment Service Obligations, provided that such contractual obligations are no more restrictive in nature than those in effect on the Effective Date, (iii) Liens purported to be created under Repurchase Agreements, provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such Repurchase Agreements, (iv) ordinary course of business contractual obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts or (v) operating leases.
     “ Loan ” means a Revolving Loan, a Term A Loan, Term B Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

22


 

     “ Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, any amendment hereto, any Letter of Credit Application, any Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.16, the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents.
     “ Loan Parties ” means the Borrower, Holdco and each of the other Guarantors that is a party to a Loan Document.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, condition or circumstance that has occurred since the Effective Date that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, financial condition, results of operations or assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents or (iii) the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents, taken as a whole (other than, in each case, as related to: (A) the valuation of the investment portfolio of Holdco and its Subsidiaries and (B) any shareholder or derivative litigation arising as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby and/or the disclosure of or failure to disclose information related to the valuation of the investment portfolio of Holdco and its Subsidiaries).
     “ Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Domestic Subsidiary (other than an SPE) which either (i) has 5% or more of the assets (valued at the greater of book or fair market value) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis as of the fiscal quarter end next preceding the date of determination, (ii) is responsible for 5% or more of Consolidated Net Income for the four quarter period ending on the fiscal quarter end next preceding the date of determination or (iii) has been designated as a Material Domestic Subsidiary by the Borrower.
     “ Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness and/or Rate Management Obligations in an outstanding principal or net payment amount of $15,000,000 or more in the aggregate (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than U.S. dollars).
     “ Material Indebtedness Agreement ” means any agreement under which any Material Indebtedness was created or is governed or which provides for the incurrence of Indebtedness in an amount which would constitute Material Indebtedness (whether or not an amount of Indebtedness constituting Material Indebtedness is outstanding thereunder).
     “ Minimum Liquidity Ratio ” means the ratio of (i) the fair value of the Restricted Investment Portfolio (other than Scheduled Restricted Investments, which shall be valued at the lower of (x) fair value and (y) the actual par amount of each Scheduled Restricted Investment held by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary on the date of determination multiplied by (A) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-l on Schedule 1, 0.98, (B) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-2 on Schedule 1, 0.049525, and (C) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-3 on Schedule 1, zero; provided , that any Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-l on Schedule 1 shall be valued at fair value after June 30, 2008; and provided further , if any of such Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-2 or C-3 on Schedule 1 (the “ Specified SRIs ”) have been sold, the aggregate value of such remaining Specified SRIs shall be the lower of (x) fair value of such remaining Specified SRIs and (y) the aggregate value of all Specified SRIs (determined in accordance with the valuation

23


 

methodology described above) less the net proceeds received for the Specified SRIs sold (not to be less than zero)) to (ii) all Payment Service Obligations.
     “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” is defined in Section 5.9(iii).
     “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.
     “ Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any event, (i) the cash proceeds received in respect of such event, including (A) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment or earn-out, but excluding any reasonable interest payments), but only as and when received, (B) in the case of a casualty, cash insurance proceeds, and (C) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, cash condemnation awards and similar payments received in connection therewith, minus (ii) the sum of direct costs relating to such event and the sale or disposition of such non-cash proceeds, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and, if such costs have not been incurred or invoiced, the Borrower’s good faith estimates thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on Indebtedness required to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
     “ Non-Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary of Holdco other than the Borrower or any Guarantor.
     “ Non-U.S. Lender ” is defined in Section 3.5(iv).
     “ Note ” means any one or more of a Revolving Credit Note, Term A Note, Term B Note or Swing Line Note.
     “ Note Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2008, among Holdco, the Borrower, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, and THL Credit Partners, L.P., as in effect on the date hereof.

24


 

     “ Obligations ” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, all reimbursement obligations with respect to LC Disbursements, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties to the Lenders or to any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any indemnified party arising under the Loan Documents.
     “ Other Taxes ” is defined in Section 3.5(ii).
     “ Outstanding Letters of Credit ” is defined in Section 2.22(xii).
     “ Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of its Revolving Loans outstanding at such time, plus (ii) an amount equal to its LC Exposure at such time, plus (iii) an amount equal to its Swing Line Exposure at such time.
     “ Participants ” is defined in Section 12.1(iii)(A).
     “ Passive Holding Company Condition ” shall be satisfied so long as Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower and any of the Borrower Subsidiaries) does not:
     (i) directly incur any Indebtedness other than Permitted Holdco Indebtedness;
     (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed by it (except Permitted Holdco Liens); or
     (iii) own any Capital Stock in any Person (other than the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries) and own any other material assets (excluding Capital Stock) other than (A) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (B) assets under any stock incentive plans (including related agreements), loan stock purchase programs or incentive compensation plans, (C) pre-paid assets (e.g. deferred financing costs) and (D) deferred tax assets;
provided nothing in this definition shall restrict Holdco from performing its obligations under the Equity Purchase Agreement and the securities issued thereunder and under the certificates of designation contemplated thereby.
     “ Payment Date ” means the last day of each calendar year quarter.
     “ Payment Instruments Funding Amounts ” means amounts advanced to and retained by Holdco and its Subsidiaries as advance funding for the payment instruments or obligations arising under an official check agreement or a customer agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.
     “ Payment Service Obligations ” means all liabilities of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP for outstanding payment instruments (as classified and defined as Payment Service Obligations in Holdco’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act, and if Holdco is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Holdco’s most recent audited financial statements).

25


 

     “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.
     “ Permits ” means all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities.
     “ Permitted Holdco Indebtedness ” means:
     (i) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdco providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that:
     (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)); and
     (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdco in connection with such disposition;
     (ii) obligations incurred under the Loan Documents or the Second Lien Documents;
     (iii) Indebtedness incurred by Holdco in respect of interest rate hedging obligations of Holdco in existence on the Effective Date; and
     (iv) guarantees of (x) other Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors permitted under Sections 6.1 l(i), (iii) (to the extent existing at the Effective Date), (iv), (v), (x) (to the extent the debt so extended, refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or defeased was guaranteed by Holdco in accordance with this Agreement), (xvii) or (xviii) and (y) Rate Management Obligations of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors permitted under this Agreement.
     “ Permitted Holdco Liens ” means, any Permitted Liens other than Liens incurred pursuant to clauses (x), (xi), (xx), (xxiii) or (xxv) of Section 6.15.
     “ Permitted Liens ” means Liens permitted by Section 6.15.
     “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, association, enterprise, trust or other entity or organization, or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.
     “ Plan ” means an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code as to which Holdco or any member of the Controlled Group may have any liability.

26


 

     “ Portfolio Securities ” means, collectively, portfolio securities (i) designated as “trading investments” on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements, (ii) designated as “available for sale investments” on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements or (iii) otherwise designated as investments on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements, in each case valued at fair value in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Prepayment Event ” means:
     (i) any sale, transfer or other disposition pursuant to Section 6.13(x) or (xxi) other than dispositions resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds not exceeding (1) $5,000,000 in the case of any single transaction or series of related transactions or (2) $10,000,000 for all such transactions during any fiscal year of Holdco; or
     (ii) the incurrence by Holdco, the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary after the Effective Date of any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.11 or any Permitted Holdco Indebtedness.
     “ Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.
     “ Property ” of a Person means any and all property, whether real, personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned, leased or operated by such Person.
     “ Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to a Lender, a portion equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment (or, if the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment has expired or been terminated, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment immediately prior to such expiration or termination, giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof and any subsequent repayments of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and reductions in such Lender’s participation exposure relative to Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans) and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments (or, if the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment has expired or been terminated, the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment immediately prior to such expiration or termination, giving effect to any subsequent repayments of the Revolving Loans and reductions in the aggregate participation exposure relative to Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans).
     “ Purchase Agreement Equity ” means Capital Stock of Holdco issued to the Sponsors pursuant to the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement, including any Capital Stock into which such equity is converted or any additional Capital Stock issued after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the certificates of designation referred to in, and attached as exhibits to, the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Rate Management Counterparties ” means Lenders and their Affiliates (or Persons which were Lenders or their Affiliates at the time the applicable Rate Management Transaction was entered into) which have entered into Rate Management Transactions with Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries.

27


 

     “ Rate Management Obligations ” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (i) any and all Rate Management Transactions, and (ii) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Rate Management Transactions.
     “ Rate Management Transaction ” means any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries which is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, forward transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether linked to one or more interest rates, foreign currencies, commodity prices, equity prices or other financial measures.
     “ Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to which the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Person accounts or notes receivable and rights related thereto.
     “ Receivables Transaction Attributed Indebtedness ” means, at any time, the amount of obligations outstanding at such time under the legal documents entered into as part of any Receivables Transaction that would be characterized as principal if such Receivables Transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase.
     “ Refinanced Commitment ”, “ Refinanced Term A Loans ” and “ Refinanced Term B Loans ” are each defined in Section 8.3.
     “ Refinancing Indebtedness ” is defined in Section 6.1 l(x).
     “ Register ” is defined in Section 12.1(ii)(D).
     “ Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor thereto or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.
     “ Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to the extension of credit by banks for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stocks applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.
     “ Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

28


 

     “ Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating into or through the environment in derogation of Environmental Law.
     “ Rentals ” of a Person means the aggregate fixed amounts payable by such Person under any Operating Lease.
     “ Replacement Commitments ”, “ Replacement Term A Loans ” and “Replacement Term B Loans ” are each defined in Section 8.3.
     “ Reportable Event ” means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations issued under such section, with respect to a Single Employer Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC has by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event, provided , however , that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA shall be a Reportable Event regardless of the issuance of any such waiver of the notice requirement in accordance with either Section 4043(a) of ERISA or Section 412(d) of the Code.
     “ Repurchase Agreement ” means an agreement of a Person to purchase securities arising out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar securities.
     “ Required B Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the Term B Balance at such time, but if there shall be more than one Lender with a Term B Balance, not less than two Lenders (which Lenders, unless all Lenders with a Term B Loan are Affiliates of one another, shall include not less than two Lenders which are not Affiliates of one another).
     “ Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of (i) the Term A Balance at such time plus (ii) the Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or, after the Effective Date, the Term B Balance at such time plus (iii) the sum of the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure and the unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
     “ Required Specified Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of (i) the Term A Balance at such time plus (ii) the sum of the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure and the unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
     “ Restricted Investment Portfolio ” means assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries which are restricted by state law, contract or otherwise designated by the Borrower for the payment of Payment Service Obligations.
     “ Restricted Payment ” means (i) any dividend or distribution in respect of the Capital Stock of the Borrower or Holdco, (ii) any redemption, repurchase, acquisition or other retirement of the Capital Stock of the Borrower or Holdco and (iii) any principal or other payment on, or any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or other retirement of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1 l(xix)) in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund or maturity.

29


 

     “ Revolving Credit Advance ” means an Advance made by the Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 2.3, including any Advance previously made by the Revolving Lenders to Holdco pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Existing Credit Agreement.
     “ Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, for each Revolving Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and participate in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not exceeding the amount set forth opposite its name under the heading “Revolving Credit Commitment” on the Commitment Schedule, as such amount may be increased or reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     “ Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, with appropriate insertions, and payable to the order of a Lender in the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.
     “ Revolving Lender ” means a Lender having a Revolving Credit Commitment.
     “ Revolving Loan ” means, with respect to a Revolving Lender, such Lender’s loans made pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and all “Revolving Loans” of such Lender outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date.
     “ S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.
     “ Satisfactory Audit Opinion ” means either combined or separate unqualified reports on the audit of Holdco, and its Subsidiaries, financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 as illustrated within paragraphs 87 and 88 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Bylaws and Rules, Auditing Standard No. 5, “An Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting That Is Integrated with An Audit of Financial Statements,” prepared in accordance with GAAP (neither the Deloitte & Touche LLP financial statement opinion as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 nor the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements attached to the audited financial statements, nor Items 1 through 15 of Holdco’s December 31, 2007 Annual report on Form 10-K, shall include any reference to Holdco’s ability to operate as a going concern).
     “ Scheduled Restricted Investments ” means the securities listed on Schedule 1 hereto.
     “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Second Lien Documents ” means the Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the notes issued thereunder and all documents delivered in connection therewith.
     “ Second Lien Indebtedness ” means the senior second lien indebtedness incurred by the Borrower pursuant to the Indenture.
     “ Secured Parties ” means the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Rate Management Counterparties.

30


 

     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Sell Down Date ” means the “Sell Down Date” as defined in the Indenture.
     “ Senior Secured Debt Ratio ” means, at any time, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the then most-recently ended four fiscal quarters.
     “ Separation Agreements ” means one or more of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Interim Services Agreement and the Employee Benefit Agreement each dated as of June 30, 2004 and entered into between Holdco and Viad.
     “ Similar Business ” means (i) the global funds transfer and payment services business conducted by Holdco and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any other business described under the heading “Business” in Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, and (iii) any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto or any reasonable extension thereof.
     “ Single Employer Plan ” means a Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) maintained by Holdco or any member of the Controlled Group for employees of Holdco or any member of the Controlled Group.
     “ Specified Equity Contribution ” is defined in Section 6.19.2.
     “ Specified Securities ” means the securities set forth on Schedule 1 listed under “C-2” and “C-3”.
     “ SPEs ” means Ferrum Trust, a Delaware business trust, Tsavorite Trust, a Delaware business trust, Hematite Trust, a Delaware business trust, Monazite Trust, a Delaware business trust, and, to the extent the formation thereof is not prohibited hereunder, any Wholly-Owed Subsidiary of the Borrower or trust (which is consolidated with the Borrower for financial statement purposes), in each case formed for the limited organizational purpose of isolating and transferring a limited and specified pool of assets and related rights and obligations with respect to Payment Service Obligations, which assets shall consist solely of (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (ii) Portfolio Securities (including, for purposes of clarity, Scheduled Restricted Investments), (iii) Accounts Receivable, (iv) Rate Management Obligations (with respect to interest rate hedging) that relate to Portfolio Securities and Payment Service Obligations.
     “ Sponsor Capital ” is defined in Section 4.1(xvi).
     “ Sponsors ” means the affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Goldman Sachs Mezzanine Partners.
     “ Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental

31


 

reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Eurodollar Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “ Eurocurrency Liabilities ” in Regulation D). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
     “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment or in respect of the proceeds of any collateral to the Obligations (other than the Second Lien Indebtedness).
     “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means:
     (i) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof;
     (ii) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:
     (A) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
     (B) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity; and
     (iii) with respect to Holdco, the Borrower and any Borrower Subsidiary which owns such SPE, any SPE.
Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
     “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Guarantor other than Holdco.
     “ Substantial Portion ” means, with respect to the Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, Property which represents more than 10% of the consolidated assets (excluding Portfolio Securities) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as would be shown in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the beginning of the twelve-month period ending with the month in which such determination is made (or if financial statements

32


 

have not been delivered hereunder for that month which begins the twelve-month period, then the financial statements delivered hereunder for the quarter ending immediately prior to that month).
     “ Swine Line Borrowing Notice ” is defined in Section 2.7(ii).
     “ Swine Line Commitment ” means, with respect to the Swing Line Lender, its commitment to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.7 in an aggregate outstanding amount at no time exceeding its Swing Line Commitment amount specified on the Commitment Schedule.
     “ Swing Line Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time. The Swing Line Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total Swing Line Exposure at such time.
     “ Swing Line Lender ” means JPMCB.
     “ Swing Line Loan ” means a Loan made available to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.7.
     “ Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, with appropriate insertions, and payable to the order of the Swing Line Lender in the principal amount of its Swing Line Commitment, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.
     “ Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and any and all liabilities with respect to the foregoing, but excluding Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.
     “ Term A Balance ” means, at any time, the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term A Loans.
     “ Term A Loan ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s “Term Loan” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) outstanding as of the Effective Date and, with respect to all Lenders, the aggregate of all such term loans. The aggregate amount of the Term A Loans of all Lenders as of the date hereof is $100,000,000.
     “ Term A Note ” means a promissory note, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, with appropriate insertions, and payable to the order of a Lender in the amount of such Lender’s Term A Loan, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.
     “ Term B Balance ” means, at any time, the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loans.
     “ Term B Loan ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s pro-rata portion of any term Advance made by the Lenders on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 (ii) and, with respect to all Lenders, the aggregate of all such pro-rata portions.

33


 

     “ Term B Loan Commitment ” means, for each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term B Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(ii) in an amount not exceeding the amount set forth opposite its name under the heading “Term B Loan Commitment” on the Commitment Schedule.
     “ Term B Note” means a promissory note, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto, with appropriate insertions, and payable to the order of a Lender in the amount of such Lender’s Term B Loan, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.
     “ Term Loan ” means each of the Term A Loan and the Term B Loan.
     “ Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Second Lien Documents and the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Transferee ” is defined in Section 12.2.
     “ Travelers ” means Travelers Express Company, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
     “ Type ” means, with respect to any Advance, its nature as a Floating Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Advance and with respect to any Loan, its nature as a Floating Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.
     “ Unfunded Liabilities ” means the amount (if any) by which the present value of all vested and unvested accrued benefits under all Single Employer Plans exceeds the fair market value of all such Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plans based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87.
     “ Unmatured Default ” means an event which but for the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Default.
     “ Viad ” means Viad Corp, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by
     (ii) the sum of all such payments.
     “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’

34


 

qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
     Section 1.2 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
     Section 1.3 Rounding . The calculation of any financial ratios under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-down if there is no nearest number).
     Section 1.4 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
     Section 1.5 Timing of Payment or Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that with respect to any payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Loans, if such extension would cause any such payment to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.
     Section 1.6 Accounting . Except as provided to the contrary herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be inteipreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with GAAP, except that any calculation or determination which is to be made on a consolidated basis shall be made for the Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries, including those Subsidiaries, if any, which are unconsolidated on the Borrower’s audited financial statements. If at any time any change in GAAP or application thereof would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the

35


 

Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or the application thereof (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders), provided that, until so amended, such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP or application thereof prior to such change therein and the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders reconciliation statements showing the difference in such calculation, together with the delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements required hereunder.
     Section 1.7 Pro Forma Calculations . For purposes of determining compliance with any ratio set forth herein, such ratio shall be calculated in each case on a pro forma basis as follows:
     (i) In the event that the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which such ratio is being calculated but on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of such ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then such ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period.
     (ii) For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations (and all related financing transactions) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. Additionally, if since the beginning of such reference period any Person that subsequently became a Borrower Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiaiy since the beginning of such reference period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then such ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such reference period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (and all related financing transactions) had occurred at the beginning of the reference period.
     (iii) For purposes of the calculations referred to herein, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations (including any cost savings associated therewith) shall be made in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. In addition, any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower, to reflect any operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies projected in good faith to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions); provided that (x) such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) with respect to operational changes (not resulting from an acquisition), such actions are taken or committed to be taken no later than 24 months after the Effective Date and (z) the aggregate amount of projected

36


 

operating expense reductions, operating improvements and synergies in respect of operational changes (not resulting from an acquisition) included in any pro forma calculation shall not exceed $20,000,000 for any four consecutive fiscal quarter period unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent.
     (iv) If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Rate Management Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Borrower may designate.
     (v) Any Person that is a Borrower Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Borrower Subsidiary at all times during the reference period, and any Person that is not a Borrower Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Borrower Subsidiary at any time during the reference period.
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
     Section 2.1 Term Loans .
     (i) Each Existing Lender has made a Term A Loan to Holdco in the aggregate amount set forth opposite its name on the Commitment Schedule. As of the Effective Date each such term loan shall be continued as a Term A Loan hereunder and the Borrower accepts, assumes and agrees to perform all obligations as the borrower and primary obligor in respect thereof. No amount of the Term A Loan which is repaid or prepaid by the Borrower may be reborrowed hereunder.
     (ii) Each Lender severally (and not jointly) agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make a Term B Loan to the Borrower on the Effective Date in the amount of its respective Term B Loan Commitment. No amount of the Term B Loan which is repaid or prepaid by the Borrower may be reborrowed hereunder. Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Effective Date, each Lender shall make available funds equal to its Term B Loan Commitment in immediately available funds in Chicago to the Administrative Agent at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII.
     Section 2.2 Term Loan Repayment . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the principal amount of the Term A Loan shall be paid in full by the Borrower on the Facility

37


 

Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the principal amount of the Term B Loan shall be paid in full by the Borrower as follows:
     (i) on each Payment Date from and including June 30, 2008 to and including December 31, 2012, the Borrower shall make an aggregate payment of $625,000; and
     (ii) on the Facility Termination Date, the Borrower shall pay the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Term B Loan.
     Section 2.3 Revolving Credit Commitments . From and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date, each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to (i) make or continue Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time and (ii) participate in Letters of Credit issued upon the request of the Borrower, provided that, after giving effect to the making of each such Loan and the issuance of each such Letter of Credit, such Lender’s Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed in the aggregate the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment and the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment. As of the Effective Date each revolving loan made under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be continued as a Revolving Loan hereunder and the Borrower accepts, assumes and agrees to perform all obligations as the borrower and primary obligor in respect thereof. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Loans, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Facility Termination Date. The Revolving Credit Commitments to extend credit hereunder shall expire on the Facility Termination Date.
     Section 2.4 Other Required Payments . All outstanding Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans, unreimbursed LC Disbursements and all other unpaid Obligations shall be paid in full by the Borrower on the Facility Termination Date.
     Section 2.5 Ratable Loans . Each Revolving Credit Advance hereunder shall consist of Revolving Loans made from the several Revolving Lenders ratably according to their Pro Rata Shares.
     Section 2.6 Types of Advances . The Advances may be Floating Rate Advances or Eurodollar Advances, or a combination thereof, selected by the Borrower in accordance with Sections 2.11 and 2.12, or Swing Line Loans selected by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.7.
     Section 2.7 Swing Line Loans .
     (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower from time to time from and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swing Line Loans exceeding $25,000,000, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Lender’s outstanding Swing Line Loans exceeding its Swing Line Commitment, or (iii) the sum of the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that

38


 

the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to make a Swing Line Loan to refinance an outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swing Line Loans. The Borrower will repay in full each Swing Line Loan on or before the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after the Borrowing Date for such Swing Line Loan.
     (ii) To request a Swing Line Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or electronic mail (to such electronic mail addresses as the Administrative Agent shall specify) (in each case confirmed by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swing Line Loan. Each such notice (a “ Swing Line Borrowing Notice ”) shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swing Line Loan, which shall be an amount not less than $1,000,000. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swing Line Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swing Line Lender shall make each Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to a general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swing Line Lender or wire transfer to an account designated by the Borrower (or, in the case of a Swing Line Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.22(v), by remittance to the LC Issuer) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swing Line Loan.
     (iii) The Swing Line Lender may (and shall on the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after the Borrowing Date of each Swing Line Loan made by it that is then still outstanding) by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of its Swing Line Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swing Line Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swing Line Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this paragraph is unconditional, continuing, irrevocable and absolute and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, (a) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any other Person, (b) the occurrence or continuance, prior to or after the funding of any Swing Line Loan, of a Default or Unmatured Default, (c) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or (d) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.11 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Sections 2.11 and 2.21 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the

39


 

Swing Line Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swing Line Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph. Any amounts received by the Swing Line Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swing Line Loan after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swing Line Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swing Line Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swing Line Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.
     Section 2.8 Commitment Fee; Reductions and Increases in Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment .
     (i) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the rate of .50% per annum on the daily amount of the difference between the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender and the Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding Swing Line Exposure) of such Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Credit Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
     (ii) The Borrower may permanently reduce the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment in whole, or in part ratably among the Revolving Lenders in minimum amounts of $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, upon at least three Business Days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent, which notice shall specify the amount of any such reduction, provided , however , that the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment may not be reduced below the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure and further provided that a notice of a reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. All accrued commitment fees shall be payable on the effective date of any termination of the obligations of the Lenders to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not voluntarily reduce the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment unless at the time of such reduction the Term B Balance is zero.

40


 

     (iii) The Borrower may, at its option, on up to three occasions, seek to increase the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and/or the Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or aggregate Term A Loans by up to an aggregate amount of $50,000,000 in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 and in integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, which notice shall specify the amount of any such increase and whether such increase is in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, the Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment, the Term A Loans or a combination of any thereof and shall be delivered at a time when no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Term B Loan shall be permitted to be borrowed pursuant to this clause (iii) if, after giving effect thereto, the Term B Balance would exceed $250,000,000. The Borrower may, after giving such notice, offer the increase (which may be declined by any Lender in its sole discretion) in the Commitments or Term A Loans on either a ratable basis to the Lenders or on a non pro-rata basis to one or more Lenders and/or to other Lenders or entities reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. No increase in the Commitments or Term A Loans shall become effective until the existing or new Lenders extending such incremental Revolving Credit Commitment, Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a document in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which each such existing Lender states the amount of its Commitment or Loan increase, each such new Lender becomes a party hereto, states its Commitment or Loan amount and agrees to assume and accept the obligations and rights of a Lender hereunder and the Borrower accepts such incremental Commitments or Loans. In the event of an increase in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to this Section, the Revolving Lenders (new or existing) shall accept an assignment from the existing Revolving Lenders, and the existing Revolving Lenders shall make an assignment to the new or existing Revolving Lender accepting a new or increased Revolving Credit Commitment, of an interest in each then outstanding Revolving Credit Advance, Swing Line Loan, Letter of Credit and LC Disbursement such that, after giving effect thereto, all Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit and LC Disbursements are held ratably by the Revolving Lenders in proportion to their respective Revolving Credit Commitments. Assignments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be made in exchange for the principal amount assigned plus accrued and unpaid interest and shall not be subject to the assignment fee set forth in Section 12.1(ii)(B)(3). The Borrower shall make any payments under Section 3.4 resulting from such assignments. In the event of an increase in the Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans pursuant to this Section, each Lender accepting a portion of such increased Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans shall, on the effective date of the increase in such Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans, make a loan to the Borrower (which shall be deemed to be, as applicable, a “Term A Loan” or a “Term B Loan” hereunder for all purposes hereof, including Section 2.24) in the amount of its portion of such increase. Any such increase of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans shall be subject to receipt by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower of such supplemental opinions, resolutions, certificates and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

41


 

     Section 2.9 Minimum Amount of Each Advance . Each Eurodollar Advance (other than an Advance to repay Swing Line Loans) shall be in the minimum amount of $5,000,000 (and in multiples of $1,000,000 if in excess thereof), and each Floating Rate Advance (other than a Swing Line Loan) shall be in the minimum amount of $5,000,000 (and in multiples of $1,000,000 if in excess thereof), provided , however , that any Revolving Credit Advance which is a Floating Rate Advance may be in the amount of the unused Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment.
     Section 2.10 Optional and Mandatory Principal Payments .
     (i) The Borrower may from time to time pay, without penalty or premium, all outstanding Floating Rate Advances (other than Swing Line Loans), or, in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Floating Rate Advances (other than Swing Line Loans) upon one Business Day’s prior notice to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower may at any time pay, without penalty or premium, all outstanding Swing Line Loans, or, in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and increments of $500,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Swing Line Loans, with notice to the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender by 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of repayment. The Borrower may from time to time pay, subject to the payment of any funding indemnification amounts required by Section 3.4 but without penalty or premium, all outstanding Eurodollar Advances, or, in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Eurodollar Advances upon three Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent. All voluntary principal payments in respect of the Term B Loan shall be applied to the principal installments thereof in such order as the Borrower may elect, or if not so specified on or prior to the date of such optional prepayment, in the direct order of maturity. All mandatory principal payments in respect of the Term B Loan shall be applied to the principal installments thereof under Section 2.2 in the direct order of maturity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not voluntarily prepay the Term A Loan unless at the time of such prepayment the Term B Balance is zero.
     (ii) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received, prepay the Term B Loan until paid in full; provided that in the case of any such event described in clause (i) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” if the Borrower or any Subsidiary applies (or commits to apply) the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof) within fifteen months after receipt of such Net Proceeds to pay all or a portion of the purchase price in connection with an Acquisition permitted hereunder of a Similar Business or to acquire, restore, replace, rebuild, develop, maintain or upgrade real property, equipment or other capital assets useful or to be used in the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (and, in each case, the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received a certificate of its Financial Officer stating its intention to do so and certifying that no Default has occurred and is continuing), then, so long as no Default has occurred and is

42


 

continuing at the time of the giving of such notice and at the time of the proposed reinvestment, no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of the Net Proceeds in respect of such event (or the portion of such Net Proceeds specified in such certificate, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds therefrom that have not been so applied (or committed to be so applied) by the end of such fifteen month period, (or if committed to be so applied within such fifteen month period, have not been so applied within 180 days after such fifteen month period has expired). The Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent any such evidence reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to any commitment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to apply Net Proceeds in accordance with this Section 2.10(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on any Business Day there exist “Net Proceeds” (as defined in the Indenture) which (assuming no investment or application thereof is made within the following five Business Days) would constitute “Excess Proceeds” (as defined in the Indenture) in an amount in excess of $25,000,000 on such fifth following Business Day, then prior to such fifth following Business Day the Borrower shall prepay the Term B Loan until paid in full in an aggregate amount equal to such “Excess Proceeds” amount in excess of $25,000,000. Upon making such prepayment, the Borrower shall be relieved of any further obligation under this Section 2.10(ii) to make any prepayment with respect to such Net Proceeds.
     (iii) Following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, the Borrower shall prepay the Term B Loan in an aggregate amount equal to the Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year multiplied by 50%. Each prepayment pursuant to this clause shall be made on or before the date that is five Business Days after the date on which annual financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i) with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no prepayment shall be required by this clause with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower as to which the Senior Secured Debt Ratio is less than 3.0 to 1.0 as of the end of such fiscal year and (B) the amount required to be prepaid pursuant to this clause with respect to any fiscal year shall be reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of (1) voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans which were accompanied by corresponding permanent reductions in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, (2) all optional prepayments of the Term A Loan or Term B Loan, (3) mandatory prepayments of the Term B Loan, in each case only to the extent that such prepayments, expenditures or investments (x) were made by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries after the start of the applicable fiscal year and prior to the due date for (or, if earlier, the actual payment date of) the prepayment under this clause with respect to such fiscal year and (y) have not resulted in a reduction of Excess Cash Flow or prepayments pursuant to this clause with respect to any prior fiscal year and (C) no prepayment shall be required with respect to the portion of Excess Cash Flow attributable to a Subsidiary that is required to maintain a minimum net worth or similar requirement under applicable law, rule or regulation or by order, decree or power of any Governmental Entity, to the extent (and only to the extent) that the payment of cash by such Subsidiary to the Borrower in respect of such portion of Excess Cash Flow (by way of dividend, intercompany loan or otherwise) would result in such Subsidiary’s failure to comply with such requirement.

43


 

     (iv) In the event that the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary desires to make any Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 6.10(xi), the Borrower shall prepay the Term B Loan with any Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds in the amount of $50,000,000, such prepayment to be made prior to any such Restricted Payment under Section 6.10(xi) (it being understood that after the Borrower has prepaid the Term B Loan in the amount of $50,000,000 with Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds, it shall have no further obligation to prepay the Term B Loan under this clause (iv)).
     (v) In the event and on each occasion that the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary makes any Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 6.10(xi) in an amount which, when aggregated with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.10(xi) after the Effective Date, is greater than $62,500,000, the Borrower shall, on the date such Restricted Payment is made, prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the amount of such Restricted Payment or, if less, the portion thereof which resulted in such aggregate Restricted Payment amount exceeding $62,500,000, which prepayment shall be applied to the Term B Loan until paid in full and thereafter applied to the Term A Loan.
     (vi) In the event of any voluntary or mandatory prepayment (other than pursuant to Section 2.10(iv)) of the Term B Loan, on the date of prepayment the Borrower shall pay the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Term B Loan a prepayment premium in an amount equal to (A) 2% of the principal amount prepaid in the case of a prepayment on or prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, (B) 1% in the case of a prepayment after the first anniversary of the Effective Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date and (C) 0% thereafter.
     Section 2.11 Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for New Advances . The Borrower shall select the Type of Advance and, in the case of each Eurodollar Advance, the Interest Period applicable thereto from time to time. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (a “ Borrowing Notice ”) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Borrowing Date of each Floating Rate Advance (other than a Swing Line Loan) and three Business Days before the Borrowing Date for each Eurodollar Advance. Each such notice shall specify:
     (i) the Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, of such Advance,
     (ii) the aggregate amount of such Advance,
     (iii)the Type of Advance selected, and
     (iv) in the case of each Eurodollar Advance, the Interest Period applicable thereto.
Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on each Borrowing Date, each Lender shall make available its Revolving Loan or Revolving Loans in funds immediately available in Chicago to the Administrative Agent at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII. The Administrative Agent will make the funds so received from the Lenders available to the Borrower in an account designated in writing by the Borrower.

44


 

     Section 2.12 Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances . Floating Rate Advances (other than Swing Line Loans) shall continue as Floating Rate Advances unless and until such Floating Rate Advances are converted into Eurodollar Advances pursuant to this Section 2.12 or are repaid in accordance with Section 2.10. Each Eurodollar Advance shall continue as a Eurodollar Advance until the end of the then applicable Interest Period therefor, at which time such Eurodollar Advance shall be automatically converted into a Floating Rate Advance unless (x) such Eurodollar Advance is or was repaid in accordance with Section 2.10 or (y) the Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent a Conversion/Continuation Notice (as defined below) requesting that, at the end of such Interest Period, such Eurodollar Advance continue as a Eurodollar Advance for the same or another Interest Period. Subject to the terms of Section 2.9, the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or any part of a Floating Rate Advance (other than Swing Line Loans) into a Eurodollar Advance. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (a “ Conversion/Continuation Notice ”) of each conversion of a Floating Rate Advance into a Eurodollar Advance or continuation of a Eurodollar Advance not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, at least three Business Days prior to the date of the requested conversion or continuation, specifying:
     (i) the requested date, which shall be a Business Day, of such conversion or continuation,
     (ii) the aggregate amount and Type of the Advance which is to be converted or continued, and
     (iii) the amount of such Advance which is to be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Advance and the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
     Section 2.13 Changes in Interest Rate, etc . Each Floating Rate Advance (other than Swing Line Loans) shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from and including the date such Advance is made or is automatically converted from a Eurodollar Advance into a Floating Rate Advance pursuant to Section 2.12, to but excluding the date it is paid or is converted into a Eurodollar Advance pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof, at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin for such day. Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from and including the day such Swing Line Loan is made to but excluding the date it is paid hereof, at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin for such day. Changes in the rate of interest on that portion of any Advance maintained as a Floating Rate Advance will take effect simultaneously with each change in the Alternate Base Rate. Each Eurodollar Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from and including the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to (but not including) the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent as applicable to such Eurodollar Advance based upon the Borrower’s selections under Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof, plus the Applicable Margin. No Interest Period may end after the Facility Termination Date. Interest on Loans outstanding on the Effective Date shall be calculated (x) for periods up to and including the Effective Date at the rates set forth on the Pricing Schedule in the Existing Credit Agreement and (y) for periods after the Effective Date at the rates set forth in this Agreement.

45


 

     Section 2.14 Rates Applicable After Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13, during the continuance of a Default, the Required Lenders may, at their option, by notice to the Borrower (which notice may be revoked at the option of the Required Lenders notwithstanding any provision of Section 8.2 requiring unanimous consent of the Lenders to changes in interest rates), declare that no Advance may be made as, converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Advance. During the continuance of a Default under Section 7.2, unless waived by the Required Lenders or until such defaulted amount shall have been paid in full, (i) each overdue Eurodollar Advance shall bear interest for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period at the rate otherwise applicable hereunder to such Interest Period plus 2% per annum and (ii) each overdue Floating Rate Advance and all overdue fees and other overdue amounts payable hereunder shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin plus 2% per annum, in each case without any election or action on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
     Section 2.15 Method of Payment . All payments of the Obligations hereunder shall be made, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s address specified pursuant to Article XIII, or at any other Lending Installation of the Administrative Agent specified in writing by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, by noon (local time) on the date when due and shall (except with respect to repayments of Swing Line Loans and except in the case of reimbursement obligations with respect to LC Disbursements for which the LC Issuer has not been fully indemnified by the Lenders, or as otherwise specifically required hereunder) be applied ratably by the Administrative Agent among the applicable Lenders. Each payment delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Lender shall be delivered promptly by the Administrative Agent to such Lender in the same type of funds that the Administrative Agent received at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII or at any Lending Installation specified in a notice received by the Administrative Agent from such Lender. Each reference to the Administrative Agent in this Section 2.15 shall also be deemed to refer, and shall apply equally, to the LC Issuer, in the case of payments required to be made by the Borrower to the LC Issuer pursuant to Section 2.22(v).
     Section 2.16 Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness , (i) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
     (i) The Administrative Agent shall also maintain the Register as set forth in Section 12.1(ii)(D).
     (ii) The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations therein recorded absent manifest error; provided , however , that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Obligations in accordance with their terms.

46


 

     (iii) Any Lender may request that its Loans be evidenced by a promissory note in substantially the form of a Revolving Credit Note, a Term A Note, a Term B Note or a Swing Line Note, in each case as applicable. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender such Note payable to the order of such Lender. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (prior to any assignment pursuant to Section 12.1) be represented by one or more Notes payable to the order of the payee named therein, except to the extent that any such Lender subsequently returns any such Note for cancellation and requests that such Loans once again be evidenced as described in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.
     Section 2.17 Telephonic Notices . The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to extend, convert or continue Advances, effect selections of Types of Advances and to transfer funds based on telephonic notices made by any person or persons the Administrative Agent or any Lender in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of the Borrower, it being understood that the foregoing authorization is specifically intended to allow Borrowing Notices and Conversion/Continuation Notices to be given telephonically. The Borrower agrees to deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent a written confirmation, if such confirmation is requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, of each telephonic notice signed by an Authorized Officer. If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the action taken by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the records of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall govern absent manifest error.
     Section 2.18 Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis . Interest accrued on each Floating Rate Advance shall be payable on each Payment Date, commencing with the first such date to occur after the date hereof, on any date on which the Floating Rate Advance is prepaid, whether due to acceleration or otherwise, and at maturity. Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance shall be payable on the last day of its applicable Interest Period, on any date on which the Eurodollar Advance is prepaid, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and at maturity. Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance having an Interest Period longer than three months shall also be payable on the last day of each three-month interval during such Interest Period. Interest on Eurodollar Advances, commitment fees and LC Fees shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year. Interest on Floating Rate Advances shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 365/366-day year. Interest shall be payable for the day an Advance is made but not for the day of any payment on the amount paid if payment is received prior to noon, New York City time, at the place of payment. If any payment of principal of or interest on an Advance or other amount hereunder shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of a principal payment, such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.
     Section 2.19 Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and Revolving Credit Commitment Reductions . Promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the contents of each Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment reduction notice, Borrowing Notice, Swing Line Borrowing Notice, Conversion/Continuation Notice, and repayment notice received by it hereunder. Promptly after notice from the LC Issuer, the Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the contents of each request for issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder. The Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the interest rate

47


 

applicable to each Eurodollar Advance promptly upon determination of such interest rate and will give each Lender prompt notice of each change in the Alternate Base Rate.
     Section 2.20 Lending Installations . Each Lender may book its Loans and its participation in any LC Exposure and the LC Issuer may book the Letters of Credit at any Lending Installation selected by such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, and may change its Lending Installation from time to time. All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such Lending Installation and the Loans, Letters of Credit, participations in LC Exposure and any Notes issued hereunder shall be deemed held by each Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, for the benefit of any such Lending Installation. Each Lender and the LC Issuer may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in accordance with Article XIII, designate replacement or additional Lending Installations through which Loans will be made by it or Letters of Credit will be issued by it and for whose account Loan payments or payments with respect to Letters of Credit are to be made.
     Section 2.21 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent . Unless the Borrower or a Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Administrative Agent prior to the date on which it is scheduled to make payment to the Administrative Agent of (i) in the case of a Lender, the proceeds of a Loan or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, a payment of principal, interest or fees to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, that it does not intend to make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such payment has been made. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the amount of such payment available to the intended recipient in reliance upon such assumption. If such Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, has not in fact made such payment to the Administrative Agent, the recipient of such payment shall, on demand by the Administrative Agent, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount so made available together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was so made available by the Administrative Agent until the date the Administrative Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of payment by a Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day for the first three days and, thereafter, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan or (y) in the case of payment by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan.
     Section 2.22 Letters of Credit .
     (i) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable LC Issuer, at any time and from time to time from and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any Letter of Credit Application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the LC Issuer relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
     (ii) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall mail, hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved

48


 

by the LC Issuer) to the LC Issuer and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (iii) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the LC Issuer, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the LC Issuer’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (x) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $100,000,000 and (y) the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment.
     (iii) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (x) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and (y) the Facility Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one year period may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one year periods but in no event shall the date of such Letters of Credit extend beyond the period in clause (y) hereof.
     (iv) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the LC Issuer or the Lenders, the LC Issuer hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the LC Issuer, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the LC Issuer, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each LC Disbursement made by the LC Issuer and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (v) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
     (v) Reimbursement . If the LC Issuer shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day next following the date notice of such drawing is given to the Borrower (any such notice received after 1:00 p.m.,

49


 

New York City time, shall be deemed received by the Borrower on the next Business Day); provided that, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.7 or 2.11 that such payment be financed with a Revolving Credit Advance which is a Floating Rate Advance or Swing Line Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Credit Advance or Swing Line Loan. If the Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Pro Rata Share of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.11 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Sections 2.11 and 2.21 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the LC Issuer the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the LC Issuer or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the LC Issuer, then to such Lenders and the LC Issuer as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the LC Issuer for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of a Revolving Credit Advance or a Swing Line Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.
     (vi) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (v) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (A) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (B) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (C) payment by the LC Issuer under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (D) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the LC Issuer, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the LC Issuer; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the LC Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are

50


 

hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the LC Issuer’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, in each case on the part of the LC Issuer, the LC Issuer shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the LC Issuer may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
     (vii) Disbursement Procedures . The LC Issuer shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The LC Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the LC Issuer has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the LC Issuer and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.
     (viii) Interim Interest . If the LC Issuer shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made (or, if notice of such LC Disbursement is given later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of such LC Disbursement, then from and including the next Business Day) to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement within five Business Days of the date when due pursuant to paragraph (v) of this Section, then the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date when due to and including the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin plus 2% per annum. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the LC Issuer with respect to the applicable Letter of Credit, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (v) of this Section to reimburse such LC Issuer shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
     (ix) Replacement of the LC Issuer . An LC Issuer may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the successor LC Issuer. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an LC Issuer. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced LC Issuer pursuant to paragraph (xi) of this Section. From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (x) the successor LC Issuer shall have all the rights and obligations of an LC Issuer under

51


 

this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (y) references herein to the term “LC Issuer” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous LC Issuer, or to such successor and all previous LC Issuers, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an LC Issuer hereunder, the replaced LC Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an LC Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
     (x) Cash Collateralization . If any Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph (which notice shall be delivered no earlier than the earlier of the fifth Business Day of such Default continuing and the date of any acceleration of the Obligations with respect to such Default), the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Default with respect to the Borrower described in Section 7.6 or 7.7. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the LC Issuer for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of a Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Defaults have been cured or waived.
     (xi) Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay (A) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee (the “ LC Fee ”) with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans on the face amount of such Letters of Credit during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (B) to each LC Issuer a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate per

52


 

annum separately agreed upon (but no more than 0.125% per annum) between the Borrower and such LC Issuer on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such LC Issuer (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such LC Issuer’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. LC Fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the LC Issuers pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 30 days after demand. All LC Fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
     (xii) Outstanding Letters of Credit . The letters of credit set forth on Schedule 2.22 hereto (the “ Outstanding Letters of Credit ”) were issued or deemed issued pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement and remain outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. The Borrower, the LC Issuer and each of the Revolving Lenders hereby agree with respect to the Outstanding Letters of Credit that effective upon the Effective Date (A) such Outstanding Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued under and governed in all respects by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (B) each Lender shall participate in each Outstanding Letter of Credit in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the face amount of such Outstanding Letter of Credit.
     Section 2.23 Replacement of Lender . If (i) the Borrower is required pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.5 to make any additional payment to any Lender, (ii) any Lender’s obligation to make or continue, or to convert Floating Rate Advances into, Eurodollar Advances shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.3, (iii) any Lender shall default in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, (iv) any Lender shall become insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (v) any Lender shall fail to consent to a departure or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents or fail to agree to any amendment thereto, which waiver, consent or amendment requires the consent of all Lenders or of all Lenders directly affected thereby and has been consented to by the Required Lenders (any Lender described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) being an “ Affected Lender ”), the Borrower may (a) elect to replace such Affected Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall have such right only if (A) concurrently with such replacement, (1) another bank or other entity (other than a Disqualified Institution) which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loans and other Obligations due to the Affected Lender pursuant to an assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit D and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Affected Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of Section 12.1 applicable to assignments, and (2) the Borrower shall pay to such

53


 

Affected Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (x) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Affected Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Affected Lender under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.5, and (y) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such replacement under Section 3.4 had the Loans or other Obligations of such Affected Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender, (B) in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, such additional payments continue to be required or such suspension is still effective and will be reduced or negated by such assignment and (C) in the case of clause (iv) above, the applicable Assignee shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents or (b) terminate all Commitments of such Affected Lender and repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Lender as of such termination date (including any amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.4 as a result of such repayment).
     Section 2.24 Pro Rata Treatment; Intercreditor Agreements .
     (i) Except as provided below in this Section 2.24 and as required under Section 2.7, 2.10, 2.13, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5 or 11.2, each Advance, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Advance, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.8 and the LC Fee, each reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitment and each conversion of any Advance to or continuation of any Advance as an Advance of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their respective applicable outstanding Loans).
     (ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any payment or other distribution (whether from proceeds of Collateral or any other source, whether in the form of cash, securities or otherwise, and whether made by any Loan Party or in connection with any exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender) made or applied in respect of any of the Obligations (a) following any acceleration of the Obligations, (b) during the existence of a Default under Section 7.2 or (c) during or in connection with Insolvency Proceedings involving any Loan Party (or any plan of liquidation, distribution or reorganization in connection therewith), shall be made or applied, as the case may be, in the following order of priority (with higher priority Obligations to be paid in full prior to any payment or other distribution in respect of lower priority Obligations): (i)  first , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts, including attorney fees, payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, the LC Issuer in its capacity as such and the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such (ratably among the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Collateral Agent in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause first payable to them); (ii) second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees) payable to the Lenders, including attorney fees (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause second payable to them); (iii) third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Term B

54


 

Loans and any Replacement Term B Loans (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause third payable to them), including interest accruing after the filing or commencement of any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, whether or not any claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is or would be allowed, allowable or otherwise enforceable in any such Insolvency Proceedings; (iv) fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Term B Loans and any Replacement Term B Loans (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause fourth held by them); (v)  fifth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid fees or interest (including any default interest) on or relating to the Revolving Loans, Term A Loans, Swing Line Loans and LC Exposure (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause fifth payable to them), including interest accruing after the filing or commencement of Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, whether or not any claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is or would be allowed, allowable or otherwise enforceable in any such Insolvency Proceedings; (vi)  sixth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Revolving Loans, Term A Loans, Swing Line Loans and LC Exposure (including any termination payments and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon) (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause sixth held by them) and amounts constituting Rate Management Obligations (but only to the extent such Rate Management Obligations are secured by the Collateral and the source of the applicable payment is Collateral proceeds); (vii) seventh on or after (A) the Facility Termination Date, (B) the occurrence of any Default with respect to any Loan Party described in Section 7.6 or 7.7 or (C) the declaration by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders that the Loans are due and payable pursuant to Article VII, to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent for the account of the LC Issuer equal to one hundred one percent (101%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of any unpaid LC Disbursements to be held as cash collateral; (viii) eighth, to payment of any other Obligations due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the Borrower, ratably; and (ix) last, in the case of proceeds of Collateral, the balance, if any, thereof, after all of the Obligations (including, without limitation, all Obligations in respect of LC Exposure but excluding any contingent obligations) have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Lender agrees that the provisions of this Section 2.24 (including, without limitation, the priority of the Obligations as set forth herein) constitute an intercreditor agreement among them for value received that is independent of any value received from the Loan Parties, and that such agreement shall be enforceable as against each Lender, including, without limitation, in any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party (including without limitation with respect to interests and costs regardless of whether or not such interest or costs are allowed as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceedings or enforceable or recoverable against the Loan Party or its bankruptcy estate), to the same extent that such agreement is enforceable under applicable non-bankruptcy law (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 510(a) of the U.S. federal Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of applicable insolvency law), and that, if any Lender receives any payment or distribution in respect of any Obligation (including, without limitation, in

55


 

connection with any Insolvency Proceedings or any plan of liquidation, distribution or reorganization therein) to which such Lender is not entitled in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Section 2.24, such amount shall be held in trust by such Lender for the benefit of the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution hereunder, and promptly shall be turned over by such Lender to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution in accordance with this Section 2.24.
     (iii) In the event there is any Disgorged Recovery in respect of any Lender’s Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Swing Line Loans or LC Exposure in any Insolvency Proceedings of any Loan Party, such Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Swing Line Loans and LC Exposure shall be deemed to be outstanding as if such Disgorged Recovery had never been received by such Lender, and each Lender agrees that the intercreditor agreements and priorities set forth in this Section 2.24 shall be enforced in accordance with their terms in respect of such Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Swing Line Loans or LC Exposure, including, without limitation, for purposes of the allocation of payments and distributions made or applied in respect of the Obligations (whether from proceeds of Collateral or otherwise), as well as for purposes of determining whether such other Lender must turn over all or any portion of any payment or other distribution received by such other Lender (whether before or after occurrence of such Disgorged Recovery) to the Administrative Agent for redistribution in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2.24(ii).
ARTICLE III
YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES
     Section 3.1 Yield Protection . If, after the date of this Agreement (or, in the case of any assignee, after the date it became a party to this Agreement), the adoption of any law or any governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law), or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender or applicable Lending Installation or any LC Issuer with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:
     (i) imposes or increases or deems applicable any reserve, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation (other than reserves and assessments taken into account in determining the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Advances), or
     (ii) imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or any LC Issuer of making, funding or maintaining its Eurodollar Loans, or of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or reduces any amount receivable by any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation in connection with its Eurodollar Loans, Letters of Credit or participations therein, or

56


 

requires any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or any LC Issuer to make any payment calculated by reference to the amount of Eurodollar Loans, Letters of Credit or participations therein held or interest or LC Fees received by it, in each case by an amount deemed material by such Lender or such LC Issuer as the case may be,
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or applicable Lending Installation or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, of making or maintaining its Eurodollar Loans or Commitment or of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit or to reduce the return received by such Lender or applicable Lending Installation or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, in connection with such Eurodollar Loans, Commitment, Letters of Credit or participations therein, then, within 30 days of written demand by such Lender or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, the Borrower shall pay such Lender or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, for such increased cost or reduction in amount received. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.1 shall not apply to any tax-related matters.
     Section 3.2 Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations . If a Lender or an LC Issuer determines the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender, any Lending Installation of such Lender or such LC Issuer, or any corporation controlling such Lender or such LC Issuer is increased as a result of a Change, then, within 30 days of written demand by such Lender or such LC Issuer, the Borrower shall pay such Lender or such LC Issuer the amount necessary to compensate for any shortfall in the rate of return on the portion of such increased capital which such Lender or such LC Issuer determines is attributable to this Agreement, its Outstanding Credit Exposure or its Commitment to make Loans and issue or participate in Letters of Credit, as the case may be, hereunder (after taking into account such Lender’s or such LC Issuer’s policies as to capital adequacy). “ Change ” means (i) any change after the date of this Agreement in the Risk-Based Capital Guidelines, or (ii) any adoption of or change in any other law, governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline, interpretation, or directive (whether or not having the force of law) after the date of this Agreement which affects the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by any Lender or any LC Issuer or any Lending Installation or any corporation controlling any Lender or any LC Issuer. “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines” means (i) the risk-based capital guidelines in effect in the United States on the date of this Agreement, including transition rules, and (ii) the corresponding capital regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities outside the United States implementing the July 1988 report of the Basel Committee on Banking Regulation and Supervisory Practices Entitled “International Convergence of Capital Measurements and Capital Standards,” including transition rules, and any amendments to such regulations adopted prior to the date of this Agreement.
     Section 3.3 Availability of Types of Advances . If any Lender determines that maintenance of its Eurodollar Loans at a suitable Lending Installation would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, or directive, whether or not having the force of law, or if the Required Lenders determine that (i) deposits of a type and maturity appropriate to match fund Eurodollar Advances are not available or (ii) the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Advances does not accurately reflect the cost of making or maintaining Eurodollar Advances, then the Administrative Agent shall suspend the availability of Eurodollar Advances and require any

57


 

affected Eurodollar Advances to be repaid or converted to Floating Rate Advances, subject to the payment of any funding indemnification amounts required by Section 3.4.
     Section 3.4 Funding Indemnification . If any payment of a Eurodollar Advance occurs on a date which is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period, whether because of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise, or a Eurodollar Advance is not made on the date specified by the Borrower for any reason other than default by the Lenders, the Borrower will indemnify each Lender for any loss or cost incurred by it resulting therefrom, including, without limitation, any loss or cost in liquidating or employing deposits acquired to fund or maintain such Eurodollar Advance.
     Section 3.5 Taxes .
     (i) All payments by the Borrower to or for the account of any Lender, any LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Note or Letter of Credit Application shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all Taxes. If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lender, any LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent, (A) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.5) such Lender, such LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (B) the Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings, (C) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law and (D) the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof within 30 days after such payment is made.
     (ii) In addition, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or under any Loan Document or from the execution or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any Loan Document (“ Other Taxes ”).
     (iii) The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, such LC Issuer and each Lender for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on amounts payable under this Section 3.5) paid by the Administrative Agent, such LC Issuer or such Lender as a result of its Commitment, any Loans made by it hereunder, or otherwise in connection with its participation in this Agreement and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Payments due under this indemnification shall be made within 30 days of the date the Administrative Agent, such LC Issuer or such Lender makes written demand therefor pursuant to Section 3.6.
     (iv) Each Lender and LC Issuer that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, a state thereof or the District of Columbia (each a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) agrees that it will, on or before the date that it becomes party to this Agreement,

58


 

(A) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, certifying in either case that such Non-U.S. Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (B) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a United States Internal Revenue Form W-8 and certify that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax. Each Non-U.S. Lender further undertakes to deliver to each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (x) renewals or additional copies of such form (or any successor form) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (y) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent forms so delivered by it, such additional forms or amendments thereto. All forms or amendments described in the preceding sentence shall certify that such Non-U.S. Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, unless an event (including without limitation any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Non-U.S. Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form or amendment with respect to it and such Non-U.S. Lender advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax.
     (v) Each Lender and LC Issuer that is incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, a state thereof or the District of Columbia (each a “U.S. Lender”) agrees that it will, on or before the date that it becomes a party to this Agreement, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax. Each U.S. Lender further undertakes to deliver to each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (x) renewals or additional copies of such form (or any successor form) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (y) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent forms so delivered by it, such additional forms or amendments thereto. All forms or amendments described in the preceding sentence shall certify that such U.S. Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, unless an event (including without limitation any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such U.S. Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form or amendment with respect to it and such U.S. Lender advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax.
     (vi) For any period during which a Lender or LC Issuer has failed to provide the Borrower with an appropriate form pursuant to clause (iv) or (v) of this Section 3.5 (unless such failure is due to a change in treaty, law or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, occurring

59


 

subsequent to the date on which a form originally was required to be provided), such Lender or LC Issuer shall not be entitled to indemnification or gross-up under this Section 3.5 with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; provided that, should a Lender or LC Issuer that is otherwise exempt from or subject to a reduced rate of withholding tax become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required under clause (iv) or (v) of this Section 3.5, the Borrower shall take such steps at such Lender’s or LC Issuer’s expense as such Lender or LC Issuer shall reasonably request to assist such Lender or LC Issuer to recover such Taxes.
     (vii) Any Lender or LC Issuer that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement or any Note pursuant to the law of any relevant jurisdiction or any treaty shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.
     (viii) If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental authority of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered or properly completed, because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered its exemption from withholding ineffective, or for any other reason), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax, withholding therefor, or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this subsection, together with all costs and expenses related thereto (including attorneys fees and time charges of attorneys for the Administrative Agent, which attorneys may be employees of the Administrative Agent). The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 3.5(vii) shall survive the payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
     (ix) If a Lender or LC Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.5, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 3.5 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or LC Issuer and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Entity with respect to such refund), provided that (i) the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or LC Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Entity) to the Lender or LC Issuer in the event the Lender or LC Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Entity and (ii) nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or LC Issuer to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or LC Issuer to claim any tax refund or to make available its tax returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any

60


 

Lender or LC Issuer to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.
     Section 3.6 Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity . To the extent reasonably possible, each Lender shall designate an alternate Lending Installation to reduce any liability of the Borrower to such Lender under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.5 or to avoid the unavailability of Eurodollar Advances under Section 3.3, so long as such designation is not, in the commercially reasonable judgment of such Lender, materially disadvantageous to such Lender. Each Lender shall deliver a written statement of such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) as to the amount due, if any, under Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5. Such written statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculations upon which such Lender determined such amount and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error. Determination of amounts payable under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5 in connection with a Eurodollar Loan shall be calculated as though each Lender funded its Eurodollar Loan through the purchase of a deposit of the type and maturity corresponding to the deposit used as a reference in determining the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Loan, whether in fact that is the case or not. Unless otherwise provided herein, the amount specified in the written statement of any Lender shall be payable on demand after receipt by the Borrower of such written statement. The Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Lender pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5 for any amounts paid or losses incurred by such Lender as to which such Lender has not made demand hereunder within 120 days after the date such Lender has actual knowledge of such amounts or losses and their applicability to the lending transactions contemplated hereby. The obligations of the Borrower under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 shall survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
     Section 4.1 Effectiveness and Closing Conditions . The amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement embodied herein shall not become effective (in which ease the Existing Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect) and the Lenders shall not be required to make the Term B Loan hereunder unless and until the following conditions precedent (other than clause (xi)) have been satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof) and, in the case of clause (xi), the Term B Loan proceeds shall be funded simultaneously with the satisfaction of such condition, in each case on or before March 27, 2008:
     (i) Each Loan Party, each Existing Lender, each Lender with a Term B Loan Commitment, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall each have executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.
     (ii) All shareholder, governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection with the financing and other transactions contemplated hereby and the continuing operations of Holdco and its Subsidiaries shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect and all waiting periods applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby shall have expired or been terminated, in each case, to the extent required to be delivered under the Equity Purchase Agreement.

61


 

     (iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received (x) satisfactory audited consolidated financial statements of Holdco for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available and (y) satisfactory unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Holdco for each quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (x) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available.
     (iv) Liens creating a first (subject only to Permitted Liens) priority security interest in the Collateral shall have been perfected or documents required to perfect such security interest shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent or arrangements have been made with respect thereto satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (v) The Administrative Agent shall have received such corporate records, officer’s certificates and other instruments as are customary for transactions of this type or as it may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (vi) The Collateral Agent, the Trustee and Collateral Agent for the holders of the Second Lien Indebtedness and the other parties thereto shall have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (vii) The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that adequate bank clearing arrangements of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. are in effect on the Effective Date.
     (viii) The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that adequate contractual arrangements pursuant to which surety bonds are made available to support the businesses of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries are in effect.
     (ix) The Lenders shall be satisfied with the investment policy adopted by the board of directors of Holdco with respect to the portfolio investments of its Subsidiaries and with the rate hedging and foreign exchange arrangements and outstanding amounts thereof of Holdco and its Subsidiaries.
     (x) Except as Previously Disclosed (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), since September 30, 2007, no change or event shall have occurred and no circumstances shall exist which have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, an Effective Date MAE. With respect to matters which have been Previously Disclosed, in determining whether this condition is satisfied, any circumstance, event or condition occurring after the date of the Equity Purchase Agreement shall be taken into account, including any deterioration, worsening or adverse consequence of such Previously Disclosed matters occurring after the date of the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     (xi) (A) (i) Holdco’s receipt from Deloitte & Touche LLP of the D&T Deliverables, which shall be delivered if the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall have been placed into an escrow account pursuant to an

62


 

escrow agreement reasonably acceptable to each of the Investors, Holdco, Deloitte & Touche LLP, the parties hereto and the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement with irrevocable instructions to be released to Holdco on the Effective Date upon Holdco’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, or (ii) if the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall not have been placed into an escrow account with irrevocable instructions to be released to Holdco on the Effective Date upon Holdco’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, then Holdco shall have committed to the Investors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders on the Effective Date that, after both Holdco and Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have verified that the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement have been credited to the bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement, Holdco will receive from Deloitte & Touche LLP the D&T Deliverables and (B) Holdco’s financial printer Bowne shall have notified the Investors and the Administrative Agent (on the Effective Date) that Holdco has delivered the Final 10-K to Bowne with the irrevocable instruction that Bowne file the Final 10-K on behalf of Holdco, and that Bowne is prepared to file and will file the Final 10-K with the SEC, in each case, immediately upon notification from Holdco that the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement have been successfully credited to Holdco bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     (xii) On the Effective Date (A) all representations and warranties in the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the representation in Section 5.5(i) as to the absence of an Effective Date MAE) are true and correct in all material respects after giving effect to the substantially contemporaneous consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on the Effective Date, (B) after giving effect to the Credit Extensions and other substantially contemporaneous transactions consummated on the Effective Date, no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, and (C) the Administrative Agent shall have received a satisfactory certificate to such effect dated the Effective Date and signed by the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of Holdco and the Borrower.
     (xiii) On the Effective Date, any waiver period under the Existing Credit Agreement shall no longer exist and each waived Default or Unmatured Default shall have been permanently waived.
     (xiv) The Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented, on or before the Effective Date.
     (xv) After giving effect to the making and application of the proceeds of the Effective Date transactions contemplated hereby, there shall exist unused Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of at least $100,000,000 and Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment shall be $250,000,000.
     (xvi) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that substantially contemporaneously with the funding of the Term B

63


 

Loans, (i) Holdco shall have received gross cash proceeds of at least $760,000,000 from the issuance by Holdco of common and preferred stock (the “ Sponsor Capital ”) to the Sponsors on the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Purchase Agreement (giving effect to any waivers of closing conditions therein deemed immaterial by the Administrative Agent) and (ii) the Borrower shall have received gross cash proceeds of at least $500,000,000 from the incurrence by the Borrower of the Second Lien Indebtedness, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable (giving effect to any waivers of closing conditions therein deemed immaterial by the Administrative Agent), and in each case as such amounts may be reduced in accordance with the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     (xvii) That certain $150,000,000 364-day Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 2007, as amended, by and among Holdco, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto shall have been terminated and on the Effective Date there shall be no amounts outstanding thereunder.
     (xviii) Substantially contemporaneously with the funding of the Term B Loan, (A) the proceeds to Holdco of the issuance of the Sponsor Capital (net of (1) transactional fees and expenses and (2) a reserve for general corporate purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000) shall be contributed by Holdco to the common equity of the Borrower (such contribution being a material inducement to the Borrower to accept and assume existing obligations of Holdco as contemplated hereby) and (B) such contributed amount, together with an amount equal to the proceeds to the Borrower of the incurrence of the Second Lien Indebtedness (net of (1) transactional fees and expenses, (2) a reserve for general corporate purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 and (3) a repayment of $100,000,000 of the Revolving Loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility) shall be contributed by the Borrower to the common equity of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
     (xix) Neither Deloitte & Touche LLP nor any other accounting firm shall have issued to Holdco any opinion regarding the consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 which is not a Satisfactory Audit Opinion.
     (xx) Any Notes requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.16 shall have been issued by the Borrower payable to the order of each such requesting Lender.
     (xxi) The Administrative Agent shall have received such legal opinions as are customary for transactions of this type or as it may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (xxii) Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. shall have confirmed in writing to Holdco (A) that the Money Services Agreement by and among MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (as amended through that certain Amendment 3 to Money Services Agreement dated as of February 11, 2008 but not amended by any subsequent amendments other than, if necessary, to make effective the extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) will be in full force and effect

64


 

after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (which shall include an effective extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) and (B) that the Equity Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby do not give Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. the right to terminate the Money Services Agreement.
     Section 4.2 Each Subsequent Credit Extension . The Lenders shall not be required to make any Credit Extension (except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.7 with respect to Revolving Loans for the purpose of repaying Swing Line Loans) after the Effective Date unless on the applicable Credit Extension Date:
     (i) There exists no Default or Unmatured Default; provided , however , that solely for purposes of this Section 4.2(i), no Default or Unmatured Default under Section 7.1 shall be deemed to exist with respect to the material falsity of any representation or warranty made on the Effective Date unless the same evidenced or had a Material Adverse Effect.
     (ii) The representations and warranties contained in Article V are true and correct as of such Credit Extension Date in all material respects except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct on and as of such earlier date.
     Each Borrowing Notice, Swing Line Borrowing Notice, or request for issuance of a Letter of Credit, as the case may be, with respect to each such Credit Extension shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions contained in Sections 4.2(i) and (ii) have been satisfied.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     The Borrower and Holdco represent and warrant to the Lenders that:
     Section 5.1 Existence and Standing . Each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company duly and properly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, and validly existing, duly qualified or licensed to do business and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and has all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted in each case (other than as to the valid existence of the Borrower), except where, individually or in the aggregate, the failure to exist, qualify, be licensed or be in good standing or have such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.2 Authorization and Validity . Each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries has the power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution and delivery by each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries

65


 

of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by proper corporate or other organizational proceedings, and the Loan Documents to which each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries enforceable against each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles. Except for the shareholder approval set forth in Section 4.1(g) of the Equity Purchase Agreement, no stockholder vote of the Borrower, Holdco or any Subsidiary is required to authorize, approve or consummate any of the Transactions.
     Section 5.3 No Conflict; Government Consent . Neither the execution and delivery by any Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated, nor compliance with the provisions thereof will violate (i) any applicable law, rule, regulation, ruling, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries or any Property of such Person or (ii) Holdco’s or any Material Domestic Subsidiary’s articles or certificate of incorporation, partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, articles or certificate of organization, by-laws, or operating or other management agreement, or substantially equivalent governing document, as the case may be, or (iii) the provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, deed of trust, license, lease indenture, instrument, agreement or other obligation (each a “ Contract ”) to which Holdco or any Subsidiary is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its Property, is bound, or conflict with, result in a breach of any provision thereof or constitute a default thereunder (or result in an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder), or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or (except for the Liens created by the Loan Documents and the Second Lien Documents, Permitted Liens and Permitted Holdco Liens) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien in, of or on the Property of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any such note, bond, mortgage, deed of trust, license, lease indenture, instrument, agreement or other obligation, except with respect to clauses (i) or (iii), to the extent, individually or in the aggregate, that such violation, conflict, breach, default or creation or imposition of any lien could not reasonably be expect to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No order, consent, adjudication, approval, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, or other action in respect of any governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, which has not been obtained by Holdco or any of its Material Domestic Subsidiaries, is required to be obtained by Holdco or any Material Domestic Subsidiary in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the borrowings under this Agreement, the payment and performance by the Borrower of the Obligations or the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

66


 

     Section 5.4 Financial Statements . The consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries heretofore delivered to the Lenders as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and as of and for the fiscal quarter and portion of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007 were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect on the date such statements were prepared and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and operations of Holdco and its Subsidiaries at such date and the consolidated results of their operations for the period then ended.
     Section 5.5 Material Adverse Change . (i) As of the Effective Date, there exists no event or circumstance which constitutes or could reasonably be expected to result in an Effective Date MAE, and (ii) since the Effective Date, there has been no event or circumstance which constitutes or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.6 Taxes . Holdco and its Subsidiaries have filed or caused to be filed all United States federal tax returns and all other material tax returns and reports required to be filed and have paid or caused to be paid all taxes due pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by such Persons, except such taxes, if any, which are not overdue by more than 30 days or which (i) are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the non-payment of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The United States federal income tax returns of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and its Subsidiaries have been audited by the Internal Revenue Service (or the statute of limitations applicable to audits of such tax returns has run) through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. As of the Effective Date, neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into any “listed transaction” as defined under Section 1.6011-4(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.
     Section 5.7 Litigation . There is no litigation, arbitration, governmental investigation, proceeding or inquiry pending or, to the knowledge of any of their senior officers, threatened against or affecting Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any order, judgment or decree that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.8 Subsidiaries; Capitalization . Schedule 5.8 contains an accurate list of all Subsidiaries of Holdco and identifies all Material Domestic Subsidiaries all as of the date of this Agreement, setting forth their respective jurisdictions of organization and the percentage of their respective Capital Stock or other ownership interests owned by Holdco, the Borrower or other Subsidiaries. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock or other ownership interests of such Subsidiaries have been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such ownership interests) duly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Holdco, the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.
     Section 5.9 ERISA; Labor Matters .
     (i) The Unfunded Liabilities of all Single Employer Plans do not in the aggregate exceed $125,000,000. No Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any

67


 

Single Employer Plan, neither Holdco, any of its Subsidiaries nor any other member of the Controlled Group has withdrawn from any Multiemployer Plan or initiated steps to do so, and no steps have been taken to reorganize or terminate any Single Employer Plan.
     (ii) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries has made all required contributions to each Plan in accordance with its terms; (B) there is not now, nor do any circumstances exist that are likely to give rise to any requirement for the posting of security with respect to a Plan or the imposition of any material liability or material lien on the assets of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries under ERISA or the Code in respect of any Plan, and no liability (other than for premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412 or 4971 of the Code has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries; and (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco or Borrower, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course), lawsuits or arbitrations which have been asserted or instituted against the Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Plans.
     (iii) None of Holdco, any of its Subsidiaries or any other person or entity under common control with Holdco within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participates in, or is required to contribute to, any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”).
     (iv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States (a “ Foreign Plan ”), (A) each Foreign Plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities; and (B) all Foreign Plans that are required to be funded are funded in accordance with applicable Laws, and with respect to all other Foreign Plans, adequate reserves therefore have been established on the accounting statements of Holdco or its applicable Subsidiary.
     Section 5.10 Accuracy of Information .
     (i) As of the Effective Date, no information, exhibit or report (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) furnished by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender (other than projections and other forward looking information and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) in connection with the negotiation of, or compliance with, the Loan Documents contained any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.
     (ii) As of the Effective Date, any projections and other financial estimates and forecasts furnished by Holdco to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender on or prior to the Effective Date in connection with the negotiation of, or compliance with, this Agreement were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Holdco to be

68


 

reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
     Section 5.11 Regulation U . Margin stock (as defined in Regulation U) constitutes less than 25% of the value of those assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries which are subject to any limitation on sale, pledge, or other restriction hereunder.
     Section 5.12 Compliance With Laws . Holdco and its Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable Laws of any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the conduct of their respective businesses or the ownership of their respective Property, except for any failure to comply with any of the foregoing which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.13 Ownership of Properties . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13, Holdco and its Subsidiaries have good and indefeasible title to or valid leasehold interests in, free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, to all of the Property and assets reflected in Holdco’s most recent consolidated financial statements provided to the Administrative Agent as owned by Holdco and its Subsidiaries.
     Section 5.14 Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions . Neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries is an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 of an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any plan (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code), and neither the execution of this Agreement nor the making of the Loans or Letters of Credit hereunder gives rise to a prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
     Section 5.15 Environmental Matters . Except for those matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) each of Holdco and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written communication alleging that Holdco is in violation of, or has any liability under, any Environmental Law, (b) each of Holdco and its Subsidiaries validly possesses and is in compliance with all Permits required under Environmental Laws to conduct its business as presently conducted, and all such Permits are valid and in good standing, (c) there are no claims relating to Environmental Laws pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco or the Borrower, threatened against Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries and (d) none of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries has Released any Hazardous Materials in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any claim relating to Environmental Laws against Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries.
     Section 5.16 Investment Company Act . Neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     Section 5.17 Solvency . On the Effective Date, after giving effect to any Credit Extensions made on such date, proceeds of the notes issued pursuant to the Second Lien

69


 

Documents, the proceeds of the equity issued in accordance with the Equity Purchase Agreement, the sale of securities contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement and the other Transactions, and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the foregoing, (A) the fair value of the assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (B) the present fair saleable value of the Property of Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (C) Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (D) Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted after the Effective Date.
     Section 5.18 Intellectual Property . As of the date hereof:
     (i) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) to the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower, Holdco and its Subsidiaries own, free of all encumbrances except Permitted Liens, or have the valid right to use all the Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business of Holdco and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and (B) to the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower the conduct of the business of Holdco and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not Infringe any Intellectual Property rights of any third party. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no claim or demand has been given in writing to Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries to the effect that the conduct of the business of Holdco or such Subsidiary Infringes upon the Intellectual Property rights of any third party to the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower, no third parties are infringing the Intellectual Property rights of Holdco or the Borrower.
     (ii) To the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower, all material registered trademarks and registered service marks, trademark and service mark applications and all Holdco Patents have been duly registered or application filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or applicable foreign governmental authority. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) none of the Holdco Patents have been adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part and (B) there are no actual or, to the knowledge of Holdco or the Borrower, threatened opposition proceedings, cancellation proceedings, interference proceedings or other similar action challenging the validity or ownership of any Holdco Patents.
     Section 5.19 Collateral . As of the Effective Date, the Collateral Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency,

70


 

fraudulent transfer, reorganization, receivership, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). When the actions specified in each Collateral Document have been duly taken, the security interests granted pursuant thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in all right, title and interest of each pledgor party thereto in the Collateral described therein with respect to such pledgor if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS
     During the term of this Agreement, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:
     Section 6.1 Financial Reporting . Borrower will maintain, for itself and each Subsidiary, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the Borrower will furnish to the Lenders the following:
     (i) within 90 days after the close of Holdco’s fiscal year (in the case of the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2007) and the Borrower’s fiscal year in the case of each fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2008, an audit report certified by Deloitte & Touche USA LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing (which in each case shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit), prepared in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated and consolidating basis (consolidating statements need not be certified by such accountants) for Holdco and its Subsidiaries (in the case of fiscal year 2007 only) and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (in the case of each subsequent fiscal year), including balance sheets as of the end of such period, related profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements, and a statement of cash flows on a consolidated and consolidating basis, accompanied by any final management letter prepared by said accountants to Holdco or the Borrower, as applicable; provided, however, that such audit report with respect to Holdco’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2007 shall be furnished as soon as practicable, but in any event on or before the date required pursuant to this clause for delivery of the audited financial statements for the Borrower’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2008;
     (ii) within 45 days after the close of the first three quarterly periods of each of the Borrower’s fiscal years, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, consolidated and consolidating unaudited balance sheets as at the close of each such period, consolidated and consolidating profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements and a consolidated and consolidating statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, and a balance sheet as at the close of such period and such profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements and statement of cash flows for the Borrower individually, certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as in each case fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial

71


 

condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (or the Borrower individually, as applicable) (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and having been prepared in reasonable detail;
     (iii) so long as corresponding financial statements are required to be delivered under the Note Purchase Agreement or the Indenture, within 30 days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, a company-prepared consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and related company-prepared statements of income in a form customarily prepared by management for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such monthly period, certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and having been prepared in reasonable detail;
     (iv) together with the financial statements required under Sections 6.1(i) and (ii), a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit E signed by a Financial Officer showing the calculations necessary to determine compliance with this Agreement (including Sections 6.19.1, 6.19.2 and 6.20) and stating that no Default or Unmatured Default exists, or if any Default or Unmatured Default exists, stating the nature and status thereof;
     (v) within 60 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008), a budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year in the form approved by the board of directors of the Borrower;
     (vi) within 270 days after the close of each fiscal year, a statement of the Unfunded Liabilities of each Single Employer Plan, certified as correct by an actuary enrolled under ERISA;
     (vii) within 10 Business Days after the Borrower knows that any Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Single Employer Plan, a statement, signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower describing said Reportable Event and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.
     (viii) promptly upon the filing thereof, electronic notice to the Administrative Agent of the filing of all proxy statements, registration statements and periodic and current reports on forms 10K, 10Q and 8K which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries files with the SEC;
     (ix) as soon as possible and in any event on the later of (i) 30 days following the occurrence of the following events or (ii) the first date required for delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii) after the occurrence of the following events, written notice of the creation, establishment or acquisition of any Subsidiary or the issuance by or to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Capital Stock; and

72


 

     (x) such other information (including non-financial information) as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.
     Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on an IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or such reports shall be available on the website of the SEC at http://www.sec.gov or on the website of Holdco at http://www.moneygram.com and the Borrower has given notice that such reports are so available. Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. If any information which is required to be furnished to the Lenders under this Section 6.1 is required by law or regulation to be filed by Holdco or the Borrower with a government body on an earlier date (other than the December 31, 2007 financial statements and any filings required by the SEC for the fiscal year then ended), then the information required hereunder shall be furnished to the Lenders at such earlier date.
     Section 6.2 Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions for general corporate purposes and acquisitions permitted hereunder. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, use any of the proceeds of the Advances to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U).
     Section 6.3 Notice of Default . The Borrower will give prompt notice in writing to the Lenders of the occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default, the occurrence of any “Default” or “Event of Default” under the Second Lien Documents and of any other development, financial or otherwise, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.4 Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each Borrower Subsidiary to, carry on and conduct its business in the financial or payment services industry or the support thereof and do all things necessary to remain duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing as a domestic corporation, partnership or limited liability company in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except as permitted by Sections 6.12 and 6.13 or where the failure to maintain such authority could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.5 Taxes . Holdco will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, timely file complete and correct United States federal and applicable foreign, state and local tax returns required by law (after giving effect to extensions thereof) and pay when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies upon it or its income, profits or Property, except (i) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP or (ii) those which the failure to pay or discharge could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.6 Insurance . Holdco will maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance on all its Property as may customarily be

73


 

carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses of similar sizes, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. The Borrower will furnish to any Lender upon request full information as to the insurance carried (but no more often than once per year absent a Default).
     Section 6.7 Compliance with Laws . Holdco will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.8 Maintenance of Properties . Holdco will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all things necessary to maintain, preserve, protect and keep its Property in good repair, working order and condition (other than wear and tear occurring in the ordinary course of business, routine obsolescence and casualty or condemnation), and from time to time make or cause to be made, all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, in each case, except to the extent such non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.9 Inspection . Holdco will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep adequate books of record and accounts to allow preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and permit the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, by their respective representatives and agents, to inspect any of the Property, books and financial records of Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries, to examine and make copies of the books of accounts and other financial records of Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the same by, their respective officers at such reasonable times and intervals as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may designate. The costs of such inspections shall be for the account of the Borrower, except in the case of (i) a Lender inspection in the absence of the occurrence and continuation of a Default, which shall be done at such Lender’s expense, or (ii) any Administrative Agent inspections in excess of one inspection during any 12-month period in the absence of the occurrence and continuation of a Default, each of which shall be done at Administrative Agent’s expense.
     Section 6.10 Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, declare or pay any Restricted Payments except that, so long as (other than with respect to clauses (iv)(A), (B), (C), (D), (E) and (I) below) no Default or Unmatured Default then exists or would result therefrom, the following shall be permitted:
     (i) the payment by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of dividends payable in its own Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (ii) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the

74


 

Borrower; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (ii) of the definition of Basket Amount;
     (iii) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (iv) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Borrower, or the making of loans by the Borrower, to its direct or indirect parent, in amounts required for either of their respective direct or indirect parent to actually pay the following:
     (A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;
     (B) foreign, federal, state and local income or franchise taxes, to the extent such income or franchise taxes are attributable to the income of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries;
     (C) general corporate expenses related to third party audit, insurance legal and similar administrative expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, including customary expenses for a public holding company;
     (D) customary salary, bonus, contributions to pension and 401(k) plans, deferred compensation and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to the extent such amounts are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to clause (vii) of this Section 6.10);
     (E) indemnification obligations of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons (including, without limitation, the Sponsors) under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with such Person, or obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including any premiums therefor); provided, however, that any indemnities owing to the Sponsors pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall only be permitted under this clause (E) to the extent such indemnities are as a result of third party claims relating to the Transactions; and provided, further, that no Restricted Payment may be made pursuant to this clause (E) to the extent such Restricted Payments are covered by clause (v)(B) below;
     (F) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;
     (G) amounts required to be paid by Holdco in connection with clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted Holdco Indebtedness;
     (H) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or

75


 

exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; and
     (I) amounts paid to Borrower by or withheld by Borrower from Borrower employees’ and officers’ compensation to the minimum extent necessary to settle Borrower employees’ and officers’ (1) federal, state and income tax liabilities (if any) related to restricted stock units and similar stock based awards under Holdco’s stock incentive plan or (2) option price payments owed by employees and officers with respect thereto, and Holdco shall apply such amounts to make required federal, state and income tax payments or to settle option price payments owed by Borrower employees and officers with respect thereto;
     (v) a Restricted Payment with respect to the payment of (A) any litigation expenses, judgments or settlement of any litigation of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or (B) indemnification obligations of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower owing to directors, officers or employees under its charter or by-laws, in respect of a settlement to the extent such payments represent indirect payment obligations of the parent; provided , however , that after giving effect to each Restricted Payment under this clause (v) the Borrower would be in pro forma compliance with Sections 6.19.1 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the ratio specified in such Section were at such time in effect and required to be no less than 1.50 to 1.0), 6.19.2 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the Senior Secured Debt Ratio were at such time in effect and required to be no greater than 7.0 to 1.0) and 6.20;
     (vi) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Borrower, as the case may be, that is incurred in compliance with Section 6.11 so long as:
     (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;
     (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

76


 

     (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;
     (vii) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by any current or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any Borrower Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (or their respective estates, heirs, beneficiaries, transferees, spouses or former spouses) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or similar agreement; provided, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (vii) in any four-fiscal quarter period shall not exceed $5,000,000 as of the last day of such four-fiscal quarter period;
     (viii) a Restricted Payment by the Borrower or the Borrower Subsidiaries which together with (A) the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries after the date hereof (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v)(A), (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi) of this Section 6.10), (B) the aggregate amount of all Investments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.14(xiv) after the date hereof and (C) the aggregate amount of all payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.17(ii)(C) after the date hereof, is less than the Basket Amount at such time;
     (ix) other Restricted Payments which, when aggregated with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (ix) after the date hereof and all payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.17(ii)(D) after the date hereof, do not exceed $25,000,000;
     (x) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of preferred stock of any Borrower Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 6.11; and
     (xi) so long as the Term B Balance is at such time no greater than $200,000,000, Restricted Payments which, when aggregated with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi) after the date hereof, do not exceed the sum of (A) the lesser of (1) the aggregate Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds received by the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary after February 29, 2008 minus $50,000,000 and (2) $62,500,000 plus (B) 50% of the difference (if greater than zero) of (1) the aggregate Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds received by the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary after February 29, 2008 minus (2) $112,500,000.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the making of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as applicable, will not be prohibited if, at the date of declaration or notice such payment or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement.

77


 

     In addition, Holdco will not make any Restricted Payment in excess of the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments received by Holdco from the Borrower in accordance with this Section 6.10 after the Effective Date, (B) the aggregate amount of capital contributions or proceeds from issuances of Capital Stock (valued in each case at fair market value at the time received in case of non-cash contributions) received by Holdco after the Effective Date and (C) the aggregate amount of interest or gains of Holdco on investments by Holdco of such Restricted Payments, contributions or proceeds permitted by the Passive Holding Company Condition; provided , however , that Holdco may also make Restricted Payments of the types permitted by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 6.10(i), (ii) and (iii).
     Section 6.11 Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, create, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to issue preferred stock (other than shares of preferred stock of a Borrower Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor), except:
     (i) Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents;
     (ii) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and described in all material respects in Schedule 6.11;
     (iii) Indebtedness arising under the Second Lien Documents not exceeding (A) $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (or, if less, the initial aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness on the Effective Date) minus (B) the aggregate amount of all principal repayments of such Indebtedness after the Effective Date;
     (iv) after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and provided the Financial Condition is satisfied at such time, the Borrower may incur Indebtedness and any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Non-Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (in respect of all Non-Guarantors in an aggregate amount of Indebtedness outstanding not to exceed at any time $10,000,000);
     (v) Indebtedness or preferred stock of (A) the Borrower or a Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition permitted hereunder or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or a Guarantor or merged into the Borrower or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with the Senior Secured Debt Ratio set forth in Section 6.19.2 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, the Senior Secured Debt Ratio shall not exceed 7.0 to 1.0);
     (vi) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

78


 

     (vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Borrower Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Borrower Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that:
     (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (vii)(A)); and
     (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;
     (viii) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower to a Guarantor or (B) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to the Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note; provided, further, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (viii);
     (ix) the guarantee by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;
     (x) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of Indebtedness or issuance of preferred stock that serves to extend, refund, refinance, renew, replace or defease any Indebtedness or preferred stock incurred or issued as permitted under clause (ii) or (iv) above, this clause (x) or any Indebtedness or preferred stock incurred or issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness or preferred stock (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness or preferred stock being refunded or refinanced;

79


 

     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded; or (ii) preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be preferred stock;
     (C) shall not include:
     (1) Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Borrower Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Borrower; or
     (2) Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Borrower Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Guarantor; and
     (D) is in a principal amount not in excess of the principal amount of Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced (including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums, fees and expenses in connection therewith);
     (xi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (xii) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with health or other types of social security benefits, unemployment or other insurance or self-insurance obligations in the ordinary course of business;
     (xiii) Indebtedness that may be deemed to exist pursuant to any performance, completion or similar guarantees, performance, surety, statutory, appeal, bid, payment (other than payment of Indebtedness) or reclamation bonds, statutory obligations or similar obligations (including any bonds or letters of credit issued with respect thereto and all guarantee, reimbursement and indemnity agreements entered into in connection therewith) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (xiv) obligations incurred in connection with any management or director deferred compensation plan;
     (xv) Indebtedness in respect of (A) employee credit card programs and (B) netting services, cash pooling arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any such arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to such arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts subject to such arrangement;
     (xvi) overnight Repurchase Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

80


 

     (xvii) Repurchase Agreements with maturities of less than 30 days (and excluding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (xvi) above) which at any one time outstanding do not exceed $100,000,000;
     (xviii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) and preferred stock incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the proceeds of which are applied to finance the development, construction, purchase, lease, repairs, additions or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xviii) and including all Indebtedness and preferred stock incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xviii), does not exceed $10,000,000;
     (xix) (A) Indebtedness or preferred stock in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75,000,000 of the Borrower or of a Subsidiary Guarantor owing to a Non-Guarantor (other than an SPE) that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor and (B) Indebtedness or preferred stock in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75,000,000 of a Non-Guarantor (other than an SPE) owing to the Borrower or to a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided , that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness or preferred stock (except to the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (xix); and
     (xx) Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness or preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $100,000,000.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Borrower nor any Borrower Subsidiary shall incur or have outstanding any Indebtedness to the SPEs.
     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.11: (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness or preferred stock described in clauses (i) through (xx) above, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in one of the above clauses; and (ii) at the time of incurrence or reclassification, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness or preferred stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness or preferred stock described in clauses (i) through (xx) above.
     Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.11.

81


 

     For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.
     The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
     Section 6.12 Merger .
     (i) The Borrower will not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the properties or assets of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
     (A) either:
     (1) the Borrower is the surviving company; or
     (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”):
     (B) the Successor Company, if other than the Borrower, expressly assumes all the Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents pursuant to documents in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (C) immediately before and after such transaction, no Default or Unmatured Default exists;
     (D) the Successor Company would be in pro forma compliance, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, with Sections 6.19.1 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the ratio specified in such Section were at such time in effect and required to be no less than 1.50 to

82


 

1.0) and 6.19.2 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the Senior Secured Debt Ratio were at such time in effect and required to be no greater than 7.0 to 1.0);
     (E) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (ii) below applies, shall have confirmed that its Obligations under the applicable Loan Documents to which it is a party remain outstanding pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
     (F) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this clause (i).
     The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Borrower under this Agreement and each other Loan Document.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject to clause (ii) below), any Borrower Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Borrower Subsidiary.
     (ii) No Guarantor will, and the Borrower will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(A) (1) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”); and
(2) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Loan Documents pursuant to documents in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
(3) immediately before and after such transaction, no Default or Unmatured Default exists; or
     (B) such transaction is made in compliance with Section 6.13 (without regard to Section 6.13(xi)) or constitutes an Investment permitted by Section 6.14.
     The Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for such Guarantor under the Guaranty and each other Loan Document.

83


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary Guarantor.
     Section 6.13 Sale of Assets . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, lease, sell or otherwise dispose of its Property to any other Person, except:
     (i) the disposition of (A) Cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business, (B) obsolete or worn out equipment or other tangible personal property or (C) inventory sales in the ordinary course of business;
     (ii) transfers of property subject to casualty, condemnation or similar events (including in lieu thereof) upon receipt of the Net Proceeds in respect thereof;
     (iii) (x) the disposition of Portfolio Securities (other than Specified Securities) for Cash and Cash Equivalents or securities contained in the Restricted Investment Portfolio and (y) the disposition of Portfolio Securities on or before the Effective Date contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement;
     (iv) the making of any Restricted Payment or Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 6.10 or 6.14, as applicable;
     (v) the unwinding of any Rate Management Transaction;
     (vi) any transfer to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited of the loan from MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited in the amount of €92,500,000 pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated January 17, 2003 made to effectuate the forgiveness of such loan;
     (vii) sales of securities pursuant to Repurchase Agreements;
     (viii) sales, transfers or other dispositions of its Property to an SPE made in compliance with Section 6.14(v);
     (ix) transfers from a Subsidiary to the Borrower, from the Borrower to any Guarantor, from a Guarantor to any other Guarantor or from a Non-Guarantor to the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary;
     (x) sales or dispositions of the official check business or FSMC, Inc. (or any successor) by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries;
     (xi) the disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 6.12;
     (xii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

84


 

     (xiii) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims;
     (xiv) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (xv) foreclosures on assets;
     (xvi) sales of assets pursuant to any financing transaction otherwise permitted by this Agreement with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary after the Effective Date, including sale and leaseback transactions;
     (xvii) the granting of Liens otherwise permitted by this Agreement;
     (xviii) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
     (xix) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower, are not material to the conduct of the business of Holdco and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
     (xx) sales of accounts or notes receivable, or participations therein, and related assets as part of a Receivables Transaction permitted hereunder which does not give rise to Indebtedness;
     (xxi) leases, sales or other dispositions of its Property that, together with all other Property of the Borrower and Borrower Subsidiaries previously leased, sold or disposed of as permitted by this clause (xxi) during the twelve-month period ending with the month in which any such lease, sale or other disposition occurs, do not constitute a Substantial Portion of the Property of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries;
     (xxii) the abandonment of the Investments described on Schedule 6.13; and
     (xxiii) the sale or other disposition of Specified Securities so long as the Net Proceeds thereof are applied in accordance with this Agreement.
For purposes of this Section 6.13, Property of a Borrower Subsidiary shall be deemed to include Capital Stock (other than preferred stock) of such Borrower Subsidiary issued or sold to any Person other than (x) a Loan Party, (y) in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, or (z) any Capital Stock issued to an equity holder other than the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary to maintain its pro rata ownership.
     Section 6.14 Investments and Acquisitions . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, make any Acquisition of any Person or make any Investment in any Person, except:

85


 

     (i) Acquisitions of (or all or substantially all of the assets of) entities engaged in a Similar Business, so long as (A) the acquired entity (x) becomes a Guarantor in compliance with Section 6.21 and complies with the requirement in Section 6.22 to pledge its assets as Collateral or (y) is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Guarantor; (B) after giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower shall be in compliance with, and, on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would be in compliance therewith for the previous four fiscal quarters, its covenants in Sections 6.19.1 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the ratio specified in such Section were at such time in effect and required to be no less than 1.50 to 1.0) and 6.19.2 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the Senior Secured Debt Ratio were at such time in effect and required to be no greater than 7.0 to 1.0); (C) for any Acquisition with aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by an Authorized Officer setting forth the calculations demonstrating such compliance and (D) both before and after giving effect to such acquisition no Default or Unmatured Default exists;
     (ii) any Investment arising out of the forgiveness of the loan from MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited in the amount of 92,500,000 Euros pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated January 17, 2003;
     (iii) any Investment in the Borrower or any Guarantor;
     (iv) any Investments in any Non-Guarantor (other than any SPE) that together with all Investments made pursuant to this clause (iv) after the date hereof shall not exceed $150,000,000;
     (v) any Investments (including Investments outstanding as of the date hereof) in SPEs provided that the total assets of all SPEs shall not exceed $2,000,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
     (vi) any Investment in Cash or Cash Equivalents;
     (vii) any Investment in the Restricted Investment Portfolio;
     (viii) any Investment existing on the date hereof (excluding assets held by any SPE) or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the date hereof which, in either case, is set forth in all material respects on Schedule 6.14(viii), and any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds any such Investment; provided that such replacing, refinancing or refunding Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;
     (ix) loans and advances to employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdco, the Borrower or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries for reasonable and customary business related travel expenses, moving expenses and similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business whether or not consistent with past practice, and payroll advances;

86


 

     (x) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary:
     (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or
     (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (xi) Investments to the extent the payment for which consists of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower;
     (xii) Indebtedness (including Subordinated Indebtedness) permitted under Section 6.11 or any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 6.10, in each case to the extent it constitutes an Investment;
     (xiii) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;
     (xiv) any Investment by the Borrower or the Borrower Subsidiaries which together with (A) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries after the date hereof pursuant to Section 6.10 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Sections 6.10 (ii), (iii), (iv), (v)(A), (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi)), (B) the aggregate amount of all other Investments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (xiv) after the date hereof and (C) the aggregate amount of all payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.17(ii)(C) after the date hereof, is less than the Basket Amount at such time;
     (xv) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an asset sale made pursuant to Section 6.13;
     (xvi) Rate Management Obligations permitted hereunder;
     (xvii) receivables owing to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
     (xviii) Investments in the Second Lien Indebtedness to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.17(ii);

87


 

     (xix) upfront payments, signing bonuses and similar payments paid to agents and guaranties of agent commissions, in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
     (xx) Acquisitions, for aggregate consideration not to exceed $28,000,000 in the aggregate, on terms substantially consistent with the terms set forth on Schedule 6.14(xx); and
     (xxi) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments previously made pursuant to this clause (xxi) not to exceed $25,000,000 (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
     Section 6.15 Liens . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of or on the Property of the Borrower or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries, except:
     (i) second-priority Liens securing obligations under the Second Lien Documents;
     (ii) Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents (which Liens shall equally and ratably secure Rate Management Obligations owing to Rate Management Counterparties);
     (iii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges, claims or levies not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment, or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
     (iv) Liens imposed by law, such as landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations not more than 30 days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding in good faith with an appeal or other proceeding for review so long as no such Lien secures claims constituting a Default under Section 7.8;
     (v) Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation;
     (vi) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties;
     (vii) Liens in existence on the Effective Date and identified in all material respects on Schedule 6.15 hereto;

88


 

     (viii) ordinary course pledges or deposits to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness for borrowed money) or leases to which such Person is a party or deposits as security for contested taxes, import duties or the payment of rent;
     (ix) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or securing bonds required by applicable state regulatory licensing requirements or letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments in lieu of such items or to support the issuance thereof issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
     (x) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary and that such Liens are released within 30 days of such Person becoming a Subsidiary;
     (xi) Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; and provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary;
     (xii) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases entered into in the ordinary course of business that do not materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Holdco, the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (xiii) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (xiv) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (xv) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (B) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (C) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (xvi) any attachment or judgment Lien against Holdco, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, or any property of Holdco, the Borrower or any Borrower

89


 

Subsidiary, so long as such Lien secures claims not constituting a Default under Section 7.8;
     (xvii) the deposit or pre-funding of amounts in escrow pursuant to contractual obligations contained in customer agreements securing obligations not exceeding $50,000,000 in the aggregate;
     (xviii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1 l(v)(B) or (xviii); provided , that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.11(v)(B) or (xviii) are solely on the assets financed, purchased, constructed, improved or acquired or assets of the acquired entity as the case may be, and the proceeds and products thereof and accessions thereto;
     (xix) Liens securing Rate Management Obligations not exceeding $50,000,000 outstanding at any time;
     (xx) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (xxi) any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien of the type referred to in clause (i), (ii), (vii), (x), (xi) or (xviii); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property and the proceeds and products thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to such clause (i), (ii), (vii), (x), (xi) or (xviii) and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (xxii) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (xxiii) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits relating to asset sales or acquisitions not in the ordinary course in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement not prohibited by this Agreement;
     (xxiv) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;
     (xxv) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Borrower Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 6.11;

90


 

     (xxvi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (xxvii) Liens securing not in excess of $300,000,000 of Receivables Transaction Attributed Indebtedness; and
     (xxviii) other Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.15 securing obligations not at any time exceeding $100,000,000 in the aggregate.
     Section 6.16 Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower, except:
     (i) on terms not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Borrower Subsidiary as the Borrower or such Borrower Subsidiary would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction, and in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5,000,000 the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a resolution adopted by the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower approving such transaction and set forth in an officer’s certificate certifying that such transaction complies with this clause (i);
     (ii) the forgiveness of Indebtedness referred to in Section 6.14(ii);
     (iii) reimbursement of the Sponsors or their Affiliates for expenses in accordance with the provisions of the Equity Purchase Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and payment of fees and indemnification obligations payable to the Sponsors or their Affiliates in connection with the consummation of the Transactions pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement or Note Purchase Agreement, each as in effect on the date hereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither Holdco nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, pay any management fees to the Sponsors or their Affiliates;
     (iv) reasonable and customary fees, expenses and indemnities provided in the ordinary course of business to officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary;
     (v) customary tax sharing arrangements among Holdco and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (vi) transactions among Holdco and its Subsidiaries not expressly prohibited under this Agreement;
     (vii) any transaction or series of transactions involving consideration of less than $1,000,000;

91


 

     (viii) transactions in existence as of the Effective Date set forth in all material respects on Schedule 6.16;
     (ix) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees of the Borrower, employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or employees of any Borrower Subsidiary and employment agreements, severance agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees which, in each case are approved by the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith that are not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;
     (x) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;
     (xi) the payment of reasonable charges for travel in the ordinary course of business by any officer, director, manager, employee, agent, consultant, Affiliate or advisor of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary;
     (xii) any Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.10 (other than pursuant to Section 6.10(viii)); and
     (xiii) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Transaction permitted by this Agreement.
     Section 6.17 Amendments to Agreements; Prepayments of Second Lien Debt .
     (i) Holdco will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend or terminate the Separation Agreements, the Equity Purchase Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the certificates of designation with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-l Preferred Stock or the Series D Preferred Stock, in each case as defined in, and attached as an exhibit to, the Equity Purchase Agreement, the organizational documents of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or any documents with respect to Subordinated Debt which is Material Indebtedness, in each case in any manner which could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.
     (ii) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, make any optional prepayments of the Second Lien Indebtedness other than (A) any optional prepayment made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, any Refinancing Indebtedness; (B) any optional prepayment made out of the proceeds of sales of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and/or any contributions received by them; (C) prepayments in an amount which, together with (1) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries after the date hereof (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v)(A), (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi) of Section 6.10), (2) the aggregate amount of all Investments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.14(xiv) after the date hereof and (3) the aggregate amount of all other payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to this Section 6.17(ii)(C) after the date hereof, is less than the Basket Amount at such time; (D) prepayments in an amount which, when

92


 

aggregated with all Restricted Payments made after the date hereof pursuant to Section 6.10(ix) and all other payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to this Section 6.17(ii)(D) after the date hereof, does not exceed $25,000,000; or (E) any conversion of the Second Lien Indebtedness into Capital Stock. For purposes hereof, any voluntary purchase, defeasance or acquisition of Second Lien Indebtedness shall constitute a voluntary prepayment thereof.
     Section 6.18 Inconsistent Agreements . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, enter into any indenture, agreement, instrument (or amendment thereto) or other arrangement which directly or indirectly prohibits or restrains, or has the effect of prohibiting or restraining (x) the incurrence or repayment of the Obligations or the ability of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to create or suffer to exist Liens on such Person’s Property securing the Obligations or (y) the ability of any Borrower Subsidiary to (1) pay dividends or make other distributions on its capital or (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to, or make loans or advances to, or sell, lease or transfer any of its Property to, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, except that the following are permitted:
     (i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions contained in any Loan Document, any Second Lien Document (including any related Rate Management Transaction and its related documentation) or otherwise in effect on the Effective Date;
     (ii) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on disposition of the property so acquired;
     (iii) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order or similar restriction;
     (iv) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
     (v) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into relating to the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of that Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to a transaction otherwise permitted by this Agreement;
     (vi) restrictions imposed by the terms of secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 6.11 and 6.15 hereof that, in the case of a Loan Party, relate to the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (vii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or portfolio securities or net worth imposed by customers or Governmental Entities under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

93


 

     (viii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-lease back agreements and other similar agreements;
     (ix) customary provisions contained in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (x) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Borrower Subsidiary that restricts dividends, distributions, loans or advances by such Borrower Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;
     (xi) Permitted Liens;
     (xii) restrictions and conditions contained in documentation governing any Receivables Transaction permitted by this Agreement, which restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets that are the subject of such Receivables Transaction or otherwise customary for such facilities.
     (xiii) restrictions and conditions on the creation or existence of Liens imposed by the terms of the documentation governing any Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Non-Guarantor, which Indebtedness or preferred stock is permitted by Section 6.11;
     (xiv) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 6.14 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
     (xv) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in the lead-in to this Section 6.18 imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xiv) above; provided, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
     Section 6.19 Financial Covenants .
         6.19.1 Interest Coverage Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the ratio, determined as of the end of each of the Borrower’s fiscal quarters for the then most-recently ended four fiscal quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2009, of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period to (ii) the sum of (x) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period paid or payable in cash less (y) (to the extent less than or equal to Consolidated Interest Expense) interest income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period attributable to Cash and Cash Equivalents (and not to Portfolio Securities) to be less than the applicable ratio set forth below for such fiscal quarter:

94


 

         
    Interest Coverage
Fiscal Quarter Ending   Ratio
March 31, 2009
    1.50:1.00  
June 30, 2009
September 30, 2009
       
December 31,2009
    1.50:1.00  
March 31, 2010
June 30, 2010
September 30, 2010
       
December 31, 2010
    1.75:1.00  
March 31, 2011
June 30, 2011
September 30, 2011
       
December 31, 2011
    1.75:1.00  
March 31, 2012
June 30, 2012
September 30, 2012
       
December 31, 2012 and thereafter
    2.00:1.00  
     6.19.2 Senior Secured Debt Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the Senior Secured Debt Ratio, determined as of the end of each of its fiscal quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2009, to be greater than the applicable ratio set forth below for such fiscal quarter:
         
    Senior Secured
Fiscal Quarter Ending   Debt Ratio
March 31, 2009
    6.50:1.00  
June 30, 2009
September 30, 2009
       
December 31, 2009
    6.00:1.00  
March 31, 2010
June 30, 2010
September 30, 2010
       
December 31, 2010
    5.50:1.00  
March 31, 2011
June 30, 2011
September 30, 2011
       
December 31, 2011
    5.00:1.00  
March 31, 2012
June 30, 2012
September 30, 2012
       
December 31, 2012 and thereafter
    4.50:1.00  

95


 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.19, if (i) the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of Section 6.19.1 or 6.19.2 as of the end of any fiscal quarter and (ii) at any time during such fiscal quarter or thereafter until the date that is 20 days after the date the Borrower is required to deliver financial statements with respect to such period pursuant to Section 6.1, the Borrower receives a cash contribution to its equity capital in exchange for common shares of its Capital Stock and gives written notice to the Administrative Agent that such cash contribution has been received and is a Specified Equity Contribution (any amount so identified, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”), then the amount of such Specified Equity Contribution will be deemed to be an increase to Consolidated EBITDA solely for the purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.19.1 and 6.19.2 at the end of such fiscal quarter (and for purposes of determining compliance with future periods that include such fiscal quarter) (but such Specified Equity Contribution shall not be included for purposes of determining the Basket Amount or other purposes hereunder); provided that (1) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be a period of at least two fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made and (2) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with Sections 6.19.1 and 6.19.2. If after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations the Borrower shall be in compliance with the requirements of Sections 6.19.1 and 6.19.2, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of such covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable Default in respect of such covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for this purposes of this Agreement. From the date on which the Borrower gives the Administrative Agent written notice of a Specified Equity Contribution with respect to a fiscal period until the 20 th day after financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 for such fiscal period, none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Secured Party shall exercise any rights or remedies with respect to a breach of Section 6.19.1 or 6.19.2 with respect to such fiscal period, but any such breach shall not be deemed waived for purposes of Section 4.2 until such Specified Equity Contribution is received by the Borrower.
     Section 6.20 Minimum Liquidity Ratio . The Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries shall maintain at all times on a consolidated basis a Minimum Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00.
     Section 6.21 Subsidiary Guarantees . On or before the later of (i) 30 days following the occurrence of the following events or (ii) the first date required for delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1 (i) or (ii) after the occurrence of the following events (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree), the Borrower shall cause an Authorized Officer of a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that has become a Material Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a guaranty of the Obligations pursuant to a guaranty substantially similar to the Guaranty (or a joinder agreement under the Guaranty), all pursuant to documentation (including related certificates, opinions) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent at which time any Authorized Officer becomes aware that a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary has become a Material Domestic Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, substantially contemporaneously with any Subsidiary becoming a “Guarantor” (as defined in the Indenture), the Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder pursuant to documentation as described above.

96


 

     Section 6.22 Collateral . Effective upon any Subsidiary becoming a Guarantor after the date hereof, the Borrower shall cause such Guarantor within fifteen Business Days after becoming a Guarantor (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree) to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a first (subject to Permitted Liens) priority security interest in all assets (including real property and the Capital Stock of its Subsidiaries) of such Guarantor pursuant to documentation (including related certificates and opinions) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Guarantors to, at the expense of the Borrower, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent from time to time such schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps relating to the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, (i) neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor shall be obligated hereby to grant a security interest in any asset if the granting of such security interest would result in the violation of any applicable law or regulation, (ii) the Collateral shall not include a security interest in any asset if the granting of such security interest would be prohibited by enforceable anti-assignment provisions of contracts or applicable law (after giving effect to relevant provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code), (iii) fee-owned real property having an individual fair market value of less than $2,500,000 or aggregate fair market value of less than $10,000,000 shall be excluded from the Collateral, (iv) the Collateral shall not include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable or Portfolio Securities, or deposit or security accounts (except to the extent that the foregoing are proceeds of Collateral; provided, that in no event shall any control agreements be required) containing any of the foregoing, other assets requiring perfection through control agreements, letter-of-credit rights, leasehold real property, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (other than any corporate aircraft), interests in certain joint ventures and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries which cannot be pledged without the consent of one or more third parties and obligations the interest on which is wholly exempt from the taxes imposed by subtitle A of the Code, (v) the pledge of the Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries shall be limited to 65% of the Capital Stock of material first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries, (vi) the Administrative Agent shall have the discretion to exclude from the Collateral immaterial assets, assets as to which it and the Borrower determine that the cost of obtaining such security interest would outweigh the benefit to the Lenders and other assets in which it may determine that the taking of a security interest would not be advisable, and (vii) no foreign law security or pledge agreements shall be required.
     Section 6.23 Holdco Covenant . Holdco shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries) to, engage in any activity or suffer to have any condition outstanding that would violate the Passive Holding Company Condition.
ARTICLE VII
DEFAULTS
     The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a Default:

97


 

     Section 7.1 Representation or Warranty . Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdco, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under or in connection with any Loan Document, any Credit Extension, or any certificate or information required to be delivered under any Loan Document shall be materially false on the date as of which made.
     Section 7.2 Non-Payment . Nonpayment of principal of any Loan when due, nonpayment of any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement within five Business Days after the same becomes due and the Borrower has received written notice of such fact, or nonpayment of interest upon any Loan or of any commitment fee, LC Fee or other obligations under any of the Loan Documents within five Business Days after the same becomes due.
     Section 7.3 Specific Defaults . The breach by any Loan Party of any of the terms or provisions of Section 6.3, Sections 6.10 through and including 6.19.
     Section 7.4 Other Defaults . The breach by any Loan Party (other than a breach which constitutes a Default under Section 7.2 or 7.3 of this Article VII) of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which is not remedied within thirty days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower.
     Section 7.5 Cross-Default . Failure of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries to pay when due any Material Indebtedness; or the default by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries in the performance (beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any, and provided that such default has not been cured or waived) of any term, provision or condition contained in any Material Indebtedness Agreement, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder(s) of such Material Indebtedness or the lender(s) under any Material Indebtedness Agreement to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any Material Indebtedness of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid or repurchased (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the stated maturity thereof.
     Section 7.6 Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings . Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) have an order for relief entered with respect to it under the Federal or state bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iii) apply for, seek, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or any Substantial Portion of its Property, (iv) institute any proceeding seeking an order for relief under the Federal or state bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or fail to file an answer or other pleading denying the material allegations of any such proceeding filed against it, (v) take any corporate or partnership action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing actions set forth in this Section 7.6, (vi) fail to contest in good faith any appointment or proceeding described in Section 7.7 or (vii) not pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due.

98


 

     Section 7.7 Involuntary Proceedings . Without the application, approval or consent of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, a receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official shall be appointed for Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries or any Substantial Portion of its Property, or a proceeding described in Section 7.6(iv) shall be instituted against Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries and such appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of 45 consecutive days.
     Section 7.8 Judgments . Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail within 30 days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of $15,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in currencies other than Dollars) in the aggregate.
     Section 7.9 Unfunded Liabilities; Reportable Event . The Unfunded Liabilities of all Single Employer Plans shall exceed in the aggregate $125,000,000 or any Reportable Event shall occur in connection with any Single Employer Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 7.10 Change in Control . Any Change in Control shall occur.
     Section 7.11 Withdrawal Liability . Holdco or any other member of the Controlled Group shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred withdrawal liability to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount which, when aggregated with all other amounts required to be paid to Multiemployer Plans by Holdco or any other member of the Controlled Group as withdrawal liability (determined as of the date of such notification) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 7.12 Guaranty . The Guaranty shall fail to remain in full force or effect (other than by reason of a release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof) or any Guarantor shall assert in writing the invalidity or unenforceability of the Guaranty, or any Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under any guaranty of the Obligations to which it is a party, or shall give notice to such effect.
     Section 7.13 Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof), or shall cease to give the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby, except to the extent such failure results from any act or omission of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
     Section 7.14 Events Not Constituting Default . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.4, (i) any breach of any representation and warranty made hereunder or under or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) any falsity of any certificate or information required to be delivered under any Loan Document or (iii) any breach under Section 7.4 (other than such a breach arising out of a breach of Section 6.20 after the Effective Date) of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, arises, directly or indirectly, out of the restatement of the consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries heretofore delivered or of Holdco and its Subsidiaries

99


 

or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries requited to be delivered to the Lenders under this Agreement (such financial statements so restated, the “ Restated Financial Statements ”) as a result of (x) the historical valuation, accounting and/or processes, in each case for fiscal periods ended prior to the Effective Date, related to the investment portfolio of Holdco and its Subsidiaries or (y) the February 11, 2008 SEC non-public inquiry to Holdco shall in no event constitute a Default or Unmatured Default under this Agreement; provided , however , that (A) the Borrower furnishes to the Lenders the Restated Financial Statements promptly after the public filing thereof (and in the case of Restated Financial Statements of the Borrower, promptly after public filing of the corresponding restated financial statements of Holdco) and (B) in the event of a breach described in clause (iii) of this Section 7.14 consisting of any failure to deliver financial statements required by Section 6.1(i) or (ii) to be delivered for periods ending after the earliest period for which financial statements are being restated (the “ Subsequent Financial Statements ”). (1) the Borrower furnishes to the Lenders the Subsequent Financial Statements as to which such a breach exists not later than the earlier of (x) the public filing of the corresponding financial statements of Holdco and (y) the date that is 45 days, in the case of any delivery of financial statements for the first three fiscal quarters of any fiscal year, or 60 days, in the case of financial statements for any fiscal year, after the public filing of any Restated Financial Statements (and in the case of Restated Financial Statements of the Borrower, promptly after public filing of the corresponding restated financial statements of Holdco), (2) during such period for which the Subsequent Financial Statements or related audit report, if applicable, required by Section 6.1(i) or (ii) were not available (which period shall in no event extend beyond the dates set forth in clause (1) above), the Borrower furnishes to the Lenders, in lieu thereof, internal unaudited annual financial statements and internal unaudited quarterly financial statements within the time periods set forth in Section 6. l(i) and (ii) respectively which are prepared on a consistent basis as internal unaudited financial statements prepared by Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, which shall be certified by a Financial Officer as (subject to the effect of adjustments for any pending restatement, normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and operations at such date and the consolidated results of operations for the period then ended, in each case of Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as applicable (it being understood that neither (x) the fact that such certification is subject to such adjustments for any pending restatement nor (y) any failure, as a result of such adjustments for any pending restatement, of such internal unaudited financial statements to fairly present, in all material respects, such consolidated financial condition and operations and consolidated results of operations shall constitute a Default or Unmatured Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document), and (3) within one year of the date an audit report would be due under Section 6.1(i) with respect to Subsequent Financial Statements for any fiscal year, the Borrower delivers to the Lenders an audit report as required by Section 6.1(i) with respect to the applicable Subsequent Financial Statements (which audit report may include a qualification relating to any pending restatement described above and which qualified report shall not constitute a Default or Unmatured Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document). Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, in no event will any Subsequent Financial Statements be delivered to the Lenders hereunder later than corresponding financial statements are delivered to the noteholders under the Note Purchase Agreement.

100


 

ARTICLE VIII
ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES
     Section 8.1 Acceleration . If any Default described in Section 7.6 or 7.7 occurs with respect to the Borrower, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and the obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate and the Obligations shall immediately become due and payable without any election or action on the part of the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender. If any other Default occurs, the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) may terminate or suspend the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and the obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Letters of Credit, or declare the Obligations to be due and payable, or both, whereupon the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which the Borrower hereby expressly waives.
     Section 8.2 Amendments . Subject to the provisions of this Section 8.2 and Sections 8.3 and 8.4 below, the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent in writing of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower may enter into agreements supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding or modifying any provisions to the Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the Borrower hereunder or waiving any Default or Unmatured Default hereunder; provided , however, that no such supplemental agreement shall, without the consent of all of the Lenders adversely affected thereby (or in the case of subsections 8.2(ii), (iv), (v) and (vi), all of the Lenders):
     (i) Extend the final maturity of any Loan, or extend the expiry date of any Letter of Credit to a date after the Facility Termination Date or forgive all or any portion of the principal amount thereof or any LC Disbursements, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees hereunder or LC Disbursements (it being understood that the waiver of default interest pursuant to Section 2.14 shall only require the consent of Required Lenders), or amend Section 2.24(ii).
     (ii) Reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders.
     (iii) Increase any Commitment of any Lender hereunder (it being understood that any change to or waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Unmatured Defaults or of a mandatory prepayment shall not constitute an increase or extension of the Commitments of any Lender).
     (iv) Permit the Borrower to assign its rights under this Agreement (it being understood that any modification to Section 6.12 or 6.13 shall only require approval of the Required Lenders).
     (v) Amend this Section 8.2 or Section 11.2 (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.8(iii)) may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Commitments and

101


 

extensions of credit thereunder on the Effective Date and this Section 8.2 may be amended by the Required Lenders to reflect such extensions of credit.
     (vi) Release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guaranty, except, in either case, as contemplated by Section 10.17.
Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything herein or in Section 2.8(iii) to the contrary: (A) any amendment having the effect of permitting the aggregate amount of Term B Loans allowed or incurred pursuant to Section 2.8(iii) after the date hereof to exceed $50,000,000 or permitting the Term B Balance at any time to exceed $250,000,000 shall require the consent of the Required Specified Lenders and the Required B Lenders; and (B) the consent of the Required B Lenders shall be required with respect to any amendment that (1) extends the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Term B Loan, (2) alters the amount or application of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10 in a manner adverse to the interests of Lenders with Term B Loans or (3) has the effect of providing Collateral to the Revolving Lenders or Lenders with Term A Loans on a basis inconsistent with Section 2.24(ii).
No amendment of any provision of this Agreement relating to the Administrative Agent shall be effective without the written consent of the Administrative Agent, and no amendment of any provision relating to the LC Issuer shall be effective without the written consent of the LC Issuer. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement relating to the Swing Line Lender or any Swing Line Loan made by such Swing Line Lender shall be effective without the written consent of the Swing Line Lender. The Administrative Agent may waive payment of the fee required under Section 12.1(ii)(B)(3) without obtaining the consent of any other party to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the execution and delivery of all documentation required by Section 2.8(iii) to be delivered in connection with an increase to the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the new or existing Lenders whose Commitments have been affected may and shall enter into an amendment hereof (which shall be binding on all parties hereto) solely for the purpose of reflecting any new Lenders and their new Revolving Credit Commitments and any increase in the Revolving Credit Commitment of any existing Lender.
     Section 8.3 Replacement Loans . In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans to permit the refinancing of all of the outstanding Term A Loans (the “ Refinanced Term A Loans ”) or all of the outstanding Term B Loans (the “ Refinanced Term B Loans ”) or the replacement of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment (the “ Refinanced Commitment ”) with one or more replacement term loan tranches hereunder which shall be Loans hereunder (“ Replacement Term A Loans ” or the “ Replacement Term B Loans ”, as applicable) or one or more new revolving commitments (the “ Replacement Commitments ”); provided , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term A Loans and Replacement Term B Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term A Loans and Refinanced Term B Loans, respectively, (ii) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term A Loans and Replacement Term B Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term A Loans and Refinanced Term B Loans,

102


 

respectively, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term A Loans and Replacement Term B Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term A Loans and Refinanced Term B Loans, respectively, at the time of such refinancing, (iv) the aggregate amount of the Replacement Commitment shall not exceed the Refinanced Commitment, (v) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Commitment shall not exceed the Applicable Margin for the Refinanced Commitment, (vi) the borrower of such Replacement Term A Loans, Replacement Term B Loans or Replacement Commitment shall be the Borrower and (vii) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term A Loans, Replacement Term B Loans or Replacement Commitments shall be substantially identical to, or not materially more favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term A Loans, Replacement Term B Loans or Replacement Commitments than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term A Loans, Refinanced Term B Loans or Refinanced Commitments, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term A Loans or Term B Loans, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.
     Section 8.4 Errors . Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.2, if following the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have agreed in their sole and absolute discretion that there is an ambiguity, inconsistency, manifest error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Documents if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within ten Business Days following receipt of notice thereof (it being understood that the Administrative Agent has no obligation to agree to any such amendment).
     Section 8.5 Preservation of Rights . No delay or omission of the Lenders, the LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise any right under the Loan Documents shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein, and a Credit Extension notwithstanding the existence of a Default or the inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to such Credit Extension shall not constitute any waiver or acquiescence. Any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, and no waiver, amendment or other variation of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Loan Documents whatsoever shall be valid unless in writing signed by the Lenders required pursuant to Section 8.2 or as otherwise provided in Section 8.3 or 8.4, and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth. All remedies contained in the Loan Documents or by law afforded shall be cumulative and all shall be available to the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders until the Obligations have been paid in full.

103


 

ARTICLE IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 9.1 Survival of Representations . All representations and warranties of the Borrower and Holdco contained in this Agreement shall survive the making of the Credit Extensions herein contemplated.
     Section 9.2 Governmental Regulation . Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall be obligated to extend credit to the Borrower in violation of any limitation or prohibition provided by any applicable statute or regulation.
     Section 9.3 Headings . Section headings in the Loan Documents are for convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of the provisions of the Loan Documents.
     Section 9.4 Entire Agreement . The Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders and supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders relating to the subject matter thereof other than those contained in the fee letter described in Section 10.13 which shall survive and remain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement.
     Section 9.5 Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement . The respective obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint and no Lender shall be the partner or agent of any other (except to the extent to which the Administrative Agent is authorized to act as such). The failure of any Lender to perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender from any of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, provided , however, that the parties hereto expressly agree that the Arranger shall enjoy the benefits of the provisions of Sections 9.6, 9.8 and 10.11 to the extent specifically set forth therein and shall have the right to enforce such provisions on its own behalf and in its own name to the same extent as if it were a party to this Agreement.
     Section 9.6 Expenses; Indemnification .
     (i) The Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Arranger for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (limited to the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) paid or incurred by such parties in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, syndication, distribution (including, without limitation, via the internet), review, amendment (proposed or actual), modification, and administration of the Loan Documents. The Borrower also agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (limited with respect to legal

104


 

expenses to the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all such Persons, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Collateral Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender in connection with the collection and enforcement of the Loan Documents.
     (ii) The Borrower hereby further agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, each Lender, their respective affiliates, and each of their directors, officers and employees against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities and expenses (limited to the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the indemnified Persons taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) which any of them may pay or incur arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or the direct or indirect application or proposed application of the proceeds of any Credit Extension hereunder except to the extent that they are determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or breach of the Loan Documents by, the indemnified party (or their Related Parties) or any dispute solely among the indemnified persons (or their Related Parties) and not involving Holdco, the Borrower, the Sponsors or their Affiliates. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 9.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
     Section 9.7 Severability of Provisions . Any provision in any Loan Document that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents are declared to be severable.
     Section 9.8 Nonliability of Lenders . The relationship between the Borrower on the one hand and the Lenders, the LC Issuer and the Administrative Agent on the other hand shall be solely that of borrower and lender. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have any fiduciary responsibilities to the Borrower. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility to the Borrower to review or inform the Borrower of any matter in connection with any phase of the Borrower’s business or operations. The Borrower agrees that neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have liability to the Borrower (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) for losses suffered by the Borrower in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, the transactions contemplated and the relationship established by the Loan Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, unless it is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or breach of the Loan Documents by, the party from which recovery is sought or any dispute solely between or among the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer and/or any Lender and not involving Holdco, the Borrower, the Sponsors or their respective Affiliates. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have any liability with respect to, and the Borrower hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue for, any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages suffered by the Borrower in connection with,

105


 

arising out of, or in any way related to the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.
     Section 9.9 Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to hold any Information (as defined below) which it may receive from the Borrower in connection with this Agreement in confidence, except for disclosure (i) to its Affiliates and to the Administrative Agent and any other Lender and their respective Affiliates for use solely in connection with the performance of their respective obligations hereunder contemplated hereby, (ii) to legal counsel, accountants, and other professional advisors to such Lender or to a Transferee, (iii) to regulatory officials, (iv) to any Person as required by law, regulation, or legal process, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the Loan Documents or the enforcement of rights thereunder, (vi) to its direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements or to legal counsel, accountants and other professional advisors to such counterparties, (vii) permitted by Section 12.2, and (viii) to rating agencies if requested or required by such agencies in connection with a rating relating to the Advances hereunder. Without limiting Section 9.4, the Borrower agrees that the terms of this Section 9.9 shall set forth the entire agreement between the Borrower and each Lender (including the Administrative Agent) with respect to any Information previously or hereafter received by such Lender in connection with this Agreement, and this Section 9.9 shall supersede any and all prior confidentiality agreements entered into by such Lender with respect to such Information. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from Holdco, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their agents or representatives relating to Holdco, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their agents or other representatives or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdco or the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
      EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION 9.9 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING HOLDCO AND ITS AFFILIATES, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
      ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT HOLDCO AND ITS AFFILIATES, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR

106


 

RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.
     Section 9.10 Nonreliance . Each Lender hereby represents that it is not relying on or looking to any margin stock (as defined in Regulation U) for the repayment of the Credit Extensions provided for herein.
     Section 9.11 Disclosure . The Borrower and each Lender hereby acknowledge and agree that JPMCB and/or its Affiliates from time to time may hold investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with the Borrower and its Affiliates.
     Section 9.12 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.
     Section 9.13 Amendment and Restatement; Prior Defaults .
     (i) On the Effective Date the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended, restated and superseded in its entirety hereby. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (i) this Agreement, any Notes delivered pursuant to Section 2.16 and the other Loan Documents executed and delivered in connection herewith do not constitute a novation, payment and reborrowing, or termination of the “Obligations” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) under the Existing Credit Agreement as in effect prior to the Effective Date and (ii) such “Obligations” are in all respects continuing with only the terms thereof being modified (and, as applicable, the primary obligor being changed) as provided in this Agreement. Except in so far as the terms thereof are expressly modified hereby, nothing herein or in any Loan Document shall release any Loan Party from any payment obligation in respect of the Obligations under any Loan Document (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement). All indemnification obligations of the Borrower pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement are continued hereunder.
     (ii) The parties agree that as of the Effective Date the “Waiver Period” under the Existing Credit Agreement shall terminate and all Defaults and Unmatured Defaults arising under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be permanently waived; provided that such prior or permanent waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any Default or Unmatured Default arising under this Agreement upon or after the effectiveness of this Agreement.
     (iii) The Lenders hereby waive the prior notice required by Section 2.10 of the Existing Credit Agreement with respect to the repayment on the date hereof of $100,000,000 of Revolving Loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement.

107


 

ARTICLE X
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
     Section 10.1 Appointment; Nature of Relationship . JPMCB is hereby appointed by each of the Lenders and the LC Issuer as its contractual representative (herein referred to as the “ Administrative Agent ”) hereunder and under each other Loan Document, and each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the contractual representative of such Lender with the rights and duties expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent agrees to act as such contractual representative upon the express conditions contained in this Article X. Notwithstanding the use of the defined term “Administrative Agent,” it is expressly understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall not have any fiduciary responsibilities to any Lender by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document and that the Administrative Agent is merely acting as the contractual representative of the Lenders with only those duties as are expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In its capacity as the Lenders’ contractual representative, the Administrative Agent (i) does not hereby assume any fiduciary duties to any of the Lenders, (ii) is a “representative” of the Lenders within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and (iii) is acting as an independent contractor, the rights and duties of which are limited to those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents together with such rights and powers as are reasonably incident thereto. Each of the Lenders hereby agrees to assert no claim against the Administrative Agent on any agency theory or any other theory of liability for breach of fiduciary duty, all of which claims each Lender hereby waives.
     Section 10.2 Powers . The Administrative Agent shall have and may exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of each thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent shall have no implied duties to the Lenders, or any obligation to the Lenders to take any action thereunder except any action specifically provided by the Loan Documents to be taken by the Administrative Agent.
     Section 10.3 General Immunity . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable to the Borrower, the Lenders or any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith except to the extent such action or inaction is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Person.
     Section 10.4 No Responsibility for Loans. Recitals, etc . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, or verify (a) any statement, warranty or representation made in connection with any Loan Document or any borrowing hereunder; (b) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of any obligor under any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any agreement by an obligor to furnish information directly to each Lender; (c) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article IV, except receipt of items required to be delivered solely to the Administrative Agent; (d) the existence or possible existence of any Default or Unmatured Default; (e) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness,

108


 

sufficiency or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other instrument or writing furnished in connection therewith; (f) the value, sufficiency, creation, perfection or priority of any Lien in any collateral security; or (g) the financial condition of the Borrower or any guarantor of any of the Obligations or of any of the Borrower’s or any such guarantor’s respective Subsidiaries. Except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
     Section 10.5 Action on Instructions of Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder and under any other Loan Document in accordance with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders. The Lenders hereby acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the Required Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.
     Section 10.6 Employment of Administrative Agents and Counsel . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties as Administrative Agent hereunder and under any other Loan Document by or through employees, agents, and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to the Lenders, except as to money or securities received by it or its authorized agents, for the default or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning the contractual arrangement between the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and all matters pertaining to the Administrative Agent’s duties hereunder and under any other Loan Document.
     Section 10.7 Reliance on Documents; Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any Note, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex, electronic mail message, statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and, in respect to legal matters, upon the opinion of counsel selected by the Administrative Agent, which counsel may be employees of the Administrative Agent. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender or the Administrative Agent unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the applicable date specifying its objection thereto.
     Section 10.8 Administrative Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification . The Lenders agree to reimburse and indemnify the Administrative Agent ratably in proportion to their respective Commitments (or, if the Commitments have been terminated, in proportion to their Commitments immediately prior to such termination) (i) for any amounts not reimbursed by the Borrower for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to reimbursement by the Borrower

109


 

under the Loan Documents, (ii) for any other expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and enforcement of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, for any expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with any dispute between the Administrative Agent and any Lender or between two or more of the Lenders) and (iii) for any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any other document delivered in connection therewith or the transactions contemplated thereby (including, without limitation, for any such amounts incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in connection with any dispute between the Administrative Agent and any Lender or between two or more of the Lenders), or the enforcement of any of the terms of the Loan Documents or of any such other documents, provided that (i) no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent any of the foregoing is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent and (ii) any indemnification required pursuant to Section 3.5(vii) shall, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10.8, be paid by the relevant Lender in accordance with the provisions thereof. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.8 shall survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
     Section 10.9 Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement describing such Default or Unmatured Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders.
     Section 10.10 Rights as a Lender . In the event the Administrative Agent is a Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder and under any other Loan Document with respect to its Commitment and its Loans as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, at any time when the Administrative Agent is a Lender, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of trust, debt, equity or other transaction, in addition to those contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person. The Administrative Agent, in its individual capacity, is not obligated to remain a Lender.
     Section 10.11 Lender Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arranger or any other Lender and based on the financial statements prepared by the Borrower and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arranger or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem

110


 

appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     Section 10.12 Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent or, if no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed, sixty days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its intention to resign. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders (with the consent of the Borrower unless at the applicable time a Default under Section 7.2, 7.6 (in respect of bankruptcy only) or 7.7 (in respect of bankruptcy only) shall have occurred and be continuing) shall have the right to appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Administrative Agent, other than a Disqualified Institution. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders within forty-five days after the resigning Administrative Agent’s giving notice of its intention to resign, then the resigning Administrative Agent may appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Administrative Agent, other than a Disqualified Institution (with the consent of the Borrower unless at the applicable time a Default under Section 7.2, 7.6 (in respect of bankruptcy only) or 7.7 (in respect of bankruptcy only) shall have occurred and be continuing). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the Administrative Agent may at any time (with the consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld but without the consent of any Lender) appoint any of its Affiliates which is a commercial bank as a successor Administrative Agent hereunder. If the Administrative Agent has resigned and no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed, the Lenders may perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder and the Borrower shall make all payments in respect of the Obligations to the applicable Lender and for all other purposes shall deal directly with the Lenders. No successor Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be appointed hereunder until such successor Administrative Agent has accepted the appointment. Any such successor Administrative Agent shall be a commercial bank having capital and retained earnings of at least $250,000,000 and shall not be a Disqualified Institution. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning Administrative Agent. Upon the effectiveness of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the resigning Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents. After the effectiveness of the resignation of an Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall continue in effect for the benefit of such Administrative Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. In the event that there is a successor to the Administrative Agent by merger, or the Administrative Agent assigns its duties and obligations to an Affiliate pursuant to this Section 10.12, then the term “Prime Rate” as used in this Agreement shall mean the prime rate, base rate or other analogous rate of the new Administrative Agent.
     Section 10.13 Administrative Agent and Arranger Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, for their respective accounts, the fees agreed to by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger pursuant to that certain fee letter agreement dated February 14, 2008, or as otherwise agreed from time to time.

111


 

     Section 10.14 Delegation to Affiliates . The Borrower and the Lenders agree that the Administrative Agent may delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates. Any such Affiliate (and such Affiliate’s directors, officers, agents and employees) which performs duties in connection with this Agreement shall be entitled to the same benefits of the indemnification, waiver and other protective provisions to which the Administrative Agent is entitled under Articles IX and X.
     Section 10.15 Co-Documentation Agents, Co-Syndication Agents, etc . No Lender identified in this Agreement as a “Co-Documentation Agent” or a “Co-Syndication Agent” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to such Lenders as it makes with respect to the Administrative Agent in Section 10.11 mutatis mutandis .
     Section 10.16 Appointment of Collateral Agent . Each of the Lenders and the LC Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or of the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Such authorization shall include the authority to enter into the Collateral Documents (including amendments thereof to facilitate the securing of Rate Management Obligations) on such terms as it deems appropriate. All provisions of this Article X relating to the Administrative Agent (and all indemnities of the Administrative Agent by the Borrower and all provisions relating to reimbursement of expenses of the Administrative Agent by the Borrower) shall be equally applicable to the Collateral Agent mutatis mutandis .
     Section 10.17 Certain Releases of Collateral and Guarantors . Without limiting the foregoing, (i) if any of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents is sold in a transaction permitted hereunder (other than to a Loan Party), such Collateral (but not the proceeds thereof) shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Collateral Documents and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing and (ii) if any Guarantor is sold in a transaction permitted hereby, the Administrative Agent is authorized to release such Guarantor from the Guaranty upon consummation of such sale.
     Section 10.18 Intercreditor Agreement . Each Lender hereby authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as attorney-in-fact on behalf of such Lender and agrees that in consideration of the benefits of the security being provided to such Lender in accordance with the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and by acceptance of those benefits, each Lender (including any Lender which becomes such by assignment pursuant to Section 12.1 after the date hereof) shall be bound by the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and shall comply (and shall cause any Affiliate thereof which is the holder of any First Priority Obligations (as defined therein) to comply) with such terms and provisions.

112


 

ARTICLE XI
SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS
     Section 11.1 Setoff . If a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the Obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender or Affiliate, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such Obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 11.1 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
     Section 11.2 Ratable Payments . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swing Line Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swing Line Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swing Line Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swing Line Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any Assignee or Participant.
ARTICLE XII
BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS
     Section 12.1 Successors and Assigns .
     (i) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the LC Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (A) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (B) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 12.1. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied,

113


 

shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the LC Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (solely to the extent provided in paragraph (iii) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(ii) (A) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (ii)(B) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees other than any Disqualified Institution (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:
     (1) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if a Default under Section 7.2, 7.6 (in respect of bankruptcy only) or 7.7 (in respect of bankruptcy only) has occurred and is continuing, any other Assignee;
     (2) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of (x) any Revolving Credit Commitment to an Assignee that is a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment or the Borrower or any of its Affiliates and (y) all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or the Borrower or any of its Affiliates; and
     (3) the LC Issuer, provided that no consent of the LC Issuer shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan.
     (B) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
     (1) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 in the case of a Revolving Credit Commitment or, in the case of a Term Loan, $1,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent;
     (2) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to

114


 

prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
     (3) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and
     (4) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about Holdco and its Affiliates, the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.
     For the purposes of this Section 12.1(ii), the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:
Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (1) a Lender, (2) an Affiliate of a Lender or (3) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
     (C) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (ii)(E) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder (except in the case of an assignment to the Borrower) shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5 and 9.6). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.1 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (iii) of this Section 12.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Assignment and Assumption, all Commitments, Loans, and all other rights assigned to the Borrower pursuant to this Section 12.1 shall be deemed canceled for all purposes under this Agreement, including without limitation with respect to Section 8.2 and Section 6.19, and, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, neither the

115


 

Borrower nor any Affiliate of the Borrower which is a Lender shall be entitled to receive information delivered to the Lenders or attend meetings of the Lenders.
     (D) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements and any interest thereon owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”), The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuers and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any LC Issuer and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
     (E) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder, the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (ii)(B)(3) of this Section 12.1 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (ii) of this Section 12.1, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the Assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.21, 2.22(v), 10.8 or 11.2, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(iii) (A) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities other than a Disqualified Institution (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (1) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (2) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (3) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that (x) such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that any

116


 

such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant (other than a Participant which is the Borrower), agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 8.2(i) that affects such Participant, and (y) in the case of a Participant which is the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower, the selling Lender shall not (without the consent of the Administrative Agent), and shall not be obligated to, provide such Participant with information such Participant would not be entitled to receive in accordance with Section 12.1(ii)(C) were such participation an assignment. Subject to paragraph (iii)(B) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (ii) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.1 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 11.2 as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells a participation to the Borrower, all Commitments, Loans and all other rights subject to such participation to the Borrower shall be deemed canceled for all purposes under this Agreement, including without limitation with respect to Section 8.2 and Section 6.19, but, in the case of a participation of any Revolving Credit Commitment, such cancellation shall be subject to the making of cash collateralization arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable LC Issuer and the Swing Line Lender with respect to Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans outstanding at the time of such participation which are subject to such participation.
     (B) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.5 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.5(iv) or (v), as applicable, as though it were a Lender.
     (C) Each Lender having sold a participation in its rights or Obligations under this Agreement, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of such Participants and the rights, interests or obligations of such Participants in any Obligation, in any Commitment and in any right to receive any payments hereunder.
     (iv) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

117


 

     Section 12.2 Dissemination of Information . The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, actual or proposed assignee of an interest in the Obligations or Loan Documents (each a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning the creditworthiness of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, including without limitation any information contained in any financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof; provided that each Transferee and prospective Transferee agrees to be bound by Section 9.9 of this Agreement.
     Section 12.3 Tax Treatment . If any interest in any Loan Document is transferred to any Transferee, the transferor Lender shall cause such Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such transfer, to comply with the provisions of Section 3.5(iv) or (v), as applicable.
ARTICLE XIII
NOTICES
     Section 13.1 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .
     (i) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows:
     (A) if to the Borrower, to it at c/o MoneyGram International, Inc., 1550 Utica Avenue South, MS 2010, Minneapolis, MN 55416-5312, Attention of: Teresa H. Johnson (Facsimile Number (952) 591-3859);
     with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Mr. Scott Jaeckel
Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal Street, 35th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(Fax No. (617) 227-3514)
Email: sjaeckel@thlee.com
and
Angela L. Fontana, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
200 Crescent Court, Suite 300
Dallas, Texas 75201-6950
(Fax No. (214) 746-7777)
Email: angela.fontana@weil.com
     (B) if to the Administrative Agent, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 S. Dearborn Street, Floor 7, Chicago, IL 60603-2003, Mail Code: IL1-

118


 

0010, Attention of: Claudia A. Kech (Facsimile Number (312) 385-7096), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 111 East Wisconsin Avenue, Floor 16, Milwaukee, WI 53202-4815, Mail Code: WI1-2042, Attention of: Brian L. Grossman (Facsimile Number (414) 977-6777);
     (C) if to the LC Issuer, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 S. Dearborn Street, Floor 7, Chicago, IL 60603-2003, Mail Code: IL1-0010, Attention of: Claudia A. Kech (Facsimile Number (312) 385-7096);
     (D) if to a Lender, to it at its address or telecopier number set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire provided to the Administrative Agent.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (ii) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (ii).
     (ii) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent or as otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication and, in the case of notice of Default or Unmatured Default, shall permit notification only by Intralinks or a similar website. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its respective discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it or as it otherwise determines, provided that such determination or approval may be limited to particular notices or communications.
     Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

119


 

     (iii) Change of Address, Etc . Any party hereto may change its address or telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
ARTICLE XIV
COUNTERPARTS; INTEGRATION; EFFECTIVENESS; ELECTRONIC EXECUTION
     Section 14.1 Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Except as provided in Article IV, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
     Section 14.2 Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any assignment and assumption agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or any other state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
ARTICLE XV
CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
     Section 15.1 CHOICE OF LAW . THE LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A CONTRARY EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.
     Section 15.2 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS

120


 

AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT, THE LC ISSUER OR ANY LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY THE BORROWER AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY LENDER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK.
     Section 15.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT, EACH LC ISSUER AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED THEREUNDER.
[signature pages follow]

121


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS
WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Its:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  JPMORGAN CHSE BANK, N.A.,
Individually, as Administrative Agent,
Collateral Agent, LC Issuer and Swing Line
Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Its: Vice President   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  CHASE LINCOLN FIRST COMMERCIAL CORPORATION, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Its: Managing Director   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  Bank of America N.A., as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: Senior Vice President   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  Keybank National Association, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: Senior Vice President   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Karen Paris    
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
 
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Steve Gibson    
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  BNP Paribas, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: Managing Director   
       
  By:   /s/    
    Title: Managing Director   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  Citicorp, USA, Inc., as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title:   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  CALYON NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Name:   Blake Wright    
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/    
    Name:   Joseph Philbin    
    Title:   Director   
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: Senior Vice President   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender    
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: Senior Vice President   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  Wachovia Bank, National Association, as a Lender    
 
  By:   /s/    
    Helen F. Wessling    
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY,
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: Senior Vice President   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  Societe Generale, as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Nigel Elvey    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  SunTrust Bank, Inc., as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: Director   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  MEGA INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANK SILICON VALLEY BRANCH
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: SVP & General Manager   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  GoldenTree Capital Opportunities LP,
By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Its: Director — Bank Debt   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

Schedule 1
Scheduled Restricted Investments/Specified Securities
See Attached.

 


 

Schedule 1 1
                     
        Par Value   Par Value   Investor Value   Investor Value
Category   CUSIP   (12/31/2007) (a)   (1/31/2008) (a)   (12/31) (a)   (1/31) (a)
     
C-1
                   
FHLB 4 3/09 C 4/04
  3133X4VF5   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]
FHLB 4 3/26/09 C 4/04
  3133X4Q87                
FHLB 4.02 12/10 C 9/03
  31339X4E1                
FHLB 6.125 12/29/14
  3133XLGV9                
FHLB 6.32 06/17
  3133XLGE7                
FHLMC 4.1 12/10
  3128X1FX0                
FHLMC 4.5 13
  3134A4SA3                
FHLMC 4.95 5/13 C 5/04
  3128X1CT2                
FNMA 0 07/05/14
  TT3169600                
FNMA 5 2/13 C 5/04
  3136F3AJ5                
FNMA 5.15 1/13 C 1/05
  3136F2B56                
FNMA 6 03/20/17
  3136F8GW9                
FNMA 6.25 08/15/16
  3136F7U88                
FHR 2006 ZB
  3133TBQM5                
FHR 2018 Z
  3133TCJ74                
FHR 2080 Z
  3133TG3U1                
FHR 2211 ZA
  3133TNEQ3                
FHR 2336 TB
  3133986U8                
FHR 2391 XG
  31339LYF1                
FHR 2466 DG
  31392MM74                
FHR 2482 EJ
  31392PQU2                
FHR 2484 VB
  31392PRK3                
FHR 2532 A
  31393FNV4                
FHR 2539 TC
  31393FXA9                
FHR 2564 QC
  31393LNU3                
FHR 2574 PC
  31393L2N2                
FHR 2603 JP
  31393PST2                
FHR 2641 KC
  31393WV63                
FHR 2656 AC
  31394HR86                
FHR 2675 PB
  31394J4P9                
FHR 2691 LD
  31394LDU3                
FHR 2740 PC
  31394P3P6                
FHR 2793 GC
  31394YG99                
FHR 2793 GC
  31394YG99                
FHR 2807 JA
  31395AM44                
FHR 2878 QD
  31395GKM3                
FHR 3014 DW
  31395XAD7                
FN 725341
  31402CZE5                
FNR 02-77 QE
  31392F4E4                
FNR 1997-12 KB
  31359NE64                
FNR 1999-33 ZA
  31359WKG5                
FNR 2001-23 PG
  31359S4D9                
FNR 2001-31 VB
  313920CB4                
FNR 2001-63 TB
  31392AUH9                
FNR 2002-55 VL
  31392EFY1                
FNR 2003-41 PM
  31393BD51                
FNR 2003-97 WC
  31393TNL6                
FNR 2005-53 MB
  31394DH60                
FNR 2005-58 CW
  31394EDC9                
FNR 2007-10 VA
  31396PNB3                
GNR 1998-24 Z
  3837H1B42                
GNR 2000-26 PD
  3837H4B79                
GNR 2002-67 VB
  38373VQX1                
FHR 49 G
  31340YRU5                
FFCB 5 3/14 C 6/04
  31331TWT4                
FHLMC 4.25 3/10 C 9/04
  3128X2ZL2                
FHLMC 5 3/13 C 9/04
  3128X2C52                
FHLMC 5.25 2/14 C 2/05
  3128X2QV0                
FNMA 4.01 8/09 C 8/04
  3136F5CC3                
FNMA 4.27 1/09 C 4/04
  3136F4W83                
FNMA 4.3 3/10 C 6/04
  3136F5HH7                
FNMA 4.6 9/10 C 12/04
  3136F6EW5                
FNMA 5 2/12 C 5/04
  3136F45M2                
FNMA 5 8/11 C 5/04
  3136F46A7                
FNMA 5.25 1/13 C 7/03
  3136F2J90                
FNMA 5.25% 1/13 C 4/04
  3136F2P77                
FNMA 5.5 11/14 2/05
  3136F6MW6                
     
Total C-1
      [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]
     
Investor Value/Par Value
              [ * ]   [ * ]
 
(a)   Par Values ($) and Investor Values ($) for illustrative purposes only
 
1   The appearance of [ * ] denotes confidential information that has been omitted from this Exhibit and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 


 

Schedule 1 1
                     
        Par Value   Par Value   Investor Value   Investor Value
Category   CUSIP   (12/31/2007) (a)   (1/31/2008) (a)   (12/31) (a)   (1/31) (a)
     
C-2
                   
ACCDO V C
  00388EAC5   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]
ACCDO V D
  00388EAD3                
ACCDO 10A C
  00389KAD8                
ACCOA 2007-1A A2
  00389UAC8                
ANDY 2007-1A A2
  034050AD6                
ANDY 2007-1A B
  034050AE4                
AYRES 2005-1A C
  05473WAJ5                
CCRK 2006-1A A3
  164553AD1                
CCRK 2007-2A A2
  164554AC1                
CRONA 2007-1A B
  219655AH0                
FORTS 2006-2A A2
  34957YAC1                
FORTS 2006-2A B
  34957YAD9                
GLCR 2006-4A C
  37638NAD3                
GSCSF 2007-1RA A1LC
  3622MTAC4                
HLCDO 2006-1A A2
  40536UAB8                
INDE4 4A C
  453433AF1                
INDE7 7A B
  45377MAG6                
LEXN 2006-2A D
  52902WAF6                
MID 01-1A A1L
  59541FAB4                
NEPTN 2004-1A A3L
  640699AD6                
NEPTN 2007-5A A2L
  64069WAD5                
ORCHD 03-1A B
  68571SAC8                
ORCHD 03-1A C1
  68571SAD6                
PSCBO 1A A1L
  74438VAA6                
PSCBO 1A A1
  74438VAB4                
PYXIS 2007-1A B
  74732XAD9                
SAYB 2001-1A A
  805659AA7                
SHERW 2006-3A A1J
  82442VAB1                
SOLST 1A A
  83436UAA1                
STAK 2006-2A 4
  85234AAE6                
TABS 2007-7A A1J
  872159AB4                
VERT 2007-1A A1J
  92534YAC1                
VERT 2007-1A A2
  92534YAE7                
NORTH 2001-3A
  25153HAA2                
COOKS 2007-9A A
  2163P2AA0                
GSCSF 2006-1A B
  3622X0AC5                
IXION 2006-9A 12
  46601WAJ4                
LCERT 2006-1A B
  50547QAC1                
LEXN 2007-3A E
  52902YAN5                
MILL REEF 05-1
  600008AC0                
SALISBURY 05-14
  795267AG8                
SALISBURY 06-1
  79526EAK4                
SALISBURY 06-16
  79526FAA3                
SKYBOX 05-1A C
  83083GAE0                
AYRESOME CDO I PREF
  05473U209                
DUKEF 2005-HG1A SUB
  264412AA5                
MILL REEF PREF
  27020EAA6                
OPUS 2006-1A SUB
  68402DAA0                
SHERW 2006-3A SUB
  82442TAA8                
STILLWATER PREF
  860721208                
TABS 2005-2A SUB
  87337LAF1                
GSTAR 05-5A IN
  362905AA9                
NEPTN 2004-1A SUB
  64069QAA4                
MID 2001-1A
  59541BAC1                
LOGAN 05-1 C
  42702MBA1                
COOKS 2007-18A A
  21638PAA8                
THOM 2006-1A C
  874008AE5                
CENTS 2006-1A A3
  156323AJ6                
CENTS 2006-1A B
  156323AL1                
CLSVF 2007-3A A3
  18272FAD1                
EIGHT 2007-1A A3
  28248EAG7                
MARSC 2007-1A A3
  571656AC1                
PTPLS 2007-1A A2
  730594AC2                
SQRD 2007-1A A2A
  85223XAC3                
TRIC 2005-4A A3L
  89608VAD2                
TRIC 2006-6A A2L
  89609AAD7                
TWOLF 2007-1A A2
  88714PAF3                
ZING 6A B1
  98885LAE7                
     
Total C-2
      [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]
     
Investor Value/Par Value
              [ * ]   [ * ]
 
(a)   Par Values ($) and Investor Values ($) for illustrative purposes only
 
1   [ * ] Please refer to the footnote on page 1 of Schedule 1.

 


 

Schedule 1 1
                     
        Par Value   Par Value   Investor Value   Investor Value
Category   CUSIP   (12/31/2007) (a)   (1/31/2008) (a)   (12/31) (a)   (1/31) (a)
     
C-3
                   
TABERNA 05-2A D
  87330UAJ0   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]
TABERNA PFD
  87330L200                
TAF 1A B1
  89675YAC6                
CMLTI 2006-WF1 M2
  17307G4N5                
CMLTI 2006-WF2 M1
  17309BAF4                
SHARP 05-HE4N N
  820018BV0                
RAMC 2007-2 M3
  75970QAM2                
MLMI 2005-HE2 M2
  59020US55                
FFML 04-FF10 M5
  32027NMN8                
SVHE 2005-OPT3 M6
  83611MGZ5                
ACE 2004-HE3 B
  004421JB0                
SACO 2005-9 M4
  785778MR9                
GPMF 2005-HE4 M8
  39538WDQ8                
QUEST 2006-X1 M1
  748351AT0                
CONHE 1997-1 M2
  21075WEG6                
SASC 2004-18H B2
  86359BF48                
SASC 2000-5 B5
  8635722E2                
SASC 2001-9 B4
  86358REH6                
OCMBS 99-R1 AP
  675748BR7                
RAST 2006-A7CB B1
  76113NAU7                
SIMSBURY CLO
  829192BC6                
STANFIELD CLO
  85430NAA8                
LONGHORN 2000-1
  543044200                
ANCHORAGE FIN SUB-TR IV
  033302209                
NORTH CASTLE CUST TR VIII
  65831M208                
SUTTON CAPITAL TRUST III
  86943W207                
TIERS 2001-6
  88652RAA4                
US BANK PIPER JAFFREY TRUST
  USBPJT                
     
Total C-3
      [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]   [ * ]
     
Investor Value/Par Value
              [ * ]   [ * ]
 
(a)   Par Values ($) and Investor Values ($) for illustrative purposes only
 
1   [ * ] Please refer to the footnote on page 1 of Schedule 1.

 


 

Schedule 2.22 1
Outstanding Letters of Credit
                         
        Out-            
        Standing       Bank   Expiration
Beneficiary   Issue Date   Amount   Bank Name   Reference No.   Date
[*]
  10/8/2004   $ 596,000     JPMorgan   [*]   4/30/2009
 
[*]
  4/18/2006   $ 690,000     JPMorgan   [*]   4/30/2008
 
[*]
  10/8/2004   $ 100,000     JPMorgan   [*]   4/30/2009
 
[*]
  10/8/2004   $ 840,000     JPMorgan   [*]   4/30/2009
 
[*]
  8/25/2007   $ 20,000     JPMorgan   [*]   4/30/2009
 
[*]
  10/8/2004   $ 610,000     JPMorgan   [*]   4/30/2009
 
[*]
  9/11/2007   $ 1,700,000     JPMorgan   [*]   9/30/2008
 
1   The appearance of [ * ] denotes confidential information that has been omitted from this Exhibit and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 


 

Schedule 5.8
Subsidiaries
                 
    Material            
    Domestic           Ownership
Entity   Subsidiary   Jurisdiction   Owner   Interest
MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc.
  Yes   Delaware   MoneyGram International, Inc.   100%
 
               
MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
  Yes   Delaware   MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc.   100%
 
               
MoneyGram Investments, LLC
  Yes   Delaware   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
Hematite Trust
  No   Delaware   MoneyGram Investments, LLC   100%
 
               
Monazite Trust
  No   Delaware   MoneyGram Investments, LLC   100%
 
               
Long Lake Partners, LLC
  No   Delaware   MoneyGram Investments, LLC   100%
 
               
Ferrum Trust
  No   Delaware   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
FSMC, Inc.
  Yes   Minnesota   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
MoneyGram France S.A.
  No   France   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
MoneyGram International Holdings Limited
  No   United Kingdom   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
MoneyGram International Limited
  No   United Kingdom   MoneyGram International Holdings Limited   100%
 
               
MIL Overseas Limited
  No   United Kingdom   MoneyGram International Limited   100%

3


 

                 
    Material            
    Domestic           Ownership
Entity   Subsidiary   Jurisdiction   Owner   Interest
MoneyGram Overseas (Pty) Limited
  No   South Africa   MIL Overseas Limited   100%
 
               
MoneyGram India Private Ltd.
  No   India   MIL Overseas Limited   100%
 
               
MoneyGram of New York, LLC
  Yes   Delaware   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
MoneyGram Payment Systems Canada, Inc.
  No   Ontario   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
MoneyGram Payment Systems Italy S.r.l.
  No   Italy   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
PropertyBridge, Inc.
  Yes   Delaware   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
Travelers Express Company (P.R.), Inc.
  No   Puerto Rico   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
Tsavorite Trust
  No   Delaware   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
GBP Holdings, Inc.
  No   Minnesota   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.   100%
 
               
MIL Overseas Nigeria Limited
  No   Nigeria   MIL Overseas Limited   100%

4


 

Schedule 5.13
Ownership of Properties
None.

5


 

Schedule 6.11 1
Existing Indebtedness
Intercompany loan between [ * ] and [ * ] with an outstanding principal balance of [ * ] (no interest).
Intercompany loan between [ * ] and [ * ] with an outstanding principal balance of [ * ] and accrued interest of [ * ] as of February 29, 2008.
[ * ] LOC which supports Guarantee given by [ * ] in 2000 for the benefit of [ * ], required by [ * ] to do business in [ * ]. The amount is [ * ].
Capital commitment of [ * ] to [ * ] for the benefit of [ * ] in the amount of [ * ].
Liability for deferred purchase price pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated September 12, 2007, by and among MPSI, PropertyBridge, Inc., Project Oscar Acquisition, Inc. and Shareholders’ Representative. The maximum amount of the earn-out is $10 million dollars.
Unfunded commitments to provide funds in four Limited Partnership Investments, not to exceed $1,500,000.
Until the occurrence of the Effective Date, that certain $150,000,000 364-day Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 2007, as amended, by and among Holdco, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto.
Guarantee given by MPSI on behalf of PropertyBridge for the benefit of First National Bank of Omaha dated October 1, 2007.
 
1   The appearance of [ * ] denotes confidential information that has been omitted from this Exhibit and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 


 

Schedule 6.13
Investment Write-Downs
     
Description   CUSIP
SHARP 05-HE4N N
  820018BV0
DUKEF 2005-HG1A SUB
  264412AA5
DUKEF 2005-HG1A SUB
  264412AA5
ACE 2004-HE3 B
  004421JB0
TAF 1A B1
  89675YAC6
ANDY 2007-1A A2
  034050AD6
ANDY 2007-1A B
  034050AE4
CCRK 2006-1A A3
  164553AD1
CCRK 2007-2A A2
  164554AC1
CLSVF 2007-3A A3
  18272FAD1
CRONA 2007-1A B
  219655AH0
GLCR 2006-4A C
  37638NAD3
GSCSF 2006-1A B
  3622X0AC5
HLCDO 2006-1A A2
  40536UAB8
INDE4 4A C
  453433AF1
IXION 2006-9A 12
  46601WAJ4
LEXN 2006-2A D
  52902WAF6
LEXN 2007-3A E
  52902YAN5
NEPTN 2004-1A A3L
  640699AD6
NEPTN 2007-5A A2L
  64069WAD5
ORCHD 03-1A C1
  68571SAD6
PTPLS 2007-1A A2
  730594AC2
PYXIS 2007-1A B
  74732XAD9
SHERW 2006-3A A1J
  82442VAB1
THOM 2006-1A C
  874008AE5
TWOLF 2007-1A A2
  88714PAF3
CENTS 2006-1A A3
  156323AJ6
CENTS 2006-1A B
  156323AL1
COOKS 2007-9A A
  2163P2AA0
EIGHT 2007-1A A3
  28248EAG7
FORTS 2006-2A A2
  34957YAC1
FORTS 2006-2A B
  34957YAD9
GSCSF 2007-1RA A1LC
  3622MTAC4
INDE7 7A B
  45377MAG6
LCERT 2006-1A B
  50547QAC1
MARSC 2007-1A A3
  571656AC1
SACO 2005-9 M4
  785778MR9
SHERW 2006-3A SUB
  82442TAA8
SQRD 2007-1A A2A
  85223XAC3
STAK 2006-2A 4
  85234AAE6
SALISBURY 06-1
  79526EAK4

7


 

     
Description   CUSIP
SALISBURY 06-16
  79526FAA3
ORCHD 03-1A B
  68571SAC8
AYRESOME CDO I PREF
  05473U209
NEPTN 2004-1A SUB
  64069QAA4
OPUS 2006-1A SUB
  68402DAA0
LONGHORN 2000-1
  543044200

8


 

Schedule 6.14(viii)
Existing Investments
None.

9


 

Schedule 6.14(xx)
Certain Acquisitions
Potential Super Agent Acquisitions
                 
Acquiring       Target’s   Assumption    
Entity   Target   Jurisdiction   of Debt   Consideration
MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
  Cambios Sol S.A.   Spain   No   Cash
 
               
MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
  MoneyCard World Express, S.A.   Spain   No   Cash
 
               
MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
  Blue Dolphin   Belgium   No   Cash
 
               
MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
  Raphael’s Bank   France   No   Cash

10


 

Schedule 6.15
Existing Liens
MoneyGram Payment Systems Inc. (“MPSI”), as Seller/Debtor, and Citicorp North America, Inc. (“Citi”), as Purchaser/Secured Party, have entered into a Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 8, 1997, whereby Purchaser/Secured Party will acquire from time to time the receivables of the Seller/Debtor. MPSI is in receipt of a letter from Citi dated March 7, 2008 confirming the termination of the Agreement and acknowledging that all outstanding amounts due under the Facility have been paid. By this letter, Citi authorized the filing of termination statements for the UCC-1 financing statements that have been filed with respect to the facility. A termination statement is being filed to terminate the UCC-1.
UCC Financing Statement No. 60066506 naming MPSI as Debtor and Hematite Trust c/o Branch Banking and Trust Company as Secured Party was filed in Delaware on 01/06/06 covering certain collateral, in connection with the sale of certain accounts from MPSI, whereby MPSI sold to Buyer all of its right, title and interest to all receivables and their proceeds.
UCC Financing Statement No. 60066514 naming MPSI as Debtor and Tsavorite Trust c/o US Bank National Association was filed in Delaware on 01/06/06 covering certain collateral, in connection with the sale of certain accounts from MPSI, whereby MPSI sold to Buyer all of its right, title and interest to all receivables and their proceeds. This Financing Statement was amended on 12/21/07 (Amendment No. 74917323)
UCC Financing Statement No. 60066548 naming MPSI as Debtor and Ferrum Trust c/o Allfirst Financial Center National Association as Secured Party was filed in Delaware on 01/06/06 covering certain collateral, in connection with the sale of certain accounts from MPSI, whereby MPSI sold to the Buyer all of its right, title and interest to all receivables and all of their proceeds.
UCC Financing Statement No. 60066621 naming MPSI as Debtor and Monazite Trust c/o The Huntington National Bank as Secured Party was filed in Delaware on 01/06/06 covering certain collateral, in connection with the sale of certain accounts from MPSI, whereby MPSI sold to Buyer all of its right, title and interest to all receivables and their proceeds.

11


 

Schedule 6.16
Existing Affiliate Transactions
None.

12


 

EXHIBIT A
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
March ____, 2008
     MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), promises to pay to the order of _______ (the “ Lender ”) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made or continued by the Lender to the Borrower (or assumed by the Borrower) pursuant to Article II of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), in immediately available funds at the office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in Chicago, Illinois (or as otherwise specified pursuant to the Agreement), as Administrative Agent, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof at the rates and on the dates set forth in the Agreement. The Borrower shall pay the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans in full on the Facility Termination Date and shall make such mandatory payments as are required to be made under the terms of Article II of the Agreement.
     The Lender shall, and is hereby authorized to, record on the schedule attached hereto, or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice, the date and amount of each Revolving Loan and the date and amount of each principal payment hereunder.
     This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March ____, 2008 (which, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, renewed, extended or modified and in effect from time to time, is herein called the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, MoneyGram International, Inc., the lenders party thereto, including the Lender, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, to which Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions governing this Note, including the amount hereof and the terms and conditions under which this Note may be prepaid or its maturity date accelerated. This Note is secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents, as more specifically described in the Agreement, and reference is made thereto for a statement of the terms and provisions thereof. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings attributed to them in the Agreement.
         
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
  Print Name:    
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       

 


 

SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
TO REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
OF                                           ,
DATED MARCH                      , 2008
                 
    Principal   Maturity   Principal    
    Amount of   of Interest   Amount   Unpaid
Date   Loan   Period   Paid   Balance
 
                 

A-2


 

EXHIBIT B-1
TERM A NOTE
March ____, 2008
     MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), promises to pay to the order of _______ (the “ Lender ”) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term A Loans made or continued by the Lender to MoneyGram International, Inc. and assumed by the Borrower pursuant to Article II of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), in immediately available funds at the office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in Chicago, Illinois (or as otherwise specified pursuant to the Agreement), as Administrative Agent, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof at the rates and on the dates set forth in the Agreement. The Borrower shall pay the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Term A Loans in full on the Facility Termination Date and shall make such mandatory payments as are required to be made under the terms of Article II of the Agreement.
     The Lender shall, and is hereby authorized to, record on the schedule attached hereto, or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice, the date and amount of each Term A Loan and the date and amount of each principal payment hereunder.
     This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March ______, 2008 (which, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, renewed, extended or modified and in effect from time to time, is herein called the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, MoneyGram International, Inc., the lenders party thereto, including the Lender, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, to which Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions governing this Note, including the amount hereof and the terms and conditions under which this Note may be prepaid or its maturity date accelerated. This Note is secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents, as more specifically described in the Agreement, and reference is made thereto for a statement of the terms and provisions thereof. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings attributed to them in the Agreement.
         
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
  Print Name:    
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       

 


 

SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF
PRINCIPAL TO TERM A NOTE
OF                                           ,
DATED MARCH                      , 2008
                 
    Principal   Maturity   Principal    
    Amount of   of Interest   Amount   Unpaid
Date   Loan   Period   Paid   Balance
 
                 

B-1 -2


 

EXHIBIT B-2
TERM B NOTE
March ____, 2008
     MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), promises to pay to the order of                (the “ Lender ”) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term B Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Article II of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), in immediately available funds at the office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in Chicago, Illinois (or as otherwise specified pursuant to the Agreement), as Administrative Agent, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof at the rates and on the dates set forth in the Agreement. The Borrower shall pay the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Term B Loans in full on the Facility Termination Date and shall make such mandatory payments as are required to be made under the terms of Article II of the Agreement.
     The Lender shall, and is hereby authorized to, record on the schedule attached hereto, or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice, the date and amount of each Term B Loan and the date and amount of each principal payment hereunder.
     This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March ___, 2008 (which, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, renewed, extended or modified and in effect from time to time, is herein called the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, MoneyGram International, Inc., the lenders party thereto, including the Lender, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, to which Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions governing this Note, including the amount hereof and the terms and conditions under which this Note may be prepaid or its maturity date accelerated. This Note is secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents, as more specifically described in the Agreement, and reference is made thereto for a statement of the terms and provisions thereof. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings attributed to them in the Agreement.
         
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
  Print Name:    
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       

 


 

SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
TO TERM B NOTE
OF                                           ,
DATED MARCH                      , 2008
                 
    Principal   Maturity   Principal    
    Amount of   of Interest   Amount   Unpaid
Date   Loan   Period   Paid   Balance
 
                 
B-2 -2

 


 

EXHIBIT C
SWING LINE NOTE
March ___, 2008
     MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), promises to pay to the order of ____ (the “ Lender ”) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swing Line Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Article II of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), in immediately available funds at the office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in Chicago, Illinois (or as otherwise specified pursuant to the Agreement), as Administrative Agent, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof at the rates and on the dates set forth in the Agreement. The Borrower shall pay the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Swing Line Loans as set forth in the Agreement, with any then outstanding principal of or interest on the Swing Line Loans made by the Lender being payable in full on the Facility Termination Date and shall make such mandatory payments as are required to be made under the terms of Article II of the Agreement.
     The Lender shall, and is hereby authorized to, record on the schedule attached hereto, or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice, the date and amount of each Swing Line Loan and the date and amount of each principal payment hereunder.
     This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March ___, 2008 (which, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, renewed, extended or modified and in effect from time to time, is herein called the “ Agreement ”) by and among the Borrower, MoneyGram International, Inc., the lenders party thereto, including the Lender, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, to which Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions governing this Note, including the amount hereof and the terms and conditions under which this Note may be prepaid or its maturity date accelerated. This Note is secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents, as more specifically described in the Agreement, and reference is made thereto for a statement of the terms and provisions thereof. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings attributed to them in the Agreement.
         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
  Print Name:    
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       

 


 

SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
TO SWING LINE NOTE
OF                                           ,
DATED MARCH                      , 2008
                 
    Principal   Maturity   Principal    
Date   Amount of
Loan
  of Interest
Period
  Amount
Paid
  Unpaid
Balance
 
                 

C-2


 

EXHIBIT D
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
     This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “ Assignor ”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
     For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swing line loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
     
1. Assignor:
   
 
    
 
 
   
2. Assignee:
   
 
    
 
 
    [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ] 1 ]
 
   
3. Borrower:
    MoneyGrarn Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc.
 
   
4. Administrative Agent:
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement
 
1   Select as applicable.

1


 

     
5. Credit Agreement:
  The $600,000,000 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March ___, 2008 among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., MoneyGram International, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

D-2


 

6. Assigned Interest:
                         
    Aggregate Amount of     Amount of     Percentage of  
    Commitment/Loans     Commitment/Loans     Commitment/Loans  
Facility Assigned 2   for all Lenders     Assigned     Assigned 3  
 
  $       $         %  
 
  $       $         %  
 
  $       $         %  
Effective Date:                                           , 20                      [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about Holdco and its Affiliates, the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.
By its acceptance of this Assignment, the Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and to comply (and cause any Affiliate thereof which is the holder of any First Priority Obligation (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to comply) with such terms and provisions.
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
         
  ASSIGNOR

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
 
 
  By:      
  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
 
2   Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (i.e. “Revolving Credit Commitment,” “Term A Loan”, “Term B Loan”).
 
3   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders.

D-3


 

         
     
  By:      
    Title:   
       

D-4


 

         
     
[Consented to and] 4 Accepted:
   
 
   
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
    Administrative Agent
   
 
   
By                                                                
   
      Title:
   
 
   
[Consented to:] 5
   
 
   
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
   
 
   
By                                                               
   
      Title:
   
 
4   To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
 
5   To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or the LC Issuer is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

D-5


 

ANNEX 1
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
     1.  Representations and Warranties.
     1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdco, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any of the Loan Documents or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdco, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any of the Loan Documents.
     1.2 Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
     2.  Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

1


 

     3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, but giving effect to Federal laws applicable to national banks.

2


 

EXHIBIT E
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
To:   The Lenders party to the
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement described below
     This Compliance Certificate is furnished pursuant to Section 6.1(v) of that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March       , 2008 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “Agreement”) among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.
     THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:
     1. I am a duly elected Financial Officer of the Borrower;
     2. I have reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of Holdco, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements;
     3. The examinations described in paragraph 2 did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or Unmatured Default as of the date of this Certificate, except as set forth below; and
     4. Schedule I attached hereto sets forth financial data and computations evidencing the Borrower’s compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections 6.19.1 , 6.19.2 and 6.20 of the Agreement, all of which data and computations are to the best of my knowledge true, complete and correct.
     5. Attached hereto as Schedule II are the [quarterly] [monthly] financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(ii) or (iii) of the Agreement, which financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (or the Borrower individually, as applicable) (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and which have been prepared in reasonable detail.
     Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3, listing in detail the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event:
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 

1


 

     The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule I hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this       day of                      ,       .
By:                                                               
Name:                                                               
Title:                                                               

E-2


 

SCHEDULE I TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Compliance as of [                      ,       ] with
Provisions of Sections 6.19.1, 6.19.2 and 6.20 of
the Agreement
[attached]

E-3


 

SCHEDULE II TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
[Quarterly] [Monthly] Financial Statements

[attached]

E-4


 

EXHIBIT F
FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
(See Attached)

1


 

EXECUTION VERSION
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
     Intercreditor Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated as of March 25, 2008 among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, with its successors and assigns, the “First Priority Representative”) for the First Priority Secured Parties (as defined below), Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (in such capacities, with its successors and assigns, the “Second Priority Representative”) for the Second Priority Secured Parties (as defined below), MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, inc., a Delaware corporation, as borrower (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors (as defined below) and each of the other Loan Parties (as defined below) party hereto.
     WHEREAS, the Borrower, MoneyGram International, Inc. (“Holdco”), the First Priority Representative and certain financial institutions are parties to a $600,000,000 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 25, 2008 (as in effect on the date hereof, the “Existing First Priority Agreement”), pursuant to which such financial institutions have agreed to make loans and extend other financial accommodations to the Borrower; and
     WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Second Priority Representative are parties to an Indenture dated as of dated as of March 25, 2008 (as in effect on the date hereof, the “Existing Second Priority Agreement”), pursuant to which certain financial institutions are the holders of secured notes; and
     WHEREAS, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties have agreed to (a) grant to the First Priority Representative security interests in the Common Collateral as security for payment and performance of the First Priority Obligations, and (b) grant to the Second Priority Representative junior security interests in the Common Collateral as security for payment and performance of the Second Priority Obligations; and
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the existence and sufficiency of which is expressly recognized by all of the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:
      SECTION 1 . Definitions.
     (a) The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:
      “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purpose of this definition, “control” means the possession of either (a) the power to vote, or the Beneficial Ownership of, 10% or more of the voting stock of such Person or (b) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise; provided, that, in no event shall GSMP and their subsidiaries and other Persons engaged primarily in the investment of mezzanine securities that directly or indirectly are controlled by, or under common control with, the same investment adviser as GSMP (“GS Mezzanine Entities”) by virtue of their

 


 

affiliation with affiliates other than GS Mezzanine Entities be deemed to control Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries).
      “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), as amended from time to time.
      “Beneficial Ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.
      “Business Day” means any calendar day other than a Legal Holiday.
      “Common Collateral” means all assets that are both First Priority Collateral and Second Priority Collateral.
      “Enforcement Action” means, with respect to the First Priority Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations, the exercise of any rights and remedies with respect to any Common Collateral securing such obligations or the commencement or prosecution of enforcement of any of the rights and remedies under, as applicable, the First Priority Documents or the Second Priority Documents, or applicable law, including without limitation the exercise of any rights of set off or recoupment and any rights of a judgment creditor with respect to any Common Collateral, and the exercise of any rights or remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction or under the Bankruptcy Code.
      “Existing First Priority Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.
      “Existing Second Priority Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the second WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.
      “First Priority Agreement” means (i) the Existing First Priority Agreement, as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and (ii) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to extend, replace, refinance, refund or restate in whole or in part the indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the Existing First Priority Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (ii), including any DIP Financing agreement, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a First Priority Agreement hereunder. Any reference to the First Priority Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any First Priority Agreement then extant.
      “First Priority Collateral” means all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to any First Priority Secured Party as security for any First Priority Obligation.

2


 

      “First Priority Documents” means the First Priority Agreement or any other document executed in connection therewith granting any interest in or rights to the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Lenders in and to the First Priority Collateral.
      “First Priority Lenders” means the “Lenders” as defined in the First Priority Agreement, or any Persons that are designated under the First Priority Agreement as the “First Priority Lenders” for purposes of this Agreement.
      “First Priority Lien” means any Lien created by the First Priority Security Documents.
      “First Priority Obligations” means (i) all principal of and interest (including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made pursuant to the First Priority Agreement, (ii) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the First Priority Agreement, (iii) all Hedging Obligations of any Loan Party and (iv) all reasonable and customary fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the First Priority Documents as determined by the First Priority Representative in its discretion taking into account market and economic conditions the time such fees, expenses and other amounts are incurred, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding; provided that the First Priority Obligations shall not be an amount in excess of the Maximum First Priority Obligations Amount. To the extent any payment with respect to any First Priority Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any Second Priority Secured Party, receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.
      “First Priority Obligations Payment Date” means the first date on which (i) the First Priority Obligations (other than those that constitute Unasserted Contingent Obligations) have been indefeasibly paid in cash in full (or cash collateralized or defeased in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents), (ii) all commitments to extend credit under the First Priority Documents have been terminated and (iii) there are no outstanding letters of credit or similar instruments issued under the First Priority Documents (other than such as have been cash collateralized or defeased in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents). Upon the written request by the Second Priority Representative and/or the Borrower, the First Priority Representative shall promptly deliver a written notice to the Second Priority Representative stating that (to the extent such events have occurred) the events described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) have occurred to the satisfaction of the First Priority Secured Parties.
      “First Priority Representative” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

3


 

      “First Priority Required Lenders” means the “Required Lenders” as defined in the First Priority Agreement.
      “First Priority Secured Parties” means the holders of the First Priority Obligations.
      “First Priority Security Documents” means the “Collateral Documents” as defined in the First Priority Agreement, and any other documents that are designated under the First Priority Agreement as “First Priority Security Documents” for purposes of this Agreement.
      “GSMP” means GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd.
      “Guarantors” has the meaning set forth in the First Priority Agreement.
      “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligations of such Loan Party owed to any First Priority Lender (or any Affiliate thereof or any Person who was a First Priority Lender or an Affiliate thereof at the time of the applicable transaction) in respect of any Rate Management Transaction (as defined in the Existing First Priority Agreement), including without limitation Rate Management Transactions existing prior to the date hereof.
      “Holdco” has the meaning set forth in the first WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.
      “Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding in respect of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, winding up, receivership, dissolution or assignment for the benefit of creditors, in each of the foregoing events whether under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership or similar law.
      “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
      “Lien” means any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance or preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale, Capitalized Lease (as defined in the First Priority Agreement) or other title retention agreement). For the purposes hereof, none of the following shall be deemed to be Liens: (i) setoff rights or statutory liens arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) restrictive contractual obligations with respect to assets comprising the Payment Instruments Funding Amounts or Payment Service Obligations (as defined in the First Priority Agreement), provided that such contractual obligations are no more

4


 

restrictive in nature than those in effect on the Effective Date, (iii) Liens purported to be created under Repurchase Agreements (as defined in the First Priority Agreement), provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such Repurchase Agreements, (iv) ordinary course of business contractual obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts or (v) operating leases.
      “Loan Party” means the Borrower, each of the Guarantors and any other Person (other than the First Priority Representative and the Second Priority Representative) that has executed or may from time to time execute a First Priority Security Document and a Second Priority Security Document.
      “Maximum First Priority Obligations Amount” means the sum of (a) $700 million, plus (b)(i) all Hedging Obligations of any Loan Party and (ii) all interest, fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the First Priority Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding.
      “Person” means any person, individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, association, institution, entity, party, including any government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.
      “Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses that accrues after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable in any such Insolvency Proceeding.
      “Required Holder” has the meaning set forth in the Existing Second Priority Agreement.
      “Second Priority Agreement” means (i) the Existing Second Priority Agreement, as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 6(c) , and (ii) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture, or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the Existing Second Priority Agreement or other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (ii) in accordance with Section 6(c) , unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Second Priority Agreement hereunder. Any reference to the Second Priority Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any Second Priority Agreement then extant.
      “Second Priority Collateral” means all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to any Second Priority Secured Party as security for any Second Priority Obligation.

5


 

      “Second Priority Documents” means each Second Priority Agreement and each Second Priority Security Document.
      “Second Priority Enforcement Date” means the date which is 180 days after the First Priority Representative’s receipt of written notice from the Second Priority Representative of the occurrence of an Event of Default (under and as defined in the Second Priority Agreement); provided that the Second Priority Enforcement Date shall be stayed and deemed not to have occurred for so long as (i) the First Priority Representative has commenced and is diligently pursuing an Enforcement Action against, or diligently attempting to vacate any stay of enforcement of their Liens on, all or a material portion of the Common Collateral, (ii) the Event of Default referenced in the written notice from the Second Priority Representative is waived or (iii) an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by or against the Borrower; provided that the foregoing clause (iii) shall not prohibit the filing of an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code by a Second Priority Secured Party to the extent otherwise permitted pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.7 .
      “Second Priority Holders” means the “Holders” as defined in the Second Priority Agreement, or any Persons that are designated under the Second Priority Agreement as the “Second Priority Holders” for purposes of this Agreement.
      “Second Priority Lien” means any Lien created by the Second Priority Security Documents.
      “Second Priority Obligations” means (i) all principal of and interest (including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) and premium (if any) on all indebtedness under the Second Priority Agreement, and (ii) all fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the Second Priority Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding. To the extent any payment with respect to any Second Priority Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any First Priority Secured Party, receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.
      “Second Priority Representative” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.
      “Second Priority Secured Party” means the Second Priority Representative and any Second Priority Holders.
      “Second Priority Security Documents” means the “Security Documents” as defined in the Second Priority Agreement and any documents that are designated under the Second Priority Agreement as “Second Priority Security Documents” for purposes of this Agreement.

6


 

      “Secured Parties” means the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties.
      “Unasserted Contingent Obligations” shall mean, at any time, First Priority Obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities (excluding (i) the principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, and fees and expenses relating to, any First Priority Obligation and (ii) contingent reimbursement obligations in respect of amounts that may be drawn under outstanding letters of credit) in respect of which no assertion of liability (whether oral or written) and no claim or demand for payment (whether oral or written) has been made (and, in the case of First Priority Obligations for indemnification, no notice for indemnification has been issued by the indemnitee) at such time.
      “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
     (b) Rules of Construction.
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it; and shall be construed, in accordance with GAAP;
     (iii) “or” is not exclusive;
     (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (v) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (vi) the word “including” means “including without limitation”;
     (vii) any reference to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns; and
     (viii) for purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.”
      SECTION 2. Lien Priorities.
     2.1 Subordination of Liens . (a) Any and all Liens now existing or hereafter created or arising in favor of any Second Priority Secured Party securing the Second Priority Obligations, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise are expressly junior in priority, operation and effect to any and all Liens now existing or hereafter created or arising in favor of the First Priority

7


 

Secured Parties securing the First Priority Obligations, notwithstanding (i) anything to the contrary contained in any agreement or filing to which any Second Priority Secured Party may now or hereafter be a party, and regardless of the time, order or method of grant, attachment, recording or perfection of any financing statements or other security interests, assignments, pledges, deeds, mortgages and other liens, charges or encumbrances or any defect or deficiency or alleged defect or deficiency in any of the foregoing, (ii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code or any applicable law or any First Priority Document or Second Priority Document or any other circumstance whatsoever and (iii) the fact that any such Liens in favor of any First Priority Secured Party securing any of the First Priority Obligations are (x) subordinated to any Lien securing any obligation of any Loan Party other than the Second Priority Obligations or (y) otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed.
     (b) No First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party shall object to or contest, or support any other Person in contesting or objecting to, in any proceeding (including without limitation, any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, extent, perfection, priority or enforceability of any security interest in the Common Collateral granted to the other. Notwithstanding any failure by any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party to perfect its security interests in the Common Collateral or any avoidance, invalidation or subordination by any third party or court of competent jurisdiction of the security interests in the Common Collateral granted to the First Priority Secured Parties or the Second Priority Secured Parties, the priority and rights as between the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties with respect to the Common Collateral shall be as set forth herein.
     2.2 No Payment Subordination . The subordination of all Liens on the Common Collateral securing the Second Priority Obligations to all Liens on the Common Collateral securing any First Priority Obligations is with respect to only the priority of the Liens held by or on behalf of the First Priority Secured Parties and shall not constitute a subordination of the Second Priority Obligations to the First Priority Obligations. Except as provided in Sections 2.1 , 4.1 and 5.5 , nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to subordinate any debt claim by a Second Priority Secured Party to a debt claim by a First Priority Secured Party. All debt claims of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties are intended to be pari passu.
     2.3 Nature of First Priority Obligations . The Second Priority Representative on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties acknowledges that a portion of the First Priority Obligations are revolving in nature and that the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the First Priority Obligations may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of the First Priority Obligations may be increased, replaced or refinanced, in each event, without notice to or consent by the Second Priority Secured Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof. The lien priorities provided in Section 2.1 shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension, repayment, reborrowing, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of

8


 

either the First Priority Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations, or any portion thereof.
     2.4 Agreements Regarding Actions to Perfect Liens . (a) The Second Priority Representative on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties agrees that UCC-1 financing statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings or other filings or recordings filed or recorded by or on behalf of the Second Priority Representative shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the First Priority Representative.
     (b) The Second Priority Representative agrees on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties that all mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds and similar instruments (collectively, “ mortgages ”) now or thereafter filed, or acquired by operation of law or by assignment against real property in favor of or for the benefit of the Second Priority Representative shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the First Priority Representative and shall contain the following notation: “The lien created by this mortgage on the property described herein is junior and subordinate to the lien on such property created by any mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument now or hereafter granted to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A., and its successors and assigns, in such property, in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 25, 2008 among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent; Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent; and MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., as amended from time to time.”
     (c) The First Priority Representative hereby acknowledges that, to the extent that it holds, or a third party holds on its behalf, physical possession of or “control” (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) over Common Collateral pursuant to the First Priority Documents, such possession or control is also for the benefit of the Second Priority Representative and the other Second Priority Secured Parties solely to the extent required to perfect their security interest in such Common Collateral. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be construed to impose any duty on the First Priority Representative (or any third party acting on its behalf) with respect to such Common Collateral or provide the Second Priority Representative or any other Second Priority Secured Party with any rights with respect to such Common Collateral beyond those specified in this Agreement and the Second Priority Security Documents, provided that subsequent to the occurrence of the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Representative shall (x) deliver to the Second Priority Representative, at the Borrower’s sole reasonable cost and expense, the Common Collateral in its possession or control together with any necessary endorsements to the extent required by the Second Priority Documents or (y) direct and deliver such Common Collateral as a court of competent jurisdiction otherwise directs, and provided further that the provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to govern the respective Lien priorities as between the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties and shall not impose on the First Priority Secured Parties any obligations in respect of the disposition of any Common Collateral (or any proceeds thereof) that would conflict with prior perfected Liens or any claims thereon in favor of any other Person that is not a Secured Party.

9


 

     2.5 Similar Liens and Agreements . The parties hereto agree that it is their intention that the First Priority Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral shall be identical. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement:
     (a) upon request by the First Priority Representative or the Second Priority Representative, to cooperate in good faith (and to direct their counsel to cooperate in good faith) from time to time in order to determine the specific items included in the First Priority Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral and the steps taken to perfect their respective Liens and the identity of the respective parties obligated under the First Priority Documents and the Second Priority Documents; and
     (b) that the documents and agreements creating or evidencing the First Priority Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral and guarantees for the First Priority Obligations and the Second Priority Obligations shall be in all material respects the same forms of documents other than (i) with respect to the first priority and the second priority nature of the security interests created thereunder and (ii) as provided in Section 2.6 .
     (c) So long as the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has not occurred, if any Second Priority Secured Party shall acquire or hold any new Lien on any assets of any Loan Party securing any Second Priority Obligation which assets are not also subject to the first-priority Lien of the First Priority Representative under the First Priority Documents, then the Second Priority Representative, will, without the need for any further consent of any other Second Priority Secured Party, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Second Priority Document, hold such Lien for the benefit of the First Lien Representative. To the extent that the foregoing provisions are not complied with for any reason, without limiting any other rights and remedies available to the First Priority Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representative and the other Second Priority Secured Parties agree that any amounts received by or distributed to any of them pursuant to or as a result of Liens granted in contravention of this Section 2.5(c) shall be subject to Section 4.1.
     2.6 Bailee for Perfection . (a) The First Priority Representative agrees to hold that part of the Common Collateral that is in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) to the extent that possession or control thereof is taken to perfect a Lien thereon under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law as collateral agent for the First Priority Secured Parties and as bailee for the Second Priority Representative (such bailment being intended, among other things, to satisfy the requirements of Sections 8-106(d)(3), 8-301(a)(2) and 9-313(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code) and any assignee solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted under the First Priority Documents and the Second Priority Documents, respectively, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.6 . Solely with respect to any deposit accounts under the control (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) of the First Priority Representative, the First Priority Representative agrees to also hold control over such deposit accounts as agent for the Second Priority Representative.
     (b) The First Priority Representative shall have no obligation whatsoever to the First Priority Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Secured Party to ensure that the Common Collateral is genuine or owned by any

10


 

of the Grantors or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person except as expressly set forth in this Section 2.6 . The duties or responsibilities of the First Priority Representative under this Section 2.6 shall be limited solely to holding the Common Collateral as agent and bailee in accordance with this Section 2.6 and delivering the Common Collateral upon a discharge of First Priority Obligations as provided in paragraph (d) below.
     (c) The First Priority Representative acting pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not have by reason of the First Priority Security Documents, the Second Priority Security Documents, this Agreement or any other document a fiduciary relationship in respect of the First Priority Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Secured Party.
     (d) Upon the discharge of First Priority Obligations under the First Priority Documents to which the First Priority Representative is a party, the First Priority Representative shall promptly deliver, at Borrower’s sole reasonable cost and expense, the remaining Common Collateral (if any) in its possession or control together with any necessary endorsements, first, to the Second Priority Representative to the extent Second Priority Obligations remain outstanding, and second, to the Borrower to the extent no First Priority Obligations or Second Priority Obligations remain outstanding (in each case, so as to allow such Person to obtain control of such Common Collateral). Upon such discharge of First Priority Obligations, the First Priority Representative further agrees to take all other action reasonably requested by the Second Priority Representative in connection with the Second Priority Representative obtaining a first priority interest in the Common Collateral or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
      SECTION 3. Enforcement Rights.
     3.1 Exclusive Enforcement . (a) Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, whether or not an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Loan Party, the First Priority Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right to take and continue any Enforcement Action with respect to the Common Collateral, without any consultation with or consent of any Second Priority Secured Party. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a default or an event of default under the First Priority Documents, the First Priority Representative and the other First Priority Secured Parties may take and continue any Enforcement Action with respect to the First Priority Obligations and the Common Collateral in such order and manner as they may determine in their sole discretion subject only to any express limitation on taking such Enforcement Action contained in the First Priority Documents. Except as specifically provided in this Section 3.1 or 3.7 below, notwithstanding any rights or remedies available to a Second Priority Secured Party under any of the Second Priority Security Documents, applicable law or otherwise, no Second Priority Secured Party shall, directly or indirectly, take any Enforcement Action; provided that , upon the occurrence and continuance of the Second Priority Enforcement Date the Second Priority Secured Parties may take any Enforcement Action subject to the other terms of this Agreement;
     (b) The First Priority Representative shall respond to all reasonable written requests from the Second Priority Representative to provide written statements as to the

11


 

status of any Enforcement Action taken by the First Priority Representative. The Second Priority Representative shall respond to all reasonable written requests from the First Priority Representative to provide written statements as to the status of any Enforcement Action taken by the Second Priority Representative. Notwithstanding the occurrence and continuance of the Second Priority Enforcement Date, in no event shall any Second Priority Secured Parties commence or continue any Enforcement Action if an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Loan Party and is continuing; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the filing of an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code by a Second Priority Secured Party to the extent otherwise permitted pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.7 ;
     (c) The Second Priority Representative hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rights and remedies of the First Priority Representative and First Priority Secured Parties under the First Priority Documents are independent rights and remedies and that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in the Second Priority Security Documents or any other Second Priority Document (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to restrict the manner in which the First Priority Representative and any of the First Priority Secured Parties exercise (or elect not to exercise) such rights and remedies, it being understood that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties shall, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, have the right to enforce their rights and remedies under the Second Priority Documents, and the First Priority Representative hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rights and remedies of the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties under the Second Priority Documents are independent rights and remedies and that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in the First Priority Security Documents or the other First Priority Documents (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to restrict the manner in which the Second Priority Representative and any of the Second Priority Secured Parties exercise (or elect not to exercise) such rights and remedies, it is understood that notwithstanding the foregoing, the First Priority Representative and the First Priority Secured Parties shall have the right to enforce their rights and remedies under the First Priority Documents.
     (d) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to in any way limit or impair the right of any First Priority Secured Party or any Second Priority Secured Party to join (but not control) any Enforcement Action initiated by any other person against the Common Collateral, so long as it does not delay or interfere in any material respect with the exercise by such other person of its rights as provided in this Agreement. The foregoing shall not be construed as limiting or otherwise impairing the right of the First Priority Representative to control any Enforcement Action.
     3.2 Standstill and Waivers . The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that, until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, subject to the proviso set forth in Section 5.1 :
     (i) they will not take or cause to be taken any action, the purpose or effect of which is to make any Lien in respect of any Second Priority Obligation pari passu with or senior to, or to give any Second Priority Secured Party any

12


 

preference or priority relative to, the Liens with respect to the First Priority Obligations or the First Priority Secured Parties with respect to any of the Common Collateral;
     (ii) subject to Section 4.2 , they will not oppose, object to, interfere with, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings (including without limitation the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding) or otherwise, any foreclosure, sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the Common Collateral by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party or any other Enforcement Action taken by or on behalf of the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party;
     (iii) they have no right to (x) direct either the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Documents or (y) consent or object to the exercise by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party of any right, remedy or power with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Documents or to the timing or manner in which any such right is exercised or not exercised (or, to the extent they may have any such right described in this clause (iii), whether as a junior lien creditor or otherwise, they hereby irrevocably waive such right);
     (iv) they will not institute any suit or other proceeding or assert in any suit, Insolvency Proceeding or other proceeding any claim against either First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise, with respect to, and neither the First Priority Representative nor any other First Priority Secured Party shall be liable for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Documents;
     (v) they will not make any judicial or nonjudicial claim or demand or commence any judicial or nonjudicial proceedings against any Loan Party or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates under or with respect to any Second Priority Security Document seeking payment or damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise under or with respect to any Second Priority Security Document except for Enforcement Actions permitted hereby (other than filing a proof of claim) or exercise any right, remedy or power under or with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce, other than filing a proof of claim, any Second Priority Security Document;
     (vi) they will not commence judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of any Common Collateral, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or

13


 

otherwise take any action to enforce their interest in or realize upon, the Common Collateral or pursuant to the Second Priority Security Documents; and
     (vii) they will not seek, and hereby waive any right, to have the Common Collateral or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of the Common Collateral.
     3.3 Judgment Creditors . In the event that any Second Priority Secured Party becomes a judgment lien creditor in respect of Common Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor, such judgment lien shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the First Priority Liens and the First Priority Obligations) to the same extent as all other Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations (created pursuant to the Second Priority Security Documents) subject to this Agreement.
     3.4 Cooperation . The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that each of them shall take such actions as the First Priority Representative shall reasonably request in writing in connection with the exercise by the First Priority Secured Parties of their rights set forth herein.
     3.5 No Additional Rights For the Borrower Hereunder . Except as provided in Section 3.6 , if any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party shall enforce its rights or remedies in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to use such violation as a defense to any action by any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party, nor to assert such violation as a counterclaim or basis for set off or recoupment against any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party.
     3.6 Actions Upon Breach . (a) If any Second Priority Secured Party, contrary to this Agreement, commences or participates in any action or proceeding against the Borrower or the Common Collateral, the Borrower, only with the prior written consent of the First Priority Secured Representative, may interpose as a defense or dilatory plea the making of this Agreement, and any First Priority Secured Party may intervene and interpose such defense or plea in its or their name or in the name of the Borrower.
     (b) Should any Second Priority Secured Party, contrary to this Agreement, in any way take, attempt to or threaten to take any action with respect to the Common Collateral (including, without limitation, any attempt to realize upon or enforce any remedy with respect to this Agreement), or fail to take any action required by this Agreement, any First Priority Secured Party (in its or their own name or in the name of the Borrower) or the Borrower, only with the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative, may obtain relief against such Second Priority Secured Party by injunction, specific performance and/or other appropriate equitable relief, it being understood and agreed by the Second Priority Representative on behalf of each Second Priority Secured Party that (i) the First Priority Secured Parties’ damages from its actions may at that time be difficult to ascertain and may be irreparable, and (ii) each Second Priority Secured Party waives any defense that the Borrower and/or the First Priority

14


 

Secured Parties cannot demonstrate damage and/or be made whole by the awarding of damages.
     3.7 Permitted Actions and other Agreements . The Second Priority Representative (acting at the written direction of the majority of Second Priority Holders) and/or the Second Priority Secured Parties:
     (a) may, but shall not be obligated to, take any action as they deem necessary (subject to Section 2.1) , including to file any proof of claim or other filing or to make any argument or motion, in order to create, perfect or preserve their Lien on all or any portion of the Common Collateral;
     (b) shall be entitled to file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of the Second Priority Secured Parties, including without limitation any claims secured by the Common Collateral, if any, in each case not in contravention of the express provisions of this Agreement;
     (c) may purchase any Common Collateral at any private or judicial foreclosure sale of such Common Collateral initiated by any Secured Party or at any Section 363 hearing (i) by an all cash bid or (ii) by a credit bid pursuant to Section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code if, in addition to such credit bid, such bid includes cash consideration payable to the First Priority Parties equal to the First Priority Obligations;
     (d) shall be entitled to file a claim, proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to the Second Priority Obligations in any Insolvency Proceeding; and
     (e) except as provided in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.5 , 5.6 and 5.9 , may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against the Borrower and any other Loan Party, including without limitation filing any pleadings, objection, motions or agreement which assert right or interests of unsecured creditors, excluding, prior to the Second Priority Enforcement Date, the right to file an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, and including the right to file an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code after the occurrence of the Second Priority Enforcement Date (unless the Second Priority Enforcement Date is deemed not to have occurred pursuant to the definition thereof).
     3.8 Option to Purchase .
     (a) The First Priority Representative agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to give the Second Priority Representative written notice (the “Enforcement Notice”) at least two Business Days prior to commencing any Enforcement Action with respect to a material portion of the Common Collateral following the acceleration of the First Priority Obligations. Any Second Priority Secured Party constituting not less than the Required Holders (the “Purchasing Parties”) shall have the option to purchase all, but not less than all, of the First Priority Obligations from the First Priority Secured Parties following delivery of irrevocable written notice

15


 

(the “Purchase Notice”) by the Second Priority Representative on behalf of the Purchasing Parties to the First Priority Representative no later than 25 Business Days after (i) commencement of any Enforcement Action with respect to a material portion of the Common Collateral following the acceleration of the First Priority Obligations or (ii) the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding by or against the Borrower. If the Second Priority Representative on behalf of the Purchasing Parties so delivers the Purchase Notice, the First Priority Representative shall terminate any existing Enforcement Actions and shall not take any further Enforcement Actions, provided , that the Purchase (as defined below) shall have been consummated on the date specified in the Purchase Notice in accordance with this Section 3.8.
     (b) On the date specified by the Second Priority Representative on behalf of the Purchasing Parties in the Purchase Notice (which shall be a Business Day not less than five Business Days, nor more than 20 Business Days, after receipt by the First Priority Representative of the Purchase Notice), the First Priority Secured Parties shall, subject to any required approval of any court or other governmental authority then in effect, sell to the Purchasing Parties, and the Purchasing Parties shall purchase (the “Purchase”) from the First Priority Secured Parties, the First Priority Obligations; provided , that the First Priority Obligations purchased shall not include any rights of First Priority Secured Parties with respect to indemnification and other obligations of the Loan Parties under the First Priority Documents that are expressly stated to survive the termination of the First Priority Documents (the “Surviving Obligations”).
     (c) Without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties under the First Priority Documents to the First Priority Secured Parties with respect to the Surviving Obligations (which shall not be transferred in connection with the Purchase), on the date of the Purchase, the Purchasing Parties shall pay to the First Priority Secured Parties as the purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) therefor the full amount of all First Priority Obligations then outstanding and unpaid (including principal, interest, fees, premiums, breakage costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses), and, in the case of any Hedging Obligations, the amount that would be payable by the relevant Loan Party thereunder if it were to terminate such Hedging Obligations on the date of the Purchase or, if not terminated, an amount determined by the relevant First Priority Secured Party to be necessary to collateralize its credit risk arising out of such Hedging Obligations, (ii) furnish cash collateral (the “ Cash Collateral”) to the First Priority Secured Parties in such amounts as the relevant First Priority Secured Parties determine is reasonably necessary to secure such First Priority Secured Parties in connection with any outstanding letters of credit (not to exceed 105% of the aggregate undrawn face amount of such letters of credit), (iii) agree to reimburse the First Priority Secured Parties for any loss, cost, damage or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with any fees, costs or expenses related to any checks or other payments provisionally credited to the First Priority Obligations and/or as to which the First Priority Secured Parties have not yet received final payment and (iv) agree, after written request from the First Priority Representative, to reimburse the First Priority Secured Parties in respect of indemnification obligations of the Loan Parties under the First Priority Documents as to matters or circumstances known to the Purchasing Parties at the time of the Purchase which could reasonably be expected to result in any loss, cost, damage or expense to any

16


 

of the First Priority Secured Parties, provided that, in no event shall any Purchasing Party have any liability for such amounts in excess of proceeds of Common Collateral received by the Purchasing Parties.
     (d) The Purchase Price and Cash Collateral shall be remitted by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account of the First Priority Representative as it shall designate to the Purchasing Parties. The First Priority Representative shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, distribute the amounts received by it in respect of the Purchase Price to the First Priority Secured Parties in accordance with the First Priority Agreement. Interest shall be calculated to but excluding the day on which the Purchase occurs if the amounts so paid by the Purchasing Parties to the account designated by the First Priority Representative are received in such account prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, and interest shall be calculated to and including such day if the amounts so paid by the Purchasing Parties to the account designated by the First Priority Representative are received in such account later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time.
     (e) The Purchase shall be made without representation or warranty of any kind by the First Priority Secured Parties as to the First Priority Obligations, the Common Collateral or otherwise and without recourse to the First Priority Secured Parties, except that the First Priority Secured Parties shall represent and warrant: (i) the amount of the First Priority Obligations being purchased, (ii) that the First Priority Secured Parties own the First Priority Obligations free and clear of any liens or encumbrances and (iii) that the First Priority Secured Parties have the right to assign the First Priority Obligations and the assignment is duly authorized.
     3.9 Obligations Following Discharge of First Priority Obligations . Following the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the First Priority Secured Parties, agrees that it will not take any action that would hinder any exercise of remedies undertaken by the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties, or any of them, under the Second Priority Documents, including any public or private sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of the Common Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise. Following the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the First Priority Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it may have as a lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to, interfere with the manner in which the Second Priority Representative or any of the Second Priority Secured Parties seeks to enforce the Liens in any portion of the Common Collateral (it being understood and agreed that the terms of this Agreement shall govern with respect to the Common Collateral even if any portion of the Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations are avoided, disallowed, set aside or otherwise invalidated in any judicial proceeding or otherwise). If the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any Common Collateral or proceeds thereof received by the First Priority Representative or any First Priority Secured Parties in contravention of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the Second Priority

17


 

Representative for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary or reasonably requested endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
      SECTION 4. Application Of Proceeds Of Common Collateral; Dispositions And Releases Of Common Collateral; Inspection and Insurance.
     4.1 Application of Proceeds; Turnover Provisions . All proceeds of Common Collateral (including without limitation any interest earned thereon) resulting from the sale, collection or other disposition of Common Collateral in connection with or resulting from any Enforcement Action, and whether or not pursuant to an Insolvency Proceeding, shall be distributed as follows: first to the First Priority Representative for application to the First Priority Obligations in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents, until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred and thereafter , to the Second Priority Representative for application in accordance with the Second Priority Documents. Until the occurrence of the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, any Common Collateral, including without limitation any such Common Collateral constituting proceeds, that may be received by any Second Priority Secured Party in violation of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and promptly paid over to the First Priority Representative, for the benefit of the First Priority Secured Parties, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, and each Second Priority Secured Party hereby authorizes the First Priority Representative to make any such endorsements as agent for the Second Priority Representative (which authorization, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).
     4.2 Releases of Second Priority Lien . (a) Upon any release, sale or disposition of Common Collateral that results in the release of the First Priority Lien on any Common Collateral and (i) is permitted pursuant to the terms of the Second Priority Documents, (ii) results from any Enforcement Action taken by the First Priority Secured Parties or (iii) occurs pursuant to a sale under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Second Priority Lien on such Common Collateral (excluding any portion of the proceeds of such Common Collateral remaining after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date occurs) shall be automatically and unconditionally released with no further consent or action of any Person.
     (b) The Second Priority Representative shall promptly execute and deliver such release documents and instruments and shall take such further actions, at the expense of the Borrower, as the First Priority Representative shall reasonably request in writing to evidence any release of the Second Priority Lien described in paragraph (a). The Second Priority Representative hereby appoints the First Priority Representative and any officer or duly authorized person of the First Priority Representative, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of the Second Priority Representative and in the name of the Second Priority Representative or in the First Priority Representative’s own name, from time to time, in the First Priority Representative’s sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or

18


 

desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including, without limitation, any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).
     4.3 Inspection Rights and Insurance . (a) Subject to Section 4.2 and any express limitations contained in the First Priority Documents, any First Priority Secured Party and its representatives and invitees may at any time inspect, repossess, remove and otherwise deal with the Common Collateral, and the First Priority Representative may advertise and conduct public auctions or private sales of the Common Collateral, in each case without notice to, the involvement of or interference by any Second Priority Secured Party or liability to any Second Priority Secured Party.
     (b) Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, the First Priority Representative will have the sole and exclusive right (i) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering the Common Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and (ii) to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Common Collateral.
      SECTION 5. Insolvency Proceedings.
     5.1 Filing of Motions . Except as provided in Section 5.4 , solely with respect to seeking adequate protection, until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, the Second Priority Representative agrees on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties that no Second Priority Secured Party shall, in or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, file any pleadings or motions, take any position at any hearing or proceeding of any nature, or otherwise take any action whatsoever, in each case in respect of any of the Common Collateral, including, without limitation, with respect to the determination of any Liens or claims held by the First Priority Representative (including the validity and enforceability thereof) or any other First Priority Secured Party or the value of any claims of such parties under Section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise; provided that the Second Priority Representative may file a proof of claim in an Insolvency Proceeding, subject to the limitations contained in this Agreement and only if consistent with the terms and the limitations on the Second Priority Representative imposed hereby.
     5.2 Financing Matters . If any Loan Party becomes subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, and if the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties desire to consent (or not object) to the use of cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code or to provide financing to any Loan Party under the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, financing including a priming Lien under Section 364(d) of the Bankruptcy Code) or to consent (or not object) to the provision of such financing to any Loan Party by any third party (“DIP Financing”) , then the Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, that each Second Priority Secured Party (i) will be deemed to have consented to, will raise no objection to, nor support any other Person objecting to, the use of such cash collateral or to such DIP Financing, (ii) will not request or accept adequate protection or any other relief in

19


 

connection with the use of such cash collateral or such DIP Financing except as set forth in paragraph 5.4 below, (iii) will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) the Second Priority Liens (x) to such DIP Financing on the same terms as the First Priority Liens are subordinated thereto (and such subordination will not alter in any manner the terms of this Agreement), (y) to any adequate protection provided to the First Priority Secured Parties and (z) to any “carve-out” agreed to by the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties, and (iv) agrees that notice received two (2) calendar days prior to the entry of an order approving such usage of cash collateral or approving such financing shall be adequate notice; provided , however that the Second Priority Second Parties may object to a DIP Financing (i) on the basis that they are not receiving adequate protection permitted under paragraph 5.4 below, (ii) to the extent the outstanding principal amount of the DIP Financing and the principal amount of the other First Priority Obligations exceed the Maximum First Priority Obligations Amount or (iii) if they do not retain a Lien on the Common Collateral or the proceeds thereof at the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of such Insolvency Proceeding subject to any priming Lien in such DIP Financing and the priority of the First Priority Liens provided hereunder. No Second Priority Secured Party shall propose or support any third party who proposes any DIP Financing without the express written consent of the First Priority Representative, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of the First Priority Representative.
     5.3 Relief From the Automatic Stay . The Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, that none of them will seek relief from the automatic stay or from any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding or take any action in derogation thereof, in each case in respect of any Common Collateral, without the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative.
     5.4 Adequate Protection . The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that none of them shall object, contest, or support any other Person objecting to or contesting, (i) any request by the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties for adequate protection or (ii) any objection by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a claim of a lack of adequate protection or (iii) the payment of interest, fees, expenses or other amounts to the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party under Section 506(b) or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section and in Section 5.2 , in any Insolvency Proceeding, (x) if the First Priority Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection in the form of additional collateral or superpriority claims in connection with any DIP Financing or use of cash collateral, and the First Priority Secured Parties do not object to the adequate protection being provided to them, then the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and any of the Second Priority Secured Parties, may seek or accept adequate protection solely in the form of (A) a replacement Lien on such additional collateral, subordinated to the Liens securing the First Priority Obligations and such DIP Financing on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations are so subordinated to the First Priority Obligations under this Agreement, (B) accrual (but not current payment) of interest on the Second Priority Secured Obligations, and (C) payment of reasonable

20


 

professional fees and expenses of the Second Priority Representative, and (y) in the event the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second Priority Secured Parties, seeks or requests adequate protection and such adequate protection is granted in the form of additional collateral, then the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself or any of the Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that the First Priority Representative shall also be granted a senior Lien on such additional collateral as security for the First Priority Obligations and any such DIP Financing and that any Lien on such additional collateral securing the Second Priority Obligations shall be subordinated to the Liens on such collateral securing the First Priority Obligations and any such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) and any other Liens granted to the First Priority Secured Parties as adequate protection, with such subordination to be on the same terms that the other Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations are subordinated to such First Priority Obligations under this Agreement.
     5.5 Avoidance Issues . (a) If any First Priority Secured Party is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to disgorge, turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of any Loan Party, because such amount was avoided or ordered to be paid or disgorged for any reason, including without limitation because it was found to be a fraudulent or preferential transfer, any amount (a “ Recovery ”), whether received as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of set-off or otherwise, then the First Priority Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such Recovery and deemed to be outstanding as if such payment had not occurred and the First Priority Obligations Payment Date shall be deemed not to have occurred. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto. The Second Priority Secured Parties agree that none of them shall be entitled to benefit from any avoidance action affecting or otherwise relating to any distribution or allocation made in accordance with this Agreement, whether by preference or otherwise, it being understood and agreed that the benefit of such avoidance action otherwise allocable to them shall instead be allocated and turned over for application in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Agreement.
     5.6 Asset Dispositions in an Insolvency Proceeding . Neither the Second Priority Representative nor any other Second Priority Secured Party shall, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, oppose any sale or disposition of any assets of any Loan Party that is supported by the First Priority Required Lenders, and the Second Priority Representative and each other Second Priority Required Lenders will be deemed to have consented under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (and otherwise) to any sale supported by the First Priority Secured Parties and to have released their Liens in such assets.
     5.7 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification . Each Second Priority Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that (i) the grants of Liens pursuant to the First Priority Security Documents and the Second Priority Security Documents constitute two separate and distinct grants of Liens and (ii) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Common Collateral, the Second Priority Obligations

21


 

are fundamentally different from the First Priority Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or adopted in an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties in respect of the Common Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the Second Priority Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions shall be made as if there were separate classes of senior and junior secured claims against the Loan Parties in respect of the Common Collateral (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Common Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Second Priority Secured Parties), the First Priority Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of Post-Petition Interest before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the Second Priority Secured Parties, with the Second Priority Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to rum over to the First Priority Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the claim or recovery of the Second Priority Secured Parties).
     5.8 No Waivers of Rights of First Priority Secured Parties . Subject to Section 2.1(b) , nothing contained herein shall prohibit or in any way limit the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party from objecting in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to any action taken by any Second Priority Secured Party, including the seeking by any Second Priority Secured Party of adequate protection or the asserting by any Second Priority Secured Party of any of its rights and remedies under the Second Priority Documents or otherwise.
     5.9 Plans of Reorganization . The Second Priority Secured Parties may propose, vote on, file and prosecute, object to, and make other filings with regard to, any plan of reorganization, unless such action would directly or indirectly result in a violation of this Agreement, whether directly by any Second Priority Secured Party or as a result of confirmation of such plan.
     5.10 Other Matters . (a) To the extent that the Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Secured Party has or acquires rights under Section 363 or Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any of the Common Collateral, the Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties not to assert any of such rights without the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative; provided that if requested in writing by the First Priority Representative, the Second Priority Representative shall timely exercise such rights in the manner requested by the First Priority Representative, including any rights to payments in respect of such rights.
     5.11 Effectiveness in Insolvency Proceedings . This Agreement, which the parties hereto expressly acknowledge is a “subordination agreement” under section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be effective before, during and after the

22


 

commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding. All references in this Agreement to any Loan Party shall include such Loan Party as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Loan Party in any Insolvency Proceeding.
      SECTION 6. Second Priority Documents and First Priority Documents.
     (a) Each Loan Party and the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not at any time execute or deliver any amendment or other modification to any of the Second Priority Documents inconsistent with or in violation of this Agreement.
     (b) The First Priority Obligations may be amended, waived, increased, extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or secured with additional collateral ( provided that both the First Priority Liens and the Second Priority Liens shall attach to such additional collateral) without affecting the lien priorities of the First Priority Liens and the Second Priority Liens, subject to the covenants in the First Priority Documents and the Second Priority Documents; provided that no such amendment, waiver, increase, extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing shall increase the principal amount of the First Priority Obligations to an amount in excess of the Maximum First Priority Obligations Amount.
     (c) Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Second Priority Documents, the Second Priority Secured Parties shall not, without the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative, agree to any amendment, restatement, modification, supplement, substitution, renewal or replacement of or to any or all of the Second Priority Documents to (i) shorten the maturity of the Second Priority Obligations to be sooner than 91 days following the scheduled maturity date of the First Priority Obligations under the Existing First Priority Agreement or (ii) impose any amortization payments of principal in respect of the Second Priority Obligations and/or add any additional mandatory principal prepayments (or offers to prepay) the Second Priority Obligations, in each case, prior to the scheduled maturity date of the First Priority Obligations under the Existing First Priority Agreement.
      SECTION 7. Reliance; Waivers; etc.
     7.1 Reliance . The First Priority Documents are deemed to have been executed and delivered, and all extensions of credit thereunder are deemed to have been made or incurred, in reliance upon this Agreement. The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second Priority Secured Parties, expressly waives all notice of the acceptance of and reliance on this Agreement by the First Priority Secured Parties. The Second Priority Documents are deemed to have been executed and delivered and all extensions of credit thereunder are deemed to have been made or incurred, in reliance upon this Agreement. The First Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and First Priority Secured Parties, expressly waives all notices of the acceptance of and reliance by the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties.

23


 

     7.2 No Warranties or Liability. The Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative acknowledge and agree that neither has made any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectibility or enforceability of any First Priority Document or any Second Priority Document. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective extensions of credit to any Loan Party in accordance with law and their usual practices, modified from time to time as they deem appropriate.
     7.3 No Waivers. No right or benefit of any party hereunder shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of such party or any other party hereto or by any noncompliance by any Loan Party with the terms and conditions of any of the First Priority Documents or the Second Priority Documents.
      SECTION 8. Obligations Unconditional.
     8.1 First Priority Obligations Unconditional. All rights of the First Priority Representative hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of the Second Priority Representative, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any First Priority Document;
     (ii) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the First Priority Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any First Priority Document;
     (iii) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Common Collateral or any other collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of all or any portion of the First Priority Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or
     (iv) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the First Priority Obligations, or of any of the Second Priority Representative, or any Loan Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.
     8.2 Second Priority Obligations Unconditional. All rights and interests of the Second Priority Representative under this Agreement, and all agreements and obligations of the First Priority Representative, the Loan Parties, to the extent applicable, hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

24


 

     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Second Priority Document;
     (ii) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the Second Priority Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any Second Priority Document;
     (iii) any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Common Collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of all or any portion of the Second Priority Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or
     (iv) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the Second Priority Obligations, or of any of the First Priority Representative or any other Loan Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.
      SECTION 9. Miscellaneous.
     9.1 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any First Priority Document or any Second Priority Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.
     9.2 Continuing Nature of Provisions. This Agreement shall continue to be effective, and shall not be revocable by any party hereto, until the First Priority Obligation Payment Date shall have occurred. This is a continuing agreement and the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, the Borrower or any other Loan Party on the faith hereof.
     9.3 Amendments; Waivers . No amendment or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the First Priority Representative and the Second Priority Representative and, in the case of amendments or modifications of Sections   3.5 , 3.6 , 3.8 , 5.2 , 5.4 , 6 , 9.3 , 9.5 or 9.6 that directly adversely affect the rights or duties of any Loan Party, such Loan Party.
     9.4 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. Each of the Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative hereby assume responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the First Priority Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations. The Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative hereby agree that no party shall have any duty to advise any other party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event

25


 

the Second Priority Representative or the First Priority Representative, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other party to this Agreement, it shall be under no obligation (A) to provide any such information to such other party or any other party on any subsequent occasion, (B) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, or (C) to disclose any other information.
     9.5 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT REMEDIES PROVIDED BY THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.
     9.6 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS . (A) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
     (B) ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THEY MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO (X) ANY OBJECTION THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION AND (Y) THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.
     (C) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.7 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

26


 

     9.7 Notices. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, or sent by overnight express courier service or United States mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy or five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail (certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto (until notice of a change thereof is delivered as provided in this Section) shall be as set forth below each party’s name on the signature pages hereof, or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties.
     9.8 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and each of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any other Person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Common Collateral. All references to any Loan Party shall include any Loan Party as debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Loan Party in any Insolvency Proceeding.
     9.9 Headings . Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
     9.10 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     9.11 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by each party hereto.
     9.12 Second Priority Representative Actions . Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement or approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Second Priority Representative or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by the Second Priority Representative, it is understood that in all cases the Second Priority Representative shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any such action under this Agreement if it shall not have received such advice or

27


 

concurrence of the Required Holders, as it deems appropriate. This provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Second Priority Representative and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or benefits on any party hereto, or impose any obligation on the First Priority Representative or any of the other First Priority Secured Parties to inquire as to the advice or concurrence of the Required Holders received by the Second Priority Representative prior to relying on the authority of the Second Priority Representative to take any action permitted hereunder.
     9.13 USA Patriot Act . The Borrower acknowledges that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The Borrower agrees that it will provide Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas with such information as it may request in order for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

28


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
 
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as First Priority Representative for and on behalf of the First Priority Secured Parties    
 
       
 
  By: 
 
Name: Sabir A. Hashm
   
 
  Title: Vice President    
 
       
 
  Address for Notices:    
 
       
 
  Attn: 
 
   
 
  Telecopy No.: 
 
   
 
       
 
  With a copy to:    
 
       
 
  Attn: 
 
   
 
  Telecopy No.: 
 
   
[Intercreditor Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
 
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Second Priority Representative for and on behalf of the Second Priority Secured Parties    
 
       
 
  By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company    
 
       
 
  By: 
 
Name: Cynthia J. Powell
   
 
  Title: Vice President    
 
       
 
  By: 
 
Name: David Contino
   
 
  Title: Vice President    
 
       
 
  Address for Notices:    
 
       
 
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas    
 
  Trust & Securities Services    
 
  60 Wall Street, MS2710    
 
  New York, NY 10005    
 
  Attn: Deal Manager — Corporate Team    
 
       
 
  With a copy to:    
 
       
 
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas    
 
  c/o Deutsche Bank Trust Company    
 
  Trust & Securities Services    
 
  25 DeForest Avenue, MS SUM 01-0105    
 
  Summit, NJ 07901    
 
  Attn: Deal Manager — Corporate Team    
[Intercreditor Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
  Title: EVP & CFO    
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Intercreditor Agreement

 


 

         
 
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.    
 
       
 
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.    
 
       
 
  MONEYGRAM INVESTMENTS, LLC    
 
       
 
  FSMC, INC.    
 
       
 
  PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC.    
 
       
 
  MONEYGRAM OF NEW YORK, LLC,
By: MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.,
its Sole Member
   
 
       
 
  By: 
 
Title: President and CEO
   
Signature Page to MoneyGram Intercreditor Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.41
Execution Version
 
 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
And
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
Dated as of March 24, 2008
Relating to:
$500,000,000
13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes Due 2018
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
 
           
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS     2  
1.1.
  Definitions     2  
1.2.
  Computation of Time Periods     11  
1.3.
  Terms Generally     11  
 
           
SECTION 2. AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF NOTES     12  
2.1.
  Authorization of Issue     12  
2.2.
  Sale and Purchase of the Notes     12  
2.3.
  Closing     12  
2.4.
  Effective Date Certificate     13  
 
           
SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING     13  
3.1.
  No Violation; No Legal Constraints; Consents, Authorizations and Filings, Etc.     14  
3.2.
  Indebtedness     14  
3.3.
  Material Adverse Change     14  
3.4.
  Regulatory     15  
3.5.
  Fees and Expenses     15  
3.6.
  Holdco Audit/10-K/Absence of Restatement     15  
3.7.
  Representations and Warranties     16  
3.8.
  Performance; No Default     16  
3.9.
  Equity Contribution     16  
3.10.
  [Reserved]     17  
3.11.
  Compliance Certificates     17  
3.12.
  Opinion of Counsel     17  
3.13.
  Financial Information     17  
3.14.
  Transaction Documents     18  
3.15.
  Execution and Authentication of Indenture and Notes     18  
3.16.
  Security Documents and Collateral     18  
3.17.
  Bank Clearing Arrangements     19  
3.18.
  Company Credit Facilities     19  
3.19.
  New York Stock Exchange     19  
3.20.
  Notice to Stockholders     19  
3.21.
  Wal-Mart     20  
3.22.
  Insurance     20  
3.23.
  Financial Statements     20  
3.24.
  Closing Certificate     20  
 
           
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     20  
4.1.
  Disclosure     21  
4.2.
  Organization and Authority     21  
4.3.
  Holdco Subsidiaries     21  
4.4.
  Capitalization     21  

i


 

             
        Page  
 
4.5.
  Authorization; No Default     22  
4.6.
  SEC Documents     23  
4.7.
  Taxes     24  
4.8.
  Ordinary Course     24  
4.9.
  Commitments and Contracts     24  
4.10.
  Litigation and Other Proceedings     25  
4.11.
  Insurance     25  
4.12.
  Compliance with Laws     26  
4.13.
  Benefit Plans     26  
4.14.
  Environmental Liability     28  
4.15.
  Intellectual Property     28  
4.16.
  Board Approvals     29  
4.17.
  Brokers and Finders     29  
4.18.
  Collateral     29  
4.19.
  [Reserved]     29  
4.20.
  [Reserved]     29  
4.21.
  Disclosure     29  
4.22.
  [Reserved]     30  
4.23.
  Properties     30  
4.24.
  Solvency     30  
4.25.
  No Registration Required     30  
4.26.
  No Integration of Offerings or General Solicitation     30  
4.27.
  Eligibility for Resale under Rule 144A     31  
4.28.
  Margin Regulations     31  
4.29.
  Investment Company Act     31  
4.30.
  Opinions of Financial Advisors     31  
4.31.
  CAG, Inc.     31  
4.32.
  Signing Date Representations and Warranties     31  
 
           
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF PURCHASERS     32  
5.1.
  Representation and Warranties     32  
5.2.
  Notice of Transfers of the Notes     33  
 
           
SECTION 6. PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS     33  
6.1.
  Access     33  
6.2.
  Investment Policy     34  
6.3.
  Ordinary Course     34  
 
           
SECTION 7. POST-CLOSING AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS     34  
7.1.
  Future Reports to Purchasers     35  
7.2.
  Patriot Act and Anti-Money Laundering     36  
7.3.
  U.S. Economic Sanctions     37  
7.4.
  FCPA and Anti-Bribery Limitations     37  
7.5.
  Export Control Limitations     38  
7.6.
  Customs and Trade Remedy Laws     38  
7.7.
  Anti-Boycott Laws     39  
7.8.
  Cross-Border Investment Restrictions     39  

ii


 

             
        Page  
 
7.9.
  Information Related to Alternative Transactions     39  
7.10.
  Board Observer Rights     39  
7.11.
  Changes to Investment Policy     40  
 
           
SECTION 8. PROVISIONS RELATING TO RESALES OF NOTES     40  
8.1.
  Private Offerings     40  
8.2.
  Procedures and Management Cooperation in Private Offerings     42  
8.3.
  No Integration     43  
 
           
SECTION 9. EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION     43  
9.1.
  Expenses     43  
9.2.
  Indemnification     43  
9.3.
  Waiver of Punitive Damages     43  
9.4.
  Survival     44  
9.5.
  Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments     44  
 
           
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS     44  
10.1.
  Notices     44  
10.2.
  Benefit of Agreement and Assignments     44  
10.3.
  No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative     45  
10.4.
  Amendments, Waivers and Consents     45  
10.5.
  Counterparts     46  
10.6.
  Reproduction     46  
10.7.
  Headings     46  
10.8.
  Survival of Covenants and Indemnities; Representations     46  
10.9.
  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue     46  
10.10.
  Severability     47  
10.11.
  Entirety     47  
10.12.
  Construction     47  
10.13.
  Incorporation     47  
10.14.
  Confidentiality     48  
10.15.
  Termination; Survival     48  
10.16.
  Maximum Rate     48  
10.17.
  Patriot Act     49  
10.18.
  Currency     49  
10.19.
  Further Assurances     49  
10.20.
  Sole Discretion     49  
10.21.
  No Waivers     49  
EXHIBITS:
     
Exhibit A
  Form of Indenture
Exhibit B
  Form of Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit 2.4
  Form of Effective Date Certificate
Exhibit 3.1l(a)
  Form of Secretary’s Certificate
Exhibit 3.11(b)
  Form of Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit 3.11(c)
  Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit 3.16(a)
  Form of Second Priority Security Agreement

iii


 

     
Exhibit 3.16(b)
  Form of Second Priority Pledge Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(c)
  Form of Second Priority Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(d)
  Form of Second Priority Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(e)
  Form of Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(f)
  Form of Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(g)
  Form of Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit 4
  Financial information
SCHEDULES:
     
Schedule I
  Holdco Disclosure Schedules
Schedule 2.2
  Information Relating to the Purchasers

iv


 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of March 24, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“Holdco ”), GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“GSMP Onshore ”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“GSMP Offshore”) and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“GSMP Institutional ” and together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “ Initial Purchasers”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Company, Holdco and the Initial Purchasers entered into that certain note purchase agreement, dated as of the Signing Date (the “ Original Note Purchase Agreement”).
     WHEREAS, the Company, Holdco, the Initial Purchasers and THL Credit Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“THL CP”) entered into that certain amended and restated note purchase agreement, dated as of the Effective Date (the “ Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement”)
     WHEREAS, on March 8, 2008, Holdco acknowledged that certain of the closing conditions of that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Signing Date (as in effect on the Signing Date, the “ Original Equity Purchase Agreement”) related to capital of Holdco, including but not limited to Section 1.2(c)(iii) and Section 1.2(c)(vii) of the Original Equity Purchase Agreement, had not been satisfied and would not be satisfied.
     WHEREAS, certain of the closing conditions of the Original Note Purchase Agreement related to capital of Holdco, including but not limited to Section 3.1(d), 3.9 and 3.13(b) of the Original Note Purchase Agreement, have not been satisfied and will not be satisfied and accordingly, the Initial Purchasers were not required to purchase the Notes under the terms of the Original Note Purchase Agreement.
     WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Signing Date, as amended on March 17, 2008 (such agreement, together with all of the exhibits and schedules thereto, in each case, as in effect on the Effective Date, the “ Equity Purchase Agreement ”), between Holdco and the parties named as “Investors” therein (the “ Equity Investors’ ”), Holdco has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to issue and sell to the Equity Investors, as applicable, on the Closing Date, for an aggregate cash purchase price as determined in the Equity Purchase Agreement (the “ Equity Contribution ”), the Series D participating convertible preferred stock of Holdco (the “ Series D Preferred Stock”), Series B participating convertible preferred stock of Holdco (the “ Series B Preferred Stock”) and shares of Series B-l participating convertible preferred stock of Holdco (“Series B-1 Preferred Stock ”), each as set forth in the Equity Purchase Agreement. The Equity Investors include investment funds affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. (the “ Lead Sponsor”) and investment funds affiliated with GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. (“ GSCP ” and, together with the Lead Sponsor, the “ Sponsors”) and also include the Initial Purchasers.
     WHEREAS, the consummation of the Equity Contribution in accordance with the Equity Purchase Agreement is subject to the consummation of certain concurrent transactions (such transactions, together with the Equity Contribution, the “ Transactions ”), including:

 


 

  (a)   that the Company shall have amended and restated the existing $350 million Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005, of Holdco, as amended through the Effective Date, in accordance with the form attached to the Equity Purchase Agreement as Schedule D, to provide the Company with amended and restated senior credit facilities consisting of $350 million (less any original issue discount otherwise permitted under this Agreement) of term loans, of which $100 million has been previously funded and $250 million (less any original issue discount otherwise permitted under this Agreement) of which shall be new term loans to be funded on the Closing Date contemplated hereby, and a $250 million revolving credit facility (of which no more than $150 million will be drawn on the Closing Date) (collectively, the “ Company Credit Facilities”);
 
  (b)   that Holdco shall have received full proceeds from the sale of the securities listed on Schedule B-l to the Equity Purchase Agreement in the amounts set forth on Schedule B-l thereto; and
 
  (c)   that the Company shall have received the proceeds of the issuance of its 13.25% senior secured second lien notes due 2018 (the “ Notes”) issued pursuant to the indenture substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Indenture”).
     WHEREAS, the proceeds from the purchase of the Notes will be used by the Company and its Subsidiaries for investments in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture to supplement the Company’s unrestricted assets, to repay existing indebtedness and to pay related transaction costs and expenses.
     WHEREAS, THL CP will not purchase any Notes pursuant to this Agreement.
     WHEREAS, THL CP, the Purchasers and the Company are simultaneously herewith entering into a letter agreement pursuant to which after the closing THL CP will purchase from the Purchasers Notes on the terms and conditions set forth in such letter agreement.
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.4 of the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement the parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement in its entirety as provided herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
     1.1. Definitions .
     As used herein, defined terms which are defined in the Indenture shall have, except where otherwise expressly set forth herein, the same respective meanings as such defined terms have in the Indenture, and, in addition, the following terms shall have the meanings specified herein unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):

2


 

     “ Agreement ” is defined in Section 10.4.
     “ AML Laws ” means any anti-money laundering law or regulation applicable to Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary.
     “ Anti-boycott Laws ” means the Export Administration Act and the Internal Revenue Code and any other applicable law regarding boycotts issued by a foreign government and not endorsed by the United States.
     “ Bank Secrecy Act ” means the Currency and Foreign Transactions Report Act, as amended.
     “ Benefit Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.13(a).
     “ Board of Directors ” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.5(a).
     “ Board Observer ” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.10.
     “ Board Papers ” is defined in Section 7.10.
     “ Certificate of Designations ” has the definition given to it in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Closing ” is defined in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Closing Certificate ” is defined in Section 3.24.
     “ Closing Date ” is defined in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Section references to the Code are to the Code as in effect at the date of this Agreement, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
     “ Collateral ” means the collateral described in the Security Documents.
     “ Collateral Agent ” means the Trustee in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Indenture and under the Security Documents and any successor thereto in such capacity.
     “ Company Credit Facilities ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Contract ” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.5(b).
     “ Credit Documents ” means the Company Credit Facilities and all agreements, guarantees, collateral documents, certificates, instruments, and other documents made or delivered in connection therewith.
     “ D&T Deliverables ” means the Satisfactory Audit Opinion and Deloitte & Touche LLP’s consent to file the Satisfactory Audit Opinion in Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     “ Default ” has the meaning given to it in the Indenture.
     “ DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.
     “ DTC Agreement ” means a letter of representations between the Company and DTC.

3


 

     “ Effective Date ” means March 17, 2008.
     “ Effective Date Certificate ” is defined in Section 2.4.
     “ Environmental Claims ” means any administrative or judicial actions, suits, orders, claims, proceedings or written notices of noncompliance by or from any person alleging liability arising out of the Release of Hazardous Materials or the failure to comply with Environmental Law.
     “ Environmental Law ” means any Law relating to pollution, the environment or natural resources.
     “ Equity Contribution ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Equity Documents ” means the Equity Purchase Agreement and all agreements, certificates, instruments, and other documents made or delivered in connection therewith.
     “ Equity Interest ” is defined in the Indenture.
     “ Equity Investors ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Equity Purchase Agreement ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefore.
     “ ERISA Event ” means (a) an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder with respect to any Benefit Plan, other than any event as to which the thirty day notice period has been waived; or (b) the failure of any Benefit Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code or Section 303 or 304 of ERISA.
     “ Event of Default ” means “Event of Default”, as such term is defined in the Indenture.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Export Administration Act ” means The Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, and the executive orders, rules and regulations pursuant to the President’s invocation of emergency powers under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act.
     “ Fairness Opinions ” is defined in Section 4.30.
     “ Fee Letter ” means that certain Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated as of the Effective Date by and between the Sponsors, the Initial Purchasers, Holdco the Company and THL Managers VI, LLC.
     “ Final 10-K ” means Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, in a form identical to a form that shall have been provided to the Initial Purchasers not less than one day prior to the Closing Date, which shall be in a form acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, in compliance with all applicable rules promulgated under the Exchange Act, excluding any rules related to filing deadlines, which such Final 10-K does not disclose or identify any material weakness in the design or

4


 

operation of internal controls which could adversely affect Holdco’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data.
     “ Financing Documents ” means collectively, this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreements, the Fee Letter, the Management Rights Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and all certificates, instruments, and other documents made or delivered in connection herewith and therewith.
     “ Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
     “ GAAP ” is defined in Section 4.6.
     “ German Antitrust Act ” means the German Act Against Restraints of Competition (Gesetz gegen Wettbewerbsbeschrankungen).
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
     “ Governmental Entity ” means any United States or foreign governmental or regulatory agency, commission, court, body, entity or authority.
     “ GSCP ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Guarantors ” has the definition given to it in the Indenture.
     “ Hazardous Materials ” means (x) petroleum and petroleum by-products, asbestos that is friable, radioactive materials, medical or infectious wastes or polychlorinated biphenyls and (y) any other material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by Environmental Law because of its hazardous, toxic or deleterious properties or characteristics.
     “ Holdco Disclosure Schedule ” means a schedule attached hereto as Schedule I setting forth, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate either in response to an express disclosure requirement contained in a provision hereof or as an exception to one or more of Holdco’s or the Company’s representations or warranties contained in Section 4.
     “ Holdco Intellectual Property ” means all patents and patent applications currently owned by Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries that are material to the business of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted.
     “ Holdco Subsidiary ” is defined in Section 4.3.
     “ HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Infringe ” means, in relation to Intellectual Property, infringing upon, misappropriating or violating the rights of any third party.

5


 

     “ Indemnitee ” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.2.
     “ Indenture ” has meaning given to it in the recitals.
     “ Initial Equity Securities ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Initial Purchasers ” is defined in the preamble.
     “ Intellectual Property ” means the following and all rights pertaining thereto: (A) patents, patent applications, provisional patent applications and statutory invention registrations (including all utility models and other patent rights under the Laws of all countries), (B) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, service names, corporate names, domain names and other brand identifiers, registrations and applications for registration thereof, (C) copyrights, proprietary designs, computer software, mask works, databases, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (D) confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets, know-how and show-how, and (E) all similar rights, however denominated, throughout the world.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as First Priority Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent, the Company and the Guarantors, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(g).
     “ Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 as from time to time in effect and any successor act to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Investment Policy ” is defined in Section 6.2.
     “ Investors ” has the definition given to it in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States of America.
     “ Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, code, order, injunction, arbitration award, writ, decree, agency requirement, license or permit of any Governmental Entity.
     “ Lead Sponsor ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Management Rights Agreement ” means the management rights agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdco, the Company and GS Mezzanine Partners V Institutional, L.P. (the indirect owner of GSMP Institutional).
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means: (1) for any purpose under this Agreement other than Section 7, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, (a) is material and adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) would materially impair the ability of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, (c) would materially impair the rights and remedies of the Purchasers under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, taken as a whole, or (d) would materially impair the ability of Holdco to perform its obligations under the Equity Purchase Agreement or otherwise materially threaten or materially impede the consummation of the Purchase (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) and the other transactions contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement; provided, however, that the impact of the following matters shall be disregarded: (i) changes in general economic, financial market,

6


 

credit market, regulatory or political conditions (whether resulting from acts of war or terrorism, an escalation of hostilities or otherwise) generally affecting the U.S. economy, foreign economies or the industries in which Holdco or its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) changes in generally accepted accounting principles, (iii) changes in laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Authority, (iv) any change in Holdco’s stock price or trading volume, in and of itself, or any failure, in and of itself, by Holdco to meet revenue or earnings guidance published or otherwise provided to the Purchaser (provided that any fact, condition, circumstance, event, change, development or effect underlying any such failure or change, other than any of the foregoing that is otherwise excluded pursuant to clauses (i) through (viii) hereof, may be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur), (v) losses resulting from any change in the valuations of Holdco’s portfolio of securities or sales of such securities and any effect resulting from such changes or sales, (vi) actions or omissions of Holdco or the Sponsors taken as required by the Equity Purchase Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Purchaser, (vii) public announcement, in and of itself, by a third party not affiliated with Holdco of any proposal to acquire the outstanding securities or all or substantially all of the assets of Holdco and (viii) the public announcement of the Equity Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (provided that this clause (viii) shall not apply with respect to Sections 1.2(c)(v), 2.2(d), 2.2(h) and 2.2(k) of the Equity Purchase Agreement); provided further, however, that Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed not to include the impact of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in each case only insofar and to the extent that such circumstances, events, changes, developments or effects described in such clauses do not have a disproportionate effect on Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries (exclusive of its payments systems business) relative to other participants in the industry; and (2) for any purpose under Section 7 of this Agreement, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, (a) is material and adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) would materially impair the ability of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, or (c) would materially impair the rights and remedies of the Purchasers under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, taken as a whole.
     “ MSPI ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” is defined in Section 4.13(e).
     “ Notes ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Treasury Department.
     “ Officer’s Certificate ” is defined in Section 3.1 l(b).
     “ Original Equity Purchase Agreement ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Originally Previously Disclosed ” means information: (i) set forth in the Holdco Disclosure Schedule (defined for purposes of this definition only as set forth in the Original Note Purchase Agreement), dated as of the Signing Date, corresponding to the provision of the Original Note Purchase Agreement to which such information relates (provided that any disclosure with respect to a particular paragraph or section of this Agreement or the Holdco Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for other paragraphs and sections of the Original Note Purchase Agreement or the Holdco Disclosure Schedule to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure would be reasonably apparent to a reader of such disclosure); or (ii) otherwise disclosed on a SEC Document, prior to the Signing Date (excluding any risk factor disclosures contained in such documents and any disclosure of risks included in

7


 

any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or other statements that are similarly non-specific, predictive or forward-looking in nature).
     “ Outside Receipt Date ” is defined in Section 3.6 (c).
     “ Patriot Act ” is defined in Section 10.17.
     “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-l Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock.
     “ Previously Disclosed ” means information: (i) set forth in the Holdco Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the provision of this Agreement to which such information relates (provided that any disclosure with respect to a particular paragraph or section of this Agreement or the Holdco Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for other paragraphs and sections of this Agreement or the Holdco Disclosure Schedule to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure would be reasonably apparent to a reader of such disclosure); or (ii) otherwise disclosed on a SEC Document, prior to the Effective Date (excluding any risk factor disclosures contained in such documents and any disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or other statements that are similarly non-specific, predictive or forward-looking in nature) (“Filed SEC Documents”).
     “ Private Offering ” means any offer and/or sale by one or more of the Purchasers of some or all of the Notes without registration under the Securities Act but in compliance with Rule 144A, Rule 144, Regulation S, Section 4(1) or any other applicable rule or provision under the Securities Act.
     “ Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 2.2(b).
     “ Purchasers ” means the Initial Purchasers.
     “ Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person that is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A.
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, Holdco and each Purchaser, to be dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating into or through the environment in derogation of Environmental Law.

8


 

     “ Responsible Officer ” means the chairman, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer, the chief operating officer, the chief accounting officer or the treasurer.
     “ Rule 144 ” has the meaning given to it in the Indenture.
     “ Rule 144A ” has the meaning given to it in the Indenture.
     “ Rule 502 ” means Rule 502 of Regulation D under the Securities Act as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Satisfactory Audit Opinion ” means either combined or separate unqualified reports on the audit of Holdco, and its Subsidiaries, financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 as illustrated within paragraphs 87 and 88 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Bylaws and Rules, Auditing Standard No. 5, “An Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting That Is Integrated with An Audit of Financial Statements,” prepared in accordance with GAAP (neither the Deloitte & Touche LLP financial statement opinion as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 nor to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements attached to the audited financial statements, nor Items 1 through 15 of the Company’s December 31, 2007 Annual report on Form 10-K, shall include any reference to Holdco’s ability to operate as a going concern).
     “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ SEC Documents ” is defined in Section 4.6(a).
     “ Securities ” has the meaning given to it in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Security Documents ” means: (i) that certain Second Priority Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(a), (ii) that certain Second Priority Pledge Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(b), (iii) that certain Second Priority Patent Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdco and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(c), (iv) that certain Second Priority Patent Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among MPSI and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(d), (v) that certain Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdco and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(e), (vi) that certain Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among Property Bridge, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(f) and (vii) collateral assignments and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by the Indenture, which will be identical to the agreements for the First Priority Liens Obligations, but on a second priority lien basis.
     “ Series B Preferred Stock ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Series B-l Preferred Stock ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Series D Preferred Stock ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Signing Date ” means February 11, 2008.

9


 

     “ Signing Date Certificate ” is defined in Section 2.4.
     “ Solvency Certificate ” is defined in Section 3.1 l(c).
     “ Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, that (a) the sum of such Person’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Person’s present assets; (b) such Person’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated; and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts including current obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise). For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed by Holdco and the Company as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that such Person reasonably expects to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under GAAP).
     “ Sponsors ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ State ” means any of the jurisdictions listed on Section 3.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement).
     “ Subsequent Purchaser ” means a purchaser of any Note who acquired such Note in a Private Offering in accordance with Section 8.1.
     “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any and all domestic or foreign, federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind (together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by any Governmental Entity, including taxes on or with respect to income, franchises, windfall or other profits, gross receipts, property, sales, use, capital stock, payroll, employment, unemployment, social security, workers’ compensation or net worth, and taxes in the nature of excise, withholding, ad valorem or value added, and including any liability in respect of any items described above as a transferee or successor, pursuant to Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), or as an indemnitor, guarantor, surety or in a similar capacity under any contract, arrangement, agreement, understanding or commitment (whether oral or written).
     “ Tax Return ” means any return, report or similar filing, (including attached schedules) filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (and any amendments thereto), including any information return, claim for refund or declaration of estimated Taxes.
     “ Termination Date ” is defined in Section 2.2(e).
     “ Termination Development ” means (i) any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, prospects, assets or liabilities of Holdco or its Subsidiaries as determined in the sole discretion of the Initial Purchasers, (ii) any negative development related to Holdco’s or its Subsidiaries’ agents, official check customers, clearing banks or regulators as determined in the sole discretion of the Initial Purchasers, and (iii) the Initial Purchasers becoming aware after the Effective Date of any matter in clauses (i) or (ii) above that occurred prior to the date hereof.
     “ Total First Lien Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, funded Total Indebtedness that in each case is secured by First Priority Liens on property or assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries.

10


 

     “ Total Loss ” has the meaning given to it in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Transaction Documents ” means the Credit Documents, the Equity Documents and the Financing Documents.
     “ Transactions ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Trustee ” means Deutche Bank Trust Company Americas.
     “ Unrestricted Assets ” has the meaning given to it in Schedule E to the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ U.S. Economic Sanction ” means any economic sanction imposed by any rule, regulation or statute of the United States, including without limitation, those administered by OFAC and any other applicable laws imposing economic sanctions.
     “ U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ” is defined in Section 4.12(b)
     1.2. Computation of Time Periods .
     For purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.”
     1.3. Terms Generally .
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) “or” is not exclusive;
     (3) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it, and shall be construed, in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (4) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (5) the word “including” means “including without limitation”;
     (6) any reference to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns;
     (7) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein);
     (8) for purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and

11


 

     (9) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.
SECTION 2.
AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF NOTES
     2.1. Authorization of Issue .
     On or prior to the Closing, the Company will authorize the issuance and sale of the Notes. The Notes shall be substantially in the form specified in the Indenture.
     2.2. Sale and Purchase of the Notes .
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on or prior to the Termination Date, the Company will issue and sell to each of the Purchasers and each of the Purchasers will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 2.3, the Notes in the principal amounts and for the portion of the Purchase Price as set forth in Schedule 2.2 hereto.
     (b) The aggregate cash purchase price (the “ Purchase Price”) for the Notes shall be equal to the principal face amount of the Notes being so purchased.
     (c) The parties agree to report the sale and purchase of the Notes for all federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes in a manner consistent with the foregoing and agree to take no position inconsistent with the foregoing, except as required by applicable law.
     (d) The obligations hereunder of the Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Notes are several and not joint and no Purchaser will have any liability to any Person for the performance or non- performance by any other Purchaser.
     (e) The obligation of the Purchasers to purchase the Notes and the obligation of the Company to sell and issue the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall terminate on the date of the termination of the Equity Purchase Agreement in accordance with its terms (the “ Termination Date”).
     2.3. Closing .
     (a) Subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the sale and purchase of the Notes shall occur at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz located at 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York, commencing at 10 a.m. local time, at a closing (the “ Closing ”), but in any event the Closing shall be no later than March 25, 2008, or at such other date or time as mutually agreed by the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The date and time of the Closing is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”.
     (b) At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser purchasing Notes, in such denominations as such Purchaser may request (subject to the terms of the Indenture), representing in the aggregate the full principal amount of Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser on the Closing Date, each such Note dated the Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name, against payment by such Purchaser to the Company of the amount of the applicable portion of the Purchase Price (as provided in Section 2.2), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such bank account or accounts as the Company may request in writing at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date.

12


 

     (c) If at the Closing the Company shall fail to deliver to the Purchasers the Notes as provided in Section 2.3(b), or any of the conditions specified in Section 3 shall not have been fulfilled to the Initial Purchasers’ reasonable satisfaction or waived, then each Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement.
     2.4. Effective Date Certificate .
     On the Signing Date, Holdco delivered to the Initial Purchasers the certificate (the “ Signing Date Certificate ”) as provided in Section 2.4 of the Original Note Purchase Agreement. On the Effective Date, Holdco delivered to the Purchasers a certificate (the “ Effective Date Certificate ”), substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.4 to this Agreement, from Holdco, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Holdco, certifying: (i) that each of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 4.1 through 4.17, 4.23 and 4.29 through 4.31 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case such representations and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) on or as of the Effective Date as if made on and as of the Effective Date (unless expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case each of such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date), (ii) to the knowledge of the applicable officer: (x) that none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Purchasers on or before the Effective Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained, when furnished, any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not materially misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of such certificate, such factual information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and/or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature, and (y) that the projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (ii)(x) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Purchasers that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results, (iii) that the financial information, data and performance information listed on Exhibit 4 hereto furnished by or on behalf of Holdco or the Company to the Purchasers on or before the Effective Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement was true, complete and accurate as and when furnished to the Purchasers, and (iv) all of the certifications set forth in the Signing Date Certificate are true and correct in all respects.
     2.5 Fees .
     On the Signing Date, Holdco paid the fees set forth, and otherwise satisfied the other terms and conditions set forth in, the Fee Letter. On the Effective Date the Initial Purchasers recieved the Fee (as defined in that certain Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated the Effective Date).
SECTION 3.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
     Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing is subject to the reasonable satisfaction or waiver by the Initial Purchasers, prior to or at the Closing Date, of each of the conditions specified below in this Section 3:

13


 

     3.1. No Violation; No Legal Constraints; Consents, Authorizations and Filings, Etc.
     (a) The expiration or termination of; (i) any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act and (ii) any applicable waiting period under the German Antitrust Act in each case, required to consummate the purchase from Holdco at the Closing, of the Securities as contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement and for the Investors to own, and fully vote and convert into common stock, all of the Securities;
     (b) no provision of any applicable Law or regulation and no judgment, injunction, order or decree shall prohibit the Closing or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or shall prohibit or restrict any Investor or its Affiliates from owning, or fully voting and converting, the Securities to be acquired by such Investor pursuant to the terms of such respective Securities, and no lawsuit shall have been commenced by a Governmental Entity seeking to effect any of the foregoing;
     (c) each Purchaser’s purchase of the Notes shall be permitted by all applicable laws of each jurisdiction to which it is subject; and
     (d) prior to the Closing, Holdco shall have received full proceeds from the sale of the securities listed on Schedule B-l to the Equity Purchase Agreement in the amounts set forth on Schedule B-l thereto.
     3.2. Indebtedness .
     On the Closing Date, the Company and Holdco shall have (i) (A) amended Holdco’s existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005, in accordance with the form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement attached to the Equity Purchase Agreement as Schedule D, (B) received an additional $250 million of term loans (less any original issue discount otherwise permitted under this Agreement) under its existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement following such amendment described in clause (A) above; (C) never borrowed any funds under, and shall have terminated, its existing 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2007, as amended; and (ii) no Indebtedness (as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) shall remain outstanding immediately after giving effect to the Transaction other than: (x) the loans under the Company Credit Facilities and (y) the Notes and (z) indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed, individually or in the aggregate, $5 million. After giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, there shall not exist (pro forma for such transactions and the financing thereof) any Default or Event of Default under the Indenture or the Notes.
     3.3. Material Adverse Change .
     Except as Previously Disclosed, (A) since September 30, 2007, no change or event shall have occurred and no circumstances shall exist which have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Holdco or the Company, and (B) each of the Initial Purchasers in its respective sole judgment and discretion shall have determined that since the Effective Date, no change or event shall have occurred and no circumstances shall exist which constitute, or would reasonably be expected to constitute, individually or in the aggregate, a Termination Development. With respect to matters which have been Previously Disclosed, in determining whether this condition is satisfied, any circumstance, event or condition occurring after the Effective Date shall be taken into account, including any deterioration, worsening or adverse consequence of such Previously Disclosed matters occurring after the Effective Date.

14


 

     3.4. Regulatory .
     (A) None of Holdco, the Company or MPSI, shall have received written or oral notice from any State to the effect that such State has determined that Holdco, the Company or MPSI can no longer conduct its money transfer or payment systems businesses in such State or has revoked, or intends to revoke, Holdco’s, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State, or imposed, or intends to impose, conditions on, or material fines with respect to, Holdco’s, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State (which conditions are adverse to Holdco, the Company or MPSI and are not generally applicable to other persons conducting money transfer or payments systems businesses in such State); (B) Holdco, the Company or MPSI shall have received assurances, in a form acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, from each State from which the Initial Purchasers determines is necessary, that such State will not (x) determine that Holdco, the Company or MPSI may not conduct its money transfer or payment systems businesses in such State, (y) revoke Holdco’s, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State, or (z) impose conditions on, or material fines with respect to, Holdco’s, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State (which conditions are adverse to Holdco, the Company or MPSI and are not generally applicable to other persons conducting money transfer or payments systems businesses in such State); (C) prior to and immediately following the Closing, Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries shall have all licenses required under applicable money transmitter, official check or similar Laws to conduct Holdco’s and its Subsidiaries’ business as presently conducted; and (D) immediately following the Closing, Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with all applicable money transmitter, official check or similar Laws applicable to Holdco or its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, all net worth, tangible net worth, unrestricted assets and other financial ratios requirements applicable to Holdco or its Subsidiaries.
     3.5. Fees and Expenses .
     (a) All the fees and expenses payable by Holdco and the Company to the Purchasers pursuant to the Transaction Documents, including without limitation, the fees and expenses of each Purchaser and counsel for the Purchasers for which invoices have been presented (including the fees of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel to the Initial Purchasers), shall have been paid in full.
     3.6. Holdco Audit/10-K/Absence of Restatement .
     (a) (A) (i) Holdco’s receipt from Deloitte & Touche LLP of the D&T Deliverables, which shall be delivered if the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall have been placed into an escrow account pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, Holdco and Deloitte & Touche LLP with irrevocable instructions to be released to Holdco on the Closing Date upon Holdco’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, or (ii) if the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall not have been placed into an escrow account with irrevocable instructions to be released to Holdco on the Closing Date upon Holdco’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, then Holdco and Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have committed to the Initial Purchasers on the Closing Date that, after both Holdco and Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have verified that the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement have been credited to the bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement, Holdco will receive from Deloitte & Touche, the D&T Deliverables and (B) Holdco’s financial printer Bowne shall have notified the Initial Purchasers (on the Closing Date) that Holdco has delivered the Final 10-K to Bowne with the irrevocable instruction that Bowne file the Final 10-K on behalf of Holdco, and that Bowne is prepared to file and will file the Final 10-K with the SEC, in each case, immediately upon notification from Holdco that the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement have been

15


 

successfully credited to the Holdco bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement;
     (b) each of the Initial Purchasers shall have had a full and complete opportunity to review Holdco’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, and to interview current and former Holdco personnel as determined to be necessary by each of the Initial Purchasers, and will have determined that Holdco’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, as well as Holdco’s prior disclosures, are acceptable to each Initial Purchaser in its respective sole judgment and discretion; and it is understood and agreed that such determination by each of the Initial Purchasers shall be based on, among other things, but not limited to, the subjective view of each of the Initial Purchasers of Holdco’s potential exposure, if any, to claims and investigations related in any to Holdco’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, and prior disclosures;
     (c) neither Deloitte & Touche LLP nor any other accounting firm shall have issued to Holdco any opinion regarding the consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 which is not a Satisfactory Audit Opinion;
     (d) there shall not have been a restatement (nor shall any restatement be under consideration by Holdco, its external auditors or, to the knowledge of Holdco, the SEC) of any prior period financial statements of Holdco; and
     (e) Holdco shall have resolved to the satisfaction of the SEC (including having taken any and all corrective action requested by the Staff of the SEC, if any) all comments received by Holdco from the SEC on the SEC Documents.
     3.7. Representations and Warranties ,
     Each of the representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) on or as of the Closing Date (unless expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case each of such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date), in each case after giving pro forma effect to the consummation on the Closing Date of the Transactions, the issuance of the Notes to be issued on the Closing Date and the application of the proceeds thereof.
     3.8. Performance; No Default .
     The Company and Holdco shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants contained herein and therein required to be performed or complied with by them prior to or at the Closing (or such compliance shall have been waived on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers) and, after giving effect to the Transactions, the issuance of the Notes and the application of the proceeds thereof, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     3.9. Equity Contribution .
     At the Closing, the Equity Contribution shall have been made to Holdco in accordance with the Equity Purchase Agreement, and Holdco shall have received the Equity Contribution. All conditions precedent set forth in the Equity Documents shall have been satisfied or waived (with the prior consent of

16


 

the Initial Purchasers if the Initial Purchasers reasonably determine such waiver is adverse to the Initial Purchasers).
     3.10. [Reserved] ,
     3.11. Compliance Certificates .
     (a)  Secretary’s Certificate. The Company and each Guarantor shall have delivered to the Purchasers a Secretary’s Certificate, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Secretary’s Certificate”), in the form of Exhibit 3.11(a) hereto, certifying, among other things, as to (i) the Company’s and the Guarantors’ certificate or articles of incorporation or deed of incorporation (or, if an unlimited liability company, limited liability company or limited partnership, certificate of formation) and bylaws or articles of association (or, if an unlimited liability company or limited liability company, unlimited or limited liability company agreement, or, if a limited partnership, limited partnership agreement), (ii) the incumbency and signatures of certain officers of the Company and the Guarantors and (iii) the corporate proceedings of the Company and the Guarantors (including a Board consent in a form reasonably agreed to by the Initial Purchasers) relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes, this Agreement and the other Financing Documents to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party.
     (b)  Officer’s Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers an Officer’s Certificate, each dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”), in the form of Exhibit 3.11(b) hereto, certifying, on and as of the Closing Date, as to (i) the representations and warranties of the Company, (ii) the performance and compliance in ail material respects with all agreements and covenants contained herein, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture or the Notes.
     (c)  Solvency Certificate and Solvency Opinion. On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Solvency Certificate ”), in the form of Exhibit 3.11(c), and (if and to the extent delivered under the Company Credit Facilities) letters from a nationally recognized appraisal firm or valuation consultant satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, in each case certifying or attesting, as applicable, that the Company on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the issuance and sale of the Notes and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of Notes, will be Solvent.
     3.12. Opinion of Counsel .
     On the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall have received an opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special New York counsel for the Company, or another counsel for the Company acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers.
     3.13. Financial Information .
     (a) The Purchasers shall have received: (a) as soon as monthly and quarterly financial statements are available to Holdco and its Subsidiaries, unaudited consolidated financial statements for any interim period or periods of Holdco and its Subsidiaries ended after the date of the most recent audited financial statements; and (b) customary pro forma consolidated financial statements. The most recent financial statements will show on a pro forma basis on the Closing Date: (i) funded Total Indebtedness of no more than $1,000 million plus indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed, individually or in the aggregate, $5 million; (ii) Total First Lien Indebtedness of no more than $500 million; (iii) the Leverage Ratio (but excluding for purposes of the calculation thereof

17


 

from the definition of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Indenture) any gains or losses associated with the sale of securities held in Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries investment portfolio listed on Schedule B-l to the Equity Purchase Agreement for Holdco and its Subsidiaries, as at the Closing Date, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, for the last twelve-month period ended February, 2008, is not greater than: 3.85:1.00 and (iv)(A) the transaction volumes generated from the “Money Transfer” business segment shall be no less than $3,170,700 for the month ended January, 2008 and $3,238,200 for the month ended February, 2008, and (B) the net revenue generated from the “Money Transfer” and the “Express Payment” business segments on a combined basis shall be no less than $35,063,244 for the month ended January, 2008 and no less than $35,737,927 for the month ended February, 2008. For purposes of clause (iv)(A) and (iv)(B) of this Section 3.13, the internal monthly financial statements for the months ended January, 2008 and February, 2008 shall be prepared on the same basis in all material respects to the monthly budgets for January, 2008 and February, 2008 and the historical monthly results previously provided to the Purchasers and included on Exhibit 4 to this Agreement.
     (b) After giving effect to the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses payable by Holdco at the Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by clause (iv) of Section 1.2(c) of the Equity Purchase Agreement, the expenses contemplated by Section 5.3 of the Equity Purchase Agreement and the Exclusivity Agreement (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), the fees and expenses of Holdco’s advisors, and the fees and expenses of each Purchaser and counsel for the Purchasers, on a pro forma basis, Holdco shall have (x) at least $150 million in Unrestricted Assets and no more than $150 million will be drawn on the Closing Date, under Holdco’s revolving credit facility (which availability, for the purposes of this Section 3.13(b) shall take into account all letters of credit outstanding either through such facility or otherwise).
     3.14. Transaction Documents .
     On the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall have received true and correct copies of all Transaction Documents (including without limitation, the Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement, the other Financing Documents and (in respect of the Initial Purchasers only) the Management Rights Agreement, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers) and such documents (i) shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by parties thereto; and (ii) shall be valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Purchasers shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents required to be delivered on the Closing Date.
     3.15. Execution and Authentication of Indenture and Notes .
     On the Closing Date, the Trustee shall have executed the Indenture and authenticated the Notes to be purchased by the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement.
     3.16. Security Documents and Collateral .
     The Collateral Agent shall have received all Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(a) through Exhibit 3.16(g), duly executed by all parties thereto and the provisions of the Security Documents shall create legal, valid and continuing second-priority Liens (subject only to Permitted Liens) on all the Collateral described therein

18


 

in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Purchasers securing the Obligations (as defined in the Security Documents), enforceable against Holdco, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, which Security Documents and Collateral shall be substantially similar to the Security Documents (as defined in the Company Credit Facilities) and Collateral (as defined in the Company Credit Facilities) provided to the Lenders (as defined in the Company Credit Facilities) under the Company Credit Facilities and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers in their reasonable discretion.
     3.17. Bank Clearing Arrangements .
     The Company and Holdco shall have demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Initial Purchasers that adequate bank clearing arrangements are in effect on the Closing Date.
     3.18. Company Credit Facilities .
     (a) Holdco shall not have incurred (or become obligated to incur) fees of more than $5,375,000 relating to the transactions described in Section 1.2(c)(iv) of the Equity Purchase Agreement (other than clauses (D) and (E)) of the Equity Purchase Agreement plus annual administrative agency fees in an amount not exceeding $150,000 per annum payable quarterly; and
     (b) the Applicable Margin (as defined in Schedule D to the Equity Purchase Agreement) on the Term B Loans (as defined in Schedule D to the Equity Purchase Agreement) shall not have been increased by more than 1.625% per annum (all of which may take the form of original issue discount over a four-year life to maturity (i.e. 6.5% or $16,250,000)); provided that any increase shall have been necessary in the reasonable discretion of the Lead Arranger (as defined in Schedule D to the Equity Purchase Agreement) to place the Term B Loans and the Lead Arranger shall first consider (in consultation with Holdco and the Investors) using increases in the margin prior to imposing original issue discount.
     3.19. New York Stock Exchange .
     Holdco shall have received confirmation from the New York Stock Exchange, and such confirmation shall not have been withdrawn, that the issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents are in compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s shareholder approval policy and that Holdco has properly, and without condition, obtained an exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange. Listed Company Manual to issue the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares without obtaining approval of the stockholders of Holdco.
     3.20. Notice to Stockholders .
     Holdco shall have properly provided notice to the stockholders of Holdco that Holdco will issue the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-l Preferred Shares without obtaining stockholder approval as required by, and in compliance with, Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual, and the ten (10) day notice period set forth in Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual shall have passed after such notice has been properly provided.

19


 

     3.21. Wal-Mart .
     Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. shall have confirmed in writing to Holdco (A) that the Money Services Agreement by and among MPSI and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (as amended through that certain Amendment 3 to Money Services Agreement dated as of the Signing Date but not amended by any subsequent amendments other than, if necessary, to make effective the extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) will be in full force and effect after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (which shall include an effective extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) and (B) that the Original Equity Purchase Agreement, the Equity Purchase Agreement and this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby do not give Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. the right to terminate the Money Services Agreement,
     3.22. Insurance .
     Holdco shall have purchased, at its expense (A) directors and officers liability insurance, from reputable carriers to be agreed upon prior to Closing by Holdco and the Initial Purchasers and in at least the amounts as set forth on Schedule 4.1(b) to the Equity Purchase Agreement (or in a lesser amount agreed upon by the Initial Purchasers and Holdco) on behalf of and covering the individuals who at any time on or after the Closing Date are or become directors of Holdco, against expenses, liabilities or losses asserted against or incurred by such individual in such capacity or arising out of such individual’s status as such, subject to customary exclusions and (B) a fully-paid six-year “tail” insurance policy or policies with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (including excess A-side difference-in-conditions coverage and fiduciary liability coverage) of an amount no less, and with terms and conditions no less favorable, than those of the policies maintained by Holdco as of the Effective Date.
     3.23. Financial Statements .
     The Initial Purchasers shall have received at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Holdco’s consolidated unaudited interim financial statements as of and for the one-month period ended January 31, 2008 and the one-month period ended February 29, 2008, including (i) the unaudited balance sheet as January 31, 2008 and February 29, 2008 and (ii) related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and detailed trial balances for the period from January 1, 2008 to January 31, 2008 and for the period from February 1, 2008 to February 29, 2008, in each case satisfactory in form and substance to the Initial Purchasers.
     3.24. Closing Certificate .
     On the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to each of the Initial Purchasers a certificate (the “ Closing Certificate ”) signed on behalf of the Company by an executive officer of the Company confirming that each of the conditions set forth in this Section 3 has been satisfied.
SECTION 4.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     Except as Previously Disclosed (but only with respect to Sections 4.2 through and including 4.17), each of Holdco and the Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers on and as of the Effective Date (after giving “ pro forma ” effect to the consummation on the Closing Date of the Transactions, the issuance of the Notes to be issued on the Closing Date and the application of the proceeds thereof) and on the Closing Date, except as set forth in this Section 4, that:

20


 

     4.1. Disclosure .
     On or prior to the Effective Date, Holdco delivered to the Purchasers the Holdco Disclosure Schedules.
     4.2. Organization and Authority .
     Each of Holdco and the Company is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate, company or partnership power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted. Each of Holdco and the Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of Holdco and the Company has made available to the Purchasers prior to the execution of this Agreement, (i) a true and complete copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and the bylaws of the Company, in each case as in effect on the Effective Date and (ii) a complete copy of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Holdco and the bylaws of Holdco, in each case as in effect on the Effective Date.
     4.3. Holdco Subsidiaries .
     (a) Holdco has Previously Disclosed a complete and correct list of all of its subsidiaries, and all shares of the outstanding capital stock of each of which are owned directly or indirectly by Holdco. The subsidiaries of Holdco are referred to herein individually as a “Holdco Subsidiary” and collectively as the “Holdco Subsidiaries.” All of such shares so owned by Holdco (or its subsidiaries) are fully paid and non assessable and are owned by it free and clear of any lien, claim, charge, option, encumbrance or agreement with respect thereto, except for Permitted Liens. Other than as Previously Disclosed, none of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary beneficially owns (the concept of “beneficial ownership” having the meaning assigned thereto in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any class of equity securities or similar interests of any corporation or other entity, and none is, directly or indirectly, a partner in any partnership or party to any joint venture.
     (b) Each Holdco Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate, company or partnership power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted. Each Holdco Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.4. Capitalization .
     The authorized capital stock of Holdco consists of (i) 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 2,000,000 shares of which have been designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock”, and of which no shares were outstanding as of the time of execution of the Equity Purchase Agreement, and (ii) 250,000,000 shares of common Stock, of which 82,598,034 shares were outstanding as of the date of the Equity Purchase Agreement. There are outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of not more than 4,071,039 shares of common Stock, all of which options are outstanding under the Benefit Plans. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Holdco have been duly and validly authorized and issued and

21


 

are fully paid and non assessable. The shares of Preferred Stock to be issued at the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement or in respect of or upon conversion of such Preferred Stock (or upon the conversion of Preferred Stock received upon conversion of Preferred Stock to be issued at Closing) in accordance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement and the respective Certificate of Designations, upon such issuance or conversion, as the case may be, will be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and non assessable and not trigger any pre-emptive or similar rights of any other person. Except (A) as described above or Previously Disclosed, (B) for the rights granted pursuant to the Transaction Documents, or (C) under or pursuant to the Previously Disclosed Benefit Plans, there are no outstanding subscriptions, contracts, conversion privileges, options, warrants, calls, preemptive rights or other rights obligating Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary. Each of Holdco and any Holdco Subsidiary has Previously Disclosed all shares of Holdco capital stock that have been purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, by Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary since December 31, 2006 and all dividends or other distributions that have been declared, set aside, made or paid to stockholders of Holdco since that date.
     4.5. Authorization: No Default .
     (a) Each of Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary has the power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by the board of directors of each of Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary (the “ Board of Directors ”). The Transaction Documents to which Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary are a party are valid and binding obligations of Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary enforceable against Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary in accordance with their respective terms. No stockholder vote of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary is required to authorize, approve or consummate any of the transactions contemplated hereby. The issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-l Preferred Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will be in compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s shareholder approval policy and the exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.
     (b) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and any documents ancillary thereto, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, nor compliance by Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary with any of the provisions thereof, will (A) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary under any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of (1) its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or substantially equivalent governing documents or (2) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation (each a “ Contract ”) to which Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary may be subject (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents), or (B) subject to compliance with the statutes, and regulations and votes referred to in the next paragraph, violate any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets; except, in the case of clauses (A)(2) and (B), as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

22


 

     (c) Other than (A) the filing of the Certificates of Designations with the Delaware Secretary of State, (B) the filings in connection or in compliance with the HSR Act, (C) the filings in connection or in compliance with the German Antitrust Act, (D) any actions described in the Security Documents necessary to perfect the security interest granted pursuant thereto, (E) the passage of the applicable ten (10) day notice period in compliance with Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange’s Listed Company Manual and (F) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity or any other person (nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting periods) is necessary prior to the consummation by Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
     4.6. SEC Documents .
     (a) Except as Previously Disclosed, each of Holdco and the Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents with the SEC required to be filed by Holdco or the Company or furnished by Holdco or the Company since December 31, 2005 (including any items incorporated by reference or attached as Exhibits thereto) (the “ SEC Documents ”). No Holdco Subsidiary is required to make any filings of SEC Documents. As of their respective dates of filing, the SEC Documents complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable thereto, and none of the SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. There are no outstanding comments from the SEC with respect to any SEC Document. The audited consolidated financial statements and the unaudited quarterly financial statements (including, in each case, the notes thereto) of Holdco included in the SEC Documents when filed complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) (except, in the case of unaudited quarterly statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC or other rules and regulations of the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited quarterly statements, to normal year-end adjustments). Except as specifically reflected or reserved against in the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdco as at September 30, 2007 included in the Filed SEC Documents, neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary has any liabilities or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise) of any nature that would be required under GAAP, as in effect on the Effective Date, to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdco (including the notes thereto), except liabilities and obligations that (A) were incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since September 30, 2007 or (B) have not had and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) Holdco (A) has implemented and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) to ensure that material information relating to Holdco, including its consolidated Subsidiaries, is made known to the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of Holdco by others within those entities, and (B) has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the Effective Date, to Holdco’s outside auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors (1) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act, Rule 13a-15(f)) that are reasonably likely

23


 

to adversely affect Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (2) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in Holdco or each Holdco Subsidiary’s internal controls over financial reporting. As of the date of this Agreement, Holdco has no knowledge of any reason that its outside auditors and its chief executive officer and chief financial officer will not be able to give the certifications and attestations required pursuant to the rules and regulations adopted pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, without qualification, when next due. Since December 31, 2005, (x) neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of Holdco, any director, officer, employee, auditor, accountant or representative of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary, has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary or their respective internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices, and (y) no attorney representing Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary, whether or not employed by Holdco or any such subsidiary, has reported evidence of a material violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by Holdco or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents to the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or to any director or officer of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary.
     4.7. Taxes .
     Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) Holdco and each of Holdco’s Subsidiaries have prepared and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time within which to file) all Tax Returns required to be filed by any of them and all such filed Tax Returns are complete and accurate, (B) Holdco and each of Holdco’s Subsidiaries have paid all Taxes that are required to be paid by any of them, (C) as of the Effective Date, there are no audits, examinations, investigations, actions, suits, claims or other proceedings in respect of Taxes pending or threatened in writing nor has any deficiency for any Tax been assessed by any Governmental Entity in writing against Holdco or any of Holdco’s Subsidiaries, and (D) all Taxes required to be withheld by Holdco and Holdco’s Subsidiaries have been withheld and paid over to the appropriate Tax authority (except, in the case of this clause (D) or clause (A) or (B) above, with respect to matters contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established on Holdco’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP). Holdco has not been a “controlled corporation” or a “distributing corporation” in any distribution occurring during the two-year period ending on the date of this Agreement that was intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code. Neither Holdco nor any Holdco’s Subsidiary has entered into any “listed transaction” as defined under Section 1.601 l-4(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.
     4.8. Ordinary Course .
     Except as Previously Disclosed since September 30, 2007, Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary has conducted its respective businesses in all material respects in the ordinary course of business, consistent with prior practice (and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary has taken any action referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 3.3 of the Equity Purchase Agreement, assuming the said Section had been in effect at all times since September 30, 2007).
     4.9. Commitments and Contracts .
     (i) Except for the Benefit Plans, the Contracts filed as exhibits or incorporated by reference in or to the SEC Documents, and the Contracts Previously Disclosed, neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any Contract that: (A) is a “material contract” (as such term is

24


 

defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act) to be performed in full or in part after the Effective Date; (B) creates any material partnership, limited liability company agreement, joint venture or similar agreement entered into with any third party; (C) is a voting agreement or registration rights agreement; (D) relates to any indebtedness, or interest rate or currency hedging agreements, having an outstanding principal or notional amount in excess of $50,000,000, or any guarantees thereof, or the sale, securitization or servicing of loans or loan portfolios, in each case in connection with which the aggregate actual or contingent obligations of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries under such contract are greater than $50,000,000; (E) relates to the acquisition or disposition of any material assets other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, where such contract contains continuing material obligations or contains continuing indemnity obligations of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries; or (F) is a commitment or agreement to enter into any of the foregoing. Except as set forth on Section 4.9 of the Holdco Disclosure Schedule, neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any Contract (x) that contains provisions that purport to limit the ability of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries, or any Affiliate, stockholder or director of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary in their capacities as such, to compete in any line of business or with any person or which involve any restriction of the geographical area in which, or method by which or with whom, Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries may carry on any business or (y) is a commitment or agreement to enter into any such Contract.
     (ii) The Contracts set forth in this Section 4.9(ii) (together with any and all amendments, disclosure schedules and side Setters thereto) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Disclosed Contracts. ” Except as has not had and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is in breach, default or violation of the terms of any Disclosed Contract, no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default thereunder by Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries, and Holdco has no knowledge of (and has not received notice of) any breach, default or violation (or any condition which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would cause such a breach, default or violation) by any party under any Disclosed Contract; and (B) each Disclosed Contract is a valid and binding obligation of Holdco (or the Subsidiaries of Holdco party thereto), is in full force and effect and is enforceable against Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Holdco, the other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, except that (1) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to creditors’ rights generally and (2) equitable remedies of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
     4.10. Litigation and Other Proceedings .
     There is no claim, suit, action, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco, threatened, against Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor is Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary subject to any order, judgment or decree that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.11. Insurance .
     Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary are presently insured, and during each of the past five calendar years (or during such lesser period of time as Holdco has owned such Holdco Subsidiary) has been insured, for reasonable amounts with financially sound and reputable insurance companies against such risks as companies engaged in a similar business would, in accordance with good business practice, customarily be insured.

25


 

     4.12. Compliance with Laws .
     (a) Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary have all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities (collectively, the “ Permits ”) that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and assets and to carry on their business as presently conducted and that are material to the business of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and all such Permits are in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of Holdco, no suspension or cancellation of any of them is threatened, and all such filings, applications and registrations are current. Except as would not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the conduct by Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary of their business and the condition and use of their properties does not violate or Infringe any applicable domestic (federal, state or local) or foreign Law, statute, ordinance, license or regulation, (ii) neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is in default under any order, license, regulation, demand, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Entity, and (iii) Holdco currently is complying with all, and, to the knowledge of the Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, none of them is under investigation with respect to or has been threatened to be charged with or given notice of any material violation of any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign Law, statute, regulation, rule, license, judgment, injunction or decree.
     (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdco and each of the Holdco Subsidiaries have acted in conformity with all applicable Laws and regulations pertaining to export controls, economic sanctions, national security controls, and similar regulations of international commerce, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, 15 C.F.R. pt. 730 et seq., the U.S. antiboycott rules, 15 C.F.R. pt. 760 et seq. and 26 U.S.C. § 908 & 999, the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations, 31 C.F.R. pt. 500 et seq., U.S. anti-money laundering Laws (e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956-57, 18 U.S.C. § 1960 and 31 U.S.C. §§5311-32), and all non-U.S. counterparts or equivalents of the foregoing, in each case, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Also, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company, each of its Subsidiaries, and each of Holdco’s and its Subsidiaries’ employees and agents have acted in conformity with all applicable Laws and regulations pertaining to corrupt, illegal or unauthorized payments, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-l, et seq., in each case, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.13. Benefit Plans .
     (a) Holdco has Previously Disclosed or has previously filed as an exhibit to an SEC Document or made available to the Purchasers or its representative each of the following to which Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary is a party or subject; any plan, contract or understanding providing for any bonus, pension, option, deferred compensation, retirement payment, profit sharing welfare, severance, change in control, or fringe benefits or other compensation with respect to any present or former officer, director, employee or consultant of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary (each, other than a Multiemployer Plan, a “ Benefit Plan ”), in each case, requiring aggregate annual payments or contributions by Holdco and any Holdco Subsidiary in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000 or which has aggregate unfunded liabilities in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually provided that the aggregate unfunded liabilities of the Benefit Plans not Previously Disclosed or filed as an SEC Document do not exceed $3,000,000. Section 4.13 of the Holdco Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of the Benefit Plans.
     (b) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) with respect to each Benefit Plan, Holdco and any Holdco Subsidiary have

26


 

complied, and are now in compliance with ERISA, the Code and all Laws and regulations applicable to such Benefit Plans and each Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that such Benefit Plan is so qualified and exempt from federal income taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, and such determination letter has not been revoked and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification; (B) each Benefit Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms including all requirements to make contributions; (C) there is not now, nor do any circumstances exist that are likely to give rise to any requirement for the posting of security with respect to a Benefit Plan or the imposition of any material liability or material lien on the assets of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary under ERISA or the Code in respect of any Benefit Plan, and no liability (other than for premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412 or 4971 of the Code has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary; (D) there are no pending or, to Holdco’s knowledge, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course), lawsuits or arbitrations which have been asserted or instituted against the Benefit Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Benefit Plans; (E) to Holdco’s knowledge, there are no pending or threatened claims against any fiduciary of any of the Benefit Plans with respect to their duties to the Benefit Plans; (F) to Holdco’s knowledge, no set of circumstances exists which may reasonably give rise to a claim or lawsuit, against the Benefit Plans, any fiduciaries thereof with respect to their duties to the Benefit Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Benefit Plans; (G) Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary has reserved the right to amend, terminate or modify at any time all plans or arrangements providing for retiree health or life insurance coverage, and there have been no communications to employees or former employees which could reasonably be interpreted to promise or guarantee such employees or former employees any retiree health or life insurance or other retiree death benefits on a permanent basis, other than those retirement benefits provided for under Holdco and any Holdco Subsidiary’s collective bargaining agreement;
     (c) None of Holdco, or any Holdco Subsidiary or any other person or entity under common control with Holdco within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participates in, or is required to contribute to, any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”).
     (d) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each individual who performs services for Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary (other than through a contract with an entity other than Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary) and who is not treated as an employee of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary has been properly characterized as not being an employee for such purposes.
     (e) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (alone or in conjunction with any termination of employment or other event) will (A) result in any material payment (including, without limitation, severance or “excess parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), or forgiveness of indebtedness) or other material obligation becoming due to any current or former employee, officer or director of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary under any Benefit Plan or otherwise, (B) limit or restrict the right of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary to merge, amend or terminate any of the Benefit Plans, or (C) materially increase or accelerate or require the funding of any benefits otherwise payable under any Benefit Plan.
     (f) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) no work stoppage involving Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco threatened; (B) neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is involved in, or threatened with or affected by, any labor dispute, arbitration, lawsuit or administrative proceeding that

27


 

could affect the business of Holdco or such Holdco Subsidiary; and (C) employees of Holdco and Holdco’s Subsidiaries are not represented by any labor union nor are any collective bargaining agreements otherwise in effect with respect to such employees.
     (g) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each Foreign Plan, (i) each Foreign Plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities; and (ii) all Foreign Plans that are required to be funded are funded in accordance with applicable Laws, and with respect to all other Foreign Plans, adequate reserves therefore have been established on the accounting statements of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary.
     4.14. Environmental Liability .
     Except for those matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary has received any written communication alleging that Holdco is in violation of, or has any liability under, any Environmental Law, (ii) each of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries validly possesses and is in compliance with all Permits required under Environmental Laws to conduct its business as presently conducted, and all such Permits are valid and in good standing, (iii) there are no Environmental Claims pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco, threatened against Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries and (iv) none of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries has Released any Hazardous Materials in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in an Environmental Claim against Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries.
     4.15. Intellectual Property .
     (a) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries own, free of all encumbrances except Permitted Liens, or have the valid right to use all the Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries and (B) the conduct of the business of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not Infringe any Intellectual Property rights of any third party. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no claim or demand has been given in writing to Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary to the effect that the conduct of the business of Holdco or such Holdco Subsidiary Infringes upon the Intellectual Property rights of any third party. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries use the Intellectual Property of third parties only pursuant to valid, effective written license agreements. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of Holdco and the Company, no third parties are infringing the Intellectual Property rights of Holdco or the Company.
     (b) All registered trademarks and registered service marks, trademark and service mark applications and, to the knowledge of Holdco, all Holdco Intellectual Property has been duly registered or application filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or applicable foreign governmental authority. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) none of the Holdco Intellectual Property has been adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part and (B) there are no actual or, to the knowledge of Holdco or the Company, threatened opposition proceedings, cancellation proceedings, interference proceedings or other similar action challenging the validity, existence or ownership of any Holdco Intellectual Property.

28


 

     4.16. Board Approvals .
     The transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including without limitation the issuance of the Securities and the compliance with the terms thereof and the compliance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the other Financing Documents have been approved unanimously by the board of directors of each of Holdco, the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable. Each board of directors of Holdco and the Company have unanimously adopted, approved and declared advisable all of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has unanimously and expressly approved, and the Board of Directors has unanimously concurred with, Holdco’s reliance on the exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual to issue the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-l Preferred Shares.
     4.17. Brokers and Finders .
     Neither Holdco, the Company nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees has incurred any liability for any financial advisory fees, brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, other than JPMorgan Chase & Co., the fees and expenses of which will be paid by Holdco. Holdco has provided the Purchasers with a copy of the documentation pursuant to which JPMorgan Chase & Co. may receive a fee in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
     4.18. Collateral .
     As of the Closing Date, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the Security Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of and for the ratable benefit of the applicable Holders of the Notes, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. When the actions specified in each Security Document have been duly taken, the security interests granted pursuant thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in all right, title and interest of each pledgor party thereto in the Collateral described therein with respect to such pledgor if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
     4.19. [Reserved].
     4.20. [Reserved].
     4.21. Disclosure .
     (a) To the knowledge of the Company, none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Purchasers on or before the Closing Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained, when furnished, any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not materially misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 4.21 (a), such factual

29


 

information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and/or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.
     (b) The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (a) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Purchasers that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
     4.22 [ Reserved ]
     4.23. Properties .
     Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to or leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Permitted Liens), except where the failure to have such good title has not or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.24. Solvency .
     As of the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the issuance and sale of the Notes and the consummation of the Transactions, and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of Notes and the Company Credit Facilities, Holdco and the Company on a consolidated basis with their Subsidiaries will be Solvent.
     4.25. No Registration Required .
     As of the Closing Date, subject to compliance by the Purchasers with the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4 and with the procedures set forth in Section 8 hereof, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes to the Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Financing Documents, (i) to register the Notes under the Securities Act or pursuant to any of the laws of the States or the United States, or (ii) to qualify the Indenture under the TIA.
     4.26. No Integration of Offerings or General Solicitation .
     As of the Closing Date, none of Holdco, its Affiliates, or any person acting on any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) within the six-month period immediately prior to the Effective Date, directly or indirectly, solicited any offer to buy or offered to sell, sold, or issued and will not, for six months immediately following the Effective Date, directly or indirectly, solicit any offer to buy or offer to sell, sell, or issue in the United States or to any United States citizen or resident, any security which is or would be integrated with the sale of the Notes in a manner that would require the Notes to be registered under the Securities Act.
     As of the Closing Date, none of Holdco, its Affiliates, or any person acting on any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has engaged or will engage, in connection with the offering of the Notes, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 under the Securities Act.

30


 

     As of the Closing Date, with respect to those Notes sold in reliance upon Regulation S, (i) none of Holdco, its respective Affiliates, or any person acting on any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S and (ii) each of the Company and its Affiliates and any person acting on any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has complied and will comply with the offering restrictions set forth in Regulation S.
     4.27. Eligibility for Resale under Rule 144A .
     As of the Closing Date, the Notes will be eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and will not be of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-deafer quotation system.
     4.28. Margin Regulations .
     As of the Closing Date, neither the issuance and sale of the Notes nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X.
     4.29. Investment Company Act .
     None of Holdco, the Company and the Guarantors is an “investment company” within the meaning of, and subject to registration under, the Investment Company Act or controlled by such a company.
     4.30. Opinions of Financial Advisors .
     The Board of Directors of Holdco has received the opinions of JPMorgan Chase & Co., dated as of the Signing Date, and March 10, 2008, which such March 10, 2008 opinion shall be updated as of the Effective Date, and the opinions of Duff & Phelps, LLC, dated as of the Signing Date, and March 10, 2008, which such March 10, 2008 opinion shall be updated as of the Effective Date, each to the effect that, as of such dates, and subject to the various assumptions and qualifications set forth therein, the consideration to be received by the Company and Holdco pursuant to this Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to the Company and Holdco (the “ Fairness Opinions ”). Correct and complete copies of the Fairness Opinions have been delivered to the Purchasers.
     4.31. CAG, Inc .
     At the Lead Sponsor’s written request, Holdco has formed MoneyGram Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdco, and has merged CAG, Inc. into MoneyGram Investments, LLC, which will be treated as a disregarded entity for Tax purposes.
     4.32. Signing Date Representations and Warranties .
     All of the representations and warranties set forth in the Original Note Purchase Agreement were true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) as of the Signing Date; provided, that any such representations and warranties that are subject to matters “Previously Disclosed” are limited to matters Originally Previously Disclosed.

31


 

SECTION 5.
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF PURCHASERS
     5.1. Representation and Warranties .
     Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company as of the Effective Date as follows:
     (a)  Purchase.
     (i) Such Purchaser is acquiring the Notes for its own account, for investment and not with a view to any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     (ii) Such Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been and, except as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, when issued, will not be registered under the Securities Act or any state or other securities law, that the Notes will be issued by the Company in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, that it must hold the Notes indefinitely and not offer or sell the Notes except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act and in compliance with applicable state laws and in compliance with Section 8.
     (iii) Such Purchaser further understands that the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 144 (the provisions of which are known to such Purchaser) promulgated under the Securities Act depends on the satisfaction of various conditions, and that, if applicable, Rule 144 may afford the basis for sales only in limited amounts.
     (iv) Such Purchaser is a Qualified Institutional Buyer or an “institutional accredited investor” (within the meaning of Regulation D).
     (v) Except as otherwise disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company and the investment banking advisory fee payable to Goldman Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates, such Purchaser did not employ any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and no fees or commissions are payable to the Purchasers except as otherwise provided for in the Agreement.
     (vi) Such Purchaser has been furnished with or has had access to the information it has requested from the Company and its Subsidiaries and has had an opportunity to discuss with the management of the Company and its Subsidiaries the business and financial affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and has generally such knowledge and experience in business and financial matters and with respect to investments in securities of privately held companies so as to enable it to understand and evaluate the risks of such investment and form an investment decision with respect thereto.
     (b)  Due Organization; Power and Authority.
     Each Purchaser is an: exempted company with limited liability, corporation, limited liability company or partnership, as the case may be, duly incorporated or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is

32


 

required, other than any failures to so qualify or to be in good standing which has not or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c)  Power; Authorization; Enforceability.
     The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents to which such Purchaser is a party are within its corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership, as the case may be, power and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary action of such Purchaser, and constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of such Purchaser enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity and except that no representation or warranty made with respect to any matter related to indemnification and contribution or exculpation contained herein.
     (d)  No Actions or Proceedings.
     There are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to any Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting such Purchaser, or any of their respective properties or assets which, if adversely determined, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the ability of such Purchaser to consummate any of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Documents.
     (e)  No Violation.
     Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Purchaser of the Financing Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material Law, or (b) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Purchaser or any contract to which such Purchaser is a party except in each case as has not or is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on such Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.
     5.2. Notice of Transfers of the Notes .
     The Initial Purchasers hereby covenant and agree to provide prompt written notice to the Company upon consummation of any transaction pursuant to which the Initial Purchasers cease to constitute the Required Holders.
SECTION 6.
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
     6.1. Access .
     From and after the Signing Date until the Closing Date, Holdco and the Company have, will, and will cause their Subsidiaries to:
     (a) (i) provide the Purchasers, as soon as available, with (x) monthly and quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, audited consolidated annual financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries and an annual budget of Holdco and its Subsidiaries; and (y) updates and “flash reports” of the same type and in the same frequency of delivery in all material respects

33


 

as had been delivered to the Initial Purchasers by Holdco immediately prior to the Signing Date; (ii) permit access to, and make available to the Initial Purchasers’ representatives and their accounting and legal advisors for inspection and review, the properties, books, records, accounts and documents of or relating to Holdco and its Subsidiaries, and (b) make available at reasonable times and to a reasonable extent officers and employees of Holdco and its Subsidiaries to discuss with the Initial Purchasers and their accounting and legal advisors the business and affairs of Holdco and its Subsidiaries. In addition, Holdco and its Subsidiaries shall provide the Purchasers with substantially the same information as shall be provided to the lead arranger, the administrative agent and/or the lenders in respect of the Company Credit Facilities. Subject to Section 10.14, the Purchasers may share the foregoing information with their respective lenders and their respective consultants and advisors (including rating agencies), so long as such lenders or other parties have entered into a customary confidentiality agreement with the Purchasers.
     (b) subject to compliance with applicable laws and confidentiality obligations to third parties, promptly provide true and correct copies of all documents, reports, financial data, and such additional financial and other information with respect to Holdco, the Company and their Subsidiaries as each Purchaser (and any parent company of a Purchaser that is a venture capital operating company) may from time to time reasonably request.
     6.2. Investment Policy .
     Without the prior written consent of all of the Initial Purchasers, prior to the Closing, Holdco shall not and shall not permit the Holdco Subsidiaries to (i) make investments in a manner that is in contravention of the investment policy as set forth on Schedule H to the Equity Purchase Agreement (the “ Investment Policy ”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any securities held or sold by Holdco set forth on Schedule B-1 or Schedule C to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall not be considered to be held or sold in contravention of the Investment Policy, or (ii) sell, unwind, assign, abandon or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of the securities listed on Schedule B-1 (other than those securities sold or otherwise transferred in accordance with Schedule B-1 to the Equity Purchase Agreement through March 7, 2008) or Schedule C to the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     6.3. Ordinary Course .
     Except as otherwise expressly permitted or required by the Transaction Documents, permitted by Section 4.9 of the Equity Purchase Agreement or as set forth on Section 3.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), during the period from the Signing Date until the earlier of the Closing Date and the Termination Date, Holdco has and shall conduct its business, and has and shall cause its subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses, in all material respects in the ordinary course, including, without limitation, paying its obligations, including customer signing bonuses, capital expenditures, taxes and other accounts payable, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Holdco shall not declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any securities of Holdco on or prior to the Closing.
SECTION 7.
POST-CLOSING AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
          The Company covenants and agrees with each Purchaser that so long as such Purchaser holds any Notes and until the principal amount of (and premium, if any, on) such Notes, and all interest, and other obligations hereunder in respect thereof (other than indemnity obligations that have not yet become due and payable), shall have been paid in full:

34


 

     7.1. Future Reports to Purchasers .
     The Company will deliver (x) to each Purchaser copies of all financial statements, reports certificates and notices that are provided to the lead arranger, the administrative agent, or the Lenders (as defined in the Company Credit Facilities) under the Company Credit Facilities concurrently with the delivery thereof under the Company Credit Facilities and (y) to each Purchaser (unless such Purchaser no longer holds any Notes) and any Holder that is an Affiliate of the Purchasers:
     (a)  Financial Statements. As soon as available, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal quarter of Holdco, a company-prepared consolidated balance sheet of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and related company-prepared statements of income in a form customarily prepared by management for each of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (such form having previously been provided to the Initial Purchasers) for such monthly period, to fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and to be prepared in reasonable detail, and such financial statements, shall be accompanied by a compliance certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer or other senior executive officer setting forth in reasonable details the calculations evidencing compliance with the Minimum Liquidity Ratio set forth in Section 4.27 of the Indenture.
     (b)  Adjusted EBITDA calculation. As soon as it is available, but in any event not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, and within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries and the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.
     (c)  Budget. Within 60 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of each of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008), a budget of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year in the form approved by the Board of Directors of Holdco.
     (d)  Auditors’ Reports. Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all final written reports submitted to Holdco, the Company or to any of their Subsidiaries by independent certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit of the books of Holdco, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries made by such accountants.
     (e)  Other Information. Promptly, copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports that Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries will send to the holders of any publicly issued debt or equity of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries as a group and, with reasonable promptness, such other non-confidential relevant information (financial or otherwise) as any Purchaser may reasonably request in writing from time to time.
     (f)  Inspection. Upon the reasonable request of the Required Holders, the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at the Company’s reasonable expense, permit any Holder to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants (provided that such Company may, if it so chooses, be present and participate in any such discussion), in each case upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be requested.

35


 

     (g)  Notices. The Company will promptly furnish to the Purchasers written notice of the following (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days) after any Responsible Officer of the Company becomes aware thereof:
     (i) any breach or non-performance of, or any default under, any contract of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, or any violation of, or non-compliance with, any Law, which has or is reasonably likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, including a description of such breach, non-performance, default, violation or non-compliance and the steps, if any, such Person has taken, is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof, or the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority or in arbitration, against Holdco any of its Subsidiaries which has or is reasonably likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
     (ii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred and are continuing, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (iii) (A) the receipt by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any written notice of violation of or potential liability or similar notice under Environmental Law, (B)(x) unpermitted releases, (y) the existence of any condition that could reasonably be expected to result in violations of or liabilities under, any Environmental Law or (z) the commencement of, or any material change to, any action, investigation, suit, proceeding, audit, claim, demand, dispute alleging a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, that, for each of clauses (x), (y) and (z) above (and, in the case of clause (z), if adversely determined), in the aggregate for each such clause, could reasonably be expected to result in liabilities in excess of $10,000,000, and (C) the receipt by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of notification that any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority securing, in whole or in part, any liabilities from Environmental Matters;
     (iv) any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor disruption against or involving Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries if the same has or is reasonably likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
     (v) the creation, establishment or acquisition of any Subsidiary or the issuance by or to Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interest; and
     (vi) any other development that results in, or has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          Each notice delivered under this Section 7.1(g) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Company setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice (including a description with particularity of any and all clauses or provisions of this Agreement or any Financing Document that have been breached or violated) and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
     7.2. Patriot Act and Anti-Money Laundering .
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:

36


 

     (a) will comply with the Patriot Act and all applicable regulations and executive orders issued thereto and any other applicable AML Laws,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of the Patriot Act and all applicable regulations and executive orders issued thereto or any other applicable AML Laws, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will:
     (i) establish and adhere to a program to ensure the filing of all required reports under the AML Laws, and
     (ii) establish and adhere to a program and all other requirements to perform due diligence as required by the Bank Secrecy Act,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.3. U.S. Economic Sanctions .
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with any U.S. Economic Sanction imposed by any rule, regulation or statute of the United States, including, without limitation, those administered by OFAC and any other applicable laws imposing economic sanctions,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of U.S. Economic Sanctions, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will not approve, facilitate, or fund, directly or indirectly, any business activities with, or for the benefit of, a government, national, resident or legal entity of any country with respect to which U.S. persons, as defined in U.S. Economic Sanctions, are prohibited by U.S. Economic Sanctions from doing business, except to the extent otherwise permitted by the relevant Governmental Authority,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.4. FCPA and Anti-Bribery Limitations .
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and all other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries, will offer, promise to pay, or authorize the payment of any money, or will offer, give, promise to give, or authorize the giving of anything of value, to any officer, employee or any other person acting in an official capacity for any Governmental Entity, to any Governmental Official or to any person under circumstances where such Affiliate knows or is aware of a high probability that all or a portion of

37


 

such money or thing of value will be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any Government Official, for the purpose of:
     (i) influencing any act or decision of such Government Official in his official capacity,
     (ii) inducing such Government Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of his lawful duty,
     (iii) securing any improper advantage,
     (iv) inducing such Government Official to influence or affect any act or decision of any Governmental Entity, or
     (v) in order to assist Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to any company or a Subsidiary thereof,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.5. Export Control Limitations .
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with the export controls administered by the United States Department of Commerce, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations administered by the United States Department of State and any other laws imposing export controls, and
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of the export controls imposed by the United States Department of Commerce, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations administered by the United States Department of State or any other applicable laws imposing export controls,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.6. Customs and Trade Remedy Laws .
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with Title 19 of the United States Code and with any other applicable customs and trade remedy law,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of Title 19 of the United States Code or any other applicable customs or trade remedies law, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will pay all tariffs and penalties lawfully imposed by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency, U.S. Department of Commerce, or any other government agency on the importation of goods and will not import or attempt to import any goods prohibited by any applicable customs law,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

38


 

     7.7. Anti-Boycott Laws .
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with the Export Administration Act and the Code and with any other applicable Anti-boycott Laws,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of the Export Administration Act and the Code or any other applicable law regarding boycotts issued by a foreign government and not endorsed by the United States, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will not refuse or agree to refuse to do business with Israel or any other nation or company subject to a boycott not endorsed by the United States, agree to discriminate or discriminate against any person on the basis of race, religion, sex, national origin, or nationality, nor implement letters of credit containing terms or conditions prohibited by the Anti-boycott Laws,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.8. Cross-Border Investment Restrictions .
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries will comply with any and all conditions imposed on Holdco and its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority as a result of obtaining the approval of or licensing from such Authority in order for the Transactions and this Agreement to have full legal effect under ail applicable laws, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.9. Information Related to Alternative Transactions .
     Until the expiration of the Go-Shop Period (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) and prior to the Termination Date, Holdco and the Company shall provide promptly to the Purchasers any bonafide bid which may replace or supplement the Transactions, subject to any ordinary or customary confidentiality obligations.
     7.10. Board Observer Rights .
     So long as the Initial Purchasers constitute the Required Holders, Holdco agrees to insure that the Initial Purchasers shall receive copies of all notices, reports, written presentations, board papers, minutes of meetings of the board of directors (or comparable policy-making bodies) and other written information distributed to members of the board of directors (or comparable policy-making bodies) of Holdco or to the members of the executive or similar committee of the board of Holdco (collectively, “ Board Papers”) at the same time as such Board Papers are made available to the board for purposes of regular board meetings or to the members of the executive or similar committee of the board for purposes of such committee meetings. So long as the Initial Purchasers constitute the Required Holders, the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to designate a person to attend, and participate and furnish advice in, all meetings of the board of directors (or comparable policy-making bodies) of Holdco and the executive or similar committee of the board of Holdco in person or telephonically as a non-voting observer (the “ Board Observer”), and such person shall be entitled to participate in discussions and consult with, and make proposals and furnish advice to, such board (or comparable policy-making bodies) and such committee without voting, it being understood that the Initial Purchasers may from time to time change the identity of such observer. The observer attending board or committee meetings shall be entitled to reimbursement from Holdco for reasonable and documented travel and other out-of-pocket expenses

39


 

incurred in attending such board and committee meetings (plus VAT or the overseas equivalent). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board Observer may be excluded from any such meeting (or portion of such meeting) or may not receive all or a portion of Board Papers relating to any such meeting where, in the good faith discretion of the board exercised on a case by case basis after consideration of all relevant factors, it would not be appropriate because of a conflict of interest for such Board Observer (as a representative of the Initial Purchasers) to participate in such meeting (or portion thereof) or to receive the Board Papers relating to any such meeting (or portion thereof).
     7.11. Changes to Investment Policy .
     So long as the Initial Purchasers constitute the Required Holders, the Initial Purchasers agree to consider in good faith such changes to the Investment Policy relating to Holdco’s and the Holdco Subsidiaries’ investment portfolio (and the related definitions of “Highly Rated Investments” contained in the Indenture) as Holdco and the Lead Sponsor may reasonably request, taking into account, without limitation, the objective of preservation of capital, risk mitigation and liquidity, as well as the composition of and risks related to Holdco’s and its Subsidiaries’ liabilities (and, with due regard to the opinions of such third party experts the Initial Purchasers may consult with regarding the same); provided that any decision by the Initial Purchasers to accept any changes proposed by Holdco or the Lead Sponsor to the Investment Policy shall be made in the sole discretion of the Initial Purchasers.
SECTION 8.
PROVISIONS RELATING TO RESALES OF NOTES
     8.1. Private Offerings .
     At any time after the Closing Date, the Notes may be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred in Private Offerings (in addition to resales under a registration statement which are registered under the Securities Act), provided that the following provisions shall apply:
     (a)  Offers and Sales. Offers and sales of the Notes will be made only by the Purchasers or Affiliates thereof who are qualified to do so in the jurisdictions in which such offers or sales are made. To the extent an offer or sale is intended to be made in compliance with Rule 144A, each such offer or sale shall only be made to persons who are Qualified Institutional Buyers and only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act. To the extent an offer or sale is intended to be made in accordance with Regulation S, the offer or sale shall be made to a “non-U.S. Person” and otherwise in compliance with Regulation S. Offers and sales of the Notes may also be made in accordance with any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act.
     (b)  No General Solicitation. To the extent an offer or sale is intended to be made in accordance with Rule 144A, no general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Rule 502(c)) will be used in the United States and to the extent an offering is intended to be made in accordance with Regulation S, no directed selling efforts (as defined in Regulation S) will be made outside the United States in connection with the offering of the Notes.
     (c)  Purchases by Non-Bank Fiduciaries. In the case of a non-bank Subsequent Purchaser acting as a fiduciary for one or more third parties, in connection with an offer and sale to such purchaser pursuant to this Section 8.1, which is intended to be made in compliance with Rule 144A, such third parties shall be a Qualified Institutional Buyer, or a non-U.S. person outside the United States.
     (d)  Restrictive Legend. Upon original issuance by the Company, and until such time as the same is no longer required under the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Notes (and all

40


 

securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear such legends as are required under the Indenture and the Purchasers shall obtain such opinions or certificates required by the legend thereof in any sale or pledge or other transfer of the Notes.
     (e)  Restrictions on Sale/Confidentiality. Each Subsequent Purchaser must agree to be bound, and cause their transferees to be bound, by Sections 8, 10.2(c) and 10.14 of this Agreement as if it was a Purchaser hereunder.
     (f)  Subsequent Purchaser. Each Subsequent Purchaser who does not purchase in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall be informed that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act are being sold to them on an unregistered basis under Rule 144A or another applicable exemption from registration and may only be sold in a registered offering pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S, or pursuant to any other available exemption.
     (g)  Rule 144A Information. The Company agrees that, in order to render the Notes eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, while any of the Notes remain outstanding, and to the extent constitute registrable securities under the Registration Rights Agreement, it will make available, upon request, to any holder of Notes or prospective purchasers of Notes the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4), unless the Company or Holdco is subject to the filing requirements of, and is in compliance with, Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     (h)  Rule 144 Information. The Company agrees that, in order to render the Notes eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, while any of the Notes remain outstanding, it will make available “current public information” in a manner such that clause (c) of Rule 144 will be satisfied; provided such obligation does not require Holdco to file its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 during any specific time frame and for so long as Holdco is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is guarantor of the Notes this covenant shall be deemed satisfied by Holdco making current public information available.
     (i) [Reserved].
     (j)  European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “ Relevant Member State ”), each Purchaser represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “ Relevant Implementation Date ”) it has not made and will not make an offer of Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Notes which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
     (i) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
     (ii) to any legal entity which has two or more of (A) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (B) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (C) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; and

41


 

     (iii) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Notes to the public” in relation to any Notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
     (k) Each Purchaser represents and agrees that:
     (i) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (the “ FSMA ”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company;
     (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and
     (iii) none of it and its Affiliates have entered nor will enter into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Notes except with the prior written consent of the Company.
     8.2. Procedures and Management Cooperation in Private Offerings .
     The Company agrees that, at the request of the Purchasers, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Notes to (i) be registered in book-entry form in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC pursuant to a customary form DTC Agreement, and (ii) be eligible for the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. PORTAL market. At the request of the Purchasers, management of Holdco will in connection with a transfer of the Notes, use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Holders in any effort by the Holders to sell the Notes, including meeting with potential purchasers and providing due diligence information to potential purchasers; provided that (1) such efforts shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (2) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to provide any assistance at any time a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is effective and not suspended; (3) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to provide any assistance at any time any event or development which would permit them to suspend a Shelf Registration Statement has occurred; (4) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to provide assistance more often than once in each 12 month period or more than three times during the term of the Notes; (5) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to incur any expense or cost other than those associated with attending meetings in its offices and producing diligence materials at such location; (6) so long as Holdco or the Company is subject to or complying with the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, any private placement memorandum provided by the Company and Subsidiaries shall not be more extensive than that customarily provided by such reporting companies in a private placement; (7) other than as required by Law or as the Company may otherwise agree, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no indemnity obligations to the Purchasers or potential purchasers; and (8) each potential

42


 

purchaser shall agree to be bound to confidentiality arrangements similar to those set for in Section 10.14 of this Agreement.
     8.3. No Integration .
     The Company will not, and will not permit its Affiliates to, make any offer or sale of securities of any class if, as a result of the doctrine of “integration” referred to in Rule 502, such offer or sale would render invalid, for the purpose of (i) the sale of the Notes by the Company to the Purchasers or (ii) the resale of Notes, as the case may be, by the Purchasers to Subsequent Purchasers or (iii) the resale of Notes by any such Subsequent Purchaser to others any applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof or by Rule 144A thereunder or otherwise.
SECTION 9.
EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION
     9.1. Expenses .
     The Company will (whether or not the Closing occurs) reimburse the Purchasers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and disbursements of one firm of outside counsel and any local counsel, if necessary) incurred by the Purchasers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Financing Documents and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in enforcing, defending or declaring (or determining whether or how to enforce, defend or declare) any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Financing Documents or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, or the other Financing Documents, including in connection with any insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby, by the Financing Documents or by the Notes.
     9.2. Indemnification .
     The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Purchasers and each of their respective Affiliates, partners, stockholders, members, officers, directors, agents, employees and controlling persons (each, an “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all actual losses, claims, damages or liabilities to any such Indemnitee in connection with or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Financing Document or the performance by the parties to the Financing Documents of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) the issuance of Notes or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any liability with respect to Environmental Claims or (iv) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity will not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
     9.3. Waiver of Punitive Damages .
     To the extent permitted by applicable law, none of the parties hereto shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against the other parties (including their respective Affiliates, partners, stockholders,

43


 

members, officers, directors, agents, employees and controlling persons), on any theory of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, the Transactions, this Agreement, the other Financing Documents, the Notes or the use of proceeds thereof.
     9.4. Survival .
     The obligations of the Company under this Section 9 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement.
     9.5. Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments .
     Any indemnification payment pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for all Tax purposes as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
SECTION 10.
MISCELLANEOUS
     10.1. Notices .
     Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications shall have been duly given and shall be effective (a) when delivered, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out below if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (c) the day following the day (except if not a Business Day then the next Business Day) on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid; in each case to the respective parties at the address set forth below, or at such other address as such party may specify by written notice to the other parties hereto:
     (i) if to an Initial Purchaser, to it at the address specified on Schedule 2.2 ; with a copy to Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: F. William Reindel, Esq., or at such other address as the Initial Purchaser or its nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing;
     (ii) if to the Company or any Guarantor, to it at the address: 1550 Utica Avenue South, Suite 100, Minneapolis MN 55416, Attention: General Counsel and Chief Financial Officer; with a copy to: Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Citigroup Center, 153 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Ashley Gregory, Esq or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the Purchasers in writing.
     10.2. Benefit of Agreement and Assignments .
     (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants, agreements and other provisions contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note); provided, however , (i) that the Company may not assign and transfer any of its rights or obligations without the prior written consent of the Required Purchasers; (ii) for purposes of clarity, any assignee of a Purchaser who is not an affiliate of such Purchaser shall not be entitled to the benefits of the covenants contained in Sections 6.1, 7, the last sentence of Section 8.2, or 9

44


 

herein; and (iii) any assignee of a Purchaser who acquires Notes in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be entitled to the benefit of the covenants in this Agreement.
     (b) Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Financing Document, express or implied, shall give to any Person other than the parties hereto or thereto and their permitted successors and assigns any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.
     (c) Prior to the Closing, no Purchaser may assign its rights hereunder provided the Purchasers may assign the rights to purchase all or any portion of the Notes allocated to such Purchaser pursuant to Schedule 2.2 to any, direct or indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of such Purchaser or any Affiliate of such Purchaser, subject to such subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, making the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5, and each such Person shall be entitled to the full benefit and be subject to the obligations of this Agreement as if such Person were a Purchaser hereunder.
     (d) The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that that upon execution of a counterpart signature page hereto, each Purchaser to whom the rights hereunder have been assigned shall become party to this Agreement for all purposes hereof.
     (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Purchaser may assign any right to purchase all or any portion of the Notes or any Notes to any direct competitor of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliate of such competitor.
     10.3. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .
     No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto or any Purchaser in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Notes and no course of dealing between the Company and any other party or Purchaser shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies provided herein and in the Notes are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that the parties or Purchasers would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the other parties hereto or the Purchasers to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.
     10.4. Amendments, Waivers and Consents .
     Subject to the second sentence of this Section 10.4, this Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company, provided, however, that no such amendment or waiver may, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes held by the Purchasers, as applicable, amend or waive the provisions of which the Purchasers are beneficiaries. No amendment or waiver of this Agreement will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant or agreement not expressly amended or waived or thereby impair any right consequent thereon.
     As used herein, the term Agreement and references thereto means this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or modified.

45


 

     10.5. Counterparts .
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto. For the purposes of the Closing, signatures transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) will be accepted as original signatures.
     10.6. Reproduction .
     This Agreement, the other Financing Documents and all documents relating hereto and thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by the Purchasers at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished in connection herewith, may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and any original document so reproduced may be destroyed. Each of the Purchasers and the Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 10.6 shall not prohibit the Company, any other party hereto or any Purchaser from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.
     10.7. Headings .
     The headings of the sections and subsections hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     10.8. Survival of Covenants and Indemnities; Representations .
     (a) All covenants and indemnities set forth herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein with respect to covenants, the payment of principal of the Notes and any other obligations hereunder.
     (b) All representations and warranties made by Holdco and the Company herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance and transfer of all or any portion of the Notes, and the payment of principal of the Notes and the issuance and delivery of the Notes, and any other obligations hereunder, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of the Purchasers.
     10.9. Governing , Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue .
     (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.
     (b) If any action, proceeding or litigation shall be brought by any party hereto in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement or any of the Notes, such party hereby consents and

46


 

will submit, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to submit, to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting within the area comprising the Southern District of New York on the date of this Agreement. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which they may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action, proceeding or litigation in such jurisdiction.
     (c) Each party hereto irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action, proceeding or litigation by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party at its address set forth in Section 10.1, such service to become effective thirty (30) days after such mailing.
     (d) Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the other party in any other jurisdiction. If service of process is made on a designated agent it should be made by either personal delivery or mailing a copy of summons and complaint to the agent via registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.
     (e) THE COMPANY, EACH PURCHASER HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE NOTES.
     10.10. Severability .
     If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed without giving effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.
     10.11. Entirety .
     This Agreement together with the other Financing Documents represents the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, relating to the Financing Documents or the transactions contemplated herein or therein.
     10.12. Construction .
     Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not expressly specified in such provision.
     10.13. Incorporation .
     All Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto or referred to herein are incorporated as part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

47


 

     10.14. Confidentiality .
     (a) Subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 10.14, each Purchaser agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of the Company (other than to its employees, auditors, investors, partners, creditors, lenders, rating agencies, advisors or counsel, in each case, to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes and such person has entered into a customary confidentiality agreement obligating such person to keep such information confidential or is otherwise bound by an appropriate confidentiality obligation) any nonpublic information which has been furnished to such Purchaser in connection with its administration of the investment in the Notes or is now or in the future furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any other Financing Document (including Section 8.1 hereof); provided that any Purchaser may disclose any such information (i) as has become generally available to the public other than by virtue of a breach of this Section 10.14(a)by such Purchaser or any other Person to whom such Purchaser has provided such information as permitted by this Section 10.14(a), (ii) as may be required in any report, statement or testimony required to be submitted to any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser or to the SEC or similar organizations (whether in the United States of America or elsewhere), (iii) as may be required or appropriate in respect of any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, (iv) in order to comply with any applicable law and (v) to any prospective or actual Subsequent Purchaser in connection with any contemplated transfer of any of the Notes by such Purchaser; provided that any prospective Subsequent Purchaser expressly agrees in writing with or for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the confidentiality provisions contained in this Section 10.14 or a substantially similar confidentiality obligation. Each Purchaser agrees that in the event it intends to disclose confidential information in accordance with clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, it shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, provide the Company notice of such requirement prior to making any disclosure so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or confidential treatment of the information being disclosed.
     (b) For the purposes set forth in Section 10.14(a), the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that each Purchaser may share with any of its Affiliates, and such Affiliates may share with such Purchaser any information related to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any nonpublic information regarding the creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries); provided such Persons shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.14 to the same extent as such Purchaser.
     10.15. Termination; Survival .
     The obligations and representations of the parties hereto shall automatically terminate upon the Termination Date; provided, however, that Sections 9, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.9, 10.10, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.14, 10.15, 10.18, 10.19 shall survive and shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
     10.16. Maximum Rate .
     In no event shall any interest or fee to be paid hereunder or under a Note exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. In the event any such interest rate or fee exceeds such maximum rate, such rate shall be adjusted downward to the highest rate (expressed as a percentage “per annum”) or fee that the parties could validly have agreed to by contract on the Effective Date under applicable law.

48


 

     10.17. Patriot Act .
     The Purchasers hereby notify the Company that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the Patriot Act ”), the Purchasers may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company and its Subsidiaries, including their respective names and addresses other information that will allow the Purchasers to identify the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the Patriot Act.
     10.18. Currency .
     All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are in lawful money of the United States.
     10.19. Further Assurances .
     Each of the parties hereto shall, upon reasonable request of any other party hereto, do, make and execute all such documents, act, matters and things as may be reasonably required in order to give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
     10.20. Sole Discretion .
     Holdco and the Company agree that they shall not challenge or dispute any action or decision taken by any of the Purchasers that, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any of the Purchasers is entitled to take in its sole discretion.
     10.21. No Waivers .
     Except as specifically set forth in this Second Amended and Restated Agreement, the execution, delivery and performance of this Second Amended and Restated Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any party under, this Agreement or any of the exhibits or schedules thereto.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

49


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: President and CEO   
       
 
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Title: President and CEO   
       
 
[Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Name:   Bradley Gross   
    Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
  GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Name:   Bradley Gross   
    Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
  GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Name:   Bradley Gross   
    Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
[Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  Acknowledged and Agreed by:

THL Credit Partners, L.P.

By:  THL Credit Partners GP, L.P., its general partner

By:  THL Credit Group GP, LLC, its general partner
 
 
  By:   /s/    
    Name:   Sam Tillinghast    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

Exhibit A
Form of Indenture
See attached Indenture.

 


 

Execution Version
 
 
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
13.25% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES DUE 2018
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of March 25, 2008
 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
Trustee
 
 
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
 
           
Section 1.01
  Definitions     1  
Section 1.02
  Other Definitions     29  
Section 1.03
  Rules of Construction     29  
 
           
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
 
           
Section 2.01
  Form and Dating     30  
Section 2.02
  Execution and Authentication     31  
Section 2.03
  Registrar and Paying Agent     32  
Section 2.04
  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust     32  
Section 2.05
  Holder Lists     33  
Section 2.06
  Transfer and Exchange     33  
Section 2.07
  Replacement Notes     43  
Section 2.08
  Outstanding Notes     43  
Section 2.09
  Treasury Notes     43  
Section 2.10
  Temporary Notes     43  
Section 2.11
  Cancellation     44  
Section 2.12
  Defaulted Interest     44  
Section 2.13
  Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes     44  
Section 2.14
  CUSIP Numbers     45  
 
           
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
 
           
Section 3.01
  Notices to Trustee     45  
Section 3.02
  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased     45  
Section 3.03
  Notice of Redemption     46  
Section 3.04
  Effect of Notice of Redemption     46  
Section 3.05
  Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price     47  
Section 3.06
  Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part     47  
Section 3.07
  Optional Redemption     47  
Section 3.08
  Mandatory Redemption     48  
Section 3.09
  Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds     49  
 
           
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
 
           
Section 4.01
  Payment of Notes     50  
Section 4.02
  Maintenance of Office or Agency     51  
Section 4.03
  Reports     51  
Section 4.04
  Compliance Certificate     52  
Section 4.05
  Taxes     52  
Section 4.06
  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws     53  
Section 4.07
  Restricted Payments     53  
Section 4.08
  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Company Subsidiaries     57  
Section 4.09
  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock     58  


 

             
        Page
 
           
Section 4.10
  Asset Sales     63  
Section 4.11
  Transactions with Affiliates     65  
Section 4.12
  Liens     66  
Section 4.13
  Management Fees and Reimbursement of Expenses of Sponsors     66  
Section 4.14
  Corporate Existence     66  
Section 4.15
  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control     66  
Section 4.16
  [Reserved]     68  
Section 4.17
  Payments for Consent     68  
Section 4.18
  Investments in Respect of Payment Services Obligations     68  
Section 4.19
  Lead Sponsor Equity Anti-Layering     68  
Section 4.20
  Business Activities     69  
Section 4.21
  Maintenance of Properties     69  
Section 4.22
  Insurance     69  
Section 4.23
  Books and Records; Inspections     69  
Section 4.24
  Compliance with Laws     69  
Section 4.25
  Additional Note Guarantees     69  
Section 4.26
  Holding Company Covenant     70  
Section 4.27
  Maintenance of Minimum Liquidity Ratio     70  
Section 4.28
  Specified SRI Subsidiary     70  
 
           
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
 
           
Section 5.01
  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets     70  
Section 5.02
  Successor Corporation Substituted     71  
 
           
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
 
           
Section 6.01
  Events of Default     72  
Section 6.02
  Acceleration     74  
Section 6.03
  Other Remedies     75  
Section 6.04
  Waiver of Past Defaults     75  
Section 6.05
  Control by Majority     75  
Section 6.06
  Limitation on Suits     75  
Section 6.07
  Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment     76  
Section 6.08
  Collection Suit by Trustee     76  
Section 6.09
  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim     76  
Section 6.10
  Priorities     77  
Section 6.11
  Undertaking for Costs     77  
 
           
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
 
           
Section 7.01
  Duties of Trustee     77  
Section 7.02
  Rights of Trustee     78  
Section 7.03
  Individual Rights of Trustee     79  
Section 7.04
  Trustee’s Disclaimer     79  
Section 7.05
  Notice of Defaults     79  
Section 7.06
  Compensation and Indemnity     80  
Section 7.07
  Replacement of Trustee     80  
Section 7.08
  Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.     81  
Section 7.09
  Eligibility; Disqualification     81  

ii


 

             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
           
Section 8.01
  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance     82  
Section 8.02
  Legal Defeasance and Discharge     82  
Section 8.03
  Covenant Defeasance     82  
Section 8.04
  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance     83  
Section 8.05
  Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions     84  
Section 8.06
  Repayment to the Company     84  
Section 8.07
  Reinstatement     85  
 
           
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
           
Section 9.01
  Without Consent of Holders of Notes     85  
Section 9.02
  With Consent of Holders of Notes     86  
Section 9.03
  Revocation and Effect of Consents     87  
Section 9.04
  Notation on or Exchange of Notes     87  
Section 9.05
  Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc     88  
 
           
ARTICLE 10
NOTE GUARANTEES
 
           
Section 10.01
  Guarantee     88  
Section 10.02
  Limitation on Guarantor Liability     89  
Section 10.03
  Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee     89  
Section 10.04
  Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms     90  
Section 10.05
  Releases     91  
 
           
ARTICLE 11
RANKING OF NOTE LIENS
 
           
Section 11.01
  Agreement for the Benefit of Holders of First Priority Liens     91  
Section 11.02
  Notes, Note Guarantees and other Obligations with respect to the Notes not Subordinated     91  
Section 11.03
  Relative Rights     91  
 
           
ARTICLE 12
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
 
           
Section 12.01
  Security Documents     93  
Section 12.02
  Collateral Agent     93  
Section 12.03
  Authorization of Actions to Be Taken     94  
Section 12.04
  Release of Liens     94  
Section 12.05
  Filing, Recording and Opinions     95  
Section 12.06
  Suits to Protect the Collateral     96  
Section 12.07
  Purchaser Protected     96  
Section 12.08
  Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee     96  
Section 12.09
  Release Upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations     96  
Section 12.10
  Financing Statements     97  
 
           
ARTICLE 13
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
 
           
Section 13.01
  Satisfaction and Discharge     97  

iii


 

             
        Page
 
           
Section 13.02
  Application of Trust Money     98  
 
           
ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS
 
           
Section 14.01
  Notices     99  
Section 14.02
  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent     100  
Section 14.03
  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion     100  
Section 14.04
  Rules by Trustee and Agents     101  
Section 14.05
  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders     101  
Section 14.06
  Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial     101  
Section 14.07
  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements     101  
Section 14.08
  Successors     101  
Section 14.09
  Severability     102  
Section 14.10
  Counterpart Originals     102  
Section 14.11
  Table of Contents, Headings, etc     102  
Section 14.12
  Force Majeure     102  
Section 14.13
  Patriot Act     102  
 
           
EXHIBITS
 
           
Exhibit A-1
  FORM OF NOTE        
Exhibit A-2
  FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE        
Exhibit B
  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER        
Exhibit C
  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE        
Exhibit D
  FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE        
Exhibit E
  FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE        
Exhibit F
  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS        
 
           
Schedule 1.1(a)
  Existing Indebtedness        
Schedule 1.1(b)
  Existing Liens        
Schedule 1.1(c)
  Scheduled Restricted Investments        

iv


 

     INDENTURE dated as of March 25, 2008 among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on the signatures pages hereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee and collateral agent.
     The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”):
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions.
      “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-l hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
      “Accounts Receivable” means net accounts receivable as reflected on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
      “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, without duplication;
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including without limitation Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset at the time such asset is acquired by such specified Person.
      “Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
     (1) increased (without duplication) to the extent deducted in computing the Consolidated Net Income of such Person by:
          (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (including any tax sharing arrangements); plus
          (b) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; plus
          (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period; plus
          (d) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions, any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in

1


 

each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the date hereof and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction; plus
          (e) other non-cash charges reducing the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; plus
          (f) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person (less the amount of any cash dividends or distributions paid to the holders of such minority interests); plus
          (g) non-recurring or unusual losses or expenses (including costs and expenses of litigation included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income); provided that the aggregate amount of all such losses or expenses added back pursuant to this clause (g) for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA for any four-quarter reference period shall not exceed 10.0% of Adjusted EBITDA for that period; provided, further that losses in respect of settlements of, or judgments in respect of, and expenses incurred in connection with, any litigation may be added back without limitation; plus
     (2) to the extent deducted or added in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person increased or decreased by (without duplication), any net loss or gain resulting from currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk); and
     (3) decreased to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income of such Person by, without duplication,
          (a) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period; plus
          (b) non-recurring or unusual gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period; provided, that the aggregate amount of all such gains deducted pursuant to this clause (3)(b) for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA for any four-quarter reference period shall not exceed 10.0% of Adjusted EBITDA for that period.
      “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purpose of this definition, “control” means the possession of either (a) the power to vote, or the Beneficial Ownership of, 10% or more of the Voting Stock of such Person or (b) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise; provided, that, in no event shall GSMP and their Subsidiaries and other Persons engaged primarily in the investment of mezzanine securities that directly or indirectly are controlled by, or under common control with, the same investment adviser as GSMP (“GS Mezzanine Entities”) by virtue of their affiliation with affiliates other than GS Mezzanine Entities be deemed to control Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries for any purposes under this Indenture (including Section 2.09).
      “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
      “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

2


 

     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
     (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of(x) the redemption price of such Note at the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under Section 3.07(c) hereof), assuming that, if any portion of the interest on such Note has previously been capitalized, that all required future interest payments due on such Note on each Interest Payment Date through the second anniversary of the Closing Date were made through the capitalization of such interest payments due on each such Interest Payment Date, plus (y) all required interest payments on the Note through the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date and any interest either capitalized or assumed to have been capitalized under clause (x) above), and with such present value computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.
      “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
      “Article 6 Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that the impact of the following matters shall be disregarded: (i) changes in general economic, financial market, credit market, regulatory or political conditions (whether resulting from acts of war or terrorism, an escalation of hostilities or otherwise) generally affecting the U.S. economy, foreign economies or the industries in which Holdco or its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) changes in generally accepted accounting principles, (iii) changes in laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Authority, (iv) any change in Holdco’s stock price or trading volume, in and of itself, or any failure, in and of itself, by Holdco to meet revenue or earnings guidance published or otherwise provided to the Initial Purchasers (provided that any fact, condition, circumstance, event, change, development or effect underlying any such failure or change, other than any of the foregoing that is otherwise excluded pursuant to clauses (i) through (viii) hereof, may be taken into account in determining whether an Article 6 Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur), (v) losses resulting from any change in the valuations of Holdco’s portfolio of securities or sales of such securities and any effect resulting from such changes or sales, (vi) actions or omissions of Holdco or the Sponsors taken as required by the Equity Purchase Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Initial Purchasers, (vii) the public announcement, in and of itself, by a third party not affiliated with Holdco of any proposal to acquire the outstanding securities or all or substantially all of the assets of Holdco and (viii) the public announcement of the Equity Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (provided that this clause (viii) shall not apply with respect to Sections 1.2(c)(v), 2.2(d), 2.2(h) and 2.2(k) of the Equity Purchase Agreement); provided further, however, that an Article 6 Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed not to include the impact of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in each case only insofar and to the extent that such circumstances, events, changes, developments or effects described in such clauses do not have a disproportionate effect on Holdco and its Subsidiaries (exclusive of its payments systems business) relative to other participants in the industry.
      “Asset Sale” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business whether or not consistent with past practice) or other disposition, of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); and

3


 

     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Company Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Company Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof);
     whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:
          (a) the disposition of (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business, (ii) obsolete or worn out equipment or other tangible personal property or (iii) inventory sales in the ordinary course of business;
          (b) the disposition of portfolio securities for Highly Rated Investments or Cash and Cash Equivalents;
          (c) the disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
          (d) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;
          (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Guarantor to the Company or by the Company or a Guarantor to a Guarantor;
          (f) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Non- Guarantor to the Company or a Company Subsidiary;
          (g) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
          (h) the granting of Liens otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
          (i) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims;
          (j) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
          (k) foreclosures on assets;
          (1) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;
          (m) sales of securities pursuant to Repurchase Agreements;
          (n) any transfer to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited of the loan from MoneyGram to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited in the amount of €92,500,000 pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated January 17, 2003 made to effectuate the forgiveness of such loan;
          (o) sales of accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; and

4


 

          (p) any disposition of assets (other than Equity Interests of a Company Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value not to exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year.
      “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
      “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficial Ownership” and “Beneficially Own” have a corresponding meaning.
      “Board of Directors” means:
     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;
     (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the genera! partner of the partnership;
     (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and
     (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
      “Business Combination” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving Holdco with any Person or (ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition by Holdco of all or substantially all of its assets.
      “Business Day” means any calendar day other than a Legal Holiday.
      “Capital Stock” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets on liquidation of, the issuing Person.
      “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
      “Cash and Cash Equivalents” means:
     (1) U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars;

5


 

     (2) (a) euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or (b) such local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) Government Securities or Highly Rated Investments;
     (4) securities issued by any agency of the United States or government-sponsored enterprise (such as debt securities or mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Banks and other government-sponsored enterprises), which may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within three months or less and rated Aal or better by Moody’s and AA+ or better by S&P;
     (5) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, banker’s acceptances with maturities not exceeding 13 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million in the case of a domestic bank and $250.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of a foreign bank;
     (6) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3), (4) and (5) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (7) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (!) through (6) above;
     (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
     (10) Scheduled Restricted Investments.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those authorized to be held in accordance with clauses (1) and (2); provided that such amounts are converted into any currency authorized to be held in accordance with clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
      “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
     (1) any Person (other than the Sponsors) acquires Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of Holdco entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ Outstanding Corporation Voting Slock”);
     (2) the consummation of a Business Combination pursuant to which either (A) the Persons that were the Beneficial Owners of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business

6


 

Combination (including, without limitation, a company that, as a result of such transaction, owns Holdco or all or substantially all of Holdco’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries), or (B) any Person (other than the Sponsors) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;
     (3) the failure by Holdco to directly own 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company;
     (4) the failure by the Company to directly own 100% of the Capital Stock of MoneyGram; or
     (5) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation of Holdco or the Company.
     “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.
     “ Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Collateral ” means the collateral described in the Security Documents.
     “ Collateral Agent ” means the Trustee in its capacity as Collateral Agent under this Indenture and under the Security Documents and any successor thereto in such capacity.
     “ Company ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ Company Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company.
     “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense (excluding amortization of signing bonuses), including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees, expenses and original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 — “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness); plus

7


 

     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued.
     For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
      “Consolidated Net Income” means with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that
     (a) to the extent included in Net Income:
     (1) there shall be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income (x) all extraordinary gains and (y) all extraordinary losses;
     (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles or policies during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application in each case in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded;
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income or loss for such period of any Subsidiary of such Person will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or in similar distributions has been legally waived or such income has been dividended or distributed to the Company or to a Company Subsidiary without such restriction; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, any restrictions based solely on (i) financial maintenance requirements imposed as a matter of state regulatory requirements or (ii) the types of restrictions set forth in clauses (cc), (dd) and (ee) of the definition of Permitted Liens shall not result in the exclusion of Net Income (loss); and provided, further, that any net loss of any Subsidiary of such Person (including any Guarantor), shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (6);
     (7) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments not relating to the Restricted Investment Portfolio shall be excluded;

8


 

     (8) any Net Income (loss) for such period will be excluded to the extent it relates to the impairment or appreciation of, or it is realized out of the income generated by, or from the sale or disposition of, any assets included in the Scheduled Restricted Investments;
     (9) any Net Income (loss) for such period will be excluded to the extent it relates to the impairment or appreciation of any asset included the Restricted Investment Portfolio; provided, however, that subject to clause (8) any Net Income (loss) for such period will be included to the extent that it is realized out of the sale, disposition or unwinding of any assets included in the Restricted Investment Portfolio;
     (10) any impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” or Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141 “Business Combinations,” in each case to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income of such Person will be excluded;
     (11) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any non-cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions shall be excluded; and
     (12) any non-cash items included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company as a result of an agreement of the Sponsors in respect of any equity participation shall be excluded; and
     (b) to the extent not already included in Net Income, any costs associated with any operational expenses or litigation costs or expenses (including any judgment or settlement) made by any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in respect of which the Company has made a Restricted Payment pursuant to clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.07(b) shall be deducted from Net Income.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only and in order to avoid double counting, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances that constitute Restricted Investments by the company or any Company Subsidiary, in each case to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(iii)(C) hereof.
      “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 14.01 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
      “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, and the other financial institutions signatory thereto as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.
      “Credit Facilities ” means, one or more secured debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term

9


 

loans, or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.
      “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
      “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default as defined in Section 6.01.
      “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-l hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
      “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
      “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, as of the date of receipt of such non-cash consideration, in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration; provided that Designated Non-cash Consideration shall not exceed at any one time outstanding $25.0 million.
      “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale) in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, directors, managers, consultants (or their respective estates, heirs, beneficiaries, transferees, spouses or former spouses), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries (or their direct or indirect parent) in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
     For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any Disqualified Stock shall be equal to its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference.
      “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than (i) a Foreign Subsidiary or (ii) a Domestic Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, but in each case including any Subsidiary that guarantees Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.
      “EMU” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

10


 

      “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
      “Equity Purchase Agreement” means that certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated February 11, 2008, among the Sponsors and Holdco.
      “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V,, as operator of the Euroclear system.
      “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
      “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date, plus interest accruing thereon set forth on Schedule l.l(a).
      “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer as determined by the senior management (or if the fair market value of any asset or property exceeds $1.0 million, as determined by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors in its sole good faith judgment).
      “fair value” shall be defined in accordance with GAAP.
      “First Priority Liens” means all Liens that secure the First Priority Lien Obligations.
      “First Priority Lien Obligations” means (i) all Obligations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries under the agreements governing Credit Facilities and (ii) all other Obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Hedging Obligations that are secured pursuant to the documentation evidencing Credit Facilities.
      “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Company Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (the “reference period”).
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations (and all related financing transactions) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. Additionally, if since the beginning of such reference period any Person that subsequently became a Company Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Company Subsidiary since the beginning of such reference period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such reference period as if such Investment,

11


 

acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (and all related financing transactions) had occurred at the beginning of the reference period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations (including any cost savings associated therewith) shall be made in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Company may designate.
     Any Person that is a Company Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Company Subsidiary at all times during the reference period, and any Person that is not a Company Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Company Subsidiary at any time during the reference period.
      “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
     (1) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
     (2) all cash dividend or distribution payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock of any such Person and its Subsidiaries; and
     (3) all cash dividend or distribution payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person.
      “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is (i) not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes the sole assets of which consist of Equity Interests of entities described in clause (i) of this definition.
      “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the date hereof; provided that if there has been a subsequent change in GAAP, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee on each Calculation Date a reconciliation of the calculation of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or Leverage Ratio, as applicable, pursuant to the Indenture to such calculation in accordance with GAAP in effect as of the Calculation Date.
      “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
      “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-l hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

12


 

      “Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.
      “Government Securities” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of the principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of the principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
      “GSCP” means GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., and GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P.
      “GSMP” means GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd.
      “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.
      “Guarantors” means:
     (1) Holdco;
     (2) all existing and subsequently acquired or organized Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries, SPEs and Long Lake Partners LLC); and
     (3) any other Domestic Subsidiary that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture,
and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
      “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap, cap or collar agreements, and other similar

13


 

agreements or arrangements designed primarily to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.
      “Highly Rated Investments ” means:
     (1) U.S. dollars, euros, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, Pounds Sterling or any national currency of any participating state of the EMU;
     (2) Government Securities with maturities not to exceed 13 months;
     (3) securities (including fixed rate mortgages) issued by any agency of the United States or government-sponsored enterprise (such as debt securities or mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Banks and other government-sponsored enterprises), which may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, rated Aaa by Moody’s and AAA by S&P, in each case with maturities not to exceed 13 months;
     (4) any overnight Repurchase Agreement with any bank or trust company organized under the laws of any state of the United States or any national banking association or any government securities dealer which is listed as reporting to the market statistics division of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York over-collateralized by 102% by any one or more of the securities described in clauses (2) or (3) above;
     (5) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 13 months or less from the date of acquisition, banker’s acceptances with maturities not exceeding 13 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case (i) with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million in the case of a domestic bank and $500.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of a foreign bank and (ii) rated Aa3 or better by Moody’s and AA- or better by S&P; and
     (6) any money market mutual fund registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that invest exclusively in any one or more of the securities described in clauses (2), (3), (4) or (5) above.
      “Holdco” means Moneygram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
      “Holdco Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of Holdco.
      “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
      “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-l hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.
      “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $500,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $500,000; provided that a Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company; and provided further that the total assets of Subsidiaries qualifying as Immaterial Subsidiaries shall in no case be greater than $1.0 million in the aggregate.

14


 

      “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
     (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent
     (1) in respect of borrowed money;
     (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or reimbursement obligations in respect of surety bonds, letters of credit and other similar instruments to the extent not collateralized with Cash and Cash Equivalents or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (3) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) or services, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business;
     (4) representing obligations under Repurchase Agreements;
     (5) representing any Hedging Obligations; or
     (6) any other obligation for borrowed money or other financial accommodation which in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person.
     (b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person, other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, and
     (c) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is equal to the lesser of the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien or the value of the property so secured.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness: (i) Payment Service Obligations; (ii) ordinary course obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts; (iii) Payment Instruments Funding Amounts; and (iv) for the avoidance of doubt, Equity Interests of Holdco issued pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement.
      “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
      “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
      “Initial Purchasers” means, collectively, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. and their respective Affiliates.
      “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

15


 

     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and among JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Company and the other parties thereto, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, or replaced in connection with any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal or replacement of Credit Facilities.
     “ Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 1 of the Note.
     “ Investments ” means with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the consolidated balance sheet (including the footnotes) of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involved the transfer of cash or other property.
     “ Lead Sponsor ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and its Affiliates.
     “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
     “ Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio of Total Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that the Company or any Company Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Leverage Ratio is being calculated but on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations (and all related financing transactions) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. Additionally, if since the beginning of such reference period any Person that subsequently became a Company Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Company Subsidiary since the beginning of such reference period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such reference period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (and all related financing transactions) had occurred at the beginning of the reference period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations (including any cost savings associated therewith) shall be made in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being

16


 

given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Company may designate.
     Any Person that is a Company Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Company Subsidiary at all times during the reference period, and any Person that is not a Company Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Company Subsidiary at any time during the reference period.
     “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to give a security interest; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect (a) on the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) that would materially impair the ability of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) or (c) that would materially impair the rights and remedies of the Holders under this Indenture or any of the other Financing Documents, taken as a whole.
     “ Minimum Liquidity Ratio ” means the ratio of (a) the fair value of the Restricted Investment Portfolio (other than Scheduled Restricted Investments, which shall be valued at the lower of (x) fair value and (y) the actual par amount of each Scheduled Restricted Investment held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the date of determination multiplied by (A) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-1 on Schedule 1.1 (c), 0.98, (B) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-2 on Schedule 1.1 (c), 0.049525, and (C) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-3 on Schedule 1.1 (c), zero; provided , that any Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-1 on Schedule 1.1 (c) shall be valued at fair value after June 30, 2008; and provided further , if any of such Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the headings C-2 and C-3 on Schedule 1.1 (c) (the “ Specified SRIs ”) have been sold, the aggregate value of such remaining Specified SRIs shall be the lower of (x) fair value of such remaining Specified SRIs and (y) the aggregate value of all Specified SRIs (determined in accordance with the valuation methodology described above) less the net proceeds received for the Specified SRIs sold (not to be less than zero)) to (b) all Payment Service Obligations.
     “ MoneyGram ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
     “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

17


 

     “ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Specified SRI Sales, including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale or Specified SRI Sales, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale or Specified SRI Sales and the sale or disposition of such non-cash consideration, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and, if such costs have not been incurred or invoiced, the Company’s good faith estimates thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on Indebtedness required to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
     “ Non-Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary of Holdco other than the Company or any Guarantor.
     “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
     “ Note Guarantees ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture.
     “ Note Purchase Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2008, among the Company, Holdco, and GSMP.
     “ Notes ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to “principal amount” shall include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.
     “ Obligations ” means any principal (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit whether or not drawn), interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, specified in the applicable agreement), premium (if any), guarantees of payment, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the Notes.
     “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, the Secretary, any principal executive officer or any principal accounting officer of the Company.
     “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company that meets the requirements of Section 14.03 hereof.
     “ Opinion of Counsel means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that meets the requirements of Section 14.03 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

18


 

      “Participant’ means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
      “Passive Holding Company Condition” shall be satisfied so long as Holdco or a Holdco Subsidiary (other than the Company and any of its Subsidiaries) does not:
     (1) directly incur any Indebtedness other than Permitted Holdco Indebtedness;
     (2) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed by it (except Permitted Holdco Liens); or
     (3) own any Equity Interests in any Person (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and own any other material assets (excluding Equity Interests) other than (w) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (x) assets under any stock incentive plans (including related agreements), loan stock purchase programs or incentive compensation plans, (y) pre-paid assets (e.g. deferred financing costs) and (z) deferred tax assets;
provided nothing in this definition shall restrict Holdco from performing its obligations under the Equity Purchase Agreement and the securities issued thereunder and under the certificates of designation contemplated thereby.
      “Payment Instruments Funding Amounts” means amounts advanced to and retained by the Company and its Subsidiaries as advance funding for the payment instruments or obligations arising under an official check agreement or a customer agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.
      “Payment Service Obligations” means all liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP for outstanding payment instruments (as classified and defined as Payment Service Obligations in Holdco’s SEC Documents and if Holdco is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Holdco’s most recent audited financial statements).
      “Permissible Parties” means any Holder, any prospective Holder and any broker dealer or securities analyst (so long as, in the case of a prospective Holder, broker dealer or securities analyst, such entity certifies to the Company that either it or the party to whom it is providing information is either (i) a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (ii) a Person to whom sales of the Notes would be permitted under Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (iii) to an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).
      “Permitted Holdco Indebtedness” means:
     (1) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdco providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary; provided, however, that:
     (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (1)(A)); and

19


 

     (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdco in connection with such disposition;
     (2) Obligations incurred under this Indenture;
     (3) Indebtedness incurred by Holdco in respect of interest rate Hedging Obligations of Holdco in existence on the Closing Date; and
     (4) Guarantees of other Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors permitted under Section 4.09(a) and Sections 4,09(b)(l), (2) (to the extent existing at the Closing Date), (4), (5), (11), (13) (to the extent the debt so extended, refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or defeased was guaranteed by Holdco in accordance with this Indenture) and (21) of this Indenture.
     “ Permitted Holdco Liens ” means, any Permitted Liens other than clauses (h), (i), (k), (p) and (bb) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
     “ Permitted Investment ” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Company or any Guarantor;
     (2) any Investments in any foreign Non-Guarantor (other than SPEs) that together with all Investments made pursuant to this clause (2) shall not exceed $75.0 million or, on and after the Sell Down Date, $150.0 million;
     (3) any Investments (including Investments outstanding as of the date hereof) in SPEs provided that the total assets of all SPEs shall not exceed $2.0 billion at any one time outstanding;
     (4) any Investment in Cash or Cash Equivalents;
     (5) any Investment in the Restricted Investment Portfolio made in compliance with Section 4.18;
     (6) any Investment by the Company or any Guarantor in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
          (a) such Person becomes a Guarantor; or
          (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Guarantor;
     (7) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (8) any Investment existing on the date hereof (excluding assets held by any SPE) or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the date hereof and any

20


 

Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds any such Investment; provided that such replacing, refinancing or refunding Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;
     (9) loans and advances to employees, directors, managers or consultants of Hoidco, the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries for reasonable and customary business related travel expenses, moving expenses and similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business whether or not consistent with past practice, and payroll advances;
     (10) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Company Subsidiary
          (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of such other Investment or accounts receivable or
          (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Company Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (11) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09(b)(11) hereof;
     (12) Investments to the extent the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof;
     (13) any Investments in or repurchases of the Notes;
     (14) receivables owing to the Company or any Company Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
     (15) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 to the extent it constitutes an Investment;
     (16) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;
     (17) upfront payments, signing bonuses and similar payments paid to agents and guaranties of agent commissions, in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; and
     (18) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
     “ Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

21


 

     (a) Liens on assets of the Company or any of the Guarantors securing Credit Facilities pursuant to clause (b)(l) of Section 4.09;
     (b) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation, or deposits to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness for borrowed money) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent;
     (c) to the extent imposed by law, landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, in each case for sums overdue for a period of not more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding in good faith with an appeal or other proceedings for review;
     (d) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims overdue for a period of not more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
     (e) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or securing bonds required by applicable state regulatory licensing requirements or letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments in lieu of such items or to support the issuance thereof issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business, in an amount outstanding not to exceed $25.0 million; provided, however that there shall be no dollar limitation on any such Liens to the extent the bonds were required by applicable state regulatory licensing requirements or any appeal bonds posted in connection with litigation;
     (f) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(4) or (5); provided, that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (b)(4) and (5) are solely on the assets financed, purchased, constructed, improved, acquired or assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be, and the proceeds and products thereof and accessions thereto;
     (g) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement;
     (h) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiary and that such Liens are released within 30 days of such Person becoming a Subsidiary;
     (i) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Company Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Company Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; and provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiary;
     (j) Liens securing Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(11);

22


 

     (k) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (1) Liens existing on the Closing Date set forth on Schedule 1.1 (b) hereto;
     (m) any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien of the type referred to in clauses (a), (f), (g), (i) and (1); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property and the proceeds and products thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to such clause (a), (f), (g), (i) and (1) and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (n) Liens in favor of Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary;
     (o) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases that do not materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Holdco, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (p) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits relating to asset sales or acquisition not in the ordinary course in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement not prohibited by this Indenture;
     (q) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (r) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;
     (s) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties;
     (t) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (u) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (v) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (w) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Repurchase Agreements; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such Repurchase Agreements;

23


 

     (x) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (y) set-off rights arising in the ordinary course of business;
     (z) any attachment or judgment Lien against Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or any property of Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary, so long as such Lien secures claims not otherwise constituting an Event of Default;
     (aa) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdco, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (bb) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of Company Subsidiaries owing to the Company or another Company Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (cc) restrictive contractual obligations with respect to assets comprising the Payment Instruments Funding Amounts or Payment Service Obligations, provided that such contractual obligations are no more restrictive in nature than those in effect on the Closing Date;
     (dd) ordinary course of business contractual obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts, provided that such contractual obligations are no more restrictive in nature than those in effect on the Closing Date;
     (ee) the deposit or pre-funding of amounts in escrow pursuant to contractual obligations contained in customer agreements securing obligations not exceeding $25.0 million in the aggregate; and
     (ff) other Liens securing obligations not otherwise permitted by this definition not exceeding $100.0 million in the aggregate.
      “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
      “PIK Interest” means interest paid in the form of increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.
      “PIK Payment” means an interest payment made by increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.
      ’’preferred stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or distributions or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any preferred stock shall be equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference.

24


 

     “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture.
     “ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
     “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means a public offering or private placement of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdco and any direct or indirect parent of Holdco; provided that the net proceeds thereof are contributed by Holdco or such parent to the Company and, in turn, by the Company to the MoneyGram as common equity.
     “ Record Date ” means for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date with respect to the Notes, March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.
     “ reference period ” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
     “ Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement and/or an S-1 Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.
     “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
     “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.
     “ Repurchase Agreement ” means an agreement of a Person to purchase Cash and Cash Equivalents arising out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar Cash and Cash Equivalents.
     “ Required Holders ” means at any time the Holders of at least a majority of the amount of Notes then outstanding.
     “ Responsible Officer, ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated

25


 

officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
     “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
     “ Restricted Investment Portfolio ” means assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which are restricted by state law, contract or otherwise designated by the Company for the payment of Payment Service Obligations.
     “ Restricted Period ” the period of forty-one (41) consecutive days beginning on and including the day on which Notes were first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S.
     “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule I44A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency group.
     “ Scheduled Restricted Investments ” means the securities listed on Schedule 1.1(c) hereto.
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ SEC Documents ” means, if Holdco is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Holdco’s latest Annual Report on Form I0-K under the Exchange Act.
     “ Second Priority Liens ” means all Liens that secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees, which Liens are subordinated to the First Priority Liens in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Security Documents ” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments and related and ancillary agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the Second Priority Liens in the Collateral.
     “ Sell Down Date ” means the 91st day following the date on which the Initial Purchasers cease to constitute the Required Holders.

26


 

     “ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.
     “ Similar Business ” means (a) the global funds transfer and payment services business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (b) any other business described under the heading “ Business” in Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, and (c) any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto or any reasonable extension thereof.
     “ SPEs ” means Ferrum Trust, a Delaware business trust, Tsavorite Trust, a Delaware business trust, Hematite Trust, a Delaware business trust, Monazite Trust, a Delaware business trust, and, to the extent the formation thereof is not prohibited by the Indenture, any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company or trust (which is consolidated with the Company for financial statement purposes), in each case formed for the limited organizational purpose of isolating a limited and specified pool of assets with respect to rights and obligations pursuant to Payment Service Obligations, which assets shall consist solely of (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (ii) Accounts Receivable and (iii) interest rate Hedging Obligations that relate to Highly Rated Investments and Payment Service Obligations. The Specified SRI Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be an SPE.
     “ Sponsors ” means the Lead Sponsor, GSCP and GSMP.
     “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:
     (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment or in respect of the proceeds of any collateral to the Notes, and
     (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment or in respect of the proceeds of any collateral to the guarantee of such Guarantor.
     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (a) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and
     (b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
     (1) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
     (2) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity;

27


 

     (c) any SPE.
      “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Subsidiary which is a Guarantor.
      “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date hereof.
      “total assets” of any Person shall mean total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, if any, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the most recent balance sheet of such Person.
      “Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
      “Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.
      “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
      “Trustee” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
      “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.
      “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
      “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
      “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
      “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
      “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing
     (a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

28


 

     (b) the sum of all such payments.
      “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions.
         
    Defined  
    in  
Term   Section  
 
       
“Acceptable Commitment”
    4.10  
“Affiliate Transaction”
    4.11  
“Asset Sale Offer”
    4.10  
“Authentication Order”
    2.02  
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.15  
“Change of Control Payment”
    4.15  
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    4.15  
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.03  
“DTC”
    2.03  
“Event of Default”
    6.01  
“Excess Proceeds”
    4.10  
“Excess SRI Proceeds”
    4.07  
“Legal Defeasance”
    4.09  
“incur”
    8.02  
“Offer Amount”
    3.09  
“Offer Period”
    3.09  
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Permitted Indebtedness”
    4.09  
“Purchase Date”
    3.09  
“Redemption Date”
    3.07  
“Refinancing Indebtedness”
    4.09  
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Restated Financial Statements”
    6.01  
“Restricted Payments”
    4.07  
“Specified SRI Sales”
    4.07  
“Specified SRI Subsidiary”
    4.28  
“Subsequent Financial Statements”
    6.01  
“Successor Company”
    5.01  
“Successor Person”
    10.04  
Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it; and shall be construed, in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) “or” is not exclusive;

29


 

     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (6) the word “including” means “including without limitation”;
     (7) any reference to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns;
     (8) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein);
     (9) for purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”;
     (10) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
     (11) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating.
     (a)  General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be initially issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided, however, that payments of PIK Interest shall be made in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 rounded up to the nearest whole dollar and thus Notes increased by PIK Payments may be in integral multiples other than $1,000.
     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     (b)  Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 or A-2 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon (and giving effect to any PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note) and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and payment of PIK Interest made

30


 

thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
     (c)  Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
     (1) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States Beneficial Ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any Beneficial Owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a Beneficial Ownership interest in a 344A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
     (2) an Officer’s Certificate from the Company.
     Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
     (d)  Euroclear and Clearstream, Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.
     At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual, facsimile or electronic image scan signature.
     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.
     A Note will not be valid or obligatory for any purpose or entitled to any benefits under this Indenture until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 or A-2 hereto by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated under this Indenture.

31


 

     The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof and PIK Payments in accordance with the terms of the Notes.
     On any Interest Payment Date on which the Company pays PIK Interest with respect to a Global Note, the Trustee shall increase the principal amount of such Global Note by an amount equal to the interest payable, rounded up to the nearest $1.00, for the relevant interest period on the principal amount of such Global Note as of the relevant Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, to the credit of the Holders on such Record Date, pro rata in accordance with their interests, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such increase.
     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.
     The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar will also facilitate the transfer of the Notes on behalf of the Company in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
     The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
     The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
     The Company will require each third-party Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any

32


 

bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists.
     The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.
     (a)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:
     (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;
     (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or
     (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
     Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.
     (b)  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

33


 

     (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than to a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S) and other than pursuant to Rule 144A). No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(l).
     (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:
     (A) both:
     (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
     (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or
     (B) both:
     (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
     (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;
provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note.prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.
     (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if

34


 

the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof or, if permitted by the Applicable Procedures item (3) thereof;
     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
     (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (4) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer otherwise complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:
     (A) such transfer is effected pursuant to any Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (B) the Registrar receives the following:
     (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one

35


 

or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes.
     (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (1) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2,06(c) shall be registered

36


 

in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
     (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
     (d)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.
     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; or
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,

37


 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.
     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
     (A) such transfer is effected pursuant to any Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (B) the Registrar receives the following:
     (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
     (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof,
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Securities Act Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(A), (2)(B) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

38


 

     (e)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, Opinions of Counsel, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and
     (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) any such transfer is effected pursuant to any Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (B) the Registrar receives the following:
     (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement

39


 

Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(e)(2), the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Company shall execute, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate aggregate principal amount to the Person designated by the Holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such Holder.
     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Note pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
     (f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
     (1) Private Placement Legend. Each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (4) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”
     (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

40


 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
     “THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.”
     (g)  Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
     (h)  General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
     (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
     (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.04 hereof).

41


 

     (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
     (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes, made in accordance with this Section 2.06, will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:
     (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing;
     (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or
     (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
     (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
     (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronic image scan.
     (9) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants or Beneficial Owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
     (10) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

42


 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.
     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Company receives evidence to its reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Company’s reasonable requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
     Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.
     The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code).
     If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
     If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.
     In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Company has so notified in writing the Trustee are so owned will be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee is not the Company, a Guarantor or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company, a Guarantor or of such other obligor.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.
     Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers

43


 

appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
     Holders, and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation.
     The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the discretion of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.
     If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
     Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall cany the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
Section 2.13 Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.
     The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes, including any increase in the principal amount thereof as a result of a PIK Payment, at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be made by the Company and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

44


 

Section 2.14 CUSIP Numbers.
     The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.
     If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth and certifying:
     (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;
     (2) the Redemption Date;
     (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and
     (4) the redemption price;
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements. If selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, the Trustee shall select Notes by lot or by such other method the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.
     In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
     The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, except in cases of PIK Interest; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

45


 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.
     Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 13 hereof.
     The notice will identify the Notes (including CUSIP number(s)) to be redeemed and will state:
(1) the Redemption Date;
(2) the appropriate method for calculation of the redemption price, but need not include the redemption price itself; the actual redemption price shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date unless the redemption is pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof, in which case such Officer’s Certificate should be delivered on the Redemption Date;
(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
     At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 35 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
     The Company may provide in the notice of redemption that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
     Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. A

46


 

notice of redemption may not be conditional, except as provided in Section 3.07(d). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
     Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly and in any event within two Business Days, return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
     If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption, whether such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
     Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate of the Company is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption,
     (a) At any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or any part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the then outstanding principal amount plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
     (b) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (d) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

47


 

     (c) On or after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or any part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages the then outstanding principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to (but not including) the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on dates indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:
         
Year   Percentage  
Fifth anniversary of the Closing Date
    106.625 %
Sixth anniversary of the Closing Date
    104.417 %
Seventh anniversary of the Closing Date
    103.313 %
Eighth anniversary of the Closing Date and thereafter
    100.000 %
Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.
     (d) At any time on or after the Sell Down Date and prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 113.250% of the then outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to (but not including) the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that:
     (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture, as such principal amount shall have been increased through the capitalization of interest (excluding Notes held by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries), remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
     (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Qualified Equity Offering.
     (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. Any optional redemption of Notes must relate to an aggregate principal amount of Notes being redeemed of at least the lesser of (a) $5.0 million and (b) the remaining outstanding principal amount of such Notes.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.
     (a) Except as set forth in Section 3.08(b), the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
     (b) Commencing with the first “accrual period” (as defined for purposes of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and continuing with each subsequent accrual period thereafter, the Company shall pay in cash, on or before the end of such accrual period, an amount equal to the sum of the accrued and unpaid PIK Interest and the accrued and unpaid original issue discount (as defined for the purposes of the Code) (other than PIK Interest), with respect to the Notes if, but only to the extent that, the aggregate amount of the sum of (i) the PIK Interest and (ii) the original issue discount (other than PIK Interest), in each case that has accrued and not been paid in cash from the Closing Date through the end of such accrual period on the Notes, exceeds the product of the “issue price” (as defined

48


 

for purposes of the Code) for the Notes and the “yield to maturity” (as defined for purposes of the Code) on the Notes. Any such payment shall first be allocated to the accrued and unpaid PIK Interest.
Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
     In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it will follow the procedures specified below.
     The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than Five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
     If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
     Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:
     (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;
     (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
     (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in $2,000 in principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, or if PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 (in each case, in aggregate principal amount);
     (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
     (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, an electronic image scan or facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of

49


 

the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
     (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by Holdco so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 in principal amount, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased, or if PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00);
     (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book entry transfer); and
     (10) any other procedures the Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment and the procedures that Holders must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.
     On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate of the Company is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note), in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
     Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.10, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.10, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such compliance.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.
     The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately

50


 

available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. PIK. Interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee is directed no later than three Business Days prior to such date to increase the principal amount of the Notes in an amount equal to the amount of the applicable PIK Interest.
     During any period in which a payment default hereunder or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest on all principal and overdue interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate that is 2% higher than the interest rate on the Notes. During such period, the Company will also pay any post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law. Such interest would be in addition to any additional interest resulting from a payment default hereunder or other Event of Default.
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
     The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
Section 4.03 Reports.
     (a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, Holdco will furnish to the Trustee and, if Holdco is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, post on a confidential website to which Permissible Parties will be given unconditional access:
     (1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual management report of the Company containing audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP and in the form that would have been required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”);
     (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a quarterly management report of the Company containing unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP and in the form that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”); and

51


 

     (3) within 10 Business Days after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all the information that would have been required to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act.
     (b) To the extent not already required by this Section 4.03, the Company will furnish to any Permissible Party, upon its request, information satisfying the requirements of Rule 144A.
     (c) [Reserved]
     (d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).
     (e) The information required to be delivered pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.03 will be deemed to have been furnished to the Trustee if Holdco has filed such information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available; provided, however that the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any filing under clause (a)(3) of this Section 4.03, and provided further, that unless requested in writing by a Holder, the Trustee shall have no obligations (i) to confirm that filings under clause (a) of this Section 4.03 have been made or (ii) to access any such filings.
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.
     (a) With respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008 and thereafter, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate (the signer for which shall be the principal executive officer, principal accounting officer or principal financial officer of the Company) stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture (including under Section 4.27), and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture (without regard to notice requirements or grace periods) and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
     (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee promptly, and in no case more than four Business Days after, any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes.
     The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect

52


 

such payment would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
     The Company covenants (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;
     (3) make any principal or other payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund or maturity, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09(b)(9) hereof; or
     (4) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (I) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
     (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
     (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test, as applicable, set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
     (iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries after the date hereof (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Sections 4.07(b)(2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7)), is less than the sum of;
     (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the first fiscal quarter following the

53


 

Closing Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
     (B) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash contributed to the common equity capital of the Company following the date hereof (other than by a Company Subsidiary); plus
     (C) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount received in cash by the Company after the date hereof as a result of the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Company Subsidiary) of, or by way of dividend, distribution or loan repayments on, Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries after the date hereof or (y) the initial amount of such Restricted Investments made in compliance with the terms of this Indenture after the date hereof.
     (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
     (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(iii)(B) hereof;
     (3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company that is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:
     (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;
     (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

54


 

     (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired.
     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent held by any current or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or their respective estates, heirs, beneficiaries, transferees, spouses or former spouses) of the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their direct or indirect parents pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or similar agreement; provided, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (4) in any four-fiscal quarter period shall not exceed $5.0 million as of the last day of such four-fiscal quarter period;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Company Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (6) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (7) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company to, or the making of loans to, its direct or indirect parent in amounts required for either of their respective direct or indirect parent to actually pay the following:
     (A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;
     (B) foreign, federal, state and local income or franchise taxes, to the extent such income or franchise taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (C) general corporate expenses related to third party audit, insurance, legal and similar administrative expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including customary expenses for a public company;
     (D) customary salary, bonus, contributions to pension and 401(k) plans, deferred compensation and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent such amounts are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to clause (4) of this Section 4.07(b));
     (E) indemnification obligations of any direct or indirect parent of the Company owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons (including, without limitation, the Sponsors) under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with such Person, or obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including any premiums therefor); provided, however, that any indemnities owing to the Sponsors pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall only be permitted under this clause (E) to the extent such indemnities are as a result of third party claims relating to the Transactions; and provided, further, that no Restricted Payment may be made pursuant to

55


 

this clause (E) to the extent such Restricted Payments are covered by Section 4.07(b)(8)(B);
     (F) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;
     (G) amounts required to be paid by Holdco in connection with clause (4) of the definition of Permitted Holdco Indebtedness;
     (H) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; and
     (I) payments and/or netting of shares under stock option plans to settle option price payments owed by employees and officers of Holdco with respect thereto, and payments to settle such employees’ and officers’ federal, state and income tax liabilities (if any) related to restricted stock units and similar stock based awards thereunder;
     (8) a Restricted Payment with respect to the payment of (A) litigation expenses or any judgment or any settlement of any litigation of any direct or indirect parent of the Company or (B) indemnification obligations of any direct or indirect parent of the Company owing to directors, officers or employees under its charter or by-laws, in respect of a settlement to the extent such payments represent indirect payment obligations of the parent; provided, however, that after giving effect to each Restricted Payment under this clause (8) (x) the Company would be in compliance with Sections 4.18 and 4.27 and (y) the excess of Cash and Cash Equivalents (that are not included in the Restricted Investment Portfolio) of the Company and its Subsidiaries plus the Restricted Investment Portfolio (using the valuation methodology set forth in the definition of Minimum Liquidity Ratio) over Payment Service Obligations would be an amount of no less than $75.0 million;
     (9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million; or
     (10) the declaration of (so long as the payment with respect of such declaration is made within 30 days of such declaration) or the payment of any dividend or distribution with the cash proceeds of the sale or other disposition by the Specified SRI Subsidiary of, or any payment of principal of, Specified SRIs (“Specified SRI Sales”) in excess of $34.0 million (the “Excess SRI Proceeds”); provided, however, that the payment of such dividend or distribution shall be paid concurrently with the distribution of such Excess SRI Proceeds by the Specified SRI Subsidiary and shall be subject to the following conditions: (i)(A) the first $50.0 million of Excess SRI Proceeds shall have previously been used to permanently prepay term loans outstanding under the Credit Facilities, (B) the next $62.5 million of Excess SRI Proceeds may be used to fund dividends or distributions in accordance with this clause (10), (C) any Excess SRI Proceeds that exceed the amount paid under the foregoing subclauses (A) and (B) may be used (x) 50% to permanently prepay term loans outstanding under the Credit Facilities and (y) 50% to fund dividends and distributions under this clause (10), (D) the Company is in compliance with Section 4.28, and (E) such dividend or distribution shall have been received by the Company directly from the Specified SRI Subsidiary; (ii) after giving effect to each Restricted Payment under this clause (10), the Company would be in compliance with Sections 4.18 and 4.27; and (iii) after giving effect to each Restricted Payment under this clause (10), the excess of Cash and Cash Equivalents (that are not included in the Restricted Investment Portfolio) of the Company and its Subsidiaries plus the Restricted Investment Portfolio (using the valuation methodology set

56


 

forth in the definition of Minimum Liquidity Ratio) over Payment Service Obligations shall not be less than $75.0 million;
provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clause (b) (other than clauses (b)(7)(A), (b)(7)(B), (b)(7)(C), (b)(7)(D), (b)(7)(E) or (b)(7)(I)), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof,
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Company Subsidiaries.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Company Subsidiary to:
     (1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Company Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Company Subsidiary;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any Company Subsidiary; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any Company Subsidiary.
     (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the date hereof including, without limitation, pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof) and their related documentation and Hedging Obligations;
     (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;
     (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;
     (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order or similar restriction;
     (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
     (6) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Company Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into relating to the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of that Company Subsidiary;
     (7) secured debt otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

57


 

     (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or portfolio securities or net worth imposed by customers under contracts or Governmental Authorities entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-lease back agreements and other similar agreements;
     (10) customary provisions contained in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (11) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Company Subsidiary that restricts dividends, distributions, loans or advances by that Company Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries or sales of their respective assets pending the sale or other disposition;
     (12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 4.08(a)(l) through (a)(3) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (b)(1) through (b)(11) above; provided, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
     (13) Liens permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof; and
     (14) restrictions and conditions imposed by the terms of the documentation governing any Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Non-Guarantor, which Indebtedness or preferred stock is permitted by Section 4.09.
Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, including in connection with any consolidation or merger, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company may incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock and any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Non-Guarantor (in respect of all Non-Guarantors in an aggregate amount of Indebtedness and preferred stock outstanding not to exceed at any time $10.0 million) may incur Indebtedness or issue shares of preferred stock, (x) prior to the Sell Down Date, if at any time the Leverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been less than 3.50 to 1.00, and (y) on or after the Sell Down Date, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, in each case determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

58


 

     (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not apply to any of the following items (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”):
     (1) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities, the guarantee by the Guarantors of the Company’s obligations thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $600.0 million less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales or Specified SRI Sales applied by the Company since the date hereof to repay any such Indebtedness under Credit Facilities, and in the case of revolving facilities, that effect a corresponding reduction in commitments thereunder;
     (2) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees issued on the date hereof;
     (3) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under Credit Facilities);
     (4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor the proceeds of which are applied to finance the development, construction, purchase, lease, repairs, additions or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed $10.0 million;
     (5) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) the Company or a Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or a Guarantor or merged into the Company or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant Disqualified Stock or preferred stock to the Leverage Ratio test or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test, as applicable, set forth in Section 4.09(a), or
     (B) the Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth in Section 4.09(a), as applicable, is no more than (or no less than, as applicable) such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; provided, that until the Sell Down Date, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock outstanding at any one time pursuant to this clause (5)(B) shall not exceed $75.0 million;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Company Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

59


 

     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Company Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Company Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Company Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that:
     (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7)(A)); and
     (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;
     (8) (A) Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Company to a Guarantor or (B) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note; provided, further, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) (A) Indebtedness or preferred stock in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75.0 million of the Company or of a Subsidiary Guarantor owing to a Non-Guarantor (other than an SPE) that is subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor on terms satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and (B) Indebtedness or preferred stock in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75.0 million of a Non-Guarantor (other than an SPE) owing to the Company or to a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness or preferred stock (except to the Company or another Company Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) shares of preferred stock of a Company Subsidiary issued to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to the Company or another Company Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock that was not permitted by this clause (10);
     (11) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of interest rate and/or currency Hedging Obligations of the Company and any Guarantor not entered into for speculative purposes or having the effect of a borrowing;
     (12) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Company Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;
     (13) the incurrence by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that serves to extend, refund, refinance, renew, replace or

60


 

defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clause (b)(3) above, this clause (13) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums, fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) other than in respect of Credit Facilities, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being refunded or refinanced;
     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or such Note Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively; and
     (C) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Company Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Company; or
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Company Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Guarantor;
     (14) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (15) the incurrence by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with health or other types of social security benefits, unemployment or other insurance or self-insurance obligations in the ordinary course of business;
     (16) Indebtedness that may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guarantees, performance, surety, statutory, appeal, bid, payment (other than payment of Indebtedness), reclamation, statutory obligations, bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations (including any bonds or letters of credit issued with respect thereto and all guarantee, reimbursement and indemnity agreements entered into in connection therewith) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) Obligations incurred in connection with any management or director deferred compensation plan;
     (18) Indebtedness in respect of (A) employee credit card programs and (B) netting services, cash pooling arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any such arrangements, the total amount of

61


 

all deposits subject to such arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts subject to such arrangement;
     (19) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (19), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $100.0 million;
     (20) overnight Repurchase Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
     (21) Repurchase Agreements with maturities of less than 30 days (and excluding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(20)) which at any one time outstanding do not exceed $100.0 million.
     (c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall incur or have outstanding any Indebtedness to the SPEs.
     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
     (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under Credit Facilities on the Closing Date will be treated as incurred on the Closing Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and
     (b) at the time of incurrence or reclassification, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) or (b) hereof.
     Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
     For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

62


 

     The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
     The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:
     (a) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;
     (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and
     (c) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person that is otherwise non-recourse to the specified Person, the lesser of:
     (1) the fair market value of such assets at the date of determination; and
     (2) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Company or such Company Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash and Cash Equivalents (in respect of the Company and the Guarantors, other than as provided in clause 2(b) of the definition of Cash and Cash Equivalents) or Designated Non-cash Consideration; provided that the amount of:
     (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party on behalf of the transferee) and for which the Company or such Subsidiary has been validly released by all creditors in writing;
     (B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 90 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and
     (C) any assets of the kind referred to in Section 4.10(b)(2) or (b)(4) below, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.10 and for no other purpose.
     (b) Within 365 days after any of the Company’s or any Company Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Subsidiary may, at its option, reinvest, enter into a

63


 

binding commitment to reinvest within 180 days from the date of the expiration of the 365-day period (an “Acceptable Commitment”), or may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:
     (1) to repay Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Obligations owed to the Company or a Company Subsidiary and, in the case of Indebtedness under revolving credit facilities or other similar Indebtedness, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (2) to acquire all or substantially all the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Similar Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Similar Business is or becomes a Company Subsidiary;
     (3) to make a capital expenditure; or
     (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Similar Business.
     (c) Any Acceptable Commitment that is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds if the Company or such Company Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment prior to the later of (1) six months after the date of such cancellation or termination or (2) the end of the initial 365-day period.
     (d) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in paragraph (b) above will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and all holders of any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or required prepayments or redemptions of such Indebtedness with the proceeds of sales of assets) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of this Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 15 Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 3.09 of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as needed so that no Notes of an unauthorized denomination will be purchased in part) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
     (e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Company or the applicable Company Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

64


 

     (f) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Company Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Company Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution adopted by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
     (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11 (a) above:
     (1) transactions between or among Holdco, the Company and/or any Company Subsidiary;
     (2) payments, grants or transfers permitted by Section 4.13 hereof;
     (3) reasonable and customary indemnities provided on behalf of officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Company Subsidiary;
     (4) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;
     (5) any transaction or series of transactions involving consideration of less than $1.0 million;
     (6) the payment to an Affiliate by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of reasonable charges for travel in the ordinary course of business by any officer, director, manager, employee, agent, consultant, Affiliate or advisor of the Company or any Company Subsidiary;
     (7) the declaration and payment of any Restricted Payments by the Company to its direct or indirect parent companies in accordance with Section 4.07 hereof (other than pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(9)); and

65


 

     (8) as otherwise permitted herein, payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent or any of its Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees which, in each case, are approved by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith that are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.
Section 4.12 Liens.
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien, except Permitted Liens.
Section 4.13 Management Fees and Reimbursement of Expenses of Sponsors.
     The Company will not pay any management fees to the Lead Sponsor or its Affiliates. The Company may reimburse the Sponsors or their Affiliates for expenses in accordance with the provisions of the Equity Purchase Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof.
Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.
     Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:
     (1) either its corporate existence or a limited liability company existence, and, with respect to each of the Company Subsidiaries, any corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other existence, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary (for the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.14 shall not prevent the Company and its Subsidiaries from converting their corporate existence into limited liability companies); and
     (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of their Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
     If the Company amends its organizational documents to effectuate a name change, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee within 30 days of such name change.
Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; or if PIK. Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within

66


 

30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:
     (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes properly tendered will be accepted for payment;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered will continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, facsimile transmission, electronic image scan or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased;
     (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided, however, that if PIK. Interest is paid, the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00; and
     (8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.15, that a Holder must follow.
     The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Sections 3.09 or 4.15 hereof, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance.
     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

67


 

     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.
     The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case within five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will notify the Holders of the Notes of the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.
Section 4.16 [Reserved]
Section 4.17 Payments for Consent.
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of Notes in consideration for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is concurrently offered to be paid or is concurrently paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Section 4.18 Investments in Respect of Payment Services Obligations.
     The Company shall at all times ensure that the Restricted Investment Portfolio shall consist solely of (i) Highly Rated Investments, (ii) Accounts Receivable, (iii) Scheduled Restricted Investments and (iv) interest rate Hedging Obligations that relate to Highly Rated Investments and Payment Service Obligations, in each case not subject to any Liens other than Liens set forth in clauses (v), (x), (y), (aa), (cc), (dd) and (ee) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
Section 4.19 Lead Sponsor Equity Anti-Layering.
     (a) All present or future Indebtedness of the Company or Guarantors issued to or acquired by the Lead Sponsor or its Affiliates shall not be subject to amortization or repayment prior to 6 months after the maturity of the Notes and be subordinated to the Notes pursuant to a subordination agreement reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers (which shall prohibit any enforcement action on such Indebtedness so long as the Notes are outstanding) and (b) no present or future Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor may

68


 

be issued to or acquired by the Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates; provided, that this Section 4.19 shall not apply from and after the Sell Down Date.
Section 4.20 Business Activities.
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Similar Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Section 4.21 Maintenance of Properties.
     The Company will, and will cause each of the Company Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, all tangible properties necessary in the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof.
Section 4.22 Insurance.
     The Company will maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the material assets, properties and businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses of similar sizes, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons.
Section 4.23 Books and Records; Inspections.
     The Company will, and will cause each of Subsidiaries to, keep adequate books of record and accounts to allow preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of any exercise of any of the inspection rights set forth in Section 4.3 of the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 4.24 Compliance with Laws.
     The Company will comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including all environmental laws), noncompliance with which would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.25 Additional Note Guarantees.
     On or after the date of this Indenture, any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary or SPE) will become a Guarantor and guarantee the Company’s Obligations in respect of the Notes and execute a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit E hereto and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 15 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created or incurred.

69


 

Section 4.26 Holding Company Covenant.
     Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary (other than the Company and any of its Subsidiaries) shall not engage in any activity or suffer to have any condition outstanding that would violate the Passive Holding Company Condition.
Section 4.27 Maintenance of Minimum Liquidity Ratio.
     The Company and its Subsidiaries shall maintain at all times on a consolidated basis a Minimum Liquidity Ratio of 1.00 to 1.00.
Section 4.28 Specified SRI Subsidiary.
     The Company shall (i) within 30 days of the Closing Date, cause to be formed and duly incorporated a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company (the “Specified SRI Subsidiary”), for the limited organizational purpose of holding and disposing of the Specified SRIs and distributing the proceeds thereof in accordance with this Indenture, and not engaging in any other activity, (ii) within 30 days of the Closing Date, transfer to the Specified SRI Subsidiary all of the Specified SRIs, (iii) not permit the Specified SRI Subsidiary to engage in any other activities or own or acquire any other assets or investments other than Specified SRIs and cash received from the sale thereof and (iv) not sell or transfer any Specified SRIs except to third parties for cash consideration.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.
     The Company may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
     (1) either:
     (A) the Company is the surviving company; or
     (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

70


 

     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test, as applicable, set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or (B) the Leverage Ratio or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, would be no more than (or no less than, as applicable) such ratio immediately prior to the transaction (it being understood that any incremental Indebtedness of the Successor Company must independently be permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09);
     (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above or is being released as part of the transaction, in which case Section 10.04(1)(b) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the provisions described in this paragraph.
     The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Company under this Indenture and the Notes. Any Company Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Company Subsidiary. In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person, other than the sublease by the Company of its offices to one or more Persons.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transactions will be permitted without compliance with this Section 5.01.
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted,
     Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

71


 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default.
     Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes issued under this Indenture;
     (2) default for five Business Days or more in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;
     (3) (A) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Sections 4.15 or 5.01 hereof or (B) failure by the Company or any Company Subsidiary for 45 days (30 days in respect of Section 4.27) after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the actual knowledge of the Company of such failure, to comply with any of its other agreements under this Indenture or the Notes to the extent such failure does not otherwise constitute a Default under clause (1), (2) or (3)(A) above;
     (4) (A) the failure by the Company or any Company Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes within any applicable grace period after final maturity or acceleration by the holders thereof because of a default or (B) a default occurs with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Company Subsidiary that is subordinated to the Notes, which default permits the holder or holders thereof (or any trustee or agent on their behalf) to accelerate such Indebtedness (giving effect to any applicable grace period), and, in the case of (A) or (B) the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated or in default at the time exceeds $15.0 million;
     (5) final judgments against Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries aggregating in excess of $15.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final;
     (6) either the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
     (A) commences a voluntary case,
     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
     (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
     (E) has acknowledged in writing that it is generally not paying its debts as they become due;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

72


 

     (A) is for relief against either of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
     (B) appoints a custodian of either of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
     (C) orders the liquidation of either of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Note Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the related indenture or the release of any such Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture;
     (9) for more than 45 days after receipt by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of written notice given by the Trustee (acting at the written direction of the Required Holders) or actual knowledge of the Company thereof, the representations and warranties of Holdco or the Company contained in the Note Purchase Agreement, shall be untrue in any respect on and as of the date such representations and warranties were made (without regard to any qualification of “materiality,” “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” contained therein), except where the failure or failures of such representations and warranties to be true (a) did not have or would not have been reasonably expected to have or has not had an Article 6 Material Adverse Effect, (b) would not materially impair the ability of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Indenture, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Documents, and (c) would not materially impair the rights and remedies of the Initial Purchasers under this Indenture, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Documents, taken as a whole; or
     (10) at any time, (i) any Security Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof and the Intercreditor Agreement or the satisfaction in full of the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any material portion of Collateral purported to be covered by the Security Documents with the priority required by the relevant Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case for any reason other than the failure of the Collateral Agent to take any action within its control, or (iii) Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Security Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document to which it is a party.

73


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.01, (i) any failure of any representation and warranty of the Company contained in the Note Purchase Agreement to be true, (ii) any falsity of any certificate or information required to be delivered under the Note Purchase Agreement, or (iii) any default under Section 6.01(3) (other than such a breach arising out of a breach of Section 4.27 after the Closing Date) of this Indenture, the Note Purchase Agreement or any Security Document, that, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, arises, directly or indirectly, out of the restatement of the consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries heretofore delivered or of Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the Company and its Subsidiaries required to be delivered to the Trustee under this Indenture (such financial statements so restated, the “Restated Financial Statements”) as a result of (x) the historical valuation, accounting and/or processes related to the investment portfolio of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, in each case for fiscal periods ended prior to the Closing Date or (y) the February 11, 2008 SEC non-public inquiry to Holdco, shall in no event constitute a Default or an Event of Default under this Indenture; provided, however, that (A) the Company furnishes to the Trustee the Restated Financial Statements promptly after the public filing thereof; (B) in the event of a breach described in clause (iii) of this paragraph consisting of any failure to deliver financial statements required by Section 4.03(a)(1) or (2) to be delivered for periods ending after the earliest period for which financial statements are being restated (the “Subsequent Financial Statements”), (x) the Company furnishes to the Trustee the Subsequent Financial Statements not later than the earlier of (1) the public filing thereof and (2) the date that is 45 days, in the case of any delivery of financial statements for the first three fiscal quarters of any fiscal year, or 60 days, in the case of financial statements for any fiscal year ended after the public filing of the Restated Financial Statements for the earliest period as to which a restatement has occurred, (y) during such period for which the Subsequent Financial Statements or related audit report, if applicable, required by Section 4.03(a)(1) or (2) were not available (which period shall in no event extend beyond the dates set forth in clause (x) above), the Company furnishes to the Trustee, in lieu thereof, internal unaudited annual financial statements and internal unaudited quarterly financial statements within the time periods set forth in Section 4.03(a)(1) and (2) respectively which are prepared on a consistent basis as internal unaudited financial statements prepared by Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the Company and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, which shall be certified by a principal financial officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and operations at such date and the consolidated results of operations for the period then ended but in all respects subject to the effect of adjustments for any pending restatement and the failure of such items to so present, in all material respects, such consolidated financial condition and operations and such consolidated results of operations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture or the Note Purchase Agreement, and (z) within one year of the date an audit report would be due under Section 4.03(a)(1) with respect to Subsequent Financial Statements for any fiscal year, the Company delivers to the Trustee an audit report as required by Section 4.03(a)(l) with respect to the applicable Subsequent Financial Statements (which audit report may include a qualification relating to any pending restatement described above and which qualified report shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture or the Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 6.02 Acceleration.
     In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Company Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Company Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee acting at the written direction of the Required Holders or the Required Holders may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice to the Company and the Trustee, specifying the Event of Default.
     Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

74


 

     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes.
Section 6.03 Other Remedies.
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising arty right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.
     Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority.
     Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.
     A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

75


 

     (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
     A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.
     If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
     The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the. event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

76


 

Section 6.10 Priorities.
     If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
      First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
      Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
      Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
     The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.
     In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.

77


 

However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.
     (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
     (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as set forth herein or as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.
     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct of any agent appointed with due care other than willful misconduct.
     (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it reasonably believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
     (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer thereof.

78


 

     (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
     (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
     (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
     (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
     (i) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
     (k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.
     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.09 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
     The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.
     If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes and to the First Priority Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or

79


 

interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.
Section 7.06 Compensation and Indemnity.
     (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all [reasonable and] documented disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable and documented compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
     (b) The Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all losses, damages, claims, costs, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by a Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. Holdco will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.06 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
     (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
     (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Section 7.07 Replacement of Trustee.
     (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07.
     (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the

80


 

then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company with 60 days prior notice in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof;
     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
     (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
     (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.06 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.08 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
     If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.
Section 7.09 Eligibility; Disqualification .
     There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and (a) that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million or (b) is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a bank holding company having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million, in each case as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

81


 

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
     The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”), For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 hereof;
     (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;
     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and
     (4) this Article 8.
If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) (solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary), (7) (solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary) and (8) of Section 6.01. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.
     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22, 4.23, 4.24, 4.25, 4.26 and 4.27 hereof and clauses (4), (5) and (6) of Section 5.01 and the penultimate paragraph of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions

82


 

set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(5), 6.01(6) (solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary), and 6.01(7) through 6.01(9) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:
     (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity date for payment thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;
     (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions:
     (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or
     (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal

83


 

income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the granting of a Lien to secure the deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which Holdco or any Guarantor is bound;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is bound; and
     (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
     Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
     Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to the Company.
     Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to

84


 

look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement.
     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
     Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, from and after the Sell Down Date, and, with respect to clauses (3), (7) and (9), at any time, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
     (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 hereof;
     (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders;
     (5) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;
     (6) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof;
     (7) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
     (8) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of the Holders of the Notes in any respect; or
     (9) to make any change reasonably necessary to cause the Indenture to conform to the TIA.
     Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the

85


 

Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
     Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Sections 2.08, 2.09 and 2.13 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.
     Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. As long as the Initial Purchasers do not constitute the Required Holders, it shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees, However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
     (1) reduce or increase the principal amount of Notes other than pursuant to the payment of PIK Interest;
     (2) change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

86


 

     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
     (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders);
     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes;
     (7) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal of, or interest on, such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes.
Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
     Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
     As long as the Initial Purchasers do not constitute the Required Holders, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
     The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
     Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

87


 

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
     The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Opinion of Counsel shall not be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a notation of Guarantee, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit E hereto.
ARTICLE 10
NOTE GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee.
     (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:
     (1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
     (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
     Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
     (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

88


 

     (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.
     (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
     Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.
     To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.
     Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.
     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.
     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

89


 

     In the event that the Company creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.25 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.25 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.
Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
     Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1)     (a)   such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);
  (b)   the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
  (c)   immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
  (d)   the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.
     In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
     Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clause 2 above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

90


 

Section 10.05 Releases.
     The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:
     (a) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Company Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof;
     (b) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Company Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof;
     (c) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 13 hereof; or
     (d) upon the contemporaneous release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.
     Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.
ARTICLE 11
RANKING OF NOTE LIENS
Section 11.01 Agreement for the Benefit of Holders of First Priority Liens.
     The Trustee and the Collateral Agent agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 11.02 Notes, Note Guarantees and other Obligations with respect to the Notes not Subordinated.
     The provisions of this Article 11 are intended solely to set forth the relative ranking, as Liens, of the Second Priority Liens as against the First Priority Liens. The Notes and Note Guarantees are senior unsubordinated obligations of the Company and Guarantors, respectively. Neither the Notes, the Note Guarantees and other Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes nor the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy for the payment or collection thereof (other than the exercise of rights and remedies of a secured party, which are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) are intended to be, or will ever be by reason of the provisions of this Article 11, in any respect subordinated, deferred, postponed, restricted or prejudiced, (except as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement).
Section 11.03 Relative Rights.
     The Intercreditor Agreement defines the relative rights, as lienholders, of holders of Second Priority Liens and holders of First Priority Liens. Nothing in this Article 11 will:

91


 

     (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms or to perform any other obligation of the Company or any other obligor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents;
     (b) restrict the right of any Holder to sue for payments that are then due and owing, in a manner not inconsistent with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;
     (c) prevent the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder from exercising against the Company or any other obligor any of its other available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default (other than its rights as a secured party, which are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement); or
     (d) restrict the right of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder:
     (1) to file and prosecute a petition seeking an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy case as to the Company or any Guarantor or otherwise to commence, or seek relief commencing, any insolvency or liquidation proceeding involuntarily against the Company or any Guarantor;
     (2) to make, support or oppose any request for an order for dismissal, abstention or conversion in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding;
     (3) to make, support or oppose, in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, any request for an order extending or terminating any period during which the debtor (or any other Person) has the exclusive right to propose a plan of reorganization or other dispositive restructuring or liquidation plan therein;
     (4) to seek the creation of, or appointment to, any official committee representing creditors (or certain of the creditors) in any insolvency or liquidation proceedings and, if appointed, to serve and act as a member of such committee without being in any respect restricted by any of the obligations under this Article 11;
     (5) to seek or object to the appointment of any professional person to serve in any capacity in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or to support or object to any request for compensation made by any professional person or others therein;
     (6) to make, support or oppose any request for order appointing a trustee or examiner in any insolvency or liquidation proceedings; or
     (7) otherwise to make, support or oppose any request for relief in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding that it is permitted by law to make, support or oppose:
          (a) if it were a holder of unsecured claims; or
          (b) as to any matter relating to any plan of reorganization or other restructuring or liquidation plan or as to any matter relating to the administration of the estate or the disposition of the case or proceeding;
     (in each case except as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement).

92


 

ARTICLE 12
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
Section 12.01 Security Documents.
     The payment of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether on an Interest Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise and whether by the Company pursuant to the Notes or by any Guarantor pursuant to its Note Guarantees, the payment of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents are secured as provided in the Security Documents which the Collateral Agent, Company and the Guarantors have entered into simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture and will be secured by Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 12.02 Collateral Agent.
     (a) The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to appoint one or more co-Collateral Agents as it deems necessary or appropriate, provided, however, that no collateral agent hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other collateral agent hereunder.
     (b) Subject to Section 7.01, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Second Priority Lien, or for any defect or deficiency as to any such matters, or for any failure to demand, collect, foreclose or realize upon or otherwise enforce any of the Second Priority Liens or Security Documents or any delay in doing so.
     (c) The Collateral Agent will be subject to such directions as may be given it by the Trustee from time to time (as required or permitted by this Indenture). Except as directed by the Trustee as required or permitted by this Indenture and any other representatives, the Collateral Agent will not be obligated:
     (1) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person;
     (2) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Second Priority Lien; or
     (3) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Second Priority Liens, Security Documents or Collateral.
     (d) The Collateral Agent will be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the enforcement of the Second Priority Liens or Security Documents.
     (e) In acting as Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon and enforce each and all of the rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and benefits of the Trustee under Article 7 hereof.
     (f) At all times when the Trustee is not itself the Collateral Agent, the Company will deliver to the Trustee copies of all Security Documents delivered to the Collateral Agent and copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents.

93


 

Section 12.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken.
     (a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and directs the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents to which it is a party, authorizes and empowers the Trustee to direct the Collateral Agent to enter into, and the the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, the Intercreditor Agreement, and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to bind the Holders of Notes as set forth in the Security Documents to which it is a party and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.
     (b) The Collateral Agent and the Trustee are authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02, Article 11 and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee may, at the written direction of the Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:
     (1) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the Second Priority Liens;
     (2) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party; or
     (3) collect and receive payment of any and all Notes Obligations.
     Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class, is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to protect or enforce the Second Priority Liens or the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.
Section 12.04 Release of Liens.
     (a) Subject to subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 12.04 and to Section 12.05 hereof, Collateral may be released from the Second Priority Lien created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or as provided hereby. Upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met, the Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to a release of assets included in the Collateral from the Second Priority Liens securing the Notes,

94


 

and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent) shall release the same from such Second Priority Liens at the Company’s sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances:
     (1) to enable the Company or any Guarantor to consummate the disposition of such property or assets to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.10;
     (2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor; or
     (3) as described under Article 9.
     Upon receipt of such Officer’s Certificate and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company and otherwise in accordance with Section 12.05 hereof, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent) shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (b) Except as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, no Collateral may be released from the Second Priority Lien created by the Security Documents unless the Officer’s Certificate required by this Section 12.04, dated not more than 10 days prior to the date of the application for such release, has been delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent).
     (c) At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee (if not then the Collateral Agent) has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders, except as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 12.05 Filing, Recording and Opinions.
     (a) The Company will comply with the provisions of TIA §§ 314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the TIA and except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Company or any other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Company is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to TIA § 314(b)(2), the Company will furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each June 30.
     Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 12.04 hereof will be deemed not to impair the Second Priority Liens under the Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any person that is required to deliver an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel pursuant to § 314(d) of the TIA, shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Section 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and Opinion of Counsel.
     (b) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Security Document at a time when the Trustee is not itself also the Collateral Agent and if the Company has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and Section 12.04, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA § 314(d) in connection with such

95


 

release and, based on such determination and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 12.04, will, upon request, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent setting forth such determination.
Section 12.06 Suits to Protect the Collateral
     Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent acting at the written direction of the Required Holders shall have the authority to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Collateral Agent is directed in writing by the Required Holders to pursue to preserve or protect its interest and the interests of the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral (including suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Second Priority Liens or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders of the Notes).
Section 12.07 Purchaser Protected.
     In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 12 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.
Section 12.08 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.
     In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 12 upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 12; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.
Section 12.09 Release Upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations.
     In the event (i) that the Company delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance acceptable to it, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that all the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents have been satisfied and discharged by the payment in full of the Company’s non-contingent obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents, and all such obligations have been so satisfied, or (ii) a legal defeasance of this Indenture occurs under Article 8, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral, and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee, and the Collateral Agent and/or the Trustee at the written instruction and expense of the Company shall do or cause to be done all acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is practicable.

96


 

Section 12.10 Financing Statements.
     The Company, at the expense of the Company, shall (1) cause this Indenture, the Security Documents, and any additional security instrument filed with the Collateral Agent as additional security for the Notes, each amendment and supplement to any such instrument, and a memorandum, financing statement or continuation statement with respect to such instruments, amendments, or supplements to be filed, registered and recorded and to be refiled, reregistered and rerecorded in such manner and in such places as may be required by any present or future law in order to fully protect, preserve and perfect the lien of this Indenture and to protect, preserve and perfect the rights and security of the Holders and the rights of the Collateral Agent under the this Indenture and the Security Documents and (2) perform or cause to be performed from time to time any other act as required by law, and execute and file or cause to be executed and filed any and all instruments of further assurance (including financing statements with respect to any of such instruments) that may be necessary for such protection. The Company, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall, when so requested by one another, execute all such instruments, memoranda, or statements necessary to maintain, protect, perfect or preserve the interests assigned to the Collateral Agent under this Indenture. Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Indenture and the execution and delivery of the Notes and every five years (or such other time period provided by any applicable law) thereafter, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Agent, at the expense of the Company, an opinion of counsel either stating that in the opinion of such counsel such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, rerecording and refiling of financing or continuation statements as is necessary to maintain the effectiveness and the perfection of the lien of this Indenture, and reciting the details of such action, or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain the effectiveness or perfection of such lien; and in each case, such opinion shall state what future action is necessary to maintain the effectiveness and perfection of such Lien.
     The Company covenants that it will do, execute, acknowledge, and deliver, or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged, and delivered, such indentures supplemental hereto and such further acts, instruments and transfers as the Trustee may reasonably require for the better assigning, pledging and confirming unto the Collateral Agent of the Collateral.
ARTICLE 13
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.
     This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
     (1) either:
          (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
          (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable or redeemable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for

97


 

the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
     (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the granting of a Lien to secure the deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
     (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Paying Agent and the authentication agent, all sums payable by them under this Indenture; and
     (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01(l)(b) hereof, the provisions of Sections 13.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 13.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.06 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money.
     Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

98


 

ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 14.01 Notices.
     Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
     If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:
MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc.,
     1550 Utica Avenue South
     Suite 100
     Minneapolis, MN 55416
     Facsimile No.: (952) 591-3865
     Attention: Chief Financial Officer
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
     Kirkland & Ellis LLP
     Citigroup Center
     153 East 53rd Street
     New York, NY 10022-4611,
     Facsimile No.: (212) 446-6600
     Attention: Ashley Gregory, Esq.
If to the Trustee:
     Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
     Trust & Securities Services
     60 Wall Street, MS2710
     New York, NY 10005
     Facsimile No.: (732) 578-4635
     Attention: Deal Manager — Corporates Team
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
     Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
     c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
     Trust & Securities Services
     25 Deforest Avenue, MS SUM01-0105
     Summit, NJ 07901
     Facsimile No.: (732) 578-4635
     Attention: Deal Manager — Corporates Team
If to the Collateral Agent:
     Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
     Trust & Securities Services
     60 Wall Street, MS2710
     New York, NY 10005
     Facsimile No.: (732) 578-4635
     Attention: Deal Manager — Corporates Team

99


 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
     Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
     c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
     Trust & Securities Services
     25 DeForest Avenue, MS SUM01-0105
     Summit, NJ 07901
     Facsimile No.: (732) 578-4635
     Attention: Deal Manager — Corporates Team
     The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
     All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
     Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
     If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
     If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 14.02 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
     Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 14.03 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include:
     (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

100


 

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
Section 14.04 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
     The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 14.05 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any Guarantor, any Company Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in their capacities as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
Section 14.06 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.
     THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
     EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 14.07 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
     This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 14.08 Successors.
     All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

101


 

Section 14.09 Severability.
     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 14.10 Counterpart Originals.
     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Section 14.11 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
     The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 14.12 Force Majeure.
     In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 14.13 Patriot Act
     The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas with such information as it may request in order for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.
[Signatures on following page]

102


 

SIGNATURES
Dated as of March 25, 2008
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

MONEYGRAM INVESTMENTS, LLC.

FSMC, INC.

PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC.

MONEYGRAM OF NEW YORK, LLC,
By: MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS,
INC., its Sole Member
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
       
 
[Indenture Signature Page]

 


 

         
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Cynthia J. Powell    
    Title:   Vice President   
     
  By:      
    Name:   David Contino    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Collateral Agent
by: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Cynthia J. Powell    
    Title:   Vice President   
     
  By:      
    Name:   David Contino    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Indenture Signature Page]

 


 

Exhibit B
Form of Registration Rights Agreement
See attached Registration Rights Agreement.

 


 

Execution Version
 
 
EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
by and between
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
EACH OF THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO
and
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
Dated as of March 25, 2008
Relating to:
$500,000,000
13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes Due 2018
 
 

 


 

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of March 25, 2008, by and among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Onshore ”). GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”) and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional ” and together with GSMP Onshore, GSMP Offshore, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), who have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below), to purchase the Company’s 13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “ Initial Notes ”).
     This Agreement is made pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2008 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Company, Moneygram International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“ Holdco” ). and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes (including the Initial Purchasers). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. As set forth in Section 3.9 of the Note Purchase Agreement, the execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Initial Notes.
     The parties hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1.
DEFINITIONS .
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in, or by reference in, the Note Purchase Agreement. As used herein, the following terms have the meanings specified herein (it being understood that defined terms shall include in the singular number, the plural and in the plural, the singular):
     “ Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 6 hereof.
     “ Additional Interest Payment Date ” means March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31.
     “ Advice ” is defined in Section 7 hereof.
     “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Broker-Dealer ” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.
     “ Consummate ” means that the registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” with respect to the Initial Notes for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that were validly tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer; provided that in no event shall the registered Exchange Offer be deemed Consummated unless and until the Exchange Notes are, upon receipt, transferable by the Holders without restriction under the

 


 

Securities Act and without material restriction under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America.
     “ Effectiveness Target Date ” is defined in Section 6 hereof.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Exchange Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture (as defined below).
     “ Exchange Offer ” means the registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company shall offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.
     “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 3.1 hereof.
     “ Free Writing Prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
     “ Holders ” is defined in Section 2.2 hereof.
     “ Indemnified Holder ” is defined in Section 9.1 hereof.
     “ Indenture ” means the Indenture, dated as of March 25, 2008 among the Company, as issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
     “ Initial Purchasers ” is defined in the preamble hereto.
     “ Initial Notes ” is defined in the preamble hereto, but only for so long as such securities constitute Transfer Restricted Securities. All references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related Note Guarantees.
     “ NASD ” means National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or any successor entity thereof.
     “ Non-Eligible Notes ” is defined in Section 4.1 hereof.
     “ Note Guarantee ” means, with respect to the Notes, the related guarantee by the Guarantors.
     “ Notes ” means the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes.
     “ Participating Piggy-Back Holders ” is defined in Section 5.2 hereof.
     “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
     “ Piggy-Back Maximum Number ” is defined in Section 5.3 hereof.
     “ Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 5.1 hereof.

-2-


 

     “ Piggy-Back Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 5.1 hereof.
     “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.
     “ Note Purchase Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.
     “ Record Holder ” means, with respect to any Additional Interest Payment Date relating to the Notes on which Additional Interest is to be paid, each Person who is a Holder of Notes on the March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately prior to such date.
     “ Registration Default ” is defined in Section 6 hereof.
     “ Registration Demand ” is defined in Section 3.1 hereof.
     “ Registration Statement ” means any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, Piggy-Back Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.
     “ Rule 415 ” means Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
     “ Rule 430A “ means Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
     “ SEC ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Shelf Filing Deadline ” is defined in Section 4 hereof.
     “ Shelf Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 4 hereof.
     “ Suspension Period ” is defined in Section 7.4 hereof.
     “ Trigger Date “ is defined in the Indenture.
     “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.
     “ Transfer Restricted Securities “ means each (i) Initial Note, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement or a Piggy Back Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is eligible for distribution pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, and (ii) Exchange Note issued to a

-3-


 

Broker-Dealer until the date on which such Note has been distributed by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).
     “ Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering ” means a registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
SECTION 2.
SECURITIES SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT.
     2.1. Transfer Restricted Securities
     The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.
     2.2. Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities
     A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “ Holder ” and collectively, the “ Holders ”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.
SECTION 3.
REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER .
     3.1. At any time on or after the Trigger Date, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities may, by written notice (a “ Registration Demand ”), request that the Company effect a registration under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Thereupon the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC as soon as possible, but in any event no later than one hundred twenty (120) days (excluding any days that occur during a permitted Suspension Period under Section 7.4 hereof) after receipt of such Registration Demand, and thereafter use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a registration statement (an “Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) relating to all Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 240 days after the Registration Demand is received, and in connection with the foregoing, shall (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes to be made under the blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer (unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or SEC policy). The Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Notes held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3.5 below.
     3.2. The Exchange Notes shall be issued under, and entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture.
     3.3. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the later of (x) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Notes surrendered in exchange therefor, or (y) if the Notes are surrendered for exchange on a date on or after the record date for an interest payment date which is scheduled to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, such interest payment date.

-4-


 

     3.4. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days (as defined in SEC rules) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Notes and Holdco Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on or prior to 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date for such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
     3.5. The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the SEC may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Notes held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the SEC as a result of a change in policy, rules or regulations after the date of this Agreement.
     3.6. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 7.3 below to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which all Broker-Dealers are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.
     3.7. The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.
SECTION 4.
SHELF REGISTRATION
     4.1. Shelf Registration
     If after the receipt of a Registration Demand (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy, (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer for the Notes is not Consummated within 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for the Notes, or (iii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (“ Non-Eligible Notes ”) notifies the Company prior to the 20 th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that

-5-


 

(A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company shall
     (x) use commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and which, to the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405) will be an automatic shelf registration statement, as defined in Rule 405 (an “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ”), (in either event, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) on or prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 90 th day after the date on which the Company determines that it is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as contemplated by clause (i) above, (2) the 90th day after the date 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date if the Exchange Offer for the Notes is not Consummated as contemplated by clause (ii) above and (3) the 90 th day after the date on which the Company receives notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities as contemplated by clause (iii) above (such date being the “ Shelf Filing Deadline ”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities (or, in the case of clause (iii), all Non-Eligible Notes) the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof; and
     (y) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than the 90 th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline.
     The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended (subject to Section 7.4 below) as required by the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k)).
     4.2 Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement .
     No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement, Piggy-Back Registration, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

-6-


 

SECTION 5.
PIGGY-BACK REGISTRATION
     5.1. If the Company or any subsidiary of the Company proposes to file on its behalf and/or on behalf of any holders of its debt securities (other than a Holder) a registration statement on any form for the registration of its debt securities (a “ Piggy-Back Registration Statement ”), it will give written notice to all Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities at least twenty (20) days before the initial filing thereof, which notice shall set forth the intended method of disposition of the securities proposed to be registered by the Company or such subsidiary. The notice shall offer to include in such filing the aggregate number of Transfer Restricted Securities as such Holders may request (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).
     5.2. Each Holder desiring to have Transfer Restricted Securities registered under this Section 5 (“ Participating Piggy-Back Holders ”) shall advise the Company in writing within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of such offer from the Company, setting forth the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities for which registration is requested. The Company shall thereupon include or cause to be included in such filing the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities for which registration is so requested, subject to paragraph (c) below, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect registration of such Transfer Restricted Securities under the Securities Act.
     5.3. If the Registration relates to an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter of such proposed public offering advises in writing that, in its opinion, the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities requested to be included in the Registration in addition to the securities being registered by the Company would be greater than the total number of securities which can be sold in such offering without delaying or jeopardizing the price, timing or distribution thereof (the “ Piggy- Back Maximum Number ”), then;
          (i). in the event the Company initiated the Piggy-Back Registration, the Company shall include in such Piggy-Back Registration first , the securities the Company proposes to register and second , the securities of all other selling security holders, including the Participating Piggy-Back Holders, in a principal amount which together with the securities the Company proposes to register, shall not exceed the Piggy-Back Maximum Number, such amount to be allocated among such selling security holders on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of debt securities of the Company held by each such selling security holder); and
          (ii). in the event any holder of debt securities of the Company other than Transfer Restricted Securities initiated the Piggy-Back Registration, the Company shall include in such Piggy-Back Registration first, the securities such initiating security holder proposes to register, second , the securities of any other selling security holders (including Participating Piggy-Back Holders), in a principal amount which together with the securities the initiating security “holder proposes to register, shall not exceed the Piggy-Back Maximum Number, such principal amount to be allocated among such other selling security holders on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of debt securities of the Company held by each such selling security holder) and third , any debt securities the Company proposes to register, in a principal amount which together with the securities the initiating security holder and the other selling security holders propose to register, shall not exceed the Piggy-Back Maximum Number.
     5.4. Subject to Section 6 hereof, nothing in this Section 5 shall create any liability on the part of the Company to the Holders if the Company in its sole discretion should decide not to file a registration statement proposed to be filed pursuant to this Section or to withdraw such registration statement subsequent to its filing and prior to the later of its effectiveness or the release of the Transfer Restricted Securities for public offering by the managing underwriter, in the case of an underwritten public offering,

-7-


 

regardless of any action whatsoever that a Holder may have taken, whether as a result of the issuance by the Company of any notice hereunder or otherwise.
SECTION 6.
ADDITIONAL INTEREST
     If (i) either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement required by Sections 3 and 4 are not filed with the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) any of such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “ Effectiveness Target Date ”), (iii) unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or SEC policy, the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated (except with respect to Non-Eligible Notes) within 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iv) any Registration Statement required by Sections 3 and 4 is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose (except as a result of a Suspension Notice for a period not to exceed that permitted by Section 7(d) below) without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared effective within 30 days after filing (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “ Registration Default ”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum in the aggregate for all Registration Defaults (“ Additional Interest ”). Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any Transfer Restricted Securities (or at such time as any Note ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security), Additional Interest payable with respect to the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will cease; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
     All obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Note shall have been satisfied in full.
     All accrued Additional Interest shall be paid to the Record Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each Additional Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Initial Notes.
     The obligation of the Company to pay Additional Interest in the case of any Registration Default shall be the sole and exclusive monetary remedy of the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for any such Registration Default.
SECTION 7.
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
     7.1. Exchange Offer Registration Statement
          (a) In connection with each Exchange Offer, the Company shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 7.3 below and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer Initial

-8-


 

Notes that such Broker-Dealers acquired for their own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.
          (b) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and (D) if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer, it has acquired the Exchange Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder will be required to acknowledge and agree that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under SEC policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.
     7.2. Shelf Registration Statement
     In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall comply with all the provisions of Section 7.3 below and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.
     7.3. General Provisions
     In connection with any Registration Statement (except such subsections that specifically apply to only certain Registration Statements) and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Notes by Broker-Dealers), the Company shall:
          (a) except during a Suspension Period and except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3, 4 or 5 of this Agreement (except as otherwise provided herein), as applicable (subject to Section 7.4 below); upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be

-9-


 

stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purposes as soon as practicable thereafter;
          (b) except during a Suspension Period, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 and 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;
          (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, advise the underwriters, if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, confirm such advice in writing, (1) when the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (2) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, or (3) except during a Suspension Period, of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in such Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in such Registration Statement or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein in the circumstances in which they were made not misleading. If at any time the SEC shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;
          (d) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriters, if any, before filing with the SEC, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement) or any Free Writing Prospectus, which documents will be subject to the review of such Holders and underwriters in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing) to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or
          

-10-


 

the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement or Free Writing Prospectus, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;
          (e) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriters, if any, make available representatives of the Company for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriters, if any, reasonably may request;
          (f) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriters, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness;
          (g) except during a Suspension Period, if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriters, if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
          (h) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, furnish to each selling Holder, each Broker-Dealer that holds Notes and each of the underwriters, if any, without charge, at least one copy of such Registration Statement, as first filed with the SEC, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);
          (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, deliver to each selling Holder, each Broker-Dealer that holds Notes and each of the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and any Free Writing Prospectus prepared by the Company and filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

-11-


 

          (j) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, enter into such commercially reasonable agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such customary representations and warranties, and take all such other commercially reasonable actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement as contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Company shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement:
(A)   furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:
  (1)   a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, confirming, as of the date thereof, (i) that no Material Adverse Effect has occurred, (ii) that the representations and warranties made by the Company in the Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct with the same effect as though expressly made on such date, and (iii) the Company has complied with all covenants and agreement on its part to be performed or complied with prior to such date, and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;
 
  (2)   an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement of counsel for the Company, covering matters as such Initial Purchasers may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company, the selling Holders’ representatives and the selling Holders’ counsel in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and has considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the Shelf Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and
 
  (3)   in the case of an underwriter, a customary comfort letter, dated as of the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;

-12-


 

(B)   set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 9 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and
 
(C)   deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to this clause (x), if any.
     If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated in clause (A)(1) above cease to be true and correct, the Company shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriters, if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;
     (k) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriters may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (A) register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified, (B) make any changes to its organizational documents or (C) take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to such Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
     (I) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Notes covered by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, Exchange Notes, having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Notes to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchasers of such Notes, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Notes held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;
     (m) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriters, if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such underwriters;
     (n) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in clause (viii) above;
     (o) except during a Suspension Period, if any fact or event contemplated by clause (c)(iii)(C) above shall exist or have occurred, (i) prepare a supplement or post-effective

-13-


 

amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any documents incorporated therein by reference or (ii) file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, neither the Prospectus nor any document incorporated by reference therein will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading;
     (p) provide a CUSIP number for all registered Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the registered Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary Trust Company;
     (q) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and approved by such governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders selling Transfer Restricted Securities to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities;
     (r) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and
     (s) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.
     Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 7.3(c)(3) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 7.3(o) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended (but not beyond the date on which all Broker-Dealers are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading

-14-


 

activities (in the case of Section 3) or the date when all the Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) (in the case of Section 4)) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 7.3(c)(3) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 7.3(o) hereof or shall have received the Advice. Each Holder further agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that it will not, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Company, use, authorize use of, refer to, participate in the planning for use of, any Free Writing Prospectus in connection with the offer or sale of any Notes.
     7.4. The Company will have the ability to withdraw, delay the filing of or suspend any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed and kept effective pursuant this Agreement (a “ Suspension Period ”), if the Company’s Board of Directors determines, in their reasonable business judgment, upon advice of counsel, that the filing, continued effectiveness or use of such Registration Statement would require the disclosure of confidential information or interfere with any financing, acquisition, reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company. A Suspension Period shall commence on and include the date that the Company gives notice that of the Board of Directors’ determination with respect to such Registration Statement would cause material is no longer effective or the Prospectus included therein is no longer usable for offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement and continue until holders of such Transfer Restricted Securities either receive the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 7.3 above or are advised in writing by the Company that use of the Prospectus may be resumed. The Company will not be permitted to exercise its rights under this paragraph more than twice in any twelve-month period with respect to the Notes, and any such suspensions with respect to the Notes may not exceed 90 days in the aggregate during any twelve month period. If the Company shall so postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered shall have the right to withdraw the request for registration by giving written notice from the Holders of a majority of the Transfer Restricted Securities that were to be registered to the Company within 45 days after receipt of the notice of postponement or, if earlier, the termination of such Suspension Period (and, in the event of such withdrawal, such request shall not be counted for purposes of determining the number of requests for registration to which the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities are entitled pursuant to this Agreement). If such Registration Statement is withdrawn, upon receipt of any notice of a Suspension Period, the Holders shall forthwith discontinue use of the prospectus contained in such Registration Statement and, if so directed by the Company, such Holders shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.
SECTION 8.
REGISTRATION EXPENSES
     8.1. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the NASD (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of the NASD)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offers and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and, subject to Section 8.2 below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the

-15-


 

requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), Additionally, if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement and does not pay the filing fee covering the Transfer Restricted Securities at the time the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Transfer Restricted Securities are to be sold.
     The Company will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company.
     8.2. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Shelf Registration Statement is being prepared. In connection with any Piggy Back Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company will pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders, which may be the same counsel as counsel for the Company.
SECTION 9.
INDEMNIFICATION
     9.1. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “ controlling person ”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “ Indemnified Holder ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Free Writing Prospectus prepared by the Company and filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (x) are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein or (y) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Free Writing Prospectus used or distributed by any Holder, agent or underwriter without the prior written consent of the Company. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.
     In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company in writing (provided, that the

-16-


 

failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement). Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.
     9.2. Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers of the Company who sign a Registration Statement, and any person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such person (each a “ Company Indemnified Person ”), to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information (i) relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement or (ii) contained in a Free Writing Prospectus used or distributed by such Holder without the prior written consent of the Company. If any action or proceeding shall be brought against a Company Indemnified Person for which such Company Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities under this paragraph 9.2 (i) such Holder shall have the same rights and duties given to the Company in paragraph 9.1 above and (ii) such Company Indemnified Party shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder in paragraph 9.1 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the liability of any Holder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of proceeds (net of payment of all expenses) received by such Holder upon the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
     9.3. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company or such other Company Indemnified Party, as applicable, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company or such other Company Indemnified Party, as applicable, on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such other

-17-


 

Company Indemnified Party or by the Indemnified Holder and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.2 and the second paragraph of Section 9.1, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.
     The Company and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9.3 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9.3 are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Notes held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the liability of any Holder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of proceeds (net of payment of all expenses) received by such Holder upon the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
SECTION 10.
PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS
     No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
SECTION 11.
SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS
     The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
SECTION 12.
MISCELLANEOUS
     12.1. Remedies
     The Company hereby agrees that, subject to Section 6 hereof, monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this

-18-


 

Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
     12.2. No Inconsistent Agreements
     The Company will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.
     12.3. Adjustments Affecting the Notes
     The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Notes that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.
     12.4. Amendments and Waivers
     The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to an Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.
     12.5. Notices
     All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(i)      if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and
(ii)    if to the Company:
MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc.,
1550 Utica Avenue South
Suite 100
Minneapolis, MN 55416
Facsimile No.: (952)591-3865
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
With a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Citigroup Center

-19-


 

153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY 10022-4611,
Facsimile No.: (212) 446-6600
Attention: Ashley Gregory, Esq.
     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
     Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.
     12.6. Successors and Assigns
     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder and not in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.
     12.7. Counterparts
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     12.8. Headings
     The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     12.9. Governing Law
     THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     12.10. Severability
     In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
     12.11. Entire Agreement
     This Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a

-20-


 

complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
[Signature Page Follows]

-21-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

MONEYGRAM INVESTMENTS, LLC

FSMC, INC.

PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC.

MONEYGRAM OF NEW YORK LLC

By MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
Its Sole Member
 
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   David J. Parrin    
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Bradley Gross   
    Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
  GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Bradley Gross   
    Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
  GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Bradley Gross   
    Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit 2.4
Form of Effective Date Certificate
See attached Effective Date Certificate.

 


 

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
EFFECTIVE DATE CERTIFICATE
March 17, 2008
     The undersigned, Philip W. Milne and David J. Parrin, being the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, respectively, of MoneyGram International Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdco”), in accordance with Section 2.4 of that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”); capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement, by and among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Holdco, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Onshore ”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”), GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional ” and together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “ Initial Purchasers ”) and THL Credit Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ THL Purchaser ” and together with the Initial Purchasers, the “ Purchasers ”), hereby certify, in their capacities as the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, respectively, of Holdco as follows:
  1.   Each of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 4.1 through 4.17, 4.23 and 4.29 through 4.31 of the Note Purchase Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case such representations and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) on or as of the execution date of the Note Purchase Agreement as if made on and as of the execution date thereof (unless expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case each of such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date);
 
  2.   To the knowledge of the applicable officer, none of (x) the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Purchasers on or before the date hereof for purposes of or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement contained, when furnished, any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not materially misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of such certificate, such factual information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and/or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature, and (y) that the projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in this clause (x) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being

 


 

      recognized by the Purchasers that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results;
 
  3.   That the financial information, data, and performance information listed on Exhibit 4 to the Note Purchase Agreement and attached hereto as Schedule I, furnished by or on behalf of Holdco or the Company to the Purchasers on or before the date of this certificate for purposes of or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement was true, complete and accurate as and when furnished to the Purchasers; and
 
  4.   All of the certifications set forth in the Signing Date Certificate are true and correct in all respects.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Holdco has duly executed and delivered this Effective Date Certificate as of the date first above written.
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Philip W. Milne   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   David J. Parrin   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Effective Date Certificate Signature Page]

 


 

Exhibit 3.11 (a)
Form of Secretary’s Certificate
See attached Secretary’s Certificate

 


 

ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
March 25, 2008
     I, Kristin A. Stokes, the duly elected, qualified and acting Assistant Secretary of MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), am duly authorized to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf of the Company and hereby make the certifications set forth below on behalf of the Company in such capacity and not individually.
1. This certificate is furnished pursuant to Section 3.11(a) of the Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2008 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., the Company, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Onshore ”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”), and GSMP V institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional ” and together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “ Initial Purchasers ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.
2. The undersigned is the duly elected, qualified and acting Assistant Secretary of the Company and is familiar with the facts herein certified and is duly authorized to certify the statements made therein.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

3. The following individuals have been duly elected, qualified and acting officers of the Company at all times since May 9, 2007, each holding the office of the Company set forth opposite his or her name, and the signature written opposite the name and title of each such officer is his or her genuine signature. Each of the following officers is fully authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company, the Financing Documents to which the Company is a party or is to be a party.
         
Name   Office   Signature
 
       
Philip W. Milne
  President & Chief Executive Officer  
 
 
       
David J. Parrin
  Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer  
 
 
       
Teresa H. Johnson
  Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary  
 
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
[Incumbency]

 


 

4. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a certified copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 22, 2006 together with all amendments thereto adopted through the date hereof.
5. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true, correct and complete copy of the By-laws of the Company.
6. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true and correct copy of the Written Consent which were duly adopted on the date hereof by the Board of Directors of the Company, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Financing Documents to which the Company is a party. None of said resolutions has been rescinded, amended or modified. Except as attached hereto as Exhibit C, no resolutions have been adopted by or on behalf of the Company, which relate to the execution, delivery or performance of the Financing Documents, to which the Company is a party or is to be a party.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate as of the date first above written.
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Kristin A. Stokes    
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 

 


 

Exhibit 3.11(b)
Form of Officer’s Certificate
See attached Officer’s Certificate

 


 

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
          The undersigned, Philip W. Milne, being the President and Chief Executive Officer of MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in accordance with Section 3.11(b) of the Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2008 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company, MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Onshore ”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”) and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional ”, and together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), hereby certifies, solely in his capacity as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and not individually, as follows. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement. As of the date hereof, after giving pro forma effect to the consummation on the Closing Date of the Transactions, the issuance of the Notes to be issued on the Closing Date and the application of the proceeds thereof):
  1.   The representations and warranties of the Company as set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects.
 
  2.   The Company has performed all of its obligations and is in compliance in all material respects with all the agreements and covenants contained in the Note Purchase Agreement.
 
  3.   No Default or Event of Default has occurred and/or is continuing under the Indenture or the Note Purchase Agreement.
[ Signature page follows ]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate this 25 th day of March, 2008.
         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Philip W. Milne    
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
Signature Page to Officer’s Certificate

 


 

Exhibit 3.11(c)
Form of Solvency Certificate
See attached Solvency Certificate

 


 

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE
          This Solvency Certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 3.11(c) of the Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2008 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Onshore ”). GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”), and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional ”, and together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “ Initial Purchasers ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings given in the Note Purchase Agreement.
          The undersigned, David J. Parrin, being the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, do hereby certify, solely in my capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and not individually, in good faith and to the best of my knowledge and belief, that I am familiar with the historical and current financial condition of the Company, and that after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the issuance and sale of the Notes and after giving effect to the proceeds of the Notes on the Closing Date:
  1.   the aggregate present fair value of all of the assets (including goodwill) of the Company on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, at a fair valuation on a going concern basis, will exceed their debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities), subordinated, contingent or otherwise;
 
  2.   the aggregate present fair saleable value of the assets (including goodwill) of the Company on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured;
 
  3.   the Company on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured (taking into account all available financing options); and
 
  4.   the Company on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, are not engaged in a business or transaction, nor are about to engage in a business or transaction, for which their property would constitute unreasonably small capital. In reaching this conclusion, I understand that “unreasonably small capital” depends upon the nature of the particular business or businesses conducted or proposed to be conducted, and I have reached my conclusion based on the

 


 

      needs and anticipated needs for capital of the business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in light of their projected financial statements and available credit capacity.
[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solvency Certificate this 25 th day of March 2008.
         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   David J. Parrin   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(a)
Form of Second Priority Security Agreement
See attached Second Priority Security Agreement

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(a)
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 25, 2008, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “ INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT ”). AMONG JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS FIRST PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE, DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, A NEW YORK BANKING CORPORATION, AS SECOND PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE AND MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL.
SECOND PRIORITY SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This SECOND PRIORITY SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 25, 2008 among MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdco ”). MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Payment Systems ”). FSMC, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“ FSMC ”). MoneyGram Investments, LLC (formerly CAG, Inc.), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Investments ”). PropertyBridge, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ PropertyBridge ”), MoneyGram of New York LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ MGI NY ”). Holdco, the Company, Payment Systems, FSMC, Investments, PropertyBridge, MGI NY and each Person who becomes a party to this Agreement by execution of a joinder in the form of Exhibit A hereto, are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “ Grantors ” and each, individually, as a “ Grantor ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties (the “ Second Priority Collateral Agent ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors listed on the signatures pages thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee and Collateral Agent have entered into that certain Indenture dated as of March 25, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”):
     WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 24, 2008 by and among Holdco, the Company, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Onshore ”). GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”) and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional ” and together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “ Purchasers” ) (the same, as it may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented and in effect from time to time, being herein referred to as the “Note Purchase Agreement ”), the Purchasers have agreed to purchase Notes issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture;

 


 

     WHEREAS, each of the Grantors has benefited or will benefit directly and indirectly from the proceeds of the issuance of Notes pursuant to the Indenture, and has granted a Note Guarantee pursuant to the Indenture dated as of the date hereof; and
     WHEREAS, to induce the Purchasers to enter into the Note Purchase Agreement and purchase the Notes, the Grantors have agreed to pledge and grant a continuing security interest in the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) to the Second Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     Section 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition and defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein. In addition, as used herein:
     “ Chattel Paper ” means any “chattel paper”, as such term is defined in the UCC.
     “ Collateral ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3 hereof; provided . however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the term “Collateral” shall not include any property of any Grantor constituting Pledged Collateral under the Second Priority Pledge Agreement or any Excluded Assets.
     “ Commercial Tort Claims ” means “commercial tort claims”, as such term is defined in the UCC.
     “ Contracts ” means all contracts, undertakings, or other agreements (other than rights evidenced by Chattel Paper, Documents or Instruments) in or under which any Grantor may now or hereafter have any right, title or interest, including, without limitation, with respect to an account receivable, any agreement relating to the terms of payment or the terms of performance thereof, in all cases other than Excluded Assets and other than any contract, undertaking or other agreement if the granting of a security interest therein would be prohibited by enforceable anti-assignment provisions of contracts or applicable law (after giving effect to relevant provisions of the UCC).
     “ Copyrights” means any copyrights, rights and interests in copyrights, copyright registrations and copyright applications, including, without limitation, the copyright registrations and applications listed on Schedule III attached hereto, and all renewals of any of the foregoing, all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under or with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing and the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing.
     “ Documents ” means any “documents”, as such term is defined in the UCC, and shall include, without limitation, all documents of title (as defined in the UCC) bills of lading or other receipts evidencing or representing Inventory or Equipment.
     “ Equipment ” means any “equipment”, as such term is defined in the UCC.

2


 

     “ Event of Default ” means an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture).
     “ Excluded Assets ” means any or all of the following with respect to any Grantor:
(a) cash and cash equivalents (other than proceeds of the Collateral);
(b) accounts receivable;
(c) Portfolio Securities;
(d) deposit or securities accounts containing any of the foregoing;
(e) other assets that require perfection exclusively through control agreements under the applicable UCC;
(f) Letter-of-Credit Rights;
(g) leasehold real property;
(h) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title;
(i) interest in joint ventures and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries which cannot be pledged without the consent of one or more third parties;
(j) tax-exempt bonds;
(k) General Intangibles or other rights arising under contracts, Instruments, licenses, license agreements or other documents, to the extent (and only to the extent) that the grant of a security interest would (i) be prohibited by an enforceable anti-assignment provision of such documents in favor of a third party on such grant, unless and until any required consents shall have been obtained, (ii) give any other party to such contract, Instrument, license, license agreement or other document the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, or (iii) violate any law, provided, however, that (1) any portion of any such General Intangible or other such right shall cease to constitute Excluded Property pursuant to this clause (k) at the time and to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein does not result in any of the consequences specified above and (2) the limitation set forth in this clause (k) above shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such General Intangible or other such right, to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable law, including the UCC;
(1) property as to which the Second Priority Collateral Agent and the Company reasonably determine (as specified in writing by such Persons) that the costs of obtaining a security interest (or perfecting the same) outweighs the benefit to the Second Priority Secured Parties of the security afforded thereby;

3


 

(m) Capital Stock representing more than 65% of the total combined voting power of a Foreign Subsidiary;
(n) obligations the interest on which is wholly exempt from the taxes imposed by subtitle A of the Code; and
(o) direct Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any of the foregoing, but only to the extent such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property.
     “ First Priority Collateral Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and its successors or assigns in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
     “ First Priority Obligations Payment Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ General Intangibles ” means any “general intangibles”, as such term is defined in the UCC, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all right, title and interest in or under any Contract, models, drawings, materials and records, claims, literary rights, goodwill, rights of performance, Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, warranties, rights under insurance policies and rights of indemnification.
     “ Goods ” means any “goods”, as such term is defined in the UCC, including, without limitation, fixtures and embedded Software to the extent included in “goods” as defined in the UCC.
     “ Instruments ” means any “instrument”, as such term is defined in the UCC, and shall include, without limitation, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, trade acceptances, letters of credit, letter of credit rights (as defined in the UCC) and Chattel Paper, in each case other than Excluded Assets.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and among JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Company and the other parties thereto, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, or replaced in connection with any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal or replacement of Credit Facilities.
     “ Inventory” means any “inventory”, as such term is defined in the UCC.
     “ Investment Property ” means any “investment property”, as such term is defined in the UCC, other than Excluded Assets.
     “ Material IP Item ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2(i).
     “ Obligations ” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations of the Grantors to the Holders or to the Trustee, the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any

4


 

indemnified party arising under the Indenture and the Financing Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement), including without limitation all obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees and all joinders and supplements thereto.
     “ Patents ” means any patents and patent applications, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, and those patents and patent applications listed on Schedule IV attached hereto, and the reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing, and all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under or with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing and the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing.
     “ Portfolio Securities ” means, collectively, portfolio securities (i) designated as “trading investments” on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements, (ii) designated as “available for sale investments” on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements or (iii) otherwise designated as investments on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements, in each case valued at fair value in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Proceeds ” means “proceeds”, as such term is defined in the UCC and, in any event, includes, without limitation, (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable with respect to any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any governmental body, authority, bureau or agency (or any person acting under color of governmental authority), and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under, in respect of or in connection with any of the Collateral other than Excluded Assets.
     “ Representative ” means any Person acting as agent, representative or trustee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent from time to time, including, without limitation, the First Priority Collateral Agent acting as agent and bailee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent.
     “ Required Second Priority Secured Parties ” means, prior to the date upon which the Indenture has terminated by its terms and all of the Obligations have been paid in full, the Required Holders (as defined in the Indenture).
     “ Second Priority Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble.
     “ Second Priority Pledge Agreement” means that certain Second Priority Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Second Priority Collateral Agent, Holdco, the Company and certain of its Subsidiaries, as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.
     “ Second Priority Secured Parties ” means, collectively, means, collectively, each Holder, the Trustee, the Second Priority Collateral Agent and all of their successors and assigns.

5


 

     “ Secured Obligations ” means all Obligations.
     “ Significant Acquired Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Holdco that on the date such Subsidiary is acquired, incorporated or formed (or in respect of a newly incorporated or formed Subsidiary, that acquires assets as part of one or more related transactions immediately thereafter) has total assets that exceed 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries or has total revenues for the most recent 12 month period, if applicable, on a pro forma basis that exceed 10% of the total consolidated revenues for the most recent 12 month period of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
     “ Software ” means all “software”, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, other than software embedded in any category of Goods, including, without limitation, all computer programs and all supporting information provided in connection with a transaction related to any program.
     “ Termination Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.10 below.
     “ Trademarks ” means any trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, other business identifiers, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, the trademarks and applications listed in Schedule V attached hereto and renewals thereof, and all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under or with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing and the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing.
     “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , that to the extent that the UCC is used to define any term herein or in any Financing Document (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the UCC, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern.
     Section 2. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Grantors . Each Grantor represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, as follows:
     (a) each Grantor has rights in and the power to transfer the Collateral in which it purports to grant a security interest pursuant to Section 3 hereof (subject, with respect to after acquired Collateral, to such Grantor acquiring the same) and no Lien other than Permitted Liens exists upon such Collateral;
     (b) such Grantor has the power, authority and legal right to execute this Agreement and to grant a security interest in the Collateral to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties;
     (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Grantor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Grantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable

6


 

bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles;
     (d) no consent, approval or authorization of or designation or filing with any Governmental Authority on the part of such Grantor is required in connection with or as a condition to the security interest granted under this Agreement, or the exercise by the Second Priority Collateral Agent of the rights provided for in this Agreement except as may be required in connection with disposition of the Collateral by laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;
     (e) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Grantor will not violate any provision of (i) any applicable law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, writ, award or decree binding on such Grantor, (ii) the charter or by-laws or Memorandum or Articles of Association of such Grantor or (iii) any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Grantor is a party to which such Grantor or its assets is bound, and will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien in any of the assets of such Grantor except to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement or the Indenture and except with respect to clauses (i) or (iii), to the extent, individually or in the aggregate, that such violation, conflict, breach, default or creation or imposition of any Lien could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
     (f) this Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties a valid security interest in and Lien upon all of the Grantors’ right, title and interest in and to the Collateral, and, upon the filing of appropriate UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule I attached hereto, such security interest will be duly perfected in all the Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing of a UCC financing statement in the appropriate filing office and jurisdiction pursuant to the UCC, and upon delivery of the Instruments to (prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date) the First Priority Collateral Agent (acting as bailee for the Second Priority Collateral Agent) or the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, duly endorsed by the applicable Grantor or accompanied by appropriate undated instruments of transfer duly executed by such Grantor, the security interest in the Instruments will be duly perfected;
     (g) all of the Equipment, Inventory and Goods shall be located on the date hereof at the places as specified on Schedule I attached hereto. Except as disclosed on Schedule I , as of the date hereof none of the Collateral is in the possession of any bailee, warehouseman, processor or consignee. Schedule I discloses each Grantor’s name as of the date hereof as it appears in official filings in the state of its incorporation, formation or organization, the type of entity of each Grantor (including corporation, partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company), organizational identification number issued by each Grantor’s state of incorporation, formation or organization (or a statement that no such number has been issued), each Grantor’s state of incorporation, formation or organization and the chief place of business, chief executive office and the office where each Grantor keeps its books and records. Each Grantor has only one state of incorporation, formation or organization. No Grantor (including any Person acquired by

7


 

any Grantor) does business or has done business during the one (1) year preceding the date hereof under any trade name or fictitious business name except as disclosed on Schedule II attached hereto;
     (h) the Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks listed on Schedules III , IV and V , respectively, constitute all of the registered or pending Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks owned as of such date by such Grantor which are registered or pending with any Governmental Entity;
     (i) no Copyrights, Patents or Trademark which is material to the business of such Grantor or the invalidity, unenforceability or termination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (each a “ Material IP Item ”) has been adjudged invalid or unenforceable or has been canceled, in whole or in part, or, to such Grantor’s knowledge, is not presently subsisting. Each of such Material IP Items is valid and enforceable. Each Grantor is the sole and exclusive owner of the entire and unencumbered right, title and interest in and to each of such Material IP Items free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens. Each Grantor has adopted, used and is currently using, or has a current bona fide intention to use, all of such Material IP Items and such Grantor has no knowledge of any suits or actions commenced or threatened with respect thereto; and
     (j) as of the date hereof, such Grantor does not own any Commercial Tort Claim in an amount in excess of $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate, except for those disclosed on Schedule VI hereto.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, no representation, warranty or covenant is made with respect to the creation or perfection of a security interest in Collateral to the extent such creation or perfection would require (i) any filing other than a filing in the United States of America, any State thereof and the District of Columbia, (ii) other action under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof and the District of Columbia or (iii) that any control agreements be obtained in respect thereof.
     Section 3. Collateral . As collateral security for the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, as of the Closing Date each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, a Lien on and security interest in and to all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in the following personal property, whether now owned by such Grantor or hereafter acquired and whether now existing or hereafter coming into existence and wherever located (all being collectively referred to herein as “ Collateral ”):
     (a) the Instruments of such Grantor, together with all payments thereon or thereunder:
     (b) all Inventory of such Grantor;
     (c) all General Intangibles (including payment intangibles (as defined in the UCC) and Software) of such Grantor;

8


 

     (d) all Equipment (including any corporate aircraft) of such Grantor;
     (e) all Documents of such Grantor;
     (f) all Contracts of such Grantor;
     (g) all Goods of such Grantor;
     (h) all Investment Property of such Grantor;
     (i) Commercial Tort Claims of such Grantor; specified on Schedule VI , as from time to time updated; and
     (j) all other tangible and intangible personal property of such Grantor; including, without limitation, all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents, profits, income, benefits, substitutions, additions and replacements of and to any of the property of such Grantor described in the preceding clauses of this Section 3 (including, without limitation, any proceeds of insurance thereon, insurance claims and all rights, claims and benefits against any Person relating thereto), other rights to payments not otherwise included in the foregoing and all books, correspondence, files, records, invoices and other papers, including without limitation all tapes, cards, computer runs, computer programs, computer files and other papers, documents and records in the possession or under the control of such Grantor or any computer bureau or service company from time to time acting for such Grantor;
provided , however , that “Collateral” shall not include the Excluded Assets.
     Section 4. Covenants; Remedies . In furtherance of the grant of the pledge and security interest pursuant to Section 3 hereof, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, as follows:
     4.1. Delivery and Other Perfection; Maintenance, etc.
     (a) Delivery of Instruments, Documents, Etc. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire (1) any Instrument in an amount in excess of $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate, (2) any Chattel Paper in an amount in excess of $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate or (3) any negotiable Document in an amount in excess of $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate, such Grantor shall, on the earlier of (A) 30 days after the date written notice thereof has been given to the Grantor by the Second Priority Collateral Agent but only with respect to Instruments, Chattel Paper and negotiable Documents of Significant Acquired Subsidiaries and (B) on or before the later of (i) 30 days following such acquisition or (ii) the first date required for delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) or (ii) of the Indenture following such acquisition (or such longer period as to which the Second Priority Collateral Agent may agree) or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, within 30 days following written notice thereof given by the Second Priority Collateral Agent to such Grantor, deliver and pledge to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative (or prior to the First Priority Obligation Payment

9


 

Date to the First Priority Collateral Agent acting as bailee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent) any and all (to the extent constituting Collateral) Instruments, negotiable Documents and Chattel Paper duly endorsed and/or accompanied by such instruments of assignment and transfer executed by such Grantor in such form and substance as the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative may reasonably request; provided , that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Grantor may retain for collection in the ordinary course of business any such Instruments, negotiable Documents and Chattel Paper received by such Grantor in the ordinary course of business, and the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative shall, promptly upon written request and at the expense of such Grantor, make appropriate arrangements for making any other Instruments, negotiable Documents and Chattel Paper pledged by such Grantor available to such Grantor for purposes of presentation, collection or renewal (any such arrangement to be effected, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, against trust receipt or like document).
     (b) Other Documents and Actions . Each Grantor shall (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement), upon written request by the Second Priority Collateral Agent, promptly execute, deliver, file and/or record any financing statement, notice, instrument, document, agreement or other papers that may be reasonably necessary (in the reasonable judgment of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative) to create, preserve, perfect or validate the security interest granted pursuant hereto or to enable the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative to exercise and enforce the rights of the Second Priority Collateral Agent hereunder with respect to such pledge and security interest; provided, that in no event shall any control agreements be required. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Second Priority Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any relevant UCC jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (a) indicate the Collateral (i) as all assets (other than Excluded Assets) of such Grantor or words of similar effect, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC of the State of New York or such jurisdiction, or (ii) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (b) contain any other information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC of the State of New York for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including (i) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to such Grantor, and (ii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or indicating Collateral as as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of real property to which the Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to furnish any such information to the Second Priority Collateral Agent promptly upon written request. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Second Priority Collateral Agent to have filed in any UCC jurisdiction any like initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the obligation of each Grantor to obtain, protect and preserve the perfection of lien on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent and the Second Priority Collateral Agent has no obligation whatsoever to take such acts or make any filings in connection therewith.

10


 

     (c) Intellectual Property . If any Grantor shall (i) obtain registered rights to any new patentable inventions, any registered Copyrights or any Patents or Trademarks, or (ii) become the owner of any registered Copyrights or any Patents or Trademarks or any improvement on any Patent, the provisions of this Agreement above shall automatically apply thereto and such Grantor shall, on or before the later of (i) 30 days following such obtainment or (ii) the first date required for delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) or (ii) of the Indenture following such obtainment, give to the Second Priority Collateral Agent written notice thereof. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Second Priority Collateral Agent to modify this Agreement (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) by amending Schedules III , IV and V , as applicable, to include any such registered or pending Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks. Each Grantor shall have the duty (but no Second Priority Secured Party shall have any duty), subject to the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, (i) to prosecute diligently any patent, trademark, or service mark applications material to the business of such Grantor pending as of the date hereof or hereafter, (ii) to make application on unpatented but patentable inventions and on trademarks, copyrights and service marks material to the business of such Grantor, as appropriate, (iii) to preserve and maintain all rights in the Material IP Items and (iv) to ensure that the Material IP Items are and remain enforceable; provided , that such Grantor may abandon or otherwise cease to maintain any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks that, in the ordinary course of business, are reasonably determined by such Grantor not to merit continuing maintenance. Any expenses incurred in connection with any Grantor’s obligations under this Section 4.1(c) shall be borne by the Grantors. No Grantor shall abandon any right to file a patent, trademark or service mark application, or abandon any pending patent, application or any other Copyright, Patent or Trademark (in each case which is or would constitute a Material IP Item) without the written consent of the Second Priority Collateral Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that such Grantor may abandon or otherwise cease to maintain any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks that, in the ordinary course of business, are reasonably determined by such Grantor not to merit continuing maintenance.
     (d) Further Identification of Collateral . Each Grantor will, within 30 days following a written request and as often as reasonably requested by the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative (but no more frequently than twice per year except during the continuance of an Event of Default), furnish to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or such Representative, updated schedules to this Agreement and such other information further identifying and describing the Collateral as the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.
     (e) Investment Property . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall, on the earlier of (A) 30 days after the date written notice thereof has been given to the Grantor by the Second Priority Collateral Agent but only with respect to Certificated Securities representing Capital Stock of Significant Acquired Subsidiaries and (B) on or before the later of (i) 30 days following such acquisition or (ii) the first date required for delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(1) or (2) of the Indenture following such acquisition (or such longer period as to which the Second Priority Collateral Agent may agree), or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, within 30 days following written notice thereof

11


 

given by the Second Priority Collateral Agent to such Grantor, deliver such Certificated Securities to the First Priority Collateral Agent (acting as bailee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent), accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the First Priority Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably specify.
     (f) Commercial Tort Claims . If at any time any Grantor shall hold or acquire any Commercial Tort Claim in an amount in excess of $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate, such Grantor shall, on the earlier of (A) 30 days after the date written notice thereof has been given to the Grantor by the Second Priority Collateral Agent but only with respect to Commercial Tort Claims of Significant Acquired Subsidiaries and (B) on or before the later of (i) 30 days following such acquisition or (ii) the first date required for delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(1) or (2) of the Indenture following such acquisition (or such longer period as to which the Second Priority Collateral Agent may agree), or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, within 30 days following written notice thereof given by the Second Priority Collateral Agent to such Grantor, enter into a supplement to this Agreement (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement), granting to the Second Priority Collateral Agent a Lien on and security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim.
     4.2. Other Liens . Grantors will not create, permit or suffer to exist, and will defend the Collateral against and take such other action as is reasonably necessary to remove, any Lien on the Collateral except Permitted Liens, and will defend the right, title and interest of the Second Priority Collateral Agent in and to the Collateral and in and to all Proceeds thereof against the claims and demands of all Persons not holding a Permitted Lien.
     4.3. Preservation of Rights . If an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, the Second Priority Collateral Agent and its Representative may, but shall not be required to, but only following 5 Business Days’ written notice to any Grantor of its intent to do so, take any steps the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative reasonably deems necessary to preserve any Collateral or any rights against third parties to any of the Collateral, including obtaining insurance of Collateral at any time when a Grantor has failed to do so, and any applicable Grantor jointly and severally agrees to promptly pay, or reimburse the Second Priority Collateral Agent within 10 days after demand for, all reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith.
     4.4. Name Change: Location .
     (a) Without limiting the restrictions on mergers involving the Grantors contained in the Indenture, if any Grantor shall (i) reincorporate or reorganize itself under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized as of the date hereof, (ii) otherwise change its name, identity or corporate structure or (iii) change the proposed use by such Grantor of any tradename or fictitious business name other than any such name set forth on Schedule II attached hereto, such Grantor shall on or before the later of (i) 30 days following such change or (ii) the first date required for delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(1) or (2) of the Indenture following such change, give the Second Priority Collateral Agent written notice thereof.

12


 

     (b) Except for the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and except as not prohibited by the Indenture, each Grantor will keep the Collateral at the locations specified in Schedule I or such other locations as to which notice has been given to the Second Priority Collateral Agent by such Grantor pursuant to this Section and with respect to which such Grantor has taken such action as the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall have reasonably requested to protect and preserve its interests in the Collateral to be located at such location (including using commercially reasonable efforts to secure a landlord waiver at the corporate headquarters of the Company). If any Grantor shall change its chief place of business or form any new location at which Collateral having an aggregate value in excess of $5,000,000 is or is reasonably expected to be located, such Grantor shall, on or before the later of (i) 30 days following such change or (ii) the first date required for delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(l) or (2) of the Indenture following such change, give to the Second Priority Collateral Agent written notice thereof.
     4.5. Insurance . All insurance policies required under Section 4.22 of the Indenture shall name the Second Priority Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties) as an additional insured or as lender loss payee, as applicable, and shall contain loss payable clauses or mortgagee clauses, through endorsements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Second Priority Collateral Agent.
     4.6. Events of Default. Etc. During the period during which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:
     (a) Each Grantor shall, at the request of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent or its Representative at a place or places designated by the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative which are reasonably convenient to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, as applicable, and such Grantor;
     (b) the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative may make any reasonable compromise or settlement deemed desirable with respect to any of the Collateral and may extend the time of payment, arrange for payment in installments, or otherwise modify the terms of, any of the Collateral;
     (c) the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not said UCC is in effect in the jurisdiction where the rights and remedies are asserted) and such additional rights and remedies to which a secured party is entitled under the laws in effect in any jurisdiction where any rights and remedies hereunder may be asserted, including, without limitation, the right, to the maximum extent permitted by law, to exercise all voting, consensual and other powers of ownership pertaining to the Collateral as if the Second Priority Collateral Agent were the sole and absolute owner thereof (and each Grantor agrees to take all such action as may be appropriate to give effect to such right);
     (d) the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative in their discretion may, in the name of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or in the name of any Grantor

13


 

or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral, but shall be under no obligation to do so;
     (e) On or after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, upon the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s receipt of any proceeds from the insurance policies required under Section 4.22 of the Indenture (which insurance policies shall comply with Section 4.5 hereof) and prior to application as set forth in the Indenture (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall deposit such proceeds into a segregated deposit account pending such disposition. Such proceeds shall be disbursed by the Second Priority Collateral Agent only at the written direction of the Required Second Priority Secured Parties. The Second Priority Collateral Agent shall invest the amounts held in the deposit account described in this Section 4.6 at the specific written direction of the Required Second Priority Secured Parties;
     (f) the Second Priority Collateral Agent, or its Representative, may take immediate possession and occupancy of any premises owned, used or leased by any Grantor and exercise all other rights and remedies of an assignee which may be available to the Second Priority Collateral Agent; and
     (g) the Second Priority Collateral Agent may, upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Grantors of the time and place (which notice each Grantor hereby agrees is commercially reasonable notification for purposes hereof), with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof which shall then be or shall thereafter come into the possession, custody or control of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, sell, lease, license, assign or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such Collateral, at such place or places as the Second Priority Collateral Agent deems appropriate, and for cash or for credit or for future delivery (without any Second Priority Secured Party thereby assuming any credit risk), at public or private sale, without demand of performance or notice of intention to effect any such disposition or of the time or place thereof (except such notice as is required above or by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and the Second Priority Collateral Agent or anyone else may be the purchaser, lessee, licensee, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Collateral so disposed of at any public sale (or, to the extent permitted by law, at any private sale) and thereafter hold the same absolutely, free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind, including any right or equity of redemption (statutory or otherwise), of Grantors, any such demand, notice and right or equity being hereby expressly waived and released. The Second Priority Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for the sale, and such sale may be made at any time or place to which the sale may be so adjourned.
The proceeds of each collection, sale or other disposition under this Section 4.6 shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.7 hereof. If such proceeds are insufficient to cover the costs and expenses of such realization and the payment in full of the Second Priority Obligations, the Grantors shall remain liable for any deficiency.

14


 

     4.7. Application of Proceeds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of all or any part of the Collateral, and any other cash at the time held by the Second Priority Collateral Agent under this Agreement, shall be applied in accordance with Section 7.06 of the Indenture.
     4.8. Attorney in Fact . Until the Termination Date, each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints (i) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Collateral Agent or (ii) on and after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date or the Second Priority Enforcement Date, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, from time to time in the discretion of the Collateral Agent, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby gives (i) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Collateral Agent or (ii) on and after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date or the Second Priority Enforcement Date, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do the following upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default:
     (a) to ask, demand, collect, receive and give acquittance and receipts for any and all moneys due and to become due under any Collateral and, in the name of such Grantor or its own name or otherwise, to take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other Instruments, unless constituting Excluded Assets, for the payment of moneys due under any Collateral and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Second Priority Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Collateral whenever payable and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Second Priority Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Collateral whenever payable;
     (b) to pay or discharge charges or Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral (other than Permitted Liens), to effect any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and to pay all or any part of the premiums therefor;
     (c) to direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due, and to become due thereunder, directly to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or as the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall direct, and to receive payment of and receipt for any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due, and to become due at any time, in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;
     (d) to sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with accounts and other Documents constituting Collateral;

15


 

     (e) to commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral, unless being diligently pursued by the applicable Grantor;
     (f) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral, unless being diligently defended by such Grantor;
     (g) after giving notice to the applicable Grantor, to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as the Second Priority Collateral Agent may deem appropriate;
     (h) to the extent that such Grantor’s authorization given in Section 4.1(b) of this Agreement is not sufficient, to file such financing statements with respect to this Agreement, with or without such Grantor’s signature, or to file a photocopy of this Agreement in substitution for a financing statement, as the Second Priority Collateral Agent may deem appropriate, and to execute in such Grantor’s name such financing statements and amendments thereto and continuation statements which may require the such Grantor’s signature; and
     (i) generally to sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and at such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Second Priority Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s Lien therein, in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.
     Each Grantor hereby ratifies, to the extent permitted by law, all that such attorneys lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. The power of attorney granted hereunder is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until the Termination Date.
     Each Grantor also authorizes the Second Priority Collateral Agent, at any time from and after the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, (x) to communicate in its own name with any party to any Contract constituting Collateral with regard to the assignment of the right, title and interest of such Grantor in and under the Contracts constituting Collateral hereunder and other matters relating thereto and (y) to execute, in connection with any sale of Collateral provided for in Section 4.6 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral.
     4.9. Perfection . Except as provided in the second paragraph of Section 4.11 , prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Grantor shall furnish to the Second Priority Collateral Agent such financing statements, assignments for security, Instruments (accompanied by appropriate undated instruments of transfer duly executed by such Grantor) and other documents as may be necessary or as the Second Priority Collateral Agent or

16


 

the Representative may reasonably request to perfect the security interests granted by Section 3 of this Agreement.
     4.10. Termination . This Agreement and the Liens granted hereunder shall terminate upon the date of termination of the Indenture, the full and complete performance and indefeasible satisfaction of all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the termination of all commitments which could give rise to Secured Obligations (the “ Termination Date ”), whereupon each Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) and the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall forthwith cause to be assigned, transferred and delivered, against receipt but without any recourse, warranty or representation whatsoever, any remaining Collateral to or on the written order of the Grantors. The Second Priority Collateral Agent, at the Grantors’ written request and expense, shall also execute and deliver to the Grantors upon such termination such UCC termination statements and such other documentation as shall be reasonably requested by the Grantors to effect the termination and release of the Liens in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent created hereby.
     4.11. Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, and at the sole expense of Grantors, Grantors will promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments, documents and agreements and take such further reasonable actions as the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative may reasonably require in order for the Second Priority Collateral Agent to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, using the Grantors’ best efforts to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the assignment to the Second Priority Collateral Agent of any Collateral held by any Grantor or in which any Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the UCC with respect to the liens and security interests granted hereby, or transferring Collateral to the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s or its Representative’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by only possession; provided, that in no event shall any control agreement be required). Each Grantor also hereby authorizes the Second Priority Collateral Agent and its Representative to file any such financing or continuation statement without the signature of such Grantor to the extent permitted by applicable law. Without limiting the foregoing, each Grantor agrees to promptly upon the request of the Second Priority Collateral Agent execute and deliver to the Second Priority Collateral Agent such supplemental security instruments with respect to Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks as the Second Priority Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
     Within 30 days after the date hereof (or such longer period as to which the Second Priority Collateral Agent may agree), Grantors shall deliver to the Second Priority Collateral Agent the following, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Second Priority Collateral Agent:
     (a) an aircraft mortgage and security agreement and an opinion of counsel relating to the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s perfected security interest in Holdco’s corporate aircraft; and

17


 

     (b) a fully-executed landlord waiver or similar agreement with respect to the Grantor’s chief executive located at 1550 Utica Avenue South, St. Louis Park, Minnesota.
     4.12. Limitation on Duty of the Second Priority Collateral Agent . The powers conferred on the Second Priority Collateral Agent under this Agreement are solely to protect the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. The Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers and neither the Second Priority Collateral Agent nor its Representative nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to Grantors for any act or failure to act, except for bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the foregoing, the Second Priority Collateral Agent and any Representative shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in their possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Collateral Agent or any Representative, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of the type of Collateral involved, it being understood and agreed that neither any Second Priority Secured Party nor any Representative shall have any responsibility for taking any necessary steps (other than steps taken in accordance with the standard of care set forth above) to protect, preserve or exercise rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Collateral upon surrendering same to the applicable Grantor.
     Also without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither any Second Priority Secured Party nor any Representative shall have any obligation or liability under any Contract or license by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the granting to the Second Priority Collateral Agent of a security interest therein or assignment thereof or the receipt by any Second Priority Secured Party or any Representative of any payment relating to any Contact or license pursuant hereto, nor shall any Second Priority Secured Party or any Representative be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Contract or license, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any Contract or license, or to present or file any claim, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.
     Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to subject the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any Second Priority Secured Party to liability as an owner of any Collateral, nor shall the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any Second Priority Secured Party be deemed to have assumed any obligations under any agreement or instrument included as Collateral, unless and until in each case the Second Priority Collateral Agent enforces its rights hereunder after an Event of Default in such a manner as to actually take ownership of such Collateral pursuant to a foreclosure or similar action.
     4.13. Second Priority Collateral Agent’s Actions . Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement or approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or action to be undertaken

18


 

or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Second Priority Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by the Second Priority Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any such action under this Agreement if it shall not have received such advice or concurrence of the Required Second Priority Secured Parties, as it deems appropriate. This provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Second Priority Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or benefits on any party hereto.
     Section 5. Miscellaneous .
     5.1. No Waiver . No failure on the part of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any of its Representatives to exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any of its Representatives of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The rights and remedies hereunder provided are cumulative and may be exercised singly or concurrently, and are not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.
     5.2.  Notices . All notices, demands and requests that any party is required or elects to give to any other party shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1 of the Indenture, and if given (i) to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, shall be given to it at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Trust & Securities Services, 60 Wall Street, MS 2710, New York, New York 10005, Attn: Deal Manager — Corporates Team, Facsimile No. (732) 578-4635; with a copy to: Deutsche Bank Trust Company America c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, Trust & Securities Services, 25 DeForest Avenue, MS SUM01-0105, Summit, New Jersey 07901, Attn: Deal Manager — Corporates Team, Facsimile No. (732) 578-4635; or as otherwise specified by the Second Priority Collateral Agent in writing, (ii) to a Grantor other than the Company, shall be given to it c/o the Company at the address specified in the Indenture and (iii) to the Company, shall be given to it at its address specified in the Indenture.
     5.3. Amendments, etc. The terms of this Agreement may be waived, altered or amended only by an instrument in writing duly executed by each Grantor and the Second Priority Collateral Agent with (other than in the case of amendments hereof solely for the purpose of adding Collateral as contemplated hereby) the concurrence or at the direction of the Required Second Priority Secured Parties. Any such amendment or waiver shall be binding upon the Second Priority Collateral Agent and each Grantor and their respective successors and assigns.
     5.4. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, the Second Priority Secured Parties and the respective successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, provided , that no Grantor shall assign or transfer its rights hereunder, except as permitted by this Agreement or the Indenture.

19


 

     5.5. Counterparts; Headings . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by manual signature or facsimile or, if approved in writing by the Second Priority Collateral Agent, all of which shall be equally valid. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not alter or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     5.6.  Severability . If any provision hereof is invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and (b) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     5.7. Expenses . Any taxes (including income taxes) and stamp duties payable or ruled payable by any domestic or foreign Governmental Entity in respect of this Agreement shall be paid by the Grantors, together with related interest, penalties, fines and expenses, if any. The Grantors shall reimburse the Second Priority Collateral Agent promptly following demand for any and all reasonable and documented costs and out-of-pocket expenses (limited with respect to legal expenses to the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Second Priority Collateral Agent and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) relating to this Agreement. For purposes thereof, costs and expenses relating to the collection, preservation or sale of the Collateral shall be deemed to be in connection with the administration of this Agreement. Any and all costs and expenses incurred by the Grantors in the performance of actions required pursuant to the terms hereof shall be borne solely by the Grantors.
     5.8. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Grantors and the Second Priority Collateral Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements and understandings between any Grantor and the Second Priority Collateral Agent relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supplements the other Financing Documents and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit or supersede the rights granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties in any other Financing Document. In the event of any inconsistencies between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Second Priority Pledge Agreement relating to Pledged Collateral, the provisions of the Second Priority Pledge Agreement relating to the Pledged Collateral shall govern.
     5.9. Choice of Law, Submission to Jurisdiction, etc.
     (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
     (b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement

20


 

of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
     (c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
     (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in this Section. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
     5.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
     5.11. Patriot Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas with such information as it may request in order for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.
[Signature Page Follows]

21


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Priority Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
         
  GRANTORS :

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

MONEYGRAM INVESTMENTS, LLC.

FSMC, INC.

PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC.

MONEYGRAM OF NEW YORK, LLC,
 
 
  By:  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC., its Sole Member    
     
  By:      
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief   
      Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Security Agreement]

 


 

         
  SECOND PRIORTY COLLATERAL AGENT :

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Second Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties
by Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
     
     
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Security Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(b)
Form of Second Priority Pledge Agreement
See attached Second Priority Pledge Agreement

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(b)
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 25, 2008, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “ INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT” ), AMONG JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS FIRST PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE, DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, A NEW YORK BANKING CORPORATION, AS SECOND PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE AND MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL.
SECOND PRIORITY PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     This SECOND PRIORITY PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 25, 2008, is among MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdco ”), MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Payment Systems ”), FSMC, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“ FSMC ”), MoneyGram Investments, LLC (formerly CAG, Inc.), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Investments ”), PropertyBridge, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ PropertyBridge ”), MoneyGram of New York LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ MGI NY ”; Holdco, the Company, Payment Systems, FSMC, Investments, PropertyBridge, MGI NY and each Person who becomes a party to this Agreement by execution of a joinder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “ Pledgors ” and each, individually, as a “ Pledgor ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties (the “ Second Priority Collateral Agent ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors listed on the signatures pages thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee and collateral agent, have entered into that certain Indenture dated as of March 25, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”)
     WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 24, 2008 by and among Holdco, the Company, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Onshore ”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”) and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional ” and together with THL Credit Partners, GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “ Purchasers” ) (the same, as it may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented and in effect from time to time, being herein referred to as the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), the Purchasers

 


 

have agreed to purchase Notes issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture;
     WHEREAS, each of the Pledgors has benefited or will benefit directly and indirectly from the proceeds of the issuance of Notes pursuant to the Indenture, and has granted a Note Guarantee pursuant to the Indenture; and
     WHEREAS, to induce the Purchasers to enter into the Note Purchase Agreement and purchase the Notes, the Pledgors have agreed to pledge to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Collateral Agent and the Second Priority Secured Parties, the Pledged Collateral (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     Section 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition and defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein. In addition, as used herein:
     “ Event of Default ” means an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture).
     “ Excluded Shares ” means any Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% of such Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary.
     “ First Priority Collateral Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and its successors and/or assigns in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
     “ First Priority Obligations Payment Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Foreign Issuer ” means each of the Company’s material first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries.
     “ Issuer ” means the Company, each of the Company’s Material Domestic Subsidiaries (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and each Foreign Issuer.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008, by and among JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Company and the other parties thereto, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, or replaced in connection with any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal or replacement of Credit Facilities.
     “ Obligations ” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations of the Company to the Holders or to the Trustee, the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any indemnified party arising under the Indenture and the Financing Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement), including without limitation all

2


 

obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees and all joinders and supplements thereto.
     “ Pledged Collateral ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2 below.
      “ Pledged Shares ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2 below.
     “ Proceeds ” means “proceeds”, as such term is defined in the UCC and, in any event, includes, without limitation, (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral by any governmental body, authority, bureau or agency (or any person acting under color of Governmental Authority), (c) all Stock Rights and (d) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under, in respect of or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral other than Excluded Assets (as defined in the Second Priority Security Agreement).
     “ Representative ” means any Person acting as agent, representative or trustee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent from time to time, including, without limitation, the First Priority Collateral Agent acting as agent and bailee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent.
     “ Required Second Priority Secured Parties ” means, prior to the date upon which the Indenture has terminated by its terms and all of the Obligations have been paid in full, the Required Holders (as defined in the Indenture).
     “ Second Priority Secured Parties ” means, collectively, each Holder, the Trustee, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, as Representative and all of their successors and assigns.
     “ Second Priority Secured Obligations ” means all Obligations.
     “ Second Priority Security Agreement ” means that certain Second Priority Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Second Priority Collateral Agent, Holdco and certain of its Subsidiaries, as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented.
     “ Significant Acquired Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Holdco that on the date such Subsidiary is acquired, incorporated or formed (or in respect of a newly incorporated or formed Subsidiary, that acquires assets as part of one or more related transactions immediately thereafter) has total assets that exceed 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries or has total revenues for the most recent 12 month period, if applicable, on a pro forma basis that exceed 10% of the total consolidated revenues for the most recent 12 month period of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

3


 

     “ Stock Rights ” means all dividends, instruments or other distributions and any stocks, shares, warrants, options or other securities rights or any other right or property which the Pledgors shall receive or shall become entitled to by way of dividend bonus, redemption, exchange, purchase, substitution, conversion, consolidation, subdivision, preference or otherwise to receive for any reason whatsoever with respect to, in substitution for or in exchange for, any Pledged Shares.
     “ Termination Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 18 below.
     “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, that to the extent that the UCC is used to define any term herein or in any Financing Document (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the UCC, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern.
     Section 2. Pledge .
     (a) As collateral security for the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Second Priority Secured Obligations, as of the Closing Date each Pledgor hereby grants, pledges, assigns, hypothecates, transfers, delivers and grants to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, a Lien on and security interest in (i) to the extent the same do not constitute Excluded Shares, all of the Capital Stock of the Issuers now owned or hereafter acquired by such Pledgor (collectively, the “ Pledged Shares ”; when used with respect to any one Pledgor, “ Pledged Shares ” means the Pledged Shares in which such Pledgor has an interest), (ii) subject to Section 5 , any Stock Rights, (iii) the certificates, if any, representing all such Pledged Shares and Stock Rights and (iv) all Proceeds of the collateral described in the preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) (the collateral described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 2 being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pledged Collateral shall not be deemed to include (a) any General Intangibles or other rights arising under contracts, Instruments, licenses, license agreements or other documents, to the extent (and only to the extent) that the grant of a security interest would (i) be prohibited by an enforceable anti-assignment provision of such documents in favor of a third party on such grant, unless and until any required consents shall have been obtained, (ii) give any other party to such contract, Instrument, license, license agreement or other document the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, or (iii) violate any law, provided, however, that (1) any portion of any such General Intangible or other such right pursuant to this clause (a) shall constitute Pledged Collateral at the time and to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein does not result in any of the consequences specified in subclauses (i) through (iii) above and (2) the limitation set forth in this clause (a) above shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Pledgor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such General Intangible or other such right, to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable law, including the UCC; (b) any property as to which the Second Priority Collateral Agent and the Company reasonably determine (as specified in writing by such Persons) that the costs of obtaining a security interest (or perfecting the same) outweighs

4


 

the benefit to the Second Priority Secured Parties of the security afforded thereby; (c) any other assets that require perfection exclusively through control agreements under the applicable UCC; or (d) any direct Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any of the foregoing, but only to the extent such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute any of the items described in clauses (a) through (c) above.
     (b) All of the Pledged Shares now owned by each Pledgor which are presently represented by certificates are listed on Exhibit A hereto, which certificates, with undated stock or other transfer powers duly executed in blank by such Pledgor and irrevocable proxies, have previously been or are simultaneously herewith being delivered to the Second Priority Collateral Agent (or prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Collateral Agent acting as bailee on its behalf), for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties.
     Section 3. Representations and Warranties of Pledgors . Each Pledgor represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, as follows:
     (a) such Pledgor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has legal title to, the Pledged Shares which are listed on Exhibit A , and such shares are free and clear of all Liens whatsoever, except for Permitted Liens;
     (b) such Pledgor has the power, authority and legal right to execute this Agreement and to pledge the Pledged Shares and any additional Pledged Collateral to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties;
     (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Pledgor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Pledgor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles;
     (d) there are no outstanding options, warrants or other agreements with respect to the Pledged Shares;
     (e) the Pledged Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, and are or will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Pledged Shares listed on Exhibit A constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of such class of the Issuers specified on Exhibit A ;
     (f) no consent, approval or authorization of or designation or filing with any Governmental Authority on the part of such Pledgor is required in connection with or as a condition to the pledge and security interest granted under this Agreement, or the exercise by the Second Priority Collateral Agent of the voting and other rights provided for in this Agreement except as may be required in connection with disposition of the Pledged Collateral by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally;

5


 

     (g) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Pledgor will not violate any provision of (i) any applicable law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, writ, award or decree binding on such Pledgor, (ii) the charter or by-laws or Memorandum of Articles of Association of such Pledgor or any Issuer or of any securities issued by any Issuer or (iii) any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Pledgor or any Issuer is a party or to which such Pledgor or its assets is bound, and will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien in any of the assets of such Pledgor or any Issuer except to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement or the Indenture and except with respect to clauses (i) or (iii), to the extent, individually or in the aggregate, that such violation, conflict, breach, default or creation or imposition of any Lien could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
     (h) the pledge, assignment and delivery to the Second Priority Collateral Agent (or its Representative) of the Pledged Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the filing of UCC financing statements pursuant to the terms of the Second Priority Security Agreement create a valid second priority Lien on and a perfected security interest in the Pledged Shares and the Proceeds thereof, to the extent that such Pledged Shares may be perfected by filing a financing statement under the UCC or by such pledge, assignment and delivery, in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, subject to no prior Lien other than the Lien created in favor of the First Priority Collateral Agent. Such Pledgor covenants and agrees that it will defend the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s right, title and security interest in and to the Pledged Shares and the Proceeds thereof against the claims and demands of all persons whomsoever;
     (i) with respect to any certificates delivered to the Second Priority Collateral Agent (or prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Collateral Agent acting as bailee on its behalf) representing Pledged Collateral, either such certificates are “Securities” as defined in Article 8 of the UCC as a result of actions by the Issuer or otherwise, or, if such certificates are not Securities, such Pledgor has so informed the Second Priority Collateral Agent so that the Second Priority Collateral Agent may take steps to perfect its security interest therein as a General Intangible; and
     (j) none of the Pledged Collateral owned by such Pledgor has been issued or transferred in violation of the securities registration, securities disclosure or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject, except to the extent, individually or in the aggregate, that such issuance or transfer could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 4. Covenants . If prior to the Termination Date, any Pledgor shall receive any certificate representing Pledged Shares (including, without limitation, any certificate representing a dividend or a distribution in kind in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital, or issued in connection with any reorganization, merger or consolidation), or any options or rights, whether as an addition to, in substitution for, or in exchange for any of the Pledged Shares, or otherwise, such Pledgor agrees to accept the same as the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s Representative and to hold the same in trust for the Second Priority Collateral

6


 

Agent, and such Pledgor shall on the earlier of (A) 30 days after the date written notice thereof has been given to the Pledgor by the Second Priority Collateral Agent but only with respect to certificates representing Capital Stock of Significant Acquired Subsidiaries and (B) on or before the later of (i) 30 days following such receipt or (ii) the first date required for delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) or (ii) of the Indenture following such receipt (or such longer period as to which the Second Priority Collateral Agent may agree), or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, within 30 days following written notice thereof given by the Second Priority Collateral Agent to such Pledgor, deliver the same forthwith to (prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date) the First Priority Collateral Agent or the Second Priority Collateral Agent, in the exact form received, with the endorsement of such Pledgor when necessary and/or appropriate undated stock or other transfer powers duly executed in blank, to be held (prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date) by the First Priority Collateral Agent (acting as bailee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent) or the Second Priority Collateral Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, subject to the terms hereof, as additional Pledged Collateral. Upon the creation or acquisition by any Pledgor of any Capital Stock in any other Issuer or any additional Pledged Shares of any Issuer, such Pledgor shall, on or before the later of (i) 30 days following such creation or acquisition or (ii) the first date required for delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) or (ii) of the Indenture following such creation or acquisition (or such longer period as to which the Second Priority Collateral Agent may agree), execute and deliver to the Second Priority Collateral Agent an Addendum in the form of Exhibit B hereto (an “ Addendum ”); provided, that with respect to any Foreign Issuer whose Capital Stock is uncertificated, the applicable Pledgor shall, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, cause to be issued one or more stock certificates representing 65% of the issued Capital Stock of such Foreign Issuer, together with undated instruments of transfer duly executed by such Pledgor to be delivered (i) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, to the First Priority Collateral Agent or (ii) on and after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, within such time period. (i) Prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Collateral Agent or (ii) on and after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, shall on behalf of the Second Priority Secured Parties, maintain possession and custody of any certificates delivered to it representing the Pledged Shares and any additional Pledged Collateral. Without the prior written consent of the Second Priority Collateral Agent each Pledgor agrees that it shall not, and not otherwise permit any Issuer, to opt-in to Article 8 of the UCC with respect to any uncertificated Pledged Collateral which will cause such Pledged Collateral to become a “Security” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC.
     Section 5. Administration of Security .
     (a) Each Pledgor shall be entitled (subject to the other provisions hereof, including, without limitation, Section 8 below):
          (i) until receipt of notice to the contrary from the Second Priority Collateral Agent during the continuance of an Event of Default, to vote or consent, or refrain from voting or consenting, with respect to the Pledged Shares; provided however, that no vote or other right shall be exercised or action taken by any Pledgor which would

7


 

have the effect of materially impairing the rights of the Second Priority Collateral Agent in respect of such Pledged Collateral; and
          (ii) until receipt of notice to the contrary from the Second Priority Collateral Agent delivered during the continuance of an Event of Default, to receive cash dividends or other distributions in the ordinary course made in respect of the Pledged Shares, to the extent payment is not prohibited pursuant to the Indenture.
     (b) Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, (i) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Collateral Agent or (ii) on and after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date or the Second Priority Enforcement Date (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the Second Priority Collateral Agent, may act as each Pledgor’s proxy and attorney-in-fact pursuant to the terms of Section 22 , subject to the limitations set forth in the last sentence of this clause (b), with respect to its Pledged Collateral, including the right to vote such Pledged Collateral, with full power of substitution to do so, and the right to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies to which a holder of such Pledged Collateral would be entitled (including giving or withholding written consents of shareholders, calling special meetings of shareholders and voting at such meetings). Such proxy shall be effective, automatically and without the necessity of any action (including any transfer of any such Pledged Collateral on the record books of the issuer thereof) by any person (including the issuer of such Pledged Collateral or any officer or agent thereof), upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default.
     (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in the event that any Pledgor, as record and beneficial owner of its Pledged Shares, shall have received or shall have become entitled to receive, any cash dividends or other distributions on account of the Pledged Shares in the ordinary course or pursuant to the recapitalization of the capital of the Issuer thereof or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, such Pledgor shall, at the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s written request, promptly deliver such cash or other distributions to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, and the Second Priority Collateral Agent, shall be entitled to receive and retain, all such cash or other distributions as additional Pledged Collateral.
     Section 6. [Reserved]
     Section 7. Certain Rights of the Second Priority Collateral Agent . Neither the Second Priority Collateral Agent nor any of the other Second Priority Secured Parties shall be liable for failure to collect or realize upon any of the Second Priority Secured Obligations or any collateral security or guaranty therefor, or any part thereof, or for any delay in so doing, nor shall the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any of the other Second Priority Secured Parties be under any obligation to take any action whatsoever with regard thereto. Any or all of the Pledged Shares held by the First Priority Collateral Agent or the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any Representative thereof hereunder may, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, be registered in the name of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its nominee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its nominee may thereafter (with prompt subsequent, but not prior,

8


 

notice to the Pledgors) exercise all voting and corporate rights at any meeting with respect to any Issuer and exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares as if it were the absolute owner thereof, including, without limitation, the right to vote in favor of, and to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Shares upon, the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment with respect to any Issuer or upon the exercise by any Pledgor or the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any Representative thereof, of any right, privilege or option pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares, and in connection therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Shares with any depositoiy, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Second Priority Collateral Agent may determine, all without liability except to account for property actually received by the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any Representative thereof. For purposes of this Agreement, the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall act at the written direction of the Required Second Priority Secured Parties.
     Section 8. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or notice of any kind (except the notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon any Pledgor or any other person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and/or notices are hereby expressly waived), may forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Pledged Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, assign, give an option or options to purchase, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of (including the disposition by merger) and deliver said Pledged Collateral, or any part thereof, in one or more portions at public or private sale or sales or transactions, at any exchange, broker’s board or at the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as the Second Priority Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable and at such prices as it may deem best, for any combination of cash and/or securities or other property or on credit or for future delivery without assumption by any Second Priority Secured Party of any credit risk, with the right to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative upon any such sale or sales, public or private, to purchase the whole or any part of said Pledged Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Pledgor, which right or equity is hereby expressly waived or released. Each Pledgor agrees that the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative need not give more than ten (10) days’ notice (but shall give at least ten (10) days’ notice) of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which a private sale or other intended disposition is to take place and that such notice is reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Pledgor if such Pledgor has signed after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default a statement renouncing or modifying any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition. In addition to the rights and remedies granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to any of the Obligations, the Second Priority Collateral Agent and the other Second Priority Secured Parties shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC and under any other applicable law.
     Section 9. Sale of Pledged Shares .

9


 

     (a) Each Pledgor recognizes that the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, on behalf of the Second Priority Secured Parties may be unable to effect a public sale or disposition (including, without limitation, any disposition in connection with a merger of any Subsidiary) of any or all the Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and applicable state securities laws, but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales or dispositions thereof to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale or disposition may result in prices and other terms (including the terms of any securities or other property received in connection therewith) less favorable to the seller than if such sale or disposition were a public sale or disposition and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale or disposition shall be deemed to be reasonable and affected in a commercially reasonable manner. The Second Priority Collateral Agent, shall be under no obligation to delay a sale or disposition of any of the Pledged Collateral in order to permit any Pledgor or any Issuer to register such securities for public sale under the Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Pledgor or any Issuer would agree to do so. No Second Priority Secured Party shall incur any liability as a result of the sale of any such Pledged Collateral, or any part thereof, at any private sale provided for in this Agreement conducted in a commercially reasonable manner, and each Pledgor hereby waives any claims against the Second Priority Secured Parties arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Pledged Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale or was less than the aggregate amount of the Obligations, even if, acting in a commercially reasonable manner, the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative accepts the first offer received and does not offer the Pledged Collateral to more than one offeree.
     (b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Pledgor agrees to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to make such sale or sales or dispositions of any portion or all of the Pledged Collateral valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sale or sales or dispositions, all at such Pledgor’s expense.
     (c) Each Pledgor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Second Priority Secured Parties, each of their respective successors and assigns, officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys, and any Person in control of any thereof, from and against any loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (limited with respect to legal expenses to the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to such indemnified Persons taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) (collectively called the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”) under federal and state securities laws or otherwise insofar as any such Indemnified Liability:

10


 

          (i) arises out of or is based upon any Pledgors’ untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or offering memorandum or in any preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering memorandum or in any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing or in any other writing prepared in connection with the offer, sale or resale of all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral prior to the termination of this Agreement unless such untrue statement of material fact was provided by the Second Priority Collateral Agent specifically for inclusion therein; or
          (ii) arises out of or is based upon any Pledgors’ omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
such indemnification to remain operative regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent, any Representative, any Second Priority Secured Party or any successor thereof, or any Person in control of any thereof. In connection with a public sale or other distribution, each Pledgor will provide customary indemnification to any underwriters, their respective successors and assigns, their respective officers and directors and each Person who controls any such underwriter (within the meaning of the Act). If and to the extent that the foregoing undertakings in this Section 9(c) may be unenforceable for any reason, each Pledgor agrees to make maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. The obligations of each Pledgor under this Section 9(c) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
     Section 10. Application of Proceeds . The proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and any other cash at the time held by the First Priority Collateral Agent (acting as bailee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent) or the Second Priority Collateral Agent, as applicable under this Agreement, shall (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement), following an Event of Default, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 7.06 of the Indenture. Each Pledgor shall remain liable for any deficiency remaining after such application.
     Section 11. Further Assurances . Each Pledgor agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Second Priority Collateral Agent, such Pledgor will execute and deliver all stock powers, financing statements, proxies and such further documents and do such further reasonable acts and things as the Second Priority Collateral Agent may reasonably request consistent with the provisions hereof in order to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, each Pledgor will take any and all actions reasonably required or requested by the Second Priority Collateral Agent, from time to time, to cause the Second Priority Collateral Agent to obtain exclusive control of any Pledged Collateral owned by such Pledgor in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Second Priority Collateral Agent. For purposes of this Section 11 , the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall have control of Pledged Collateral if (i) in the case of Pledged Collateral consisting of certificated securities, such Pledgor delivers such certificated securities (prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date) to the First Priority Collateral Agent (acting as bailee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent) or thereafter to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative (in each case with appropriate endorsements (in blank or otherwise) if such certificated securities are

11


 

in registered form), as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of any other Pledged Collateral, (prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date) the First Priority Collateral Agent (acting as bailee on behalf of the Second Priority Collateral Agent) or thereafter to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative, has control thereof for all applicable purposes of the UCC, in each case subject only to the Lien of the First Priority Collateral Agent.
     Section 12. Limitation on Duty of the Second Priority Collateral Agent .
     (a) The powers conferred on the Second Priority Collateral Agent under this Agreement are solely to protect the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s interest in the Pledged Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. The Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers and neither the Second Priority Collateral Agent nor its Representative nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to Pledgors for any act or failure to act, except for bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Second Priority Collateral Agent and any Representative shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral in their possession if such Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any Representative, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of the type of Pledged Collateral involved, it being understood and agreed that neither the Second Priority Collateral Agent nor any Representative shall have any responsibility for taking any necessary steps (other than steps taken in accordance with the standard of care set forth above) to protect, preserve or exercise rights against any Person with respect to any Pledged Collateral and shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Pledged Collateral upon surrendering it to the applicable Pledgor.
     (b) Also without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Second Priority Collateral Agent nor any Representative shall have any obligation or liability under any contract or license by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the granting to the Second Priority Collateral Agent of a security interest therein or assignment thereof or the receipt by the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any Representative of any payment relating to any contract or license pursuant hereto, nor shall the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any Representative be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of any Pledgor under or pursuant to any contract or license, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any contract or license, or to present or file any claim, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.
     Section 13. Second Priority Collateral Agent’s Actions . Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement or approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Second Priority Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of satisfaction or

12


 

other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by the Second Priority Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any such action under this Agreement if it shall not have received such advice or concurrence of the Required Second Priority Secured Parties, as it deems appropriate. This provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Second Priority Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or benefits on any party hereto.
     Section 14. Severability . If any provision hereof is invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and (b) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     Section 15. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure on the part of the Second Priority Collateral Agent to exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Second Priority Collateral Agent of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. Neither the Second Priority Collateral Agent nor any of the other Second Priority Secured Parties shall be liable for any failure to collect or realize upon any of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Second Priority Security Agreement) or any collateral security or guaranty therefor, or any part thereof, or for any delay in so doing, nor shall the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any of the other Second Priority Secured Parties be under any obligation to take any action whatsoever with regard thereto. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and may be exercised singly or concurrently, and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
     Section 16. Specific Performance . Each Pledgor agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 2(b) , 4 , 5(c) , 9 or 11 hereof will cause irreparable injury to the Second Priority Secured Parties, that the Second Priority Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, agrees that each and every covenant referenced above shall be specifically enforceable against such Pledgor in an action for specific performance.
     Section 17. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, the Second Priority Secured Parties and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing, provided , that no Pledgor shall assign or transfer its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the Second Priority Collateral Agent.
     Section 18. Termination . This Agreement and the Liens granted hereunder shall terminate upon the date of the termination of the Indenture, the full and complete performance and indefeasible satisfaction of all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the termination of all commitments which could give rise to Obligations (the “ Termination Date ”), whereupon each Pledgor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) and the

13


 

Second Priority Collateral Agent shall forthwith cause to be assigned, transferred and delivered, against receipt but without any recourse, warranty or representation whatsoever, any remaining Collateral (including all certificates evidencing the Pledged Collateral in its possession or control) to or on the order of the Pledgors. The Second Priority Collateral Agent, at the Pledgors’ expense, shall also execute and deliver to the Pledgors upon such termination such UCC termination statements and such other documentation as shall be reasonably requested by the Pledgors to effect the termination and release of the Liens in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent created hereby.
     Section 19. Possession of Pledged Collateral . Beyond the exercise of reasonable care to assure the safe custody of the Pledged Collateral in the physical possession of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative pursuant hereto, neither the Second Priority Collateral Agent nor any nominee or Representative of the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall have any duty or liability to collect any sums due in respect thereof or to protect, preserve or exercise any rights pertaining thereto, and shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Pledged Collateral upon surrendering them to the applicable Pledgor.
     Section 20. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties of each Pledgor contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
     Section 21. Expenses . Any taxes (including income taxes) and stamp duties payable or ruled payable by any domestic or foreign Governmental Entity in respect of this Agreement shall be paid by the Pledgors, together with related interest, penalties, fines and expenses, if any. The Pledgors shall reimburse the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its Representative promptly following demand for any and all reasonable and documented costs and out-of-pocket expenses (limited with respect to legal expenses to the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Second Priority Collateral Agent and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) relating to this Agreement. For purposes thereof, costs and expenses relating to the collection, preservation or sale of the Pledged Collateral shall be deemed to be in connection with the administration of this Agreement. Any and all costs and expenses incurred by the Pledgors in the performance of actions required pursuant to the terms hereof shall be borne solely by the Pledgors.
     Section 22. Attorney-In-Fact . Until the Termination Date, each Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints (i) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Collateral Agent or (ii) on and after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date or the Second Priority Enforcement Date, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, as such Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor or otherwise, from time to time in the Second Priority Collateral Agent’s discretion, to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Second Priority Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, to receive, endorse and collect all instruments made payable to such Pledgor representing any dividend, payment or other distribution in respect of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same, when and to the extent permitted by this Agreement.

14


 

     Section 23. Notices . All notices, demands and requests that any party is required or elects to give to any other party shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.01 of the Indenture, and if given (i) to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, shall be given to it at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Trust & Securities Services, 60 Wall Street, MS 2710, New York, New York 10005, Attn: Deal Manager — Corporates Team, Facsimile No. (732) 578-4635; with a copy to: Deutsche Bank Trust Company America c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, Trust & Securities Services, 25 DeForest Avenue, MS SUM01-0105, Summit, New Jersey 07901, Attn: Deal Manager — Corporates Team, Facsimile No. (732) 578-4635; or as otherwise specified by the Collateral Agent in writing, (ii) to a Pledgor other than the Company, shall be given to it c/o the Company at the address specified in the Indenture and (iii) to the Company, shall be given to it at its address specified in the Indenture.
     Section 24. Choice of Law, Submission to Jurisdiction, etc .
     (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
     (b) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
     (c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
     (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 23 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
     Section 25. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,

15


 

TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
     Section 26. Amendments. Etc . The terms of this Agreement may be waived, altered or amended only by an instrument in writing duly executed by each Pledgor and the Second Priority Collateral Agent with (other than in the case of amendments hereof solely for the purpose of adding Pledged Collateral as contemplated hereby) the concurrence or at the direction of the Required Second Priority Secured Parties. Any such amendment or waiver shall be binding upon the Second Priority Collateral Agent and each Pledgor and their respective successors and assigns.
     Section 27. Counterparts: Headings . This Agreement may be authenticated in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may authenticate this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. This Agreement may be authenticated by manual signature, facsimile or electronic means, all of which shall be equally valid. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not alter or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     Section 28. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Pledgors and the Second Priority Collateral Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements and understandings between any Pledgor and the Second Priority Collateral Agent relating to the subject matter hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit or supersede the rights granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent or the other Second Priority Secured Parties in the Indenture. In the event of any inconsistencies between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Second Priority Security Agreement relating to Pledged Collateral, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Pledged Collateral shall govern.
     Section 29. Patriot Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas with such information as it may request in order for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.
[Signature Page Follows]

16


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Priority Pledge Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
         
  PLEDGORS :

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

MONEYGRAM INVESTMENTS, LLC.

FSMC, INC. PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC.

MONEYGRAM OF NEW YORK, LLC,
By: MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC., its Sole Member
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
       
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Pledge Agreement]

 


 

         
  SECOND PRIORTY COLLATERAL AGENT :

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Second Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties

By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Pledge Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(c)
Form of Second Priority Patent Security Agreement
See attached Second Priority Patent Security Agreement

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(c)
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 25, 2008, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT”), AMONG JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS FIRST PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE, DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, A NEW YORK BANKING CORPORATION, AS SECOND PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE AND MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL.
SECOND PRIORITY PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This SECOND PRIORITY PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 25, 2008 between MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ Second Priority Collateral Agent ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, Grantor has entered into a Second Priority Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Second Priority Security Agreement ”) with the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to which Grantor has granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent a security interest in substantially all the assets of Grantor, including all right, title and interest of Grantor in, to and under all now owned and hereafter acquired Patents, and all proceeds thereof, to secure the payment of the Second Priority Secured Obligations;
     WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used in the manner provided in the Second Priority Security Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable;
     WHEREAS, Grantor owns the registered and pending Patents listed on Schedule 1 annexed hereto; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantor does hereby grant to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Patent Collateral ”), whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired:

 


 

  (1)   each Patent, including without limitation, each registered and pending Patent referred to in Schedule 1 annexed hereto, together with any reissues, continuations or extensions thereof; and
 
  (2)   all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Patent, including, without limitation, any registered and pending Patent referred to in Schedule 1 annexed hereto.
The security interests are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, pursuant to the Second Priority Security Agreement. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Second Priority Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Second Priority Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Second Priority Security Agreement, the terms of the Second Priority Security Agreement shall govern.
[signature page follows]

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Second Priority Patent Security Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer thereunto as of this 25 th day of March, 2008.
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   David J. Parrin   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Patent Security Agreement]

 


 

         
  Acknowledged:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Second Priority Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties

By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Patent Security Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(d)
Form of Second Priority Patent Security Agreement
See attached Second Priority Patent Security Agreement

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(d)
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 25, 2008, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT”), AMONG JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS FIRST PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE, DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, A NEW YORK BANKING CORPORATION, AS SECOND PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE AND MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL.
SECOND PRIORITY PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This SECOND PRIORITY PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 25, 2008 between MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ Second Priority Collateral Agent ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, Grantor has entered into a Second Priority Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Second Priority Security Agreement ”) with the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to which Grantor has granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent a security interest in substantially all the assets of Grantor, including all right, title and interest of Grantor in, to and under all now owned and hereafter acquired Patents, and all proceeds thereof, to secure the payment of the Second Priority Secured Obligations;
     WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used in the manner provided in the Second Priority Security Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable;
     WHEREAS, Grantor owns the registered and pending Patents listed on Schedule 1 annexed hereto; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantor does hereby grant to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Patent Collateral ”), whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired;

 


 

  (1)   each Patent, including without limitation, each registered and pending Patent referred to in Schedule 1 annexed hereto, together with any reissues, continuations or extensions thereof; and
 
  (2)   all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Patent, including, without limitation, any registered and pending Patent referred to in Schedule 1 annexed hereto.
The security interests are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, pursuant to the Second Priority Security Agreement. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Second Priority Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Second Priority Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Second Priority Security Agreement, the terms of the Second Priority Security Agreement shall govern.
[signature page follows]

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.
         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   David J. Parrin   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Patent Security Agreement]

 


 

         
  Acknowledged:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Second Priority Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties

By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
  By:      
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Patent Security Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(e)
Form of Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement
See attached Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(e)
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 25, 2008, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT”), AMONG JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS FIRST PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE, DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, A NEW YORK BANKING CORPORATION, AS SECOND PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE AND MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL.
SECOND PRIORITY TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This SECOND PRIORITY TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 25, 2008 between MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ Second Priority Collateral Agent ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, Grantor has entered into a Second Priority Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Second Priority Security Agreement ”) with the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to which Grantor has granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent a security interest in substantially all the assets of Grantor, including all right, title and interest of Grantor in, to and under all now owned and hereafter acquired Trademarks, together with the goodwill of the business symbolized by Grantor’s Trademarks, and all proceeds thereof, to secure the payment of the Second Priority Secured Obligations;
     WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used in the manner provided in the Second Priority Security Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable;
     WHEREAS, Grantor owns the registered and pending Trademarks listed on Schedule 1 annexed hereto; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantor does hereby grant to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Trademark Collateral ”), whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired:

 


 

  (1)   each Trademark, including without limitation, each registered and pending Trademark referred to in Schedule 1 annexed hereto, together with any reissues, continuations or extensions thereof, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark; and
 
  (2)   all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by Grantor against third parties for past, present or future (a) infringement of any Trademark, including, without limitation, any registered and pending Trademark referred to in Schedule 1 annexed hereto, or (b) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark.
The security interests are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, pursuant to the Second Priority Security Agreement. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Second Priority Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Second Priority Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Second Priority Security Agreement, the terms of the Second Priority Security Agreement shall govern.
[signature page follows]

-2-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer thereunto as of date first written above.
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   David J. Parrin   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement)

 


 

         
  Acknowledged:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Second Priority Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties

By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(f)
Form of Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement
See attached Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(f)
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 25, 2008, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT”), AMONG JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS FIRST PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE, DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, A NEW YORK BANKING CORPORATION, AS SECOND PRIORITY REPRESENTATIVE AND MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL.
SECOND PRIORITY TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
     This SECOND PRIORITY TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 25, 2008 between PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ Second Priority Collateral Agent ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, Grantor has entered into a Second Priority Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Second Priority Security Agreement ”) with the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to which Grantor has granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent a security interest in substantially all the assets of Grantor, including all right, title and interest of Grantor in, to and under all now owned and hereafter acquired Trademarks, together with the goodwill of the business symbolized by Grantor’s Trademarks, and all proceeds thereof, to secure the payment of the Second Priority Secured Obligations;
     WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used in the manner provided in the Second Priority Security Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable;
     WHEREAS, Grantor owns the registered and pending Trademarks listed on Schedule 1 annexed hereto; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantor does hereby grant to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Trademark Collateral ”), whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired:

 


 

  (1)   each Trademark, including without limitation, each registered and pending Trademark referred to in Schedule 1 annexed hereto, together with any reissues, continuations or extensions thereof, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark; and
 
  (2)   all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by Grantor against third parties for past, present or future (a) infringement of any Trademark, including, without limitation, any registered and pending Trademark referred to in Schedule 1 annexed hereto, or (b) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark.
The security interests are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties, pursuant to the Second Priority Security Agreement. Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Second Priority Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Second Priority Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Second Priority Security Agreement, the terms of the Second Priority Security Agreement shall govern.
[signature page follows]

-2-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer thereunto as of date first written above.
         
  PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   David J. Parrin   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement]

 


 

         
  Acknowledged:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Second Priority Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Second Priority
Secured Parties

By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
  By:      
    Title: Vice President   
       
 
[Signature Page to Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit 3.16(g)
Form of Intercreditor Agreement
See attached Intercreditor Agreement

 


 

EXECUTION VERSION
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
     Intercreditor Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated as of March 25, 2008 among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, with its successors and assigns, the “First Priority Representative”) for the First Priority Secured Parties (as defined below), Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (in such capacities, with its successors and assigns, the “Second Priority Representative”) for the Second Priority Secured Parties (as defined below), MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as borrower (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors (as defined below) and each of the other Loan Parties (as defined below) party hereto.
     WHEREAS, the Borrower, MoneyGram International, Inc. (“Holdco”), the First Priority Representative and certain financial institutions are parties to a $600,000,000 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 25, 2008 (as in effect on the date hereof, the “Existing First Priority Agreement”), pursuant to which such financial institutions have agreed to make loans and extend other financial accommodations to the Borrower; and
     WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Second Priority Representative are parties to an Indenture dated as of dated as of March 25, 2008 (as in effect on the date hereof, the “Existing Second Priority Agreement”), pursuant to which certain financial institutions are the holders of secured notes; and
     WHEREAS, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties have agreed to (a) grant to the First Priority Representative security interests in the Common Collateral as security for payment and performance of the First Priority Obligations, and (b) grant to the Second Priority Representative junior security interests in the Common Collateral as security for payment and performance of the Second Priority Obligations; and
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the existence and sufficiency of which is expressly recognized by all of the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:
      SECTION 1. Definitions.
     (a) The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:
      “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purpose of this definition, “control” means the possession of either (a) the power to vote, or the Beneficial Ownership of, 10% or more of the voting stock of such Person or (b) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise; provided, that, in no event shall GSMP and their subsidiaries and other Persons engaged primarily in the investment of mezzanine securities that directly or indirectly are controlled by, or under common control with, the same investment adviser as GSMP (“GS Mezzanine Entities”) by virtue of their

 


 

affiliation with affiliates other than GS Mezzanine Entities be deemed to control Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries).
      “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), as amended from time to time.
      “Beneficial Ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.
      “Business Day” means any calendar day other than a Legal Holiday.
      “Common Collateral” means all assets that are both First Priority Collateral and Second Priority Collateral.
      “Enforcement Action” means, with respect to the First Priority Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations, the exercise of any rights and remedies with respect to any Common Collateral securing such obligations or the commencement or prosecution of enforcement of any of the rights and remedies under, as applicable, the First Priority Documents or the Second Priority Documents, or applicable law, including without limitation the exercise of any rights of set off or recoupment and any rights of a judgment creditor with respect to any Common Collateral, and the exercise of any rights or remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction or under the Bankruptcy Code.
      “Existing First Priority Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.
      “Existing Second Priority Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the second WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.
      “First Priority Agreement” means (i) the Existing First Priority Agreement, as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and (ii) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to extend, replace, refinance, refund or restate in whole or in part the indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the Existing First Priority Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (ii), including any DIP Financing agreement, unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a First Priority Agreement hereunder. Any reference to the First Priority Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any First Priority Agreement then extant.
      “First Priority Collateral” means all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to any First Priority Secured Party as security for any First Priority Obligation.

2


 

      “First Priority Documents” means the First Priority Agreement or any other document executed in connection therewith granting any interest in or rights to the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Lenders in and to the First Priority Collateral.
      “First Priority Lenders” means the “Lenders” as defined in the First Priority Agreement, or any Persons that are designated under the First Priority Agreement as the “First Priority Lenders” for purposes of this Agreement.
      “First Priority Lien” means any Lien created by the First Priority Security Documents.
      “First Priority Obligations” means (i) all principal of and interest (including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made pursuant to the First Priority Agreement, (ii) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the First Priority Agreement, (iii) all Hedging Obligations of any Loan Party and (iv) all reasonable and customary fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the First Priority Documents as determined by the First Priority Representative in its discretion taking into account market and economic conditions the time such fees, expenses and other amounts are incurred, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding; provided that the First Priority Obligations shall not be an amount in excess of the Maximum First Priority Obligations Amount. To the extent any payment with respect to any First Priority Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any Second Priority Secured Party, receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.
      “First Priority Obligations Payment Date” means the first date on which (i) the First Priority Obligations (other than those that constitute Unasserted Contingent Obligations) have been indefeasibly paid in cash in full (or cash collateralized or defeased in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents), (ii) all commitments to extend credit under the First Priority Documents have been terminated and (iii) there are no outstanding letters of credit or similar instruments issued under the First Priority Documents (other than such as have been cash collateralized or defeased in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents). Upon the written request by the Second Priority Representative and/or the Borrower, the First Priority Representative shall promptly deliver a written notice to the Second Priority Representative stating that (to the extent such events have occurred) the events described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) have occurred to the satisfaction of the First Priority Secured Parties.
      “First Priority Representative” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

3


 

      “First Priority Required Lenders” means the “Required Lenders” as defined in the First Priority Agreement.
      “First Priority Secured Parties” means the holders of the First Priority Obligations.
      “First Priority Security Documents” means the “Collateral Documents” as defined in the First Priority Agreement, and any other documents that are designated under the First Priority Agreement as “First Priority Security Documents” for purposes of this Agreement.
      “GSMP” means GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd.
      “Guarantors” has the meaning set forth in the First Priority Agreement.
      “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligations of such Loan Party owed to any First Priority Lender (or any Affiliate thereof or any Person who was a First Priority Lender or an Affiliate thereof at the time of the applicable transaction) in respect of any Rate Management Transaction (as defined in the Existing First Priority Agreement), including without limitation Rate Management Transactions existing prior to the date hereof.
      “Holdco” has the meaning set forth in the first WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.
      “Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding in respect of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, winding up, receivership, dissolution or assignment for the benefit of creditors, in each of the foregoing events whether under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership or similar law.
      “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
      “Lien” means any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance or preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale, Capitalized Lease (as defined in the First Priority Agreement) or other title retention agreement). For the purposes hereof, none of the following shall be deemed to be Liens: (i) setoff rights or statutory liens arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) restrictive contractual obligations with respect to assets comprising the Payment Instruments Funding Amounts or Payment Service Obligations (as defined in the First Priority Agreement), provided that such contractual obligations are no more

4


 

restrictive in nature than those in effect on the Effective Date, (iii) Liens purported to be created under Repurchase Agreements (as defined in the First Priority Agreement), provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such Repurchase Agreements, (iv) ordinary course of business contractual obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts or (v) operating leases.
      “Loan Party” means the Borrower, each of the Guarantors and any other Person (other than the First Priority Representative and the Second Priority Representative) that has executed or may from time to time execute a First Priority Security Document and a Second Priority Security Document.
      “Maximum First Priority Obligations Amount” means the sum of (a) $700 million, plus (b)(i) all Hedging Obligations of any Loan Party and (ii) all interest, fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the First Priority Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding.
      “Person” means any person, individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, association, institution, entity, party, including any government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.
      “Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses that accrues after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable in any such Insolvency Proceeding.
      “Required Holder” has the meaning set forth in the Existing Second Priority Agreement.
      “Second Priority Agreement” means (i) the Existing Second Priority Agreement, as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 6(c) , and (ii) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture, or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the Existing Second Priority Agreement or other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (ii) in accordance with Section 6(c) , unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Second Priority Agreement hereunder. Any reference to the Second Priority Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any Second Priority Agreement then extant.
      “Second Priority Collateral” means all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to any Second Priority Secured Party as security for any Second Priority Obligation.

5


 

      “Second Priority Documents” means each Second Priority Agreement and each Second Priority Security Document.
      “Second Priority Enforcement Date” means the date which is 180 days after the First Priority Representative’s receipt of written notice from the Second Priority Representative of the occurrence of an Event of Default (under and as defined in the Second Priority Agreement); provided that the Second Priority Enforcement Date shall be stayed and deemed not to have occurred for so long as (i) the First Priority Representative has commenced and is diligently pursuing an Enforcement Action against, or diligently attempting to vacate any stay of enforcement of their Liens on, all or a material portion of the Common Collateral, (ii) the Event of Default referenced in the written notice from the Second Priority Representative is waived or (iii) an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by or against the Borrower; provided that the foregoing clause (iii) shall not prohibit the filing of an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code by a Second Priority Secured Party to the extent otherwise permitted pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.7 .
      “Second Priority Holders” means the “Holders” as defined in the Second Priority Agreement, or any Persons that are designated under the Second Priority Agreement as the “Second Priority Holders” for purposes of this Agreement.
      “Second Priority Lien” means any Lien created by the Second Priority Security Documents.
      “Second Priority Obligations” means (i) all principal of and interest (including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) and premium (if any) on all indebtedness under the Second Priority Agreement, and (ii) all fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the Second Priority Documents, in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding. To the extent any payment with respect to any Second Priority Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any First Priority Secured Party, receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.
      “Second Priority Representative” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.
      “Second Priority Secured Party” means the Second Priority Representative and any Second Priority Holders.
      “Second Priority Security Documents” means the “Security Documents” as defined in the Second Priority Agreement and any documents that are designated under the Second Priority Agreement as “Second Priority Security Documents” for purposes of this Agreement.

6


 

      “Secured Parties” means the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties.
      “Unasserted Contingent Obligations” shall mean, at any time, First Priority Obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities (excluding (i) the principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, and fees and expenses relating to, any First Priority Obligation and (ii) contingent reimbursement obligations in respect of amounts that may be drawn under outstanding letters of credit) in respect of which no assertion of liability (whether oral or written) and no claim or demand for payment (whether oral or written) has been made (and, in the case of First Priority Obligations for indemnification, no notice for indemnification has been issued by the indemnitee) at such time.
      “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
     (b) Rules of Construction.
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it; and shall be construed, in accordance with GAAP;
     (iii) “or” is not exclusive;
     (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (v) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (vi) the word “including” means “including without limitation”;
     (vii) any reference to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns; and
     (viii) for purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.”
      SECTION 2. Lien Priorities.
     2.1 Subordination of Liens . (a) Any and all Liens now existing or hereafter created or arising in favor of any Second Priority Secured Party securing the Second Priority Obligations, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise are expressly junior in priority, operation and effect to any and all Liens now existing or hereafter created or arising in favor of the First Priority

7


 

Secured Parties securing the First Priority Obligations, notwithstanding (i) anything to the contrary contained in any agreement or filing to which any Second Priority Secured Party may now or hereafter be a party, and regardless of the time, order or method of grant, attachment, recording or perfection of any financing statements or other security interests, assignments, pledges, deeds, mortgages and other liens, charges or encumbrances or any defect or deficiency or alleged defect or deficiency in any of the foregoing, (ii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code or any applicable law or any First Priority Document or Second Priority Document or any other circumstance whatsoever and (iii) the fact that any such Liens in favor of any First Priority Secured Party securing any of the First Priority Obligations are (x) subordinated to any Lien securing any obligation of any Loan Party other than the Second Priority Obligations or (y) otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed.
     (b) No First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party shall object to or contest, or support any other Person in contesting or objecting to, in any proceeding (including without limitation, any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, extent, perfection, priority or enforceability of any security interest in the Common Collateral granted to the other. Notwithstanding any failure by any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party to perfect its security interests in the Common Collateral or any avoidance, invalidation or subordination by any third party or court of competent jurisdiction of the security interests in the Common Collateral granted to the First Priority Secured Parties or the Second Priority Secured Parties, the priority and rights as between the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties with respect to the Common Collateral shall be as set forth herein.
     2.2 No Payment Subordination . The subordination of all Liens on the Common Collateral securing the Second Priority Obligations to all Liens on the Common Collateral securing any First Priority Obligations is with respect to only the priority of the Liens held by or on behalf of the First Priority Secured Parties and shall not constitute a subordination of the Second Priority Obligations to the First Priority Obligations. Except as provided in Sections 2.1 , 4.1 and 5.5 , nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to subordinate any debt claim by a Second Priority Secured Party to a debt claim by a First Priority Secured Party. All debt claims of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties are intended to be pari passu.
     2.3 Nature of First Priority Obligations . The Second Priority Representative on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties acknowledges that a portion of the First Priority Obligations are revolving in nature and that the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the First Priority Obligations may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of the First Priority Obligations may be increased, replaced or refinanced, in each event, without notice to or consent by the Second Priority Secured Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof. The lien priorities provided in Section 2.1 shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension, repayment, reborrowing, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of

8


 

either the First Priority Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations, or any portion thereof.
     2.4 Agreements Regarding Actions to Perfect Liens . (a) The Second Priority Representative on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties agrees that UCC-1 financing statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings or other filings or recordings filed or recorded by or on behalf of the Second Priority Representative shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the First Priority Representative.
     (b) The Second Priority Representative agrees on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties that all mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds and similar instruments (collectively, “mortgages” ) now or thereafter filed, or acquired by operation of law or by assignment against real property in favor of or for the benefit of the Second Priority Representative shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the First Priority Representative and shall contain the following notation: “The lien created by this mortgage on the property described herein is junior and subordinate to the lien on such property created by any mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument now or hereafter granted to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A., and its successors and assigns, in such property, in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 25, 2008 among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent; Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent; and MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., as amended from time to time.”
     (c) The First Priority Representative hereby acknowledges that, to the extent that it holds, or a third party holds on its behalf, physical possession of or “control” (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) over Common Collateral pursuant to the First Priority Documents, such possession or control is also for the benefit of the Second Priority Representative and the other Second Priority Secured Parties solely to the extent required to perfect their security interest in such Common Collateral. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be construed to impose any duty on the First Priority Representative (or any third party acting on its behalf) with respect to such Common Collateral or provide the Second Priority Representative or any other Second Priority Secured Party with any rights with respect to such Common Collateral beyond those specified in this Agreement and the Second Priority Security Documents, provided that subsequent to the occurrence of the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Representative shall (x) deliver to the Second Priority Representative, at the Borrower’s sole reasonable cost and expense, the Common Collateral in its possession or control together with any necessary endorsements to the extent required by the Second Priority Documents or (y) direct and deliver such Common Collateral as a court of competent jurisdiction otherwise directs, and provided further that the provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to govern the respective Lien priorities as between the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties and shall not impose on the First Priority Secured Parties any obligations in respect of the disposition of any Common Collateral (or any proceeds thereof) that would conflict with prior perfected Liens or any claims thereon in favor of any other Person that is not a Secured Party.

9


 

     2.5 Similar Liens and Agreements . The parties hereto agree that it is their intention that the First Priority Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral shall be identical. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement:
     (a) upon request by the First Priority Representative or the Second Priority Representative, to cooperate in good faith (and to direct their counsel to cooperate in good faith) from time to time in order to determine the specific items included in the First Priority Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral and the steps taken to perfect their respective Liens and the identity of the respective parties obligated under the First Priority Documents and the Second Priority Documents; and
     (b) that the documents and agreements creating or evidencing the First Priority Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral and guarantees for the First Priority Obligations and the Second Priority Obligations shall be in all material respects the same forms of documents other than (i) with respect to the first priority and the second priority nature of the security interests created thereunder and (ii) as provided in Section 2.6 .
     (c) So long as the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has not occurred, if any Second Priority Secured Party shall acquire or hold any new Lien on any assets of any Loan Party securing any Second Priority Obligation which assets are not also subject to the first-priority Lien of the First Priority Representative under the First Priority Documents, then the Second Priority Representative, will, without the need for any further consent of any other Second Priority Secured Party, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Second Priority Document, hold such Lien for the benefit of the First Lien Representative. To the extent that the foregoing provisions are not complied with for any reason, without limiting any other rights and remedies available to the First Priority Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representative and the other Second Priority Secured Parties agree that any amounts received by or distributed to any of them pursuant to or as a result of Liens granted in contravention of this Section 2.5(c) shall be subject to Section 4.1.
     2.6 Bailee for Perfection . (a) The First Priority Representative agrees to hold that part of the Common Collateral that is in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) to the extent that possession or control thereof is taken to perfect a Lien thereon under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law as collateral agent for the First Priority Secured Parties and as bailee for the Second Priority Representative (such bailment being intended, among other things, to satisfy the requirements of Sections 8-106(d)(3), 8-301(a)(2) and 9-313(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code) and any assignee solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted under the First Priority Documents and the Second Priority Documents, respectively, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.6 . Solely with respect to any deposit accounts under the control (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) of the First Priority Representative, the First Priority Representative agrees to also hold control over such deposit accounts as agent for the Second Priority Representative.
     (b) The First Priority Representative shall have no obligation whatsoever to the First Priority Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Secured Party to ensure that the Common Collateral is genuine or owned by any

10


 

of the Grantors or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person except as expressly set forth in this Section 2.6 . The duties or responsibilities of the First Priority Representative under this Section 2.6 shall be limited solely to holding the Common Collateral as agent and bailee in accordance with this Section 2.6 and delivering the Common Collateral upon a discharge of First Priority Obligations as provided in paragraph (d) below.
     (c) The First Priority Representative acting pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall not have by reason of the First Priority Security Documents, the Second Priority Security Documents, this Agreement or any other document a fiduciary relationship in respect of the First Priority Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Secured Party.
     (d) Upon the discharge of First Priority Obligations under the First Priority Documents to which the First Priority Representative is a party, the First Priority Representative shall promptly deliver, at Borrower’s sole reasonable cost and expense, the remaining Common Collateral (if any) in its possession or control together with any necessary endorsements, first, to the Second Priority Representative to the extent Second Priority Obligations remain outstanding, and second, to the Borrower to the extent no First Priority Obligations or Second Priority Obligations remain outstanding (in each case, so as to allow such Person to obtain control of such Common Collateral). Upon such discharge of First Priority Obligations, the First Priority Representative further agrees to take all other action reasonably requested by the Second Priority Representative in connection with the Second Priority Representative obtaining a first priority interest in the Common Collateral or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
      SECTION 3. Enforcement Rights.
     3.1 Exclusive Enforcement . (a) Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, whether or not an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Loan Party, the First Priority Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right to take and continue any Enforcement Action with respect to the Common Collateral, without any consultation with or consent of any Second Priority Secured Party. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a default or an event of default under the First Priority Documents, the First Priority Representative and the other First Priority Secured Parties may take and continue any Enforcement Action with respect to the First Priority Obligations and the Common Collateral in such order and manner as they may determine in their sole discretion subject only to any express limitation on taking such Enforcement Action contained in the First Priority Documents. Except as specifically provided in this Section 3.1 or 3.7 below, notwithstanding any rights or remedies available to a Second Priority Secured Party under any of the Second Priority Security Documents, applicable law or otherwise, no Second Priority Secured Party shall, directly or indirectly, take any Enforcement Action; provided that , upon the occurrence and continuance of the Second Priority Enforcement Date the Second Priority Secured Parties may take any Enforcement Action subject to the other terms of this Agreement;
     (b) The First Priority Representative shall respond to all reasonable written requests from the Second Priority Representative to provide written statements as to the

11


 

status of any Enforcement Action taken by the First Priority Representative. The Second Priority Representative shall respond to all reasonable written requests from the First Priority Representative to provide written statements as to the status of any Enforcement Action taken by the Second Priority Representative. Notwithstanding the occurrence and continuance of the Second Priority Enforcement Date, in no event shall any Second Priority Secured Parties commence or continue any Enforcement Action if an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Loan Party and is continuing; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the filing of an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code by a Second Priority Secured Party to the extent otherwise permitted pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.7 ;
     (c) The Second Priority Representative hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rights and remedies of the First Priority Representative and First Priority Secured Parties under the First Priority Documents are independent rights and remedies and that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in the Second Priority Security Documents or any other Second Priority Document (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to restrict the manner in which the First Priority Representative and any of the First Priority Secured Parties exercise (or elect not to exercise) such rights and remedies, it being understood that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties shall, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, have the right to enforce their rights and remedies under the Second Priority Documents, and the First Priority Representative hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rights and remedies of the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties under the Second Priority Documents are independent rights and remedies and that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in the First Priority Security Documents or the other First Priority Documents (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to restrict the manner in which the Second Priority Representative and any of the Second Priority Secured Parties exercise (or elect not to exercise) such rights and remedies, it is understood that notwithstanding the foregoing, the First Priority Representative and the First Priority Secured Parties shall have the right to enforce their rights and remedies under the First Priority Documents.
     (d) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to in any way limit or impair the right of any First Priority Secured Party or any Second Priority Secured Party to join (but not control) any Enforcement Action initiated by any other person against the Common Collateral, so long as it does not delay or interfere in any material respect with the exercise by such other person of its rights as provided in this Agreement. The foregoing shall not be construed as limiting or otherwise impairing the right of the First Priority Representative to control any Enforcement Action.
     3.2 Standstill and Waivers . The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that, until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, subject to the proviso set forth in Section 5.1 :
     (i) they will not take or cause to be taken any action, the purpose or effect of which is to make any Lien in respect of any Second Priority Obligation pari passu with or senior to, or to give any Second Priority Secured Party any

12


 

preference or priority relative to, the Liens with respect to the First Priority Obligations or the First Priority Secured Parties with respect to any of the Common Collateral;
     (ii) subject to Section 4.2 , they will not oppose, object to, interfere with, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings (including without limitation the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding) or otherwise, any foreclosure, sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the Common Collateral by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party or any other Enforcement Action taken by or on behalf of the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party;
     (iii) they have no right to (x) direct either the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Documents or (y) consent or object to the exercise by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party of any right, remedy or power with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Documents or to the timing or manner in which any such right is exercised or not exercised (or, to the extent they may have any such right described in this clause (iii), whether as a junior lien creditor or otherwise, they hereby irrevocably waive such right);
     (iv) they will not institute any suit or other proceeding or assert in any suit, Insolvency Proceeding or other proceeding any claim against either First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise, with respect to, and neither the First Priority Representative nor any other First Priority Secured Party shall be liable for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Documents;
     (v) they will not make any judicial or nonjudicial claim or demand or commence any judicial or nonjudicial proceedings against any Loan Party or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates under or with respect to any Second Priority Security Document seeking payment or damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise under or with respect to any Second Priority Security Document except for Enforcement Actions permitted hereby (other than filing a proof of claim) or exercise any right, remedy or power under or with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce, other than filing a proof of claim, any Second Priority Security Document;
     (vi) they will not commence judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of any Common Collateral, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or

13


 

otherwise take any action to enforce their interest in or realize upon, the Common Collateral or pursuant to the Second Priority Security Documents; and
     (vii) they will not seek, and hereby waive any right, to have the Common Collateral or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of the Common Collateral.
     3.3 Judgment Creditors . In the event that any Second Priority Secured Party becomes a judgment lien creditor in respect of Common Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor, such judgment lien shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the First Priority Liens and the First Priority Obligations) to the same extent as all other Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations (created pursuant to the Second Priority Security Documents) subject to this Agreement.
     3.4 Cooperation . The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that each of them shall take such actions as the First Priority Representative shall reasonably request in writing in connection with the exercise by the First Priority Secured Parties of their rights set forth herein.
     3.5 No Additional Rights For the Borrower Hereunder . Except as provided in Section 3.6 , if any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party shall enforce its rights or remedies in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to use such violation as a defense to any action by any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party, nor to assert such violation as a counterclaim or basis for set off or recoupment against any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party.
     3.6 Actions Upon Breach . (a) If any Second Priority Secured Party, contrary to this Agreement, commences or participates in any action or proceeding against the Borrower or the Common Collateral, the Borrower, only with the prior written consent of the First Priority Secured Representative, may interpose as a defense or dilatory plea the making of this Agreement, and any First Priority Secured Party may intervene and interpose such defense or plea in its or their name or in the name of the Borrower.
     (b) Should any Second Priority Secured Party, contrary to this Agreement, in any way take, attempt to or threaten to take any action with respect to the Common Collateral (including, without limitation, any attempt to realize upon or enforce any remedy with respect to this Agreement), or fail to take any action required by this Agreement, any First Priority Secured Party (in its or their own name or in the name of the Borrower) or the Borrower, only with the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative, may obtain relief against such Second Priority Secured Party by injunction, specific performance and/or other appropriate equitable relief, it being understood and agreed by the Second Priority Representative on behalf of each Second Priority Secured Party that (i) the First Priority Secured Parties’ damages from its actions may at that time be difficult to ascertain and may be irreparable, and (ii) each Second Priority Secured Party waives any defense that the Borrower and/or the First Priority

14


 

Secured Parties cannot demonstrate damage and/or be made whole by the awarding of damages.
     3.7 Permitted Actions and other Agreements . The Second Priority Representative (acting at the written direction of the majority of Second Priority Holders) and/or the Second Priority Secured Parties:
     (a) may, but shall not be obligated to, take any action as they deem necessary (subject to Section 2.1 ), including to file any proof of claim or other filing or to make any argument or motion, in order to create, perfect or preserve their Lien on all or any portion of the Common Collateral;
     (b) shall be entitled to file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of the Second Priority Secured Parties, including without limitation any claims secured by the Common Collateral, if any, in each case not in contravention of the express provisions of this Agreement;
     (c) may purchase any Common Collateral at any private or judicial foreclosure sale of such Common Collateral initiated by any Secured Party or at any Section 363 hearing (i) by an all cash bid or (ii) by a credit bid pursuant to Section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code if, in addition to such credit bid, such bid includes cash consideration payable to the First Priority Parties equal to the First Priority Obligations;
     (d) shall be entitled to file a claim, proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to the Second Priority Obligations in any Insolvency Proceeding; and
     (e) except as provided in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.5 , 5.6 and 5.9 , may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against the Borrower and any other Loan Party, including without limitation filing any pleadings, objection, motions or agreement which assert right or interests of unsecured creditors, excluding, prior to the Second Priority Enforcement Date, the right to file an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, and including the right to file an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code after the occurrence of the Second Priority Enforcement Date (unless the Second Priority Enforcement Date is deemed not to have occurred pursuant to the definition thereof).
     3.8 Option to Purchase .
     (a) The First Priority Representative agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to give the Second Priority Representative written notice (the “Enforcement Notice”) at least two Business Days prior to commencing any Enforcement Action with respect to a material portion of the Common Collateral following the acceleration of the First Priority Obligations. Any Second Priority Secured Party constituting not less than the Required Holders (the “Purchasing Parties”) shall have the option to purchase all, but not less than all, of the First Priority Obligations from the First Priority Secured Parties following delivery of irrevocable written notice

15


 

(the “Purchase Notice”) by the Second Priority Representative on behalf of the Purchasing Parties to the First Priority Representative no later than 25 Business Days after (i) commencement of any Enforcement Action with respect to a material portion of the Common Collateral following the acceleration of the First Priority Obligations or (ii) the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding by or against the Borrower. If the Second Priority Representative on behalf of the Purchasing Parties so delivers the Purchase Notice, the First Priority Representative shall terminate any existing Enforcement Actions and shall not take any further Enforcement Actions, provided , that the Purchase (as defined below) shall have been consummated on the date specified in the Purchase Notice in accordance with this Section 3.8.
     (b) On the date specified by the Second Priority Representative on behalf of the Purchasing Parties in the Purchase Notice (which shall be a Business Day not less than five Business Days, nor more than 20 Business Days, after receipt by the First Priority Representative of the Purchase Notice), the First Priority Secured Parties shall, subject to any required approval of any court or other governmental authority then in effect, sell to the Purchasing Parties, and the Purchasing Parties shall purchase (the “Purchase”) from the First Priority Secured Parties, the First Priority Obligations; provided , that the First Priority Obligations purchased shall not include any rights of First Priority Secured Parties with respect to indemnification and other obligations of the Loan Parties under the First Priority Documents that are expressly stated to survive the termination of the First Priority Documents (the “Surviving Obligations”).
     (c) Without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties under the First Priority Documents to the First Priority Secured Parties with respect to the Surviving Obligations (which shall not be transferred in connection with the Purchase), on the date of the Purchase, the Purchasing Parties shall pay to the First Priority Secured Parties as the purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) therefor the full amount of all First Priority Obligations then outstanding and unpaid (including principal, interest, fees, premiums, breakage costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses), and, in the case of any Hedging Obligations, the amount that would be payable by the relevant Loan Party thereunder if it were to terminate such Hedging Obligations on the date of the Purchase or, if not terminated, an amount determined by the relevant First Priority Secured Party to be necessary to collateralize its credit risk arising out of such Hedging Obligations, (ii) furnish cash collateral (the “Cash Collateral”) to the First Priority Secured Parties in such amounts as the relevant First Priority Secured Parties determine is reasonably necessary to secure such First Priority Secured Parties in connection with any outstanding letters of credit (not to exceed 105% of the aggregate undrawn face amount of such letters of credit), (iii) agree to reimburse the First Priority Secured Parties for any loss, cost, damage or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with any fees, costs or expenses related to any checks or other payments provisionally credited to the First Priority Obligations and/or as to which the First Priority Secured Parties have not yet received final payment and (iv) agree, after written request from the First Priority Representative, to reimburse the First Priority Secured Parties in respect of indemnification obligations of the Loan Parties under the First Priority Documents as to matters or circumstances known to the Purchasing Parties at the time of the Purchase which could reasonably be expected to result in any loss, cost, damage or expense to any

16


 

of the First Priority Secured Parties, provided that, in no event shall any Purchasing Party have any liability for such amounts in excess of proceeds of Common Collateral received by the Purchasing Parties.
     (d) The Purchase Price and Cash Collateral shall be remitted by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account of the First Priority Representative as it shall designate to the Purchasing Parties. The First Priority Representative shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, distribute the amounts received by it in respect of the Purchase Price to the First Priority Secured Parties in accordance with the First Priority Agreement. Interest shall be calculated to but excluding the day on which the Purchase occurs if the amounts so paid by the Purchasing Parties to the account designated by the First Priority Representative are received in such account prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, and interest shall be calculated to and including such day if the amounts so paid by the Purchasing Parties to the account designated by the First Priority Representative are received in such account later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time.
     (e) The Purchase shall be made without representation or warranty of any kind by the First Priority Secured Parties as to the First Priority Obligations, the Common Collateral or otherwise and without recourse to the First Priority Secured Parties, except that the First Priority Secured Parties shall represent and warrant: (i) the amount of the First Priority Obligations being purchased, (ii) that the First Priority Secured Parties own the First Priority Obligations free and clear of any liens or encumbrances and (iii) that the First Priority Secured Parties have the right to assign the First Priority Obligations and the assignment is duly authorized.
     3.9 Obligations Following Discharge of First Priority Obligations . Following the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the First Priority Secured Parties, agrees that it will not take any action that would hinder any exercise of remedies undertaken by the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties, or any of them, under the Second Priority Documents, including any public or private sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of the Common Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise. Following the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, the First Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the First Priority Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it may have as a lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to, interfere with the manner in which the Second Priority Representative or any of the Second Priority Secured Parties seeks to enforce the Liens in any portion of the Common Collateral (it being understood and agreed that the terms of this Agreement shall govern with respect to the Common Collateral even if any portion of the Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations are avoided, disallowed, set aside or otherwise invalidated in any judicial proceeding or otherwise). If the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any Common Collateral or proceeds thereof received by the First Priority Representative or any First Priority Secured Parties in contravention of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the Second Priority

17


 

Representative for the benefit of the Second Priority Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary or reasonably requested endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
      SECTION 4. Application Of Proceeds Of Common Collateral; Dispositions And Releases Of Common Collateral; Inspection and Insurance.
     4.1 Application of Proceeds; Turnover Provisions . All proceeds of Common Collateral (including without limitation any interest earned thereon) resulting from the sale, collection or other disposition of Common Collateral in connection with or resulting from any Enforcement Action, and whether or not pursuant to an Insolvency Proceeding, shall be distributed as follows: first to the First Priority Representative for application to the First Priority Obligations in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents, until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred and thereafter , to the Second Priority Representative for application in accordance with the Second Priority Documents. Until the occurrence of the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, any Common Collateral, including without limitation any such Common Collateral constituting proceeds, that may be received by any Second Priority Secured Party in violation of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and promptly paid over to the First Priority Representative, for the benefit of the First Priority Secured Parties, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, and each Second Priority Secured Party hereby authorizes the First Priority Representative to make any such endorsements as agent for the Second Priority Representative (which authorization, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).
     4.2 Releases of Second Priority Lien . (a) Upon any release, sale or disposition of Common Collateral that results in the release of the First Priority Lien on any Common Collateral and (i) is permitted pursuant to the terms of the Second Priority Documents, (ii) results from any Enforcement Action taken by the First Priority Secured Parties or (iii) occurs pursuant to a sale under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Second Priority Lien on such Common Collateral (excluding any portion of the proceeds of such Common Collateral remaining after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date occurs) shall be automatically and unconditionally released with no further consent or action of any Person.
     (b) The Second Priority Representative shall promptly execute and deliver such release documents and instruments and shall take such farther actions, at the expense of the Borrower, as the First Priority Representative shall reasonably request in writing to evidence any release of the Second Priority Lien described in paragraph (a). The Second Priority Representative hereby appoints the First Priority Representative and any officer or duly authorized person of the First Priority Representative, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of the Second Priority Representative and in the name of the Second Priority Representative or in the First Priority Representative’s own name, from time to time, in the First Priority Representative’s sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or

18


 

desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including, without limitation, any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).
     4.3 Inspection Rights and Insurance . (a) Subject to Section 4.2 and any express limitations contained in the First Priority Documents, any First Priority Secured Party and its representatives and invitees may at any time inspect, repossess, remove and otherwise deal with the Common Collateral, and the First Priority Representative may advertise and conduct public auctions or private sales of the Common Collateral, in each case without notice to, the involvement of or interference by any Second Priority Secured Party or liability to any Second Priority Secured Party.
     (b) Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, the First Priority Representative will have the sole and exclusive right (i) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering the Common Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and (ii) to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Common Collateral.
      SECTION 5 . Insolvency Proceedings.
     5.1 Filing of Motions . Except as provided in Section 5.4 , solely with respect to seeking adequate protection, until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, the Second Priority Representative agrees on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties that no Second Priority Secured Party shall, in or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, file any pleadings or motions, take any position at any hearing or proceeding of any nature, or otherwise take any action whatsoever, in each case in respect of any of the Common Collateral, including, without limitation, with respect to the determination of any Liens or claims held by the First Priority Representative (including the validity and enforceability thereof) or any other First Priority Secured Party or the value of any claims of such parties under Section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise; provided that the Second Priority Representative may file a proof of claim in an Insolvency Proceeding, subject to the limitations contained in this Agreement and only if consistent with the terms and the limitations on the Second Priority Representative imposed hereby.
     5.2 Financing Matters . If any Loan Party becomes subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, and if the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties desire to consent (or not object) to the use of cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code or to provide financing to any Loan Party under the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, financing including a priming Lien under Section 364(d) of the Bankruptcy Code) or to consent (or not object) to the provision of such financing to any Loan Party by any third party (“DIP Financing”), then the Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, that each Second Priority Secured Party (i) will be deemed to have consented to, will raise no objection to, nor support any other Person objecting to, the use of such cash collateral or to such DIP Financing, (ii) will not request or accept adequate protection or any other relief in

19


 

connection with the use of such cash collateral or such DIP Financing except as set forth in paragraph 5.4 below, (iii) will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) the Second Priority Liens (x) to such DIP Financing on the same terms as the First Priority Liens are subordinated thereto (and such subordination will not alter in any manner the terms of this Agreement), (y) to any adequate protection provided to the First Priority Secured Parties and (z) to any “carve-out” agreed to by the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties, and (iv) agrees that notice received two (2) calendar days prior to the entry of an order approving such usage of cash collateral or approving such financing shall be adequate notice; provided , however that the Second Priority Second Parties may object to a DIP Financing (i) on the basis that they are not receiving adequate protection permitted under paragraph 5.4 below, (ii) to the extent the outstanding principal amount of the DIP Financing and the principal amount of the other First Priority Obligations exceed the Maximum First Priority Obligations Amount or (iii) if they do not retain a Lien on the Common Collateral or the proceeds thereof at the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of such Insolvency Proceeding subject to any priming Lien in such DIP Financing and the priority of the First Priority Liens provided hereunder. No Second Priority Secured Party shall propose or support any third party who proposes any DIP Financing without the express written consent of the First Priority Representative, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of the First Priority Representative.
     5.3 Relief From the Automatic Stay . The Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, that none of them will seek relief from the automatic stay or from any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding or take any action in derogation thereof, in each case in respect of any Common Collateral, without the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative.
     5.4 Adequate Protection . The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that none of them shall object, contest, or support any other Person objecting to or contesting, (i) any request by the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties for adequate protection or (ii) any objection by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a claim of a lack of adequate protection or (iii) the payment of interest, fees, expenses or other amounts to the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party under Section 506(b) or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section and in Section 5.2 , in any Insolvency Proceeding, (x) if the First Priority Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection in the form of additional collateral or superpriority claims in connection with any DIP Financing or use of cash collateral, and the First Priority Secured Parties do not object to the adequate protection being provided to them, then the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and any of the Second Priority Secured Parties, may seek or accept adequate protection solely in the form of (A) a replacement Lien on such additional collateral, subordinated to the Liens securing the First Priority Obligations and such DIP Financing on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations are so subordinated to the First Priority Obligations under this Agreement, (B) accrual (but not current payment) of interest on the Second Priority Secured Obligations, and (C) payment of reasonable

20


 

professional fees and expenses of the Second Priority Representative, and (y) in the event the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second Priority Secured Parties, seeks or requests adequate protection and such adequate protection is granted in the form of additional collateral, then the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself or any of the Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that the First Priority Representative shall also be granted a senior Lien on such additional collateral as security for the First Priority Obligations and any such DIP Financing and that any Lien on such additional collateral securing the Second Priority Obligations shall be subordinated to the Liens on such collateral securing the First Priority Obligations and any such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) and any other Liens granted to the First Priority Secured Parties as adequate protection, with such subordination to be on the same terms that the other Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations are subordinated to such First Priority Obligations under this Agreement.
     5.5 Avoidance Issues . (a) If any First Priority Secured Party is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to disgorge, turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of any Loan Party, because such amount was avoided or ordered to be paid or disgorged for any reason, including without limitation because it was found to be a fraudulent or preferential transfer, any amount (a “ Recovery ”), whether received as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of set-off or otherwise, then the First Priority Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such Recovery and deemed to be outstanding as if such payment had not occurred and the First Priority Obligations Payment Date shall be deemed not to have occurred. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto. The Second Priority Secured Parties agree that none of them shall be entitled to benefit from any avoidance action affecting or otherwise relating to any distribution or allocation made in accordance with this Agreement, whether by preference or otherwise, it being understood and agreed that the benefit of such avoidance action otherwise allocable to them shall instead be allocated and turned over for application in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Agreement.
     5.6 Asset Dispositions in an Insolvency Pr oceeding. Neither the Second Priority Representative nor any other Second Priority Secured Party shall, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, oppose any sale or disposition of any assets of any Loan Party that is supported by the First Priority Required Lenders, and the Second Priority Representative and each other Second Priority Required Lenders will be deemed to have consented under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (and otherwise) to any sale supported by the First Priority Secured Parties and to have released their Liens in such assets.
     5.7 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification . Each Second Priority Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that (i) the grants of Liens pursuant to the First Priority Security Documents and the Second Priority Security Documents constitute two separate and distinct grants of Liens and (ii) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Common Collateral, the Second Priority Obligations

21


 

are fundamentally different from the First Priority Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or adopted in an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties in respect of the Common Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the Second Priority Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions shall be made as if there were separate classes of senior and junior secured claims against the Loan Parties in respect of the Common Collateral (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Common Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Second Priority Secured Parties), the First Priority Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of Post-Petition Interest before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the Second Priority Secured Parties, with the Second Priority Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the First Priority Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the claim or recovery of the Second Priority Secured Parties).
     5.8 No Waivers of Rights of First Priority Secured Parties . Subject to Section 2.1(b) , nothing contained herein shall prohibit or in any way limit the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party from objecting in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to any action taken by any Second Priority Secured Party, including the seeking by any Second Priority Secured Party of adequate protection or the asserting by any Second Priority Secured Party of any of its rights and remedies under the Second Priority Documents or otherwise.
     5.9 Plans of Reorganization . The Second Priority Secured Parties may propose, vote on, file and prosecute, object to, and make other filings with regard to, any plan of reorganization, unless such action would directly or indirectly result in a violation of this Agreement, whether directly by any Second Priority Secured Party or as a result of confirmation of such plan.
     5.10 Other Matters . (a) To the extent that the Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Secured Party has or acquires rights under Section 363 or Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any of the Common Collateral, the Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties not to assert any of such rights without the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative; provided that if requested in writing by the First Priority Representative, the Second Priority Representative shall timely exercise such rights in the manner requested by the First Priority Representative, including any rights to payments in respect of such rights.
     5.11 Effectiveness in Insolvency Proceedings . This Agreement, which the parties hereto expressly acknowledge is a “subordination agreement” under section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be effective before, during and after the

22


 

commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding. All references in this Agreement to any Loan Party shall include such Loan Party as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Loan Party in any Insolvency Proceeding.
      SECTION 6. Second Priority Documents and First Priority Documents.
     (a) Each Loan Party and the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not at any time execute or deliver any amendment or other modification to any of the Second Priority Documents inconsistent with or in violation of this Agreement.
     (b) The First Priority Obligations may be amended, waived, increased, extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or secured with additional collateral ( provided that both the First Priority Liens and the Second Priority Liens shall attach to such additional collateral) without affecting the lien priorities of the First Priority Liens and the Second Priority Liens, subject to the covenants in the First Priority Documents and the Second Priority Documents; provided that no such amendment, waiver, increase, extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing shall increase the principal amount of the First Priority Obligations to an amount in excess of the Maximum First Priority Obligations Amount.
     (c) Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Second Priority Documents, the Second Priority Secured Parties shall not, without the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative, agree to any amendment, restatement, modification, supplement, substitution, renewal or replacement of or to any or all of the Second Priority Documents to (i) shorten the maturity of the Second Priority Obligations to be sooner than 91 days following the scheduled maturity date of the First Priority Obligations under the Existing First Priority Agreement or (ii) impose any amortization payments of principal in respect of the Second Priority Obligations and/or add any additional mandatory principal prepayments (or offers to prepay) the Second Priority Obligations, in each case, prior to the scheduled maturity date of the First Priority Obligations under the Existing First Priority Agreement.
      SECTION 7. Reliance; Waivers; etc.
     7.1 Reliance . The First Priority Documents are deemed to have been executed and delivered, and all extensions of credit thereunder are deemed to have been made or incurred, in reliance upon this Agreement. The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second Priority Secured Parties, expressly waives all notice of the acceptance of and reliance on this Agreement by the First Priority Secured Parties. The Second Priority Documents are deemed to have been executed and delivered and all extensions of credit thereunder are deemed to have been made or incurred, in reliance upon this Agreement. The First Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and First Priority Secured Parties, expressly waives all notices of the acceptance of and reliance by the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties

23


 

     7.2 No Warranties or Liability . The Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative acknowledge and agree that neither has made any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectibility or enforceability of any First Priority Document or any Second Priority Document. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective extensions of credit to any Loan Party in accordance with law and their usual practices, modified from time to time as they deem appropriate.
     7.3 No Waivers. No right or benefit of any party hereunder shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of such party or any other party hereto or by any noncompliance by any Loan Party with the terms and conditions of any of the First Priority Documents or the Second Priority Documents.
      SECTION 8. Obligations Unconditional.
     8.1 First Priority Obligations Unconditional. All rights of the First Priority Representative hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of the Second Priority Representative, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any First Priority Document;
     (ii) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the First Priority Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any First Priority Document;
     (iii) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Common Collateral or any other collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of all or any portion of the First Priority Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or
     (iv) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the First Priority Obligations, or of any of the Second Priority Representative, or any Loan Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.
     8.2 Second Priority Obligations Unconditional. All rights and interests of the Second Priority Representative under this Agreement, and all agreements and obligations of the First Priority Representative, the Loan Parties, to the extent applicable, hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

24


 

     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Second Priority Document;
     (ii) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the Second Priority Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any Second Priority Document;
     (iii) any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Common Collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of all or any portion of the Second Priority Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or
     (iv) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the Second Priority Obligations, or of any of the First Priority Representative or any other Loan Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.
      SECTION 9 . Miscellaneous.
     9.1 Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any First Priority Document or any Second Priority Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.
     9.2 Continuing Nature of Provisions. This Agreement shall continue to be effective, and shall not be revocable by any party hereto, until the First Priority Obligation Payment Date shall have occurred. This is a continuing agreement and the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, the Borrower or any other Loan Party on the faith hereof.
     9.3 Amendments; Waivers . No amendment or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the First Priority Representative and the Second Priority Representative and, in the case of amendments or modifications of Sections 3.5 , 3.6 , 3.8 , 5.2 , 5.4 , 6 , 9.3 , 9.5 or 9.6 that directly adversely affect the rights or duties of any Loan Party, such Loan Party.
     9.4 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. Each of the Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative hereby assume responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the First Priority Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations. The Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative hereby agree that no party shall have any duty to advise any other party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event

25


 

the Second Priority Representative or the First Priority Representative, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other party to this Agreement, it shall be under no obligation (A) to provide any such information to such other party or any other party on any subsequent occasion, (B) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, or (C) to disclose any other information.
     9.5 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT REMEDIES PROVIDED BY THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.
     9.6 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS. (A) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
     (B) ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THEY MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO (X) ANY OBJECTION THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION AND (Y) THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.
     (C) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.7 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

26


 

     9.7 Notices. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, or sent by overnight express courier service or United States mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy or five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail (certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto (until notice of a change thereof is delivered as provided in this Section) shall be as set forth below each party’s name on the signature pages hereof, or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties.
     9.8 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and each of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any other Person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Common Collateral. All references to any Loan Party shall include any Loan Party as debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Loan Party in any Insolvency Proceeding.
     9.9 Headings . Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
     9.10 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     9.11 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by each party hereto.
     9.12 Second Priority Representative Actions . Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement or approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Second Priority Representative or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by the Second Priority Representative, it is understood that in all cases the Second Priority Representative shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any such action under this Agreement if it shall not have received such advice or

27


 

concurrence of the Required Holders, as it deems appropriate. This provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Second Priority Representative and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or benefits on any party hereto, or impose any obligation on the First Priority Representative or any of the other First Priority Secured Parties to inquire as to the advice or concurrence of the Required Holders received by the Second Priority Representative prior to relying on the authority of the Second Priority Representative to take any action permitted hereunder.
     9.13 USA Patriot Act . The Borrower acknowledges that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The Borrower agrees that it will provide Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas with such information as it may request in order for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

28


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as First Priority
Representative for and on behalf of the First
Priority Secured Parties
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Sabir A. Hashm   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  Address for Notices:
 
 
  Attn:      
  Telecopy No.:      
 
  With a copy to:
 
 
  Attn:      
  Telecopy No.:      
 
[Intercreditor Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Second Priority Representative for and on behalf of the Second Priority Secured Parties
 
 
  By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company    
 
     
  By:      
    Name:   Cynthia J. Powell   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
     
  By:      
    Name:   David Contino   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  Address for Notices:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
Trust & Securities Services
60 Wall Street, MS2710
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Deal Manager — Corporate Team
 
 
 
  With a copy to:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
c/o Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Trust & Securities Services
25 DeForest Avenue, MS SUM 01-0105
Summit, NJ 07901
Attn: Deal Manager — Corporate Team
 
 
     
     
     
 
[Intercreditor Agreement Signature Page]

 


 

         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS
WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Title: EVP & CFO   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Inter-creditor Agreement

 


 

         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

MONEYGRAM INVESTMENTS, LLC

FSMC, INC.

PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC.

MONEYGRAM OF NEW YORK, LLC,
By: MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC., its Sole Member   
 
     
  By:      
    Title: President and CEO   
       
 
Signature Page to MoneyGram Intercreditor Agreement

 


 

Exhibit 4
Financial Information
See attached financial information

 


 

     
Project North Star   Draft — CONFIDENTIAL
Global Funds Transfer
($ in millions, except volume amounts)
                                                                                                         
    FY 2006  
    Jan     Feb     Mar     Apr     May     Jun     Jul     Aug     Sep     Oct     Nov     Dec     Annual  
Total Revenue
  $ 59.0     $ 58.1     $ 65.9     $ 64.0     $ 68.6     $ 69.4     $ 69.0     $ 71.7     $ 72.8     $ 74.6     $ 70.6     $ 78.1     $ 821.7  
Net Revenue
  $ 35.8     $ 35.6     $ 39.4     $ 39.2     $ 40.5     $ 41.9     $ 41.5     $ 42.4     $ 41.6     $ 43.9     $ 40.8     $ 45.5     $ 488.2  
Margin
    60.7 %     61.2 %     59.8 %     61.2 %     59.1 %     60.4 %     60.2 %     59.2 %     57.1 %     58.9 %     57.8 %     58.2 %     59.4 %
 
                                                                             
Operating Income
    12.7       12.8       14.4       12.7       16.5       11.7       13.0       13.4       12.2       14.5       6.7       12.1       152.6  
Margin
    21.5 %     22.0 %     21.9 %     19.8 %     24.0 %     16.8 %     18.8 %     18.7 %     16.7 %     19.5 %     9.5 %     15.5 %     18.6 %
                                                                                                         
    FY 2007  
    Jan     Feb     Mar     Apr     May     Jun     Jul     Aug     Sep     Oct     Nov     Dec     Annual  
Total Revenue
  $ 72.4     $ 73.1     $ 81.1     $ 77.9     $ 85.1     $ 84.1     $ 84.4     $ 88.0     $ 85.1     $ 93.5     $ 88.0     $ 92.2     $ 1.004.8  
Y-o-Y Growth
    22.9 %     25.7 %     23.1 %     21.7 %     24.1 %     21.1 %     22.3 %     22.7 %     16.9 %     25.3 %     24.7 %     18.0 %     22.3 %
Net Revenue
  $ 42.2     $ 42.6     $ 46.8     $ 45.0     $ 48.6     $ 48.3     $ 48.6     $ 50.6     $ 47.9     $ 52.9     $ 49.6     $ 51.2     $ 574.2  
Y-o-Y Growth
    17.9 %     19.5 %     18.7 %     14.7 %     20.0 %     15.1 %     17.0 %     19.2 %     15.2 %     20.5 %     21.6 %     12.5 %     17.6 %
Margin
    58.3 %     58.3 %     57.7 %     57.7 %     57.2 %     57.4 %     57.5 %     57.5 %     56.3 %     56.6 %     56.4 %     55.5 %     57.1 %
 
                                                                             
Operating Income
  $ 10.7     $ 13.3     $ 13.6     $ 12.3     $ 14.4     $ 14.1     $ 14.2     $ 15.8     $ 15.8     $ 15.5     $ 11.3     $ 18.2     $ 169.1  
Y-o-Y Growth
    (15.9 %)     3.4 %     (5.4 %)     (3.1 %)     (12.5 %)     21.0 %     8.9 %     18.2 %     29.9 %     6.9 %     98.2 %     50.3 %     11.6 %
Margin
    14.7 %     18.1 %     16.8 %     15.7 %     16.9 %     16.8 %     16.8 %     18.0 %     18.6 %     16.6 %     12.8 %     19.7 %     16.8 %
Money Transfer and ExpressPayment Transaction Volumes 1
(volumes in ‘000s)
                                                                                                         
    FY 2007
    Jan   Feb   Mar   Apr   May   Jun   Jul   Aug   Sep   Oct   Nov   Dec   Annual
Money Transfer
    [ * ]                                                                                                  
Express Payment
                                                                                                       
Total
                                                                                                       
Money Transfer and ExpressPayment Combined Net Revenue
($ in millions)
                                                                                                         
    FY 2007
    Jan   Feb   Mar   Apr   May   Jun   Jul   Aug   Sep   Oct   Nov   Dec   Annual
Net Revenue
    [ * ]                                                                                                  
 
1   The appearance of [ * ] denotes confidential information that has been omitted from the Exhibit and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 1


 

     
Project North Star   Draft — CONFIDENTIAL
Consolidated Company EBITDA
($ in millions)
                                                                                                         
    FY 2006  
    Jan     Feb     Mar     Apr     May     Jun     Jul     Aug     Sep     Oct     Nov     Dec     Annual  
Operating Income
  $ 15.1     $ 15.3     $ 17.2     $ 20.8     $ 20.3     $ 12.7     $ 14.9     $ 16.3     $ 12.8     $ 16.7     $ 9.3     $ 13.3     $ 184.7  
D&A
    2.7       2.8       2.9       3.0       3.0       3.4       3.4       3.3       3.7       3.3       3.5       3.9       39.0  
 
                                                                             
EBITDA
  $ 17.9     $ 18.1     $ 20.1     $ 23.8     $ 23.3     $ 16.1     $ 18.3     $ 19.7     $ 16.4     $ 20.0     $ 12.8     $ 17.3     $ 223.7  
 
    FY 2007  
    Jan     Feb     Mar     Apr     May     Jun     Jul     Aug     Sep     Oct     Nov     Dec     Annual  
Operating Income
  $ 12.9     $ 16.6     $ 16.5     $ 16.6     $ 15.6     $ 17.7     $ 17.4     $ 18.1     $ 16.0     $ 19.3     $ 14.5     $ 26.2     $ 207.3  
D&A
    3.8       3.8       4.0       4.0       4.3       3.9       4.4       4.5       5.0       4.7       4.5       5.0       52.0  
 
                                                                             
EBITDA
  $ 16.7     $ 20.5     $ 20.5     $ 20.6     $ 19.9     $ 21.6     $ 21.8     $ 22..6     $ 21.0     $ 24.0     $ 18.9     $ 31.1     $ 259.3  
Y-o-Y Growth
    (6.3 %)     13.1 %     2.1 %     (13.3 %)     (14.6 %)     34.2 %     18.9 %     15.1 %     28.0 %     20.1 %     47.5 %     80.4 %     15.9 %

Page 2


 

HOLDCO DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
And
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
THL Credit Partners, L.P.
Dated as of March 17, 2008
Relating to up to:
$500,000,000
13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes Due 2018

 


 

INTRODUCTION
          Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 17, 2008 (the “Agreement”), among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Moneygram International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“Holdco”), GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“GSMP Onshore”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“GSMP Offshore”), GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“GSMP Institutional” and together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “Initial Purchasers”) and THL Credit Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “THL Purchaser” and together with the Initial Purchasers, the “Purchasers”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement. Section references are to sections of the Agreement.
          The information contained herein is deemed to be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in the Agreement.
          Matters reflected herein are not necessarily limited to the matters required by the Agreement to be reflected herein. Such additional matters are set forth for informational purposes and do not necessarily include other matters of a similar nature. This Holdco Disclosure Schedule is not intended to constitute, and shall not be construed as constituting, representations or warranties of Holdco except as and to the extent provided in the Agreement or to expand the scope of the representations or warranties of Holdco under the Agreement. Any disclosure with respect to a particular paragraph or section of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for other paragraphs and sections of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure would be reasonably apparent to a reader of such disclosure. Furthermore, the disclosure of a particular item of information in this Holdco Disclosure Schedule as an exception to a representation or warranty will not be deemed an admission or a concession that such information is material to Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary or represents a material exception from any representation or warranty or a fact, event or circumstance that would result in or has caused or is reasonably likely to cause, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries.
          This Holdco Disclosure Schedule sets forth exceptions to the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements made by Holdco in the Agreement and is intended to qualify such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements. No disclosure in this Holdco Disclosure Schedule relating to any possible noncompliance, breach or violation of any Disclosed Contract, Permit or Law shall be construed as an admission or indication that any such noncompliance, breach or violation exists or has actually occurred, and nothing in the Holdco Disclosure Schedule shall constitute an admission of liability or obligation of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary to any third party or shall confer or give to any third party any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action, or other right.
          Certain matters are listed in this Holdco Disclosure Schedule for informational purposes only and may not be required to be listed herein by the terms of the Agreement. In disclosing this information, Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries expressly do not waive any

2


 

attorney-client privilege associated with such information or any protection afforded by the work-product doctrine with respect to any of the matters disclosed or discussed herein.
          Section headings refer to sections of the Agreement to which they relate are inserted for convenience of reference only and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Agreement or this Holdco Disclosure Schedule. The terms “Disclosed Contract”, “Permit” and “Law” have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

3


 

Section 3.3
Material Adverse Effect and Termination Development
See Section 4.8 of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule.

4


 

Section 4.3
Holdco Subsidiaries
1.   In addition to the Previously Disclosed list of subsidiaries of Holdco, on August 28, 2007, Holdco formed a Minnesota corporation for the purpose of confidentially applying for a new trademark in connection with the global branding initiative. The name of the corporation is: GBP Holdings, Inc. GBP Holdings, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
 
2.   Holdco formed MoneyGram Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company on March 3, 2008, as a subsidiary of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. CAG, Inc., a Nevada corporation and also a MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. subsidiary, was merged into MoneyGram Investments, LLC on March 4, 2008.
 
3.   Each Supervisory Board member of Holdco’s French subsidiary, MoneyGram France S.A., owns one share of that entity. Under French law, Supervisory Board members are required to be shareholders or need to become shareholders within six months of their appointment. There is a loan of share agreement with each Supervisory Board member pursuant to which Holdco may, without providing the shareholder any consideration, repossess the share for any reason.
 
4.   Pursuant to Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement and Waiver to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005, as amended, by and among Holdco, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually and as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions signatory thereto, and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement and Waiver to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2007, as amended, by and between Holdco and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., both effective January 25, 2008, (collectively, the “Amendments and Waivers to Credit Agreements”), Holdco granted the lenders a security interest in the non-financial assets of Holdco and its subsidiaries and the stock of its subsidiaries. A Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement of even date therewith were executed in connection with the Amendments and Waivers to Credit Agreements.

5


 

Section 4.5
Authorization; No Default
1.   Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005 , as amended, by and among Holdco, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually and as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions signatory thereto, an acquisition of 20% or more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Holdco is an event of default under the Agreement.
 
2.   Pursuant to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2007, as amended, by and between Holdco and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an acquisition of 20% or more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Holdco is an event of default under the Agreement.
 
3.   Pursuant to the official check Agreement between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and Wachovia Corporation, dated September 1, 2006, Wachovia has a right to terminate the Agreement upon a merger or acquisition. Wachovia has an average balance of approximately $225 million and is one of Holdco’s official check customers that has a special purpose entity.
 
4.   Pursuant to the Ordering Document between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Oracle USA, Inc., effective May 18, 2007, the license period terminates upon an acquisition of Holdco.
 
5.   Various states and other jurisdictions require prior notice or approval prior to acquisition of various types of securities of companies (or parent entities of companies) authorized by such state to engage in the money transfer business. No representation is made as to whether the acquisition of Securities by the Investors prior to receipt of approval or prior to the expiration of such notice period complies with any such laws or requirements.
 
6.   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc is licensed as a money transmitter in the Netherlands. Holdco will need to provide advance notice to the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (De Nederlandsche Bank) of new directors however, prior approval of any new directors appointed in conjunction with the Investment is not necessary. The Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets has the right to make inquiries into the background of the directors.
 
7.   MoneyGram France S.A. is licensed as a credit institution in France. Holdco must obtain prior authorization from the French Credit Institutions and Investment Firms Committee (Comité des Établissements de Crédit et des Entreprises d’Investissement) of any acquisition (whether direct or indirect) of stockholdings in the credit institution granting to the purchaser “effective control.”
 
8.   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc is licensed as a money transmitter in Germany, which is regulated by the German banking regulator, Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht

6


 

    (BaFin). The German Banking Act requires that as soon as someone has the intent to acquire an interest exceeding 10%, which may include an indirect ownership through a chain of majority owned or controlled enterprises, he or she must file a notification with BaFin.
 
9.   Pursuant to the Master Agent Agreement between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and Advance America, Cash Advance Centers, Inc., dated March 9, 2007, Holdco is required to give Advance America immediate notice of a Change of Control. Change of Control under the Agreement includes an acquisition of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of MPSI or an affiliate.
 
10.   Section 4.12 of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated herein by reference.

7


 

Section 4.6
SEC Documents
1.   Holdco received a comment letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) dated December 21, 2007, pertaining to Holdco’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007. Holdco responded to the SEC by letter dated January 3, 2008, requesting additional time to respond to its comments. Holdco provided its responses to the SEC to the comment letter on January 23, 2008. Holdco received an additional letter from the SEC dated February 5, 2008, requesting additional information. Holdco filed a response to the February 5, 2008 letter on February 20, 2008. In subsequent verbal discussions with the SEC, the SEC asked for clarification on one additional item. Holdco filed a written response to such request on March 3, 2008. On March 7, 2008, Holdco received a letter from the SEC indicating it had no further questions at this time.
 
2.   Effective January 1, 2008, Holdco amended its 40l(k) Plan, to among other things, allow a participant to move existing account balances (as opposed to new deferrals) into and out of a Holdco Stock Fund. Holdco did not file a Form S-8 when such change was made, however on January 31, 2008, Holdco’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the 401(k) plan to prohibit any further participant transfers of account balances into Holdco stock and thus no Form S-8 will be filed.
 
3.   By letter dated February 4, 2008, Holdco was advised that the SEC was conducting a non-public investigation to determine whether any violation of the federal securities laws had occurred. By letter dated February 11, 2008, Holdco was asked to voluntarily produce certain documentation related to its investment portfolio and securities holdings as well as correspondence with Euronet Worldwide, Inc. regarding a potential acquisition. Holdco is complying with both the retention and production requests. The first production of documents occurred on March 7, 2008 and the production will be completed by March 26, 2008.
 
4.   Section 4.10(4) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated herein by reference.
 
5.   Holdco has not filed its Annual Report for 2007 on Form 10-K by the required deadline.

8


 

Section 4.7
Taxes
Clause (i)(c)
1.   Holdco is currently being audited by the Internal Revenue Service for its 2005 tax returns.
 
2.   The UK taxing authority has notified Holdco of its intent to review Holdco’s 2006 UK tax filings.
 
3.   Holdco is currently under audit for state income taxes in the following jurisdictions for the specified years: Arizona (2003-2004), California (2003-2004), Georgia (2003), New Jersey (2002-2004) and New York (2002-2005). The state of Minnesota has notified Holdco of its intent to review Holdco’s 2004, 2005 and 2006 state income tax returns.

9


 

Section 4.8 1
Ordinary Course 1
1.   On October 17, 2007, Holdco announced the strategic review of Holdco’s payment systems segment. On January 7, 2008, Holdco’s Board of Directors approved the restructuring of its Official Check business model by changing its commission structure, enabling Holdco to continue providing these essential services by focusing on small to mid-sized institutions and exiting certain large customer relationships. Holdco expects to exit contracts with most of its top ten Official Check customers, who together account for approximately $2 billion of Holdco’s Official Check payment obligations.
 
2.   The Form 8-Ks filed with the SEC on January 14, 2008, January 15, 2008, January 31, 2008, February 12, 2008, March 5, 2008, and Form NT-10-K filed February 29, 2008, and Form NT-10-K/A filed March 13, 2008 are incorporated herein by reference.
 
3.   First Interstate has requested and Holdco has agreed to increase First Interstate’s funding frequency to limit end of day settlement to $40 million of exposure.
 
4.   Huntington National Bank has requested and Holdco has agreed to provide Huntington early day funding in the amount of approximately $130 million.
 
5.   Holdco has agreed with Wells Fargo to pre-paid funding status for ACH transaction (representing approximately $10 million) and international wires (approximately $100 million) and to ensure funds are available prior to cash letter posting.
 
6.   Since the beginning of 2008, Holdco received notices of cancellation and discontinuance of issuance from a number of Official Check customers. Holdco has also terminated or begun termination of a number of Official Check relationships. The Official Check customers that have provided formal or verbal notice of termination or have stopped issuing checks are listed as Exhibit A to this Section 4.8. The current status of Holdco’s relationships with its top 10 Official Check customers is summarized in Exhibit B to this Section 4.8..
 
7.   Holdco currently holds approximately $680 million in deposits from Official Check customers for same day remittances. In connection with Holdco’s recent disclosure of the unrealized losses in its investment portfolio, certain Official Check customers have asked Holdco to return their deposits for same day remittances. These customers are Huntington National Bank (representing $31 million in deposits), BankAtlantic (representing $9 million in deposits), Bancorp South (representing $6 million in deposits), and Farmer’s & Merchants Trust (representing $3 million in deposits). At this time, no deposits have been returned and it is Holdco’s current plan that such amounts shall not be returned until the customer has executed a termination agreement. Several additional Official Check customers have inquired about their deposits, but have not yet demanded a return of the deposit.
 
8.   From January 1, 2008 through March 14, 2008, Holdco sold a total of approximately $3.8 billion of securities (based on book value as of December 31, 2007), resulting in a realized
 
1   The appearance of [ * ] denotes confidential information that has been omitted from this Exhibit and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

10


 

    loss of approximately $350 million, which was an incremental loss of approximately $1.2 billion in other than temporary impairments recorded in December of 2007.
 
9.   Holdco sought and obtained a waiver under the agreement described in Section 4.9(i)(A)(2) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule of certain financial covenant defaults. The waiver remains effective until May 1, 2008.
 
10.   Holdco sought and obtained a waiver under the agreement described in Sections 4.5(10 and 4.5(2) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule of certain financial covenant defaults. The waivers remain effective until May 1, 2008, subject to certain other termination events as set forth therein. In exchange for the waivers, Holdco has granted collateral in its non-financial assets and stock of its subsidiaries to the banks.
 
11.   Holdco maintains approximately $59 million in surety bonds in connection with licensing requirements in 47 states, plus Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Holdco’s primary surety bond company, travelers Casualty & Surety of America, requested, and Holdco did execute, a new indemnity agreement providing for collateralization of the surety, effective February 11, 2008, and Holdco has provided approximately $45 million in cash collateral for the bonds. Holdco’s other surety bond company, Zurich American Insurance Co., asked Holdco to rectify technical execution faults in the original agreement between the companies, and Holdco did so effective February 7, 2008.
 
12.   Credit rating agencies have previously downgraded Holdco and placed it on negative watch for further ratings downgrades.
 
13.   In December of 2007, Holdco wrote-down approximately $6.5 million dollars for a decline in value of the goodwill of FSMC, Inc.
 
14.   In January 2008, CVS Stores indicated to Holdco that CVS is putting the roll out of money transfer services in additional stores on hold, citing Holdco’s financial position. CVS has indicated to Holdco that an escrow of the upfront payments associated with the rollout and signage ([ * ]) may allow CVS to continue with the rollout.
 
15.   Bank Pekao is merging with another bank in Poland that has a contract with Western Union. Holdco has pre-funded Bank Pekao approximately $1.5 million.
 
16.   Holdco has learned that Wal-Mart is developing a contingency plan if Holdco is unable to meet its obligations to consumers. Pursuant to Amendment 2 to the Money Services Agreement between Wal-Mart and MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., beginning on February 11, 2008, and on certain agreed upon dates, Wal-Mart will withhold certain money order proceeds from its remittance of funds to MPSI to accumulate a total amount of $160 million. Holdco had established a trust for the benefit of Wal-Mart in order to maintain funds for the payment of money orders.
 
17.   Holdco and ACE have executed an extension of Ace’s contract with MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. The extension is for a total of seven years (five years fixed plus a two year store expansion extension). The extension also calls for a [ * ].
 
[ * ]   Please refer to footnote on page 1 of this Section 4.8.

11


 

18.   In January 2008, Holdco ceased the sale of receivables pursuant to the Sale of Receivables facility. Citibank, the sponsor of the facility, has asked Holdco to cancel the agreement given that there are no amounts outstanding. Holdco received a termination notice from Citibank.
19.   Holdco retained Blackstone Advisory Services, L.P., Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Alix Partners, LLP to provide certain contingency planning services.
20.   Section 4.9(ii)(A)(3) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated herein by reference.
21.   Since September 30, 2007, Ted Hill, Ann Jackson and Tammy Bauer were added as participants to Holdco’s Tier II Severance Plan.
22.   On January 31, 2008, Holdco’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to Holdco’s 401(k) plan prohibiting any further participant transfers of account balances into Holdco stock under the 401(k) Plan. The amendment also added to the Plan the titles of individuals that will serve on the Pension and 401(k) Committee (a change also made to Holdco’s Pension Plan).
23.   On January 31, 2008, the 401(k) and Pension Committee approved the appointment of an independent fiduciary to sit on the Committee.
24.   Holdco entered into an engagement letter with Duff and Phelps, LLC, dated January 27, 2008, as amended March 9, 2008, to obtain a second fairness opinion for the Transaction. Similarly, Holdco entered into an amended engagement letter with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on January 29, 2008 for similar services as part of its larger relationship with J.P. Morgan, and did receive such opinion on March 10, 2008.
25.   CitiCorp North America, Inc. (“Citi”) has required that Holdco deposit $10 million dollars into a demand account to serve as collateral supporting a Standby Letter of Credit dated June 29, 2005, issued by Citi on behalf of Holdco.
26.   Two individuals from Holdco’s internal audit department have resigned.
27.   Holdco’s Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, Mr. David Albright, has resigned with separation of service on March 10, 2008. Holdco is in the process of negotiating a separation agreement and release of claims with Mr. Albright, a copy of which has been provided to Investors. Holdco’s Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer, William Putney, intends to resign and Holdco intends to engage him as a consultant pursuant to a contract.
28.   The Credit Union National Association (“CUNA”) had informed Holdco that it intended to send notices to its members informing them that items issued by Holdco are not CUNA insured. Holdco and CUNA have had discussions and CUNA has agreed to refrain from sending out mass communications to its members at this time. Two regional associations

12


 

    (WestCorp and SE Corp) have also indicated that they are contemplating sending notices to its members regarding the safety and soundness of Holdco.
29.   Since January 1, 2008, MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (“MPSI”) has received a variety of requests from state regulators for additional information about MPSI’s operations and investments, as well as requests for information relating to the pending change in control and the new investors. In addition, MPSI has prepared new license applications that will soon be filed with the regulators in the required states. MPSI has also implemented, at the request of several states, monthly reporting of permissible investments/eligible securities to those states that have such requirements. Specific requests from states for information include the following:
    California — The regulator has requested MPSI to provide weekly cash liquidity reports. The regulator has also requested information regarding outstanding payment obligations, eligible securities, official check customers, official check activity, cash flow statements, a summary of the Tsavorite Special Purpose Entity, agent past-due receivables, financial statements, and investment portfolio reports. MPSI has provided all of this information to the regulator.
    Connecticut — The regulator has requested information regarding MPSI’s outstanding payment obligations, permissible investments, and losses from the sale of securities in MPSI’s investment portfolio. MPSI has provided all of this information to the regulator.
    Hawaii — The regulator requested monthly permissible investments reports. In addition, at the time of license renewal, the regulator requested MPSI increase the amount of its surety bond from $1,000 to $500,000. MPSI has complied with the regulator’s requests.
    Kentucky — The regulator requested MPSI to convey to the proposed investors the regulator’s request for financial statements from the appropriate entities which will serve as the new investors. MPSI has passed along this request to Buckley Kolar LLP which is assembling the license applications on behalf of the investors.
    Ohio — The regulator requested a detailed investment report that identifies every security in the MPSI portfolio by CUSIP number, and a one-page report that summarizes the portfolio by category. MPSI has provided this information to the regulator.
30.   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. is currently in the process of renegotiating its contract with Thomas Cook. Thomas Cook has indicated that it would consider signing with Western Union if the Transaction is not signed in the next several days.
31.   Standard Bank of South Africa has inquired about the possibility of a prefund. Holdco does not yet know the contemplated amount and no agreement has been reached on this issue.
32.   RBC Centura has verbally informed Holdco that it desires a change to remittance processes, and requested a funding account be created at its bank to hold same day funds for Official Check business. Holdco and RBC are negotiating a mutually-agreeable change.
33.   Holdco received letters dated March 7, 2008, and March 11, 2008, from NYSE Regulation

13


 

    division regarding, among other items, its request to proceed with the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, its late 10-K filing for 2007, and listing requirements of the Exchange.
34.   As part of Holdco’s recent sale of various investments, Holdco is currently in the process of restructuring its Treasury department and eliminating its Trading department. After a transition period, Holdco will contract with an outside vendor to effectuate its trading requirements. As part of this restructuring, Holdco is drafting a limited-period consulting agreement with William Putney, Holdco’s current Chief Investment Officer, to take effect upon Putney’s resignation. A reduction of force for an additional 5 employees is anticipated, and 3 current employees of the Trading department will be reassigned. Plans call for Holdco’s current Vice-President of Internal Audit, Daniel Collins, to transition into a role as Vice President and Treasurer, and Holdco’s Vice-President of Settlement Operations and various functions thereunder will report into that new area. Additionally, Holdco anticipates hiring a new director for Internal Audit.
35.   On March 14, 2008, Holdco’s independent fiduciary and investment manager of its Holdco Stock Fund 401(k) Plan (“Plan”) notified Company and T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services that it determined that permitting Plan participants to make new investments in Holdco stock through the Plan is no longer consistent with ERISA. T. Rowe Price was instructed to prevent additional purchases through the plan until directed otherwise, and the fiduciary is preparing a notification to send to all Plan participants.
36.   As a result of Holdco’s recent sale of various investments Holdco has determined that MPSI is no longer in compliance with the minimum net worth requirements of the various states in which it is licensed to conduct its money transfer and other payment services businesses. Holdco sought and obtained waivers under its credit agreements as described in Sections 4.5(1) and 4.5(2) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule of certain financial covenant defaults. The waivers remain effective until May 1, 2008, subject to certain other termination events as set forth therein. The credit agreements contain a covenant requiring Holdco and its subsidiaries to comply with laws and regulations, except to the extent that non-compliance does not have a material adverse effect. The failure of MPSI to comply with minimum net worth requirements may be considered an Unmatured Default under this provision if the consequences are ultimately determined to have a material adverse effect. Unmatured Defaults are subject to cure for a 30 day grace period, with such cure not requiring any waiver or consent. Holdco has notified the Agent under the credit agreement of its failure to meet minimum net worth requirements and the possible existence of an Unmatured Default.

14


 

Exhibit A to Schedule 4.8(g)
[Spreadsheet listing OC customer information has been provided to the Investors]

15


 

Exhibit B to Schedule 4.8(g)
[Memorandum regarding status of top 10 OC customers has been provided to the Investors]

16


 

Section 4.9 1
Commitments and Contracts 1
(i)(A)
Except for contracts filed with the SEC, all of Holdco’s contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business and at the time of all previous periodic filings with the SEC, Holdco determined that it was not substantially dependent on any individual contract, as such term is defined in Item 60l(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Holdco’s Disclosure Committee is currently analyzing a number of contracts with top customers and vendors and is expected to reach conclusions in the next 10 days as to whether Holdco is substantially dependent on any such contracts or relationships. If a determination is made that Holdco is substantially dependent on one or more customers or vendors, it intends to file a redacted copy of the relevant contract as an Exhibit to its Form 10-K.
1.   Money Services Agreement effective February 1, 2005, as amended, between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. Holdco and Wal-Mart have agreed to a Trust Agreement pursuant to which Wal-Mart will remit money transfer and money order proceeds and fees into the Trust and Holdco will be entitled to withdraw funds from the Trust on a specified schedule. Holdco has determined and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has agreed that no consents are necessary from the credit agreement banks.
2.   Restated Clearing Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2007, among U. S. Bank National Association, MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and MoneyGram International, Inc., as amended.
3.   Clearing Agreement, dated April 30, 2003, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Branch Banking and Trust Company.
4.   Clearing Agreement, dated December 15, 1997, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and First Interstate Bank.
5.   Restated and Amended Clearing Agreement, dated June 8, 2007, between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and The Huntington National Bank, as amended on February 15, 2008.
6.   Clearing Agreement/Addendum to Mellon Global Cash Management Terms and Conditions, dated August 13, 2001, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Boston Safe Deposit and Trust Company.
7.   Clearing Agreement, dated August 9, 1996, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Preferred Bank.
8.   Clearing Agreement, dated February 26, 2002, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and SouthTrust Bank.
 
1   The appearance of [ * ] denotes confidential information that has been omitted from this Exhibit and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended

17


 

9.   Clearing Agreement, dated March 31, 1993, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and First Security State Bank.
10.   Clearing Agreement, dated July 31, 1998, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Community Resource Bank (f/k/a Community National Bank of Northfield).
11.   Presentment Services Agreement, dated June 12, 2002, among Travelers Express Company, Inc., WF National Bank South Central and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association.
12.   Clearing Agreement, dated October 2, 1990, between First Regional Bank and Travelers Express Company, Inc.
13.   Clearing Agreement dated February 16, 2004, between Citizens State Bank of Clara City and Travelers Express Company, Inc.
14.   Hematite Trust (BB&T)
  a.   Administration Agreement, dated June 30, 2000, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Hematite Trust.
 
  b.   Liquidity Agreement, dated June 30, 2000, between CAG, Inc. and Hematite Trust.
 
  c.   Trust Agreement, dated June 30, 2000, among Branch Banking and Trust Company, as Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and CAG, Inc., as Certificateholder.
 
  d.   Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2000, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Hematite Trust.
15.   Monazite Trust (Huntington)
  a.   Administration Agreement, dated September 14, 2001, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Monazite Trust.
 
  b.   Liquidity Agreement, dated September 14, 2001, between CAG, Inc. and Monazite Trust.
 
  c.   Trust Agreement, dated September 14, 2001, among The Huntington National Bank, as Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, and CAG, Inc., as Certificateholder.
 
  d.   Transfer Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2001, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Monazite Trust.
 
  e.   Trust Maintenance Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2001, among Monazite Trust, Travelers Express Company, Inc. and The Huntington Bank.
16.   Ferrum Trust (Wachovia)
  a.   Administration Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2002, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Ferrum Trust.

18


 

  b.   Liquidity Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2002, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Ferrum Trust.
 
  c.   Trust Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2002, between Allfirst Financial Center, N.A., as Trustee, and Travelers Express Company, Inc., as Certificateholder.
 
  d.   Transfer Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2002, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Ferrum Trust.
 
  e.   Trust Maintenance Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2002, among Ferrum Trust, Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A.
17.   Tsavorite Trust (U.S. Bank)
  a.   Administration Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2003, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Tsavorite Trust
 
  b.   Liquidity Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2003, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Tsavorite Trust
 
  c.   Trust Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2003, among U.S. Bank, N.A., as Trustee, U.S. Bank Trust, N.A., as Owner Trustee, and Travelers Express Company, Inc., as Certificateholder
 
  d.   Transfer Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2003, between Travelers Express Company, Inc. and Tsavorite Trust.
 
  e.   Omnibus Amendment to Tsavorite Trust Transaction documents, dated December 19, 2007, among Tsavorite Trust, MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., U.S. Bank, N.A., U.S. Bank Trust, N.A. and U.S. BANCORP extending the Maturity Date to July 31, 2008.
(i)(D)
1.   Items (1) and (2) of Schedule 4.5 are incorporated herein by reference.
2.   International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2004, between Wachovia Bank, National Association and Travelers Express Company, Inc., together with related Swap Transaction Confirmation dated September 9, 2005, in the notional amount of $100,000,000.
3.   International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2005, between Bank of America, N.A. and Travelers Express Company, Inc., together with related Swap Transaction Confirmation dated September 29, 2005, in the notional amount of $100,000,000.
4.   International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2004, between Bank One, NA and Travelers Express Company, Inc., together with related Swap Transaction Confirmation dated March 5, 2004, in the notional amount of $100,000,000.

19


 

5.   International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement, dated as of September 24, 1996, between Citibank, N.A. and Travelers Express Company, Inc., together with related Swap Transaction Confirmation dated February 2, 2007, in the notional amount of $150,000,000.
 
6.   International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Master Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, between The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., together with related Swap Transaction Confirmation dated June 6, 2006, in the notional amount of $100,000,000, and Swap Transaction Confirmation dated May 12, 2004, in the notional amount of $100,000,000.
 
7.   92,500,000 Euro Loan, dated January 17, 2003, from MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. to MoneyGram International Holdings Ltd.
(i)(E)
1.   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 12, 2007, by and among MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., Project Oscar Acquisition, Inc., PropertyBridge, Inc. and the Stockholders’ Representative.
2.   In connection with the formation of the Stillwater ABS CDO 2006-1, LTD, Holdco sold $259.7 million of securities to Wachovia Capital Markets (“Wachovia”) and substantially all of those securities, along with others, were in turn sold by Wachovia to the Stillwater ABS CDO.
3.   Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2006, by and among Money Express S.r.l, Mr. Giuseppe Pipitone, MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and MoneyGram Payment Systems Italy S.r.l.
Contracts with Limitations
1.   International Money Transfer Supply Agreement, dated March 3, 2006, between Poste Italiane S.p.A. and MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., which limits [ * ]
2.   Master Agency Agreement, dated October 12, 2006, between Walgreen Co. and MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (“MPSI”), which restricts [ * ]
3.   Letter Agreement, dated July 12, 2006, between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and RIA Envia, Inc., which contains an employee non-solicitation provision that expires July 12, 2008.
4.   Letter Agreement, dated July 14, 2006, between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and
 
[ * ]   Please refer to footnote on page 1 of this Section 4.9.

20


 

    iPay Technologies, LLC, which contains an employee non-solicitation provision that expires July 14, 2008.
5.   Letter Agreement, dated March 21, 2007, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Skylight Financial, Inc., which contains an employee non-solicit provision that expires March 21, 2009.
6.   Letter Agreement, dated March 2007, between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and Internet Transaction Solutions, Inc., which contains an employee non-solicitation provision that expires September 2009.
7.   Letter Agreement, dated August 2007, between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and UniRush LLC, which contains an employee non-solicitation provision that expires August 2008.
(ii)(A)
1.   The Services Agreement, dated May 2004, between Nextel Partners Operating Corp. and MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. contains a provision that the contracting party may terminate the agreement if Holdco receives a waiver of a covenant under its credit facility.
2.   The Master Agent Agreement between MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (“MPSI”) and Advance America, Cash Advance Centers, Inc. contains a provision requiring MPSI to give Advance America notice if MPSI or an affiliate receives a waiver of a covenant under its credit facility.
3.   Pursuant to Holdco’s official check contracts with Wachovia Bank, Branch Banking and Trust Company (“BB&T”) and RBC Centura Bank, Holdco must maintain a certain credit rating. The agreement with Wachovia requires that the credit rating issued by Standard and Poors as of the date of the agreement (July 15, 2004) must be maintained; the agreement with BB&T requires that Holdco must maintain an investment grade rating with at least one of the nationally recognized rating agencies; and the agreement with RBC Centura provides that Holdco shall maintain an investment grade credit rating of at least a Baa3 from Moody’s and a BBB from Standard & Poor. In the event of a split rating, the lower of the two ratings shall apply. Holdco has not maintained the required credit rating, creating a right of termination for the applicable bank.
4.   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. is party to a Call Center Services Agreement with the Bulgarian Telecommunications Company, dated September 30, 2004, as amended. Commencing in January, 2007, the Bulgarian Telecommunications Company started invoicing Holdco for a Value Added Tax associated with the call center services. Holdco contends that the services are not subject to the Value Added Tax. The amount in dispute is approximately $200,000.
5.   Under a majority of its contracts with top agents, official check customers and clearing banks, Holdco is or may be out of compliance with certain representations and/or covenants made stating that Holdco will maintain a “sound financial condition” (or other similar

21


 

    language) and/or be in compliance with laws. Except as Previously Disclosed on the Disclosure Schedules, no customer or clearing bank of Holdco has claimed the right to terminate its contract based on a breach of the foregoing representations and/or covenants.
6.   On February 28, 2008, Holdco received a letter from the Stockholders’ Representative under the Plan of Merger between Property Bridge, Inc. and MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (“PB Agreement”). The letter alleged several aspects of failed integration representations claimed to be significant, and requested early payout of Earn Outs under the PB Agreement. Holdco strenuously denies failure of such requirements except for minor instances which are being remedied in the time frame required by the PB Agreement. Holdco does not believe the Stockholders’ Representatives has complied with any of the necessary procedural requirements set forth in the PB Agreement and in any event, believes the claims baseless and notes no payment could be made until the end of the Earn Out period in 2009, and then only after a proper assessment. The maximum payout under the Earn Out is $10 million.
7.   Section 4.8(9) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated herein by reference.
8.   Section 4.8(10) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated herein by reference.

22


 

Section 4.10
Litigation and Other Proceedings
1.   Western Union Company vs. MoneyGram International, Inc. , United States District Court Western District of Texas, Case No. 1:07-20978. Western Union alleges that MoneyGram infringed one of its patents, which MoneyGram contests. While Holdco does not currently believe that this claim would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Holdco, the expected result is undeterminable at this time.
2.   Javier Reto vs. Travelers Express Company, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Inc., Viad Corp. et al , Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, County Department, Chancery Division, Case No. 02 CH 16657. This is a purported class action alleging MoneyGram breached its contract and violated the Illinois Consumer Fraud Act by paying out transactions in U.S. dollars rather than local currency in certain foreign countries. Class certification will likely be decided in the first quarter of 2008. If the class is not certified, we expect the case to conclude shortly thereafter. If the class is certified, the probable exposure is undetermined at this time. MoneyGram has summary judgment motions pending as well. While Holdco does not currently believe that this claim would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Holdco, the expected result is undeterminable at this time.
3.   L.A. Murphy v. MoneyGram International, Inc. et al ., District Court of Hennepin County, Minnesota, Case No. 27-CV-07-26795. On December 19, 2007, Ms. L.A. Murphy, a stockholder of Holdco, filed a purported class action suit against Holdco, and its officers and directors, alleging breach of fiduciary duties for failing to fully investigate the Euronet offer. On January 15, 2008, Holdco received a call from the court informing it that the plaintiff had requested a hearing for a Temporary Restraining Order, which was heard on January 18, 2008, in Hennepin County District Court. Holdco prevailed on such motion. Holdco subsequently learned that the plaintiff made an additional motion for a Temporary Restraining Order seeking to enjoin the Transaction and the announced management bonuses. Holdco subsequently learned that the plaintiff decided to forego the Temporary Restraining Order hearing.
4.   Berney v. MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., et al , Los Angeles Superior Court (Central), County of Los Angeles, State of California, Case No. BC384089. On January 22, 2008, Mr. Berney, a stockholder of Holdco, filed a complaint against Holdco and certain of its officers and directors, and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., alleging, among other things, preparation, issuance, and/or dissemination of materially false and misleading information and press releases to the investing public, breach of fiduciary duties. Mr. Berney is requesting, among other things, preliminary and/or permanent injunctive relief and damages. The expected result is undeterminable at this time.

23


 

Section 4.12 1
Compliance with Laws 1
(i)
1.   Holdco is cooperating with Civil Investigative Demands by ten State Attorney General Offices regarding a potential agreement relating to efforts to combat consumer fraud. MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (“MoneyGram”) has finalized a draft agreement with the Executive Committee for the States Attorneys General, which has been circulated to all States for review and approval. The agreement provides that MoneyGram will provide consumers with fraud warnings, make other changes to certain business practices, and increase its training of agents on the issue of consumer fraud. MoneyGram will also contribute $1.1 million to a consumer education program sponsored by AARP (half in 2007/half in 2008) and pay the States $150,000 for their costs. CA, CO, FL, NE, PA and TN have objected to the release language and/or are refusing to sign the agreement. Holdco plans to continue to work to obtain an agreement that a sufficient number of states will agree to sign.
2.   On January 11, 2007, Holdco received a Civil Investigative Demand from the FTC. The FTC requested information regarding fraud-induced money transfers from the United States to Canada. The FTC initially informed Holdco that it is not the target of the investigation. Holdco is cooperating with the FTC and provided documents and information in March 2007, as well as several supplemental productions in response to demands. On December 5, 2007, counsel for Holdco received a letter from the FTC stating that it is the subject of an investigation relating to fraud-induced money transfers.
3.   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (MoneyGram) is subject to licensing laws and regulations in the states where its business activity is licensed. As of December 31, 2007, MoneyGram believed it was in compliance with all state licensing laws and regulations, with the exception of the California tangible net worth requirement. Holdco has notified the California Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) of its non-compliance with the tangible net worth requirement, and more recently of MoneyGram’s failure to meet the DFI’s 105% test for permissible investments as of January 31, 2008. The DFI has advised MoneyGram that it does not intend to take enforcement action against MoneyGram at this time but said it reserves the right to do so in the future after the Investment is complete.
4.   MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (MoneyGram) is subject to New York banking law §652-b which provides that it shall be unlawful for any transmitter of money or its officers, affiliates or subsidiaries to enter into an agreement with a licensed check casher, whereby credit is extended to the check casher at the same time as, and on the condition that, the transmitter of money enters into an agreement with the check casher whereby the check casher will (1) sell only the New York instruments or New York traveler’s checks of the transmitter of money or (2) agree to the exclusive use of any of the other services of the transmitter of money. MoneyGram has from time to time provided loans to its check casher agents and in some instances these loans were entered into at the same time that an exclusive arrangement for the sale of Holdco’s money orders and/or money transfer services was executed. There are currently loans outstanding with 14 agents in the
 
1   The appearance of [ * ] denote confidential information that has been omitted from this Exhibit and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

24


 

    aggregate amount of approximately [ * ] including approximately [ * ] in New York institutions. The New York licensing examiners are aware of the arrangements and have not indicated that Holdco is out of compliance with §652-b during any of its exams. The arrangements with [ * ]
and [ * ]
do not require Holdco to make regular principal payments.
5.   Section 4.5(5) to this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated by reference herein.
 
6.   Section 4.5(6) to this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated by reference herein.
 
7.   Section 4.5(7) to this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated by reference herein.
 
8.   Section 4.5(8) to this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated by reference herein.
9.   As part of Holdco’s recent sale of various investments and corresponding lack of anticipated incoming capital, as of March 14, 2008, Holdco has determined MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. is no longer in compliance with the minimum net worth requirements of the various states in which it is licensed to conduct its money transfer and other payment services businesses. MPSI is obligated to notify certain regulators of such status in varying time periods.
(ii)
1.   On June 8, 2007, MoneyGram International, Inc., self-reported to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security (Bureau) possible violations of export regulations administered by the Bureau. The possible violations involved the use of encrypted software furnished by a vendor that facilitated money transfers for an agent of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., (MoneyGram) in Libya. The possible violations would have been between the time period when the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control removed Libya from its list of sanctioned countries in 2004, and August 31, 2006 when the U.S. Department of Commerce lifted sanctions on the use of certain forms of encryption technology in Libya. MoneyGram conducted a thorough internal investigation but was unable to determine with certainty whether prohibited encryption technology was used to conduct any money transfer transactions. Nonetheless, MoneyGram self-reported the possible violation. Since it self-reported, MoneyGram has been contacted by the Bureau for additional information and MoneyGram has fully cooperated with these requests. MoneyGram does not know what, if any, action the Bureau may take regarding this matter.
2.   On November 27, 2006, MoneyGram International, Inc., self-reported to the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) possible violations of regulations administered by OFAC. MoneyGram Payment System, Inc. (MoneyGram) is licensed by OFAC to send money transfers from the U.S. to Cuba. Under the terms of the license, payments to money transfer recipients in Cuba were to be made in U.S. dollars or U.S. dollar denominated instruments. In September 2006, MoneyGram learned that the
 
[ * ]   Please refer to footnote on page 1 of this Section 4.12.

25


 

    vendor it had authorized to pay money transfer receivers in Cuba may have paid some receivers in Cuban pesos. Upon learning of this possible violation, MoneyGram voluntarily suspended its money transfer service to Cuba and began an investigation to determine whether a violation had occurred. After extensive discussions with the vendor and a thorough internal investigation, MoneyGram was unable to determine with certainty whether violations had occurred. Nonetheless, MoneyGram self-reported the possible violations. Since it self-reported, MoneyGram has been contacted by OFAC for additional information and MoneyGram has fully cooperated with these requests. MoneyGram does not know what, if any, action OFAC may take regarding this matter.
3.   On July 24, 2007, the IRS issued a Letter 1112 to MoneyGram International, Inc., (MGI) listing several apparent violations of the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) that were discovered during the course of an ordinary BSA exam the IRS conducted on MGI’s compliance program for the time period of October 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004. MGI responded to the Letter 1112 on August 31, 2007 with detailed information regarding the apparent violations. On February 22, 2008, the Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network sent a letter to MGI stating that the IRS exam and Letter 1112 were now resolved by the issuance of the letter which it described as a warning letter.

26


 

Section 4.13
Benefit Plans
(i)
1.   Employee Benefit Plans
  i.   MoneyGram International Inc. 401(k) Plan, as amended
 
  ii.   MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended February 17, 2005
 
  iii.   MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 
  iv.   MoneyGram International, Inc. Amended and Restated Management and Line of Business Incentive Plan, as amended and restated May 9, 2007
 
  v.   MoneyGram Pension Plan (f/k/a Viad Corp Retirement Income Plan), restated as of January 1, 2004
 
  vi.   MoneyGram Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective December 28, 2007
 
  vii.   MoneyGram International, Inc. Performance Unit Incentive Plan, as amended and restated May 9, 2007
 
  viii.   MoneyGram International, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated August 16, 2007
 
  ix.   MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (Tier I), as amended and restated August 16, 2007
 
  x.   MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (Tier II), as amended and restated August 16, 2007
 
  xi.   MoneyGram Employee Equity Trust, effective as of June 30, 2004 (closed)
 
  xii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement, as amended February 16, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  xiii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (no longer in use)
 
  xiv.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement (no longer in use)

27


 

  xv.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, as amended February 16, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  xvi.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement, effective May 8, 2007
 
  xvii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement, effective June 30, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  xviii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement, effective May 8, 2007
 
  xix.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, effective May 8, 2007
 
  xx.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (US Version), effective August 17, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  xxi.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement (US Version), effective August 17, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  xxii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (UK Version), effective August 17, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  xxiii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement (UK Version), effective August 17, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  xxiv.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (US Version), effective February 15, 2006 (no longer in use)
 
  xxv.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (US version), effective February 15, 2006 (no longer in use)
 
  xxvi.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (UK Version), effective February 15, 2006 (no longer in use)
 
  xxvii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Compensation Trust Agreement

28


 

  xxviii.   First Amendment of the MoneyGram International, Inc. Executive Compensation Trust Agreement
 
  xxix.   Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, by and among Viad Corp, MoneyGram International, Inc. and Travelers Express Company, Inc.
 
  xxx.   Viad Corp Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated as of August 19, 2004 (closed)
 
  xxxi.   On February 28, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized a contingent restructuring bonus to certain employees and disclosed as to its named executive officers in Holdco’s 8-K filed March 5, 2008. Approximate value of the potential bonus is $2,780,000.
 
  xxxii.   On February 28, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized a discretionary contribution to Holdco’s 401(K) participants in the amount of 2 percent, and Holdco has paid the contribution.
 
  xxxiii.   On February 28, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized a discretionary incentive bonus of 90 percent of target to non-senior leadership team employees, and Holdco has paid the bonus.
2.   Director Benefit Plans
  i.   2005 Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc., as amended and restated December 28, 2007
 
  ii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors, effective February 16, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  iii.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors, effective February 16, 2005 (no longer in use)
 
  iv.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors
 
  v.   Form of MoneyGram International, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors, effective August 17, 2005
 
  vi.   The MoneyGram International, Inc. Outside Directors’ Deferred Compensation Trust
 
  vii.   MoneyGram International, Inc. Director’s Charitable Matching Program
 
  viii.   Form of Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc.

29


 

  ix.   MoneyGram International, Inc. Compensation for Non-Management Members of Board of Directors effective February 15, 2007
 
  x.   Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Viad Corp, as amended August 19, 2004 (closed)
 
  xi.   Viad Corp Director’s Charitable Award Program
3.   Employment Agreements
  i.   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 5, 2007, between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Philip W. Milne
4.   Welfare Benefit Plans
  i.   Employee Medical Insurance — Blue Cross Blue Shield of MN — MoneyGram International, Inc. Preferred Provider Organization Health Care Plan
 
  ii.   CEO Medical — Blue Cross Blue Shield of MN — Comprehensive Major Medical Plan
 
  iii.   Employee Dental — Delta Dental — MoneyGram International, Inc. Dental Plan
 
  iv.   CEO Dental — Delta Dental — Comprehensive Enhanced with Orthodontic Coverage
 
  v.   Basic Life Insurance, Additional Life Insurance and Retire Life Insurance — Unum — MoneyGram International, Inc. Life Plan
 
  vi.   AD&D — Unum — MoneyGram International, Inc. Accidental Death and Dismemberment Plan
 
  vii.   Short-term Disability — internal policy
 
  viii.   Long-term Disability — Unum — MoneyGram International, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan
 
  ix.   Business Travel Accident Insurance — Chubb — MoneyGram International, Inc. Business Travel Accident Plan
 
  x.   Workers Compensation Insurance — Sentry Insurance
 
  xi.   Health and Dependent Care Flexible Spending Accounts — Acclaim Benefits — MoneyGram International, Inc. Flexible Compensation Plan
 
  xii.   Retiree Medical Insurance — Blue Cross Blue Shield of MN — MoneyGram International, Inc. Preferred Provider Organization Health Care Plan and

30


 

      MoneyGram International, Inc. Comprehensive Major Medical Health Care Plan,
Employee Assistance Program — Blue Cross Blue Shield of MN -MoneyGram International, Inc. Employee Assistance Plan
 
  xiii.   Tuition Reimbursement Program — Company sponsored — internal policy
(ii)
(F) Members of senior management currently comprise the committee which administered Holdco’s 401(k) plan. As a result of the rapid decline in the price of Holdco’s common stock, Holdco and members of management who served as fiduciaries may be subject to claims of fiduciary liability from individuals who invested in Holdco stock in their 401(k) plan.
(G) Pursuant to the Agreement described in Section (i)(1)(xxix) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule, Holdco’s termination rights are limited under the following plans:
  1.   Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Viad
 
  2.   Viad Corp Supplemental TRIM Plan
 
  3.   Viad Corp Supplemental Pension Plan
 
  4.   Premier Cruise Lines Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
 
  5.   Aircraft Services International Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
 
  6.   Greyhound Leisure Services, Inc. Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan
 
  7.   Restaura, Inc. Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan
 
  8.   Restaura, Inc. Voluntary Retirement Plan
 
  9.   ProDine, Inc./Glacier Park, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
 
  10.   The Viad Corp Director’s Charitable Award Program
 
  11.   Viad Corp Limited Executive Medical Plan
Holdco acquired financial responsibility for the foregoing plans at the time of Holdco’s spin-off from Viad Corp in 2004. All of the foregoing plans are frozen and thus no new benefits are accruing under the plans. It is Holdco’s policy to fund the foregoing plans, with the exception of the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Viad and the Charitable Trust Program, as benefits are paid. The approximate unfunded liability for those plans as of December 31, 2006 was $67M. The Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Viad has an approximate liability of $6.9 million and is fully funded through a rabbi trust. The Charitable Award Program is funded through various insurance policies. Holdco recognizes a liability under the plan to the extent the cash value of the insurance policies is less than the obligations under the Charitable Award Program. Currently there is a liability for this plan in the amount of $760k.

31


 

Section 4.15
Intellectual Property
Section 4.10(1) of this Holdco Disclosure Schedule is incorporated herein by reference.

32


 

Section 4.17
Brokers and Finders
Holdco is obligated to pay certain fees pursuant to a Letter Agreement, dated December 30, 2007, between the Company and Blackstone Advisory Services L.P.

33


 

Schedule 2.2
Information Relating to Purchasers
         
    Principal
    Amount of
Purchaser Name and Address   Notes
GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd.
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Telecopy: (212) 357-5505
Attention: C/o Eric Goldstein,
With a copy to: Edward S. Pallesen
  $ 196,205,000  
GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd.
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Telecopy: (212) 357-5505
Attention: c/o Eric Goldstein
With a copy to: Edward S. Pallesen
  $ 284,536,000  
GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd.
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Telecopy: (212) 357-5505
Attention: c/o Eric Goldstein
With a copy to: Edward S. Pallesen
  $ 19,259,000  
     
Total
  $ 500,000,000  
     

 


 

PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS
Payments to the Initial Purchasers, should be wired as follows:
Bank: Citibank
ABA: 021-000-089
1st Beneficiary: Goldman Sachs & Co
Account: 3062-75-33
2nd Beneficiary: MontanaMezzPIA
Account: 471373
Ref: Adam Baicher

 

EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES
OF
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
  MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc. (Delaware)
 
  MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. (Delaware)
    Ferrum Trust (Delaware)
 
    Hematite Trust (Delaware)
 
    MoneyGram France, S.A. (France)
 
    MoneyGram International Holdings Limited (United Kingdom)
    MIL Overseas Limited (United Kingdom)
    MIL Overseas Nigeria Limited
 
    MoneyGram Overseas (Pty) Limited South Africa
 
    MoneyGram India Private Ltd.
    MoneyGram International Limited (United Kingdom)
    MoneyGram of New York LLC (Delaware)
 
    MoneyGram Payment Systems Bulgaria, EOOD (Bulgaria)
 
    MoneyGram Payment Systems Canada, Inc. (Ontario)
 
    MoneyGram Payment Systems Italy S.r.l. (Italy)
 
    MoneyGram Payment Systems Spain, S.A. (Spain)
 
    MoneyGram Securities, LLC (Delaware)
 
    PropertyBridge, Inc. (Delaware)
 
    Travelers Express Co. (P.R.), Inc. (Puerto Rico)
 
    Tsavorite Trust (Delaware)

 

Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-159709, No. 333-125122 and No. 333-116976 on Form S-8 and in Registration Statement No. 333-124194 on Form S-3 of our reports dated March 15, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements of MoneyGram International, Inc., and the effectiveness of MoneyGram International, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MoneyGram International, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2009.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 15, 2010

EXHIBIT 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each director whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Timothy C. Everett and Kristen N.A. Holovnia, and each of them severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Form 10-K Annual Report of MoneyGram International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or her substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     
/s/ Thomas M. Hagerty
 
Thomas M. Hagerty
  February 17, 2010 
 
   
/s/ Jess T. Hay
 
Jess T. Hay
  February 17, 2010 
 
   
/s/ Scott L. Jaeckel
 
Scott L. Jaeckel
  February 17, 2010 
 
   
/s/ Seth W. Lawry
 
Seth W. Lawry
  February 17, 2010 
 
   
/s/ Othón Ruiz Montemayor
 
Othón Ruiz Montemayor
  February 17, 2010 
 
   
/s/ Pamela H. Patsley
 
Pamela H. Patsley
  February 17, 2010 
 
   
/s/ Ganesh B. Rao
 
Ganesh B. Rao
  February 17, 2010 
 
   
/s/ Albert M. Teplin
 
Albert M. Teplin
  February 17, 2010 

 

Exhibit 31.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Pamela H. Patsley, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MoneyGram International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2010
         
     /s/ Pamela H. Patsley   
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
       

 

         
Exhibit 31.2
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Jean C. Benson, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MoneyGram International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2010
         
     /s/ Jean C. Benson   
    Senior Vice President and Controller   
    (Principal Accounting Officer and Interim Principal Financial Officer)   

 

         
Exhibit 32.1
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MoneyGram International, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Pamela H. Patsley, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 15, 2010
         
     /s/ Pamela H. Patsley   
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
       

 

         
Exhibit 32.2
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MoneyGram International, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jean C. Benson, Senior Vice President and Conroller of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 15, 2010
         
     /s/ Jean C. Benson   
    Senior Vice President and Controller   
    (Principal Accounting Officer and Interim Principal Financial Officer)